CSP20 Testing Precommissioning and Commissioning Guideline - Full Compilation

TESTING, PRE-COMMISSIONING AND PROCEDURE NO:
COMMISSIONING CSP-20
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
CARIGALI STANDARD PROCEDURE PAGE : 1
Document Authorisation
Document Title Testing, Pre-Commissioning & Commissioning Guideline

Document ID CSP-20
Document Version Revision 1.0
Version Date: JUNE 2014
Document Status: Approved for Execution
Document Revision History
Rev Date: Version: Summary of Changes: Revised by:

Additional sub-subsystems, updates on Department of Commissioning,
JUNE 2014 1.0
existing info and format modification. Construction (DCC), P&E, PCSB
Document Classification
SECRET or RAHSIA
CONFIDENTIAL or SULIT
INTERNAL USE or UNTUK DALAMAN
OPEN or TERBUKA
ALL DOCUMENTS MUST BE CLASSIFIED BY THE LEVEL OF SENSITIVITY ACCORDING TO THE DOCUMENT
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION SCHEME AS DETAILED IN APPENDIX V OF THE PETRONAS RECORDS
MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES FOR ACTIVE RECORDS.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Acknowledgment
This is dedicated especially to those who have shared their materials from various Departments and
those who have participated and supported the development and review of this document. The
individuals have shown commitments and continuous support throughout the whole process from
inception to final issuance of this guideline. The constructive and comprehensive contributions to the
content of the guideline have been proven invaluable in the process of developing and completing the
guideline.
No Name Department
1 Ir. Akbal B Abu DCC (Advisor)
2 Alfredo P. Vicente DCC (Team Leader)
3 M Zhafri B Nasarudin DCC (Co-Team Leader)
4 Muhamad Muaz B Azman DCC (Co-Team Leader)
5 Nur Shairah Bt Ahmad DCC (Technical Writer)
6 Ho Joon Heng DCC (Technical Writer)
7 Dhandi Wijaya DCC
8 A. Murali Krishna Kumar DCC
9 Sanjay Kumar Singh DCC
10 M Hussain B M Salleh DCC
11 Mohammad Firoz Alam DCC
12 Siamak Alaee DCC
13 Shahid M Siddiquee DCC
14 Lim Chui Yean DCF
15 Filomeno Fernandez Valencia Jr DCF
15 Steven Hammond DESE
17 M Nur Iman B Zahari DESE
18 Nazihah Bt Abdullah DEME
19 M Helmi B A Malek DEME
20 Mohd. B Ludin DEME
21 M Fauzi B Awang DEIC
22 Khamis B A Kadir DEIC
23 Latifah Rohaniah Bt Selamat DEIC
24 Siti Nur Khatiejah Bt Salahuddin DEIC
25 Pang Wan Sin DEIC
26 M Akhmal B Ahmad Daud DEIC
27 Rarichan Joseph DEEE
28 Viresh Kumar Bodhram DEPE
29 Kartina Wati Bt Arbi DSE
30 Leong Chai Yin DSE
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 PURPOSE .................................................................................................................................................... 8
2.0 ABBREVIATION &DEFINITION ..................................................................................................................... 9
2.1 ABBREVIATIONS ................................................................................................................................................ 9

2.2 DEFINITIONS..................................................................................................................................................... 9
3.0 SCOPE ...................................................................................................................................................... 11
3.1 SYSTEM DEFINITION......................................................................................................................................... 11

3.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND SCOPE OF WORKS ....................................................................................................... 32
3.3 TESTING AND PRE-COMMISSIONING COMMON SCOPE OF WORK .............................................................................. 33
3.3.1 General ................................................................................................................................................... 33
3.3.2 Piping ..................................................................................................................................................... 34
3.3.3 Mechanical ............................................................................................................................................. 37
3.3.4 Electrical ................................................................................................................................................. 40
3.3.5 Instrumentation& Telecommunication .................................................................................................. 40
3.4 COMMISSIONING ............................................................................................................................................ 43
3.5 COMMISSIONING AND START-UP PROCEDURE ....................................................................................................... 45
3.6 SYSTEM BY SYSTEM SCOPE OF WORK .................................................................................................................. 45
3.6.1 100 PROCESS ....................................................................................................................................... 46
3.6.1.1 110 FULL WELL STREAM.............................................................................................................................. 46
3.6.1.2 120 PROCESS LIQUID (PL) ............................................................................................................................ 54
3.6.1.3 130 PROCESS GAS (PG)................................................................................................................................ 66
3.6.1.4 140 GAS COMPRESSION .............................................................................................................................. 71
3.6.1.5 150 GAS DEWPOINTING .............................................................................................................................. 81
3.6.1.6 160 WATER INJECTION ................................................................................................................................ 90
3.6.1.7 170 ACID GAS REMOVAL ........................................................................................................................... 100
3.6.1.8 180 CONTAMINANT REMOVAL ................................................................................................................. 102
3.6.2 200 PROCESSUTILITIES ...................................................................................................................... 106
3.6.2.1 210 UTILITY GAS ........................................................................................................................................ 106
3.6.2.2 220 INERT GAS .......................................................................................................................................... 110
3.6.2.3 230 VENTING ............................................................................................................................................. 113
3.6.2.4 240 PRODUCED WATER ............................................................................................................................ 117
3.6.2.5 250 DRAIN ................................................................................................................................................. 120
3.6.2.6 260 PROCESS HEATING ............................................................................................................................. 127
3.6.2.7 270 CHEMICAL (DOSING) INJECTION/TREATMENT ................................................................................... 131
3.6.3 300 GENERAL UTILITIES ..................................................................................................................... 145
3.6.3.1 310 FUEL AND LUBRICATION .................................................................................................................... 145
3.6.3.2 320 COMPRESSED AIR ............................................................................................................................... 150
3.6.3.3 330 WATER................................................................................................................................................ 155
3.6.3.4 340 STEAM ................................................................................................................................................ 163
3.6.3.5 350 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING ............................................................................. 167
3.6.3.6 360 HYDRAULICS ....................................................................................................................................... 172
3.6.3.7 370 MARINE SYSTEM ................................................................................................................................ 173
3.6.4 400 SAFETY ........................................................................................................................................ 178
3.6.4.1 410 FIRE FIGHTING .................................................................................................................................... 178
3.6.4.2 420 LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................................... 183
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5 500 POWER ....................................................................................................................................... 188

3.6.5.1 510 POWER GENERATION/SUPPLY ........................................................................................................... 188
3.6.5.2 520 DISTRIBUTION .................................................................................................................................... 197
3.6.5.3 530 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY ................................................................................................... 209
3.6.5.4 540 SMALL POWER AND LIGHTING ........................................................................................................... 213
3.6.5.5 550 EARTHING & LIGHTNING PROTECTION .............................................................................................. 216
3.6.5.6 560 DRIVES AND CONTROLLERS................................................................................................................ 219
3.6.5.7 570 CONSUMERS ...................................................................................................................................... 222
3.6.6 600 CONTROL AND SAFEGUARDING ................................................................................................. 228
3.6.6.1 610 PROCESS CONTROLS........................................................................................................................... 228
3.6.6.2 620 SAFEGUARDING SYSTEM .................................................................................................................... 241
3.6.7 700 TELECOMMUNICATION .............................................................................................................. 256
3.6.7.1 710 MAIN BACKBONE LINK ....................................................................................................................... 256
3.6.7.2 720 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM .................................................................................................. 261
3.6.7.3 730 VOICE AND DATA COMMUNICATION................................................................................................. 267
3.6.7.4 740 SURVEILLANCE AND SAFETY SYSTEM ................................................................................................. 271
3.6.7.5 750 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ....................................................................................................... 275
3.6.8 800 MISCELLANEOUS ........................................................................................................................ 276
3.6.8.1 810 MATERIAL HANDLING ........................................................................................................................ 276
3.6.8.2 820 FURNITURE/APPLIANCES.................................................................................................................... 284
3.6.8.3 830 AVIATION ........................................................................................................................................... 289
3.6.8.4 840 MARINE AND CORROSION PROTECTION ............................................................................................ 291
3.6.8.5 850 STRUCTURAL ...................................................................................................................................... 295
3.6.8.6 860 CIVIL ................................................................................................................................................... 300
4.0 REFERENCES ........................................................................................................................................... 304
4.1 CODES AND STANDARDS ................................................................................................................................. 304

4.2 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS............................................................................................................................. 305
4.3 CARIGALI STANDARD PROCEDURE (CSP) ......................................................................................................... 305
4.4 PETRONAS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ............................................................................................................ 305
5.0 PROCEDURES ......................................................................................................................................... 307
5.1 MECHANICAL AND PIPING PRE-COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE ................................................................................ 308

5.1.1 Turbine Driven Generators ................................................................................................................... 308
5.1.2 Diesel Engine and Gas Engine Driven Generators ................................................................................ 310
5.1.3 Diesel Engine Driven Firewater Pumps................................................................................................. 312
5.1.4 Electric Motor Driven Submersible Pumps ........................................................................................... 314
5.1.5 Diesel-Engine-Driven Start Air Compressors ........................................................................................ 315
5.1.6 Electric-Motor-Driven Air Compressors ................................................................................................ 317
5.1.7 Diesel-Engine-Driven Survival Crafts (Life Boat) ................................................................................... 318
5.1.8 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning ........................................................................................... 320
5.1.9 Pedestal Cranes .................................................................................................................................... 323
5.1.10 Vapour Compression Type Water Makers ....................................................................................... 326
5.1.11 Wellhead Diesel Injection Pumps ..................................................................................................... 328
5.1.12 Electric-Motor-Driven Centrifugal Pump ......................................................................................... 329
5.1.13 Gas- And Diesel-Engine-Driven Centrifugal Pumps .......................................................................... 330
5.1.14 Gas-Engine-Driven Reciprocating Gas Compressors ........................................................................ 332
5.1.15 Turbine-Driven Centrifugal Compressors ......................................................................................... 335
5.1.16 Reinstatement Leak Test Procedure ................................................................................................ 336
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.17 Electro-Chlorinators ......................................................................................................................... 339

5.1.18 Nitrogen Gas Generators ................................................................................................................. 341
5.1.19 Standard Alignment Procedure ....................................................................................................... 342
5.1.20 Nitrogen Purging Procedure ............................................................................................................ 346
5.2 ELECTRICAL PRE-COMMISSIONING PROCEDURES.................................................................................................. 348
5.2.1 Insulation Resistance Test Procedure ................................................................................................... 348
5.2.2 Turbine-Driven Main Power Generator ................................................................................................ 348
5.2.3 Diesel-Engine or Gas-Engine-Driven Generators .................................................................................. 353
5.2.4 High Voltage Motor Control Center and Switchgear ........................................................................... 359
5.2.5 Low Voltage Motor Control Center and Switchgear ............................................................................ 361
5.2.6 Transformers ........................................................................................................................................ 363
5.2.7 Batteries and Battery Charger ............................................................................................................. 364
5.2.8 Uninterruptible Power Supply .............................................................................................................. 365
5.2.9 Navigational Aids ................................................................................................................................. 367
5.2.10 Small Power and Lightings............................................................................................................... 368
5.2.11 Earthing and Lighting Protection ..................................................................................................... 369
5.2.12 Heat Tracing .................................................................................................................................... 370
5.2.13 Un-coupled and Coupled Run Test of Electric Motors...................................................................... 373
5.2.14 Heater Control Panels and Heaters ................................................................................................. 376
5.3 INSTRUMENTATION PRE-COMMISSIONING PROCEDURES ....................................................................................... 379
5.3.1 General Construction Verification ........................................................................................................ 379
5.3.2 Loop Test of Pressure Instrument......................................................................................................... 379
5.3.3 Loop Test of Level Instruments............................................................................................................. 384
5.3.4 Loop Test of Temperature Instruments ................................................................................................ 392
5.3.5 Loop Test of Flow Instruments ............................................................................................................. 394
5.3.6 Loop Test Final Control Instruments .................................................................................................... 400
5.3.7 Loop Test Rotating Equipment Monitoring System ............................................................................. 407
5.3.8 Process Monitoring Control System (PMCS)......................................................................................... 412
5.3.9 Safety Instrumented System (SIS) (LAT) ............................................................................................... 416
5.3.10 Fire and Gas System (FGS) ............................................................................................................... 419
5.3.11 Pneumatic Instrument Control Panel ............................................................................................... 428
5.3.12 Wellhead Control Panel(WHCP) ....................................................................................................... 433
5.3.13 Fusible Plug Loop ............................................................................................................................. 440
5.3.14 Test of Pressure Safety Valve (PSV) ................................................................................................. 441
5.3.15 Test of Analyzer ............................................................................................................................... 441
6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................................... 442
6.1 ORGANIZATION ............................................................................................................................................. 442

6.1.1 Organization Chart ............................................................................................................................... 442
6.1.2 Individual Roles and Functions ............................................................................................................. 443
6.2 TESTING AND PRE-COMMISSIONING SEQUENCE................................................................................................... 452
6.2.1 Flowchart ............................................................................................................................................. 452
6.2.2 Preparation Activities ........................................................................................................................... 464
6.2.3 Critical Path Network ........................................................................................................................... 466
6.2.4 Bar chart .............................................................................................................................................. 467
6.2.5 Manpower Histogram .......................................................................................................................... 468
6.2.6 Jobcards ............................................................................................................................................... 470
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.3 SAFETY ........................................................................................................................................................ 471

6.3.1 Pre-cautions ......................................................................................................................................... 471
6.3.1.1 General ........................................................................................................................................................ 471
6.3.1.2 Rotating Equipment ..................................................................................................................................... 471
6.3.1.3 Electrical Equipment .................................................................................................................................... 472
6.3.1.4 Pressurized Equipment ................................................................................................................................ 474
6.4 PUNCHLIST ................................................................................................................................................... 475
6.5 FINAL DOCUMENTATION................................................................................................................................. 478
6.6 COMMISSIONING AND OPERATING SPARES......................................................................................................... 479
6.7 SHIPLOOSE MATERIALS................................................................................................................................... 480
6.8 PRESERVATION ............................................................................................................................................. 481
6.9 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................................................. 482
6.9.1 Mechanical ........................................................................................................................................... 482
6.9.2 HVAC .................................................................................................................................................... 484
6.9.3 Piping ................................................................................................................................................... 485
6.9.4 Electrical ............................................................................................................................................... 487
6.9.5 Instrumentation ................................................................................................................................... 489
6.10 CONSUMABLES ............................................................................................................................................. 491
6.10.1 Preservative Lubricants .................................................................................................................... 491
6.10.2 Lubricants ........................................................................................................................................ 492
6.10.3 Miscellaneous .................................................................................................................................. 493
6.10.4 Others .............................................................................................................................................. 494
7.0 RECORDS ................................................................................................................................................ 495
7.1 ITR LISTING ................................................................................................................................................. 496

7.1.1 Architectural ........................................................................................................................................ 496
7.1.2 Civil ....................................................................................................................................................... 497
7.1.3 Electrical ............................................................................................................................................... 498
7.1.4 HVAC .................................................................................................................................................... 500
7.1.5 Instrumentation ................................................................................................................................... 501
7.1.6 Mechanical ........................................................................................................................................... 503
7.1.7 Piping ................................................................................................................................................... 505
7.1.8 Safety ................................................................................................................................................... 506
7.1.9 Structural ............................................................................................................................................. 507
7.1.10 Telecommunication ......................................................................................................................... 508
8.0 APPENDIX I: ITR A (CONSTRUCTION) ................................................................................................... 509
8.1 APPENDIX I-I: ARCHITECTURE (A) .................................................................................................................. 509

8.2 APPENDIX I-II: CIVIL (C) .............................................................................................................................. 509
8.3 APPENDIX I-III: ELECTRICAL (E) ..................................................................................................................... 509
8.4 APPENDIX I-IV: HVAC (H)........................................................................................................................... 509
8.5 APPENDIX I-V: INSTRUMENTATION (I) ............................................................................................................ 509
8.6 APPENDIX I-VI: MECHANICAL (M)................................................................................................................. 509
8.7 APPENDIX I-VII: PIPING (P) .......................................................................................................................... 509
8.8 APPENDIX I-VIII: SAFETY (S)......................................................................................................................... 509
8.9 APPENDIX I-IX: STRUCTURAL (ST) ................................................................................................................. 509
8.10 APPENDIX I-X: TELECOMMUNICATION (T) ....................................................................................................... 509
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
9.0 APPENDIX II: ITR B (PRE-COMMISSIONING) ......................................................................................... 510
9.1 APPENDIX II-I: ARCHITECTURE (A)- NA .......................................................................................................... 510

9.2 APPENDIX II-II: CIVIL (C)- NA ....................................................................................................................... 510
9.3 APPENDIX II-III: ELECTRICAL (E) .................................................................................................................... 510
9.4 APPENDIX II-IV: HVAC (H).......................................................................................................................... 510
9.5 APPENDIX II-V: INSTRUMENTATION (I) ........................................................................................................... 510
9.6 APPENDIX II-VI: MECHANICAL (M)................................................................................................................ 510
9.7 APPENDIX II-VII: PIPING (P) ......................................................................................................................... 510
9.8 APPENDIX II-VIII: SAFETY (S)........................................................................................................................ 510
9.9 APPENDIX II-IX: STRUCTURAL (ST)- NA ......................................................................................................... 510
9.10 APPENDIX II-X: TELECOMMUNICATION (T) ...................................................................................................... 510
10.0 APPENDIX III: ITR- C (COMMISSIONING) ................................................................................................. 511
10.1 APPENDIX III-I: ARCHITECTURE (A)- NA ......................................................................................................... 511

10.2 APPENDIX III-II: CIVIL (C)- NA ...................................................................................................................... 511
10.3 APPENDIX III-III: ELECTRICAL (E) ................................................................................................................... 511
10.4 APPENDIX III-IV: HVAC (H)......................................................................................................................... 511
10.5 APPENDIX III-V: INSTRUMENTATION (I) .......................................................................................................... 511
10.6 APPENDIX III-VI: MECHANICAL (M)............................................................................................................... 511
10.7 APPENDIX III-VII: PIPING (P) ........................................................................................................................ 511
10.8 APPENDIX III-VIII: SAFETY (S)....................................................................................................................... 511
10.9 APPENDIX III-IX: STRUCTURAL (ST)- NA ........................................................................................................ 511
10.10 APPENDIX III-X: TELECOMMUNICATION (T)................................................................................................. 511
11.0 APPENDIX IV: ITR OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................. 512
12.0 APPENDIX V: OVERALL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................ 513
13.0 APPENDIX VI: ENDURANCE & PERFORMANCE TESTING CRITICAL PARAMETERS .................................... 514
14.0 APPENDIX VII: SAMPLE TABLE OF CONTENT (TOC) FOR OVERALL DETAILED TESTING, PRE-
COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE. ..................................................................................... 521
END OF DOCUMENT ........................................................................................................................................... 522

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
1.0 PURPOSE
The Testing, Pre-commissioning and Commissioning Guideline is prepared for use as a

minimum requirement in performing testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning
activities at the fabrication yard and offshore/onshore installation. It is CARIGALI's intention
to ensure all systems are fully tested, pre-commissioned and commissioned in the
fabrication yard to the maximum extent possible followed by final commissioning at site.
The guideline is also intended to better define the workscope between fabrications, hook-
up and commissioning stages thus improving area of responsibilities for the personnel.
The intent of onshore/offshore testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning are to:
i) verify all equipment are installed in accordance to Approved For Construction As-Built
drawings and manuals,
ii) prove equipment is able to function according to its design specifications and intentions,
iii) minimize problems during Start-up
iv) identify equipment shortfalls and deficiencies so that corrective actions could be carried
before Start-up,
v) compile test data and results with all other documents into a complete equipment final
documentation,
vi) pre-determine outstanding activities (punchlist)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
2.0 ABBREVIATION &DEFINITION
2.1 Abbreviations
Term Definition
CSP Carigali Standard Procedure
ESD Emergency Shut Down
HUC Hook-up and Commissioning
ITR Inspection Test Records
DMC Discipline Mechanical Completion
RFC Ready for Commissioning
NDT Non-Destructive Testing
PSV Process Safety Valve
SDV Shut Down Valve
BDV Blow Down Valve
DBB Double Block and Bleed Valve
PT Performance Test
AGRU Acid Gas Removal Unit
MRU Mercury Removal Unit
GTG Gas Turbine Generator
GTC Gas Turbine Compressor
CEM Cause & Effects Matrix
FAT Factory Acceptance Test
SAT Site Acceptance Test
EDG Emergency Diesel Generator
HVAC Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning
PCHE Printed Circuit Heat Exchanger
ICE Internal Combustion Engine
EM Electric Motor
2.2 Definitions
2.2.1 Testing
An act of examination, trial or proof to prove and validate the correct and
complete execution of the WORKS.
2.2.2 Pre-commissioning
An act of ensuring that the functions and operations of system/ sub-systems are
in accordance to the designed purpose and intended services and meet all
applicable specifications, regulations, codes and standards. On successful
completion of the activity the system/sub-systems shall be ready for
commissioning activities.
2.2.3 Commissioning
Act of putting certain items into active service for the first time as intended by
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
design and specifications. It includes dynamic functional testing and

documentation of an assembly, system or sub-system independently or together
with associated systems and facilities to ensure that it fulfils its designed
purpose and services.
2.2.4 Verify
To determine or test the accuracy of, as by comparison, investigation or
reference.
2.2.5 Perform
To begin and carry through to completion.
2.2.6 Check
Supervise control, as of accuracy or efficiency.
2.2.7 Performance Test-Run (PTR)

An act to prove and demonstrate overall plant reliability and operability, in
accordance with agreed Performance Test Procedure which shall be depend on
available throughput but not lower than plant turndown ratio.
2.2.8 No-Load Test

A trial or proof as to the way in which individual machinery functions without
load.
2.2.9 Load Test

A trial or proof as to the way in which individual machinery functions with design
load.
2.2.10 Endurance Test

A trial of proof as to the ability to carry on through, usually for a specific period
of time.
2.2.11 Mechanical Completion

The checking and testing of equipment and construction to confirm that the
installation is in accordance with drawings & specifications and ready for
commissioning in a safe manner and in accordance with project requirements.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.0 SCOPE
3.1 System Definition
3.1.1 All facilities and equipment are categorized into a specific system. A system is
defined as a configuration of pipeworks and/or equipment that fall within the
same process medium.
OR
SYSTEM is the first level of breakdown, being either process or utility that
performs an overall operational function of a facility or plant.
3.1.2 A system is identifiable from the Piping and Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID)
drawings.
3.1.3 Systems are broken down into two more categories; Subsystem and Sub-
Subsystems. Each subsequent category identifies the relevant system in more
detail.
Sub-system is a major subdivision of the system that performs a Major
operational function of the facility or plant.
Sub-subsystem is a part of the sub-systemthat performs a given partial
operational function,with minimum interference from the other sub-
subsystems and can be completed and commissioned as a separate entity.
3.1.4 CONTRACTOR shall identify and select only the relevant systems applicable to the
Works. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to identify and develop new systems
should additional systems be applicable.
3.1.5 A chart showing the list of most identifiable systems at the different levels are
shown in the subsequent pages.
3.1.6 Sub-system can be further breakdown into level 4 category for ease of handover
to Operations. For example, the flowline for a cluster of Wellhead to be
systemized at level 4 category to enable the Operations to start with the minimum
throughput. Thus, every project is unique- a mix and match to tailor the process is
required for handover to take place.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.1.7 Sub-Subsystem limitation Rules:
1) Process/Utility;
A) General rule:
i) Boundary limits of process / utility pipework should be an

isolation valve, or spade, allocated to the Sub-subsystem that
has the highest priority, and will be commissioned first.
ii) Where the blind is necessary, the limit will be most suitable
flange
Described Sub-subsystem
Other Sub-subsystem
Figure 3.1-1: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem for Process/Utilities
B) Flare/Vent Sub-subsystems limit will be Downstream of:

i) Safety valves
ii) Pressure control valves
iii) Blow down valves
iv) Choke valves
v) Isolation valves.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Flare/Vent Sub-subsystem
Other Sub-subsystem
Figure 3.1-2: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem for Flare/Vent
C) Closed drain Sub-subsystem limit will be down stream of: 1- Safety Drain
valves 2- Level control valves 3- Blow down valves and will be down
stream of first valve of double isolation valves.
Close
Closed Drain Sub-subsystem

Other Sub-subsystem
Figure 3.1-3: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem for Closed Drain
D) Fuel gas Sub-subsystemslimit will be Up stream of the last manual supply

isolation valve.
E) Nitrogen Sub-subsystem Limit will be Up stream of the last double manual

supply isolation valves.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Nitrogen/Fuel Sub-subsystem
Other Sub-subsystem
Figure 3.1-4: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem for Nitrogen/Fuel
F) Chemical injection Sub-subsystems Limit will be Upstream of the supply

isolation valve for eachInjection point into the process line.
G) Fuel and Lubricant Sub-subsystemsLimit will be Upstream of the first supply

isolation valveto each user.
H) ExchangersBoundaryLimit will be down stream of the Utility supply isolation

valve.
TC
To and From Utility

Systems Such as:
Steam, Hot Oil,

Cooling Water
Utility Sub-subsystem
Exchanger Boundary
Figure 3.1-5: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem
I) Instrument Air / Utility Air / Black start Air Limit is Upstream of the final
piping isolating valves and before the items of Equipment being supplied.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
CV BD ESD
V
INSTRUMENT AIR
HVAC FIRE DAMPER

1-
AIR OPERATED PUMPS
Instrument Sub-subsystem
Exchanger Boundary
Figure 3.1-6: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem for Instrument Air

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
2) Instrument Sub-subsystems
A) The measuring devices (instrument device and Local Panel) are a part of process
or utility Sub- subsystem.
B) DCS is a standalone Sub-subsystem from the input/output racks (Cabling, JB,

DCS Panel and Marshaling Panel). Outgoing wiring to individual loops will be
allocated to process Sub-subsystem as either open or closed loops.
SIS/FGS EFFECT FEEDBACK TO DCS
DCS
INST.
LOCAL FIELD DCS
DEVICES MARSHALLING SIS
PANEL IJB PANEL /F
CABINET GS
CA
US
E
FE
ED
BA
CK
TO
SIS
FIELD SIS DC
S
MARSHALLING
SJB PANEL
CABINET
Process/Utility Sub-subsystem
DCS Sub-subsystem
SIS Sub-subsystem
FGS Sub-subsystem
Figure 3.1-7: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
DCS SUB-SUBSYSTEM PROCESS/UTILITY SUB-SUBSYSTEM
DCS ESD
JB LOCAL
BDV
OUTPUT PANEL
ESD
MARSHAL
ING
CABINET JB LOCAL BDV

PANEL
DCS
PANEL
FT
LOCAL
JB LT
DCS PANEL
INPUT PT
MARSHAL
ING
CABINET LOCAL
JB PANEL
LT
Figure 3.1-8: Interface of DCS and PROCESS/UTILITY Sub-subsystems
C) SIS Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) based system will stand alone as a Sub-
subsystem, from the Input/Output racks as for Distributed Control Systems.
Input/Output loops will be classified as open loops and allocated to Sub-
subsystems as the outgoing/incoming wiring of distribution control systems.
D) FGS Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) based system will stand alone as a
Sub-subsystem, from the Input/Output racks. Loops will be classified as open
loops and that allocated to FGS Sub-subsystems with the exception that these
Sub-subsystems will be based on designated FGS Zones.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Note: Zone A: Process Unit

Zone B: Utility Unit
Figure 3.1-9: Interfaces of FGS Sub-subsystems

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.1-10: Interfaces of SIS Sub-subsystems and also between SIS and FGS
3) Electrical Sub-subsystems
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
A) An Electrical Sub-subsystem will contain all items relative to the distribution network
(LV or HV) but excluding all starters, contactors, switch-fuse, etc., where the
electrically powered device is allocated to a Process or Utility Sub-subsystem.
B) Switchboards and Distribution Boards are dedicated to one service and this form the
basis of an Electrical Sub-subsystem.
C) Depending on the complexity of the distribution network then these base Sub-
subsystems will be further sub-divided to suit the Project requirements.
D) Some important sub-subsystem need to use uninterrupted power and also to be alive
during total power shutdown like as DCS, FGS, Process/Utility Local Panel, EG Control
Panel, Telecom that the power will be supplied by AC/DC UPS System.
Note: For the UPS Sub-subsystemscertain large machines have Uninterrupted Power
Supplies which are dedicated to that machine only (for example Compressor).In this
instance the Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) system and distribution will be allocated
to that Vendor package equipment sub-subsystem
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.1-11: Electrical Sub-subsystems
4) Mechanical Equipment
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
A) Items of Mechanical Equipment will fall completely within the limits of a Process
or Utility Sub-subsystems. In certain instances, Stand-by and/or Parallel equipment,
which are often complete VENDOR Packages, may also be designated as complete
Sub-subsystems. This will match the initial Start-up philosophy, in order to achieve,
for example, early Oil & Gas production.
Typical examples: 1) Main Oil Pump 2) Gas Compressor 3) Main Generator 4)

Pedestal Crane
Figure 3.1-12: Interfaces of Sub-subsystems
B) HVAC systems are normally dedicated to a specific building or area. Some designs
will consist of individually controlled systems, each with their own air handling
unit and control panel. In this case, each system will probably be allocated its own
Sub-subsystem number. It is also possible for a number of areas to be controlled
from a central control panel. In this case, the need to divide the system into Sub-
subsystems will probably be dictated by start-up constraints.
Note: In the case of individual systems, all ductwork, dampers, grills, sensors, heaters
etc. will be included in the same Sub-subsystem as the air handling unit and
control panel. Common or shared utilities, such as cooling water and boilers
should be placed in separate Sub-subsystems. If these utilities are dedicated to
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
HVAC systems, and are required to be commissioned at the same time, they
could be included in the same Sub-subsystem.
Figure 3.1-13: HVAC Systems
5) Telecommunication
A) Telecommunication systems tend to be custom designed for each project, and the
technologies for these systems is constantly changing. As a general rule, the
systems listed will each have their own Sub-subsystem. Sub-subsystem boundaries
will include all field equipment up to the outgoing terminals of the control console
or distribution rack. The rack control consoles or distribution racks should be
included in the Sub-subsystem of the equipment that will be commissioned first.
P&ID
SYSTEM SUBSYSTEM SUB-SUBSYSTEM
Number
100 110 111 WELLHEADS (DRY X-MAS TREES) 01,02,03
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
112 WELLHEADS (WET TREES)

FULL WELL STREAM
113 WELL TESTING
120 121 PL COLLECTION AND RECEIVING 04

122 PL SEPARATION (OIL FACILITIES) 10
123 CRUDE OIL STABILISATION
PROCESS LIQUID
124 CONDENSATE STABILISATION 34
(PL)
125 PL TRANSFER / STORAGE SYSTEM 13
126 PL METERING AND EXPORT / OFFLOADING 13, 33
130 131 PG COLLECTION AND RECEIVING 04

132 PG SEPARATION (GAS FACILITIES) 20
PROCESS GAS (PG)
133 PG METERING 26
140 141 SUCTION MANIFOLD

142 OFF GAS COMPRESSOR
COMPRESSOR TRAIN (BOOSTER/ EXPORT/GAS 24,25
143
GAS COMPRESSION LIFT/GAS INJECTION)
144 DISCHARGE MANIFOLD
145 EXPORT / DOWNHOLE INJECTION 07
PROCESS
GAS DEHYDRATION TRAIN 21, 22,23
150 151
(WATER DEW POINT)
ADSORPTION 21, 22,23
152
(WATER DEW POINT)
GAS DEW TURBO EXPANDER 21, 22,23
153
POINTING (HYDROCARBON DEW POINT)
DIRECT COOLING 21, 22,23
154
(HYDROCARBON DEW POINT)
160 161 SEAWATER INTAKE 96

162 FILTRATION
163 DEAERATION
WATER INJECTION 164 TREATED WATER PUMPING 09
TREATED WATER EXPORT / DOWNHOLE 09
165
INJECTION
170
ACID GAS 171 ACID GAS REMOVAL UNIT
REMOVAL
180 181 MERCURY REMOVAL UNIT(ADSORPTION)

CONTAMINANT
182 MERCAPTAN REMOVAL UNIT(ADSORPTION)
REMOVAL
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
200 210 211 FUEL GAS SYSTEM 60

UTILITY GAS 212 INSTRUMENT GAS 58
NITROGEN
220 221 (NITROGEN GENERATION & NITROGEN 59
BOTTLES)
INERT GAS 222 SPENT/FLUE GAS
230 231 ATMOSPHERIC VENT 95

232 HP FLARE 63
VENTING
233 LP FLARE 62
240 241 PRODUCED WATER SYSTEM 40,41,42

PRODUCED WATER 242 DISCHARGED WATER TREATMENT 40,41,42
250 251 OPEN DRAIN (NON-HAZARDOUS) 65

252 HAZARDOUS DRAIN 65
DRAIN 253 CLOSED DRAIN 64
254 SEWAGE 57
PROCESS UTILITIES
260
261 WASTE HEAT RECOVERY
PROCESS HEATING 262 HOT OIL
263 WARM OIL
270 271 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE 88

272 POLYELECTROLYTE 68
273 COROSSION INHIBITOR 68
274 DIESEL 68
275 GLYCOL 68
CHEMICAL 276 ANTIFOAM 68
(DOSING) 277 SCALE INHIBITOR 68
INJECTION/TREAT 278 DEMULSIFIER 68
MENT 279-1 REVERSE DEMULSIFIER 68
279-2 PH MODIFIER 68
279-3 BIOCIDE 68
279-4 METHANOL 68
279-5 POUR POINT DEPRESSANT (PPD) 68
300 310 311 DIESEL FUEL 67

FUEL AND 312 JET FUEL 66
LUBRICATION 313 LUBRICATION OIL
GENERAL UTILITIES
320 321 INSTRUMENT AIR 54
COMPRESSED AIR 322 UTILITY AIR 55
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
323 BLACK START/STARTING AIR
330 331 SERVICE WATER 51

332 FRESH AND DISTILL WATER
333 FEED WATER
WATER 334 POTABLE WATER 52
335 HOT WATER
336 COOLING WATER 69
340 341 STEAM GENERATION

342 STEAM DISTRIBUTION
STEAM
343 STEAM CONDENSATE
350 351 DIRECT EXPANSION UNIT 50

HEATING, 352 CHILLED WATER UNIT 50
VENTILATION AND
AIRCONDITIONING 353 AIR HANDLING/ VENTILATION UNIT 50
(HVAC)
360 77
361 HYDRAULICS POWER UNIT (HPU)
HYDRAULICS
370 371 BALLAST

372 BILGE AND SLUDGE
MARINE SYSTEM 373 WATERTIGHT DOOR
374 TURRET & MOORING
400 410 411 FIREWATER 53

412 DELUGE AND SPRINKLER 86
FIREFIGHTING TOTAL FLOODING FIRE SUPRESSION & FIRE 86/84
413
EXTINGUISHER
SAFETY
420 421 LIFERAFTS 82
LIFESAVING 422 SURVIVAL CRAFTS 82
EQUIPMENT 423 ESCAPE AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT 82
500 510 511 MAIN POWER GENERATION 75

512 EMERGENCY POWER GENERATION 75
POWER
ELECTRICAL NETWORK MONITORING SYSTEM
GENERATION/
513 / POWER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ENMC /
SUPPLY
PMS)
POWER
520 521 TRANSFORMERS 76
HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR AND MOTOR 76
DISTRIBUTION 522
CONTROL CENTER
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR AND MOTOR 76

523
CONTROL CENTER
INTEGRATED MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEM 76
524
(IMCS)
525 OVERHEAD LINE / CABLE 76
526 CAPACITOR / REACTOR 76
530 531 AC UPS SYSTEM

UNINTERRUPTIBLE 532 DC UPS SYSTEM
POWER SUPPLY 533 ELECTRICAL POWER UNIT (EPU)
540 541 EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION BOARD

SMALL POWER 542 NORMAL DISTRIBUTION BOARD
AND LIGHTING
543 NAVIGATION AID 89
550 551 EARTHING

EARTHING &
LIGHTNING 552 LIGHTNING PROTECTION
PROTECTION
560 561 VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE (VSD)

DRIVES AND
562 HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROLLERS
570 571 ELECTRIC HEATERS

572 HEAT TRACING SYSTEM
573 AUX DISTRIBUTION
CONSUMERS IMPRESSED CURRENT CATHODIC
574
CONTROLLER PROTECTION (ICCP) SYSTEM
575 LIGHTING
576 SOCKETS
600 610 611 DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM (DCS)

SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA
612
PROCESS ACQUISITION (SCADA)
CONTROL AND CONTROLS 613 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IMS)
SAFEGUARDING 614 SUBSEA CONTROL
620 621 SAFETY INSTRUMENTED SYSTEM (SIS)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
80,81,83,
622 FIRE AND GAS SYSTEM (FGS)
85
623 FUSIBLE PLUG LOOPS
SAFEGUARDING
HIGH INTEGRITY PRESSURE PROTECTION
SYSTEM 624
SYSTEM (HIPPS)
625 WELLHEAD CONTROL PANEL (WHCP)
626 INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL
700 710 711 DIGITAL MICROWAVE RADIO (DMR) SYSTEM

VERY SMALL APERTURE TERMINAL (VSAT)
712
SATELITE SYSTEM
MAIN BACKBONE
713 FIBRE OPTIC TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
LINK
714 UHF RADIO LINK
715 TROPOSCATTER RADIO SYSTEM
720 721 VHF/FM (MARINE COMMUNICATION)

722 VHF/AM (AVIONICS COMMUNICATION)
RADIO 723 HF/SSB RADIO SYSTEM
COMMUNICATIONS 724 NON-DIRECTIONAL BEACON (NDB) SYSTEM
SYSTEM 725 DIGITAL TRUNK RADIO
726 WIRELESS SYSTEM
PABX AND TELEPHONE SYSTEM (ANALOG &

730 731
DIGITAL)
TELECOMMUNICA LOCAL AREA NETWORK (LAN)/WIDE AREA
TION 732
VOICE AND DATA NETWORK (WAN)
COMMUNICATION 733 NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (NMS)
734 MOBILE BROADBAND
PUBLIC ADDRESS GENERAL ALARM (PAGA)

740 741
SYSTEM
SURVEILLANCE 742 CCTV AND INTRUSION SYSTEM
AND SAFETY
743 METEOROGICAL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
750
COMMUNICATIONS 751 ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMS
EQUIPMENT
800 810 811 PEDESTAL CRANE

MATERIAL 812 GANTRY/BRIDGE/JIB CRANE
MISCELLANEOUS
HANDLING 813 MONORAIL / TROLLEY HOIST
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
814 ELEVATORS
820 821 GENERAL ACCOMODATION SPACES

822 GALLEY / MESS HALL
823 OFFICES
ARCHITECTURAL
824 COLD ROOM
825 SICKBAY
830 831 HELIDECK

AVIATION 832 AVIATION REFUELLING
840 841 SACRIFICAL ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION

MARINE AND 842 MARINE GROWTH PREVENTION
CORROSSION
843 DE-HUMIDIFIER SYSTEM
PROTECTION
850 851 TOPSIDE

852 JACKET
853 LIVING QUARTERS (LQ)
STRUCTURAL
854 BRIDGES
855 TELECOM TOWER
860 861 PROCESS AREA (INSIDE BATTERY LIMIT)

NON PROCESS AREA (OUTSIDE BATTERY
862
LIMIT)
CIVIL
863 RECEIVING AREA
864 LAUNCHING/EXPORT AREA
Figure 3.1-14: Overview of Systems, Subsystems &Sub-subsystems

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.1-15: Level 1 Commissioning & Start-up Sequence

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.1-16: Level 2 Commissioning & Start-up Sequence

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.2 System Description and Scope of Works
3.2.1 System description provides, to some extent, information on the processes, the
system point of origin and ending, the equipment involved and other pertinent
facts.
3.2.2 Scope of Works depicts activities required to be performed by CONTRACTOR

during Testing, Pre-commissioning and Commissioning stage. Activities described
with words like verify, check or ensure mean the tasks should have been
completed by Fabrication Team and only to be checked by Testing, Pre-
commissioning and Commissioning Team using the relevant documentation.
Should there be a need to re-perform any of the completed activity on the basis of
equipment or material flaw or failure; this shall be executed upon concurrence by
CARIGALI.
3.2.3 Activities described with the word perform mean the tasks to be executed by
Testing, Pre-commissioning and Commissioning Team only. This includes start-up
and vendor representative supervision.
3.2.4 Activities identified in the Scope of Works listed in subsequent pages are in no
means final. CONTRACTOR is advised to elaborate further using the
documentation provided i.e. vendor data, in determining the actual extent of work
required.
3.2.5 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for identifying and developing Scope of Works
that are not depicted in this section.
3.2.6 Contractor shall obtain manufacturer's (vendor) assistance to ensure satisfactory

installation of equipment.
3.2.7 Contractor shall obtain manufacturer's (vendor) warranty service if outlined in

contract documents.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.3 Testing and Pre-commissioning Common Scope of Work
Many activities are repetitive in many systems or subsystems as it is common for a specific
task performed on certain equipment in a particular system or subsystem may also be
required for similar equipment under a different system or subsystem. For example, an
electric-motor-driven pump testing and pre-commissioning activities are essentially the
same for all such pumps be it in a liquid metering system or a compression system. A
standard and common Scope of Works is therefore readily identifiable as depicted in the
following subsections.
Should a specific system require additional activities, then the relevant activities would be
stated under the respective system by discipline.
3.3.1 General
3.3.1.1 Verify equipment manuals, reference drawings, factory calibration

certificates, test reports and test certificates are available.
3.3.1.2 Verify equipment skid structure and on-skid items are free of any
damage.
3.3.1.3 Verify nameplate data for all items are as per datasheet and
specification.
3.3.1.4 Verify tagging and numbering for all items are correct.
3.3.1.5 Verify equipment temporary shipping braces, stoppers and other

protective structures are removed.
3.3.1.6 All test/calibration equipment shall have a valid calibration certificate

from the manufacturer or certified by authorized third party.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.3.2 Piping
3.3.2.1 Verify conformity line checking against IFC Process and

Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID) drawings as follows:
i) Verify valves, flanges, blind flanges and piping items were

properly installed and tightened
ii) Verify gaskets plusbolts & nuts installed are of the right
specification
iii) Verify the flow direction of check valves, globe valves,

Restriction Orifices, and other inline instruments
iv) Verify pipeworks were adequately supported as per drawings.
v) Verify the accessibility and operability of manual valves and all

of instrument indicators
vi) Verify all process pipes, process equipment and line instrument
plus isolation valves has been leak tested
vii) Verify color coding, line numbering and directional arrow are
provided correctly
viii) Verify functional test of all manually-operated, isolation and

block valves
3.3.2.2 Verify flushing had been completed which shall be referred to CSP-22
Flushing/ Hydrotest Procedure and Paragraph 6.2.1 Piping Matrix for
guideline.
3.3.2.3 Verify hydrotesting had been completed which shall include the
following activities:
i) FAT and Valve leak test has been done based on acceptance
criteria on API 6D and BS 5351 Codes and Standards
ii) Non-return valves and swing check valves shall be returned to

its original position after completion of hydrotesting
iii) Temporary spade and blinds were removed after hydrotesting

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iv) Pipeworks are drained and blown with dry air once
hydrotesting completed
v) All instruments and relief valves which are removed during test
shall be reinstated back to its original location
vi) Refer to CSP-22 Flushing/Hydrotest Procedure for detailed

hydrotest procedure
3.3.2.4 Verify the internal chemical cleaning for piping system as per para
6.2.1 Piping Matrix chemical cleaning
3.3.2.5 The flange management shall be performed prior to Re-instatement

Leak Testwhich consist of :
a) Flanges alignment to ensure the correctness of flange to

flange alignment, gaskets, cleanliness flanges facing,
b) Bolt tensioning/tourqing as per approved procedure to

ensure the tightness of stud bolt with correct tension/
torque value including the correctness of stud bolt
installation.
3.3.2.6 Perform reinstatement leak test which shall include the following
activities (refer to Section 5.1.16 for details):
i) Perform internal inspection and verify cleaning of vessels is

completed and "Final Closure Certificates" have been issued
ii) Gross leak test with 7 bar compressed air may be required prior
to Reinstatement leak test to ensure the early detection of the
major leaking point and then to avoid any wastage of Nitrogen
consumable. However the Gross Leak test (with compressed air)
is not allowed for existing facilities.
iii) Verify test instruments used have a range of fifty (50) percent
higher than the test pressure. Test instrument validity period
do not exceed six (6) months after certification or re-calibration
by third party.
iv) Upon completion of Re-instatement Leak test the system shall

be preserved by 1 bar nitrogen.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.3.2.7 For general utilities (as per para 6.2.1 Piping Matrix), service test is to
be carried out in lieu of Reinstatement Leak Test. Test pressure shall
be operating pressure.
3.3.2.8 Verify insulation and claddings are conformed to specification and

drawings.
3.3.2.9 Verify pipework(as per para 6.2.1 Piping Matrix)is adequately

supported, internally cleaned and preservation applied after pickling
or acid cleaning.
3.3.2.10 Verify the systems (as per para 6.2.1 Piping Matrix) have been purged
with nitrogen and achieved below 4% oxygen content.
3.3.2.11 Verify the Base Line Survey on the basis of Corrosion Risk Assessment
for corrosion management of piping system.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.3.3 Mechanical
Rotating Equipment
3.3.3.1 Verify hold down bolts and vibration dampeners (if any) has been
adequately installed and tightened.
3.3.3.2 Verify skid and equipment levelness as recommended by

manufacturer or vendor. Should grouting is applied; Vendor
Representativesconcurrence may be required during inspections.
3.3.3.3 Verify alignment of suction/discharge piping flange, driver and driven

equipment i.e. motor to pump, motor to gearbox, turbine to gearbox,
accessory drive to turbine, etc., is completed and the values are
within vendor acceptable values.
3.3.3.4 Verify Lube Oil flushing has been completed as per vendor
recommendation
3.3.3.5 Check air, fuel and lube oil filters for cleanliness and replace as
necessary.
3.3.3.6 Check lubrication or greasing of all external bearings and check lube
oil for contamination, replace if necessary
3.3.3.7 Check cooling system and ensure coolant and corrosion inhibitor are
added.
3.3.3.8 Perform no-load test of critical rotating equipment such as

compressor, engine, etc.
3.3.3.9 Secure and preserve equipment after pre-commissioning for sea

transportation.
Note: Vendor Representatives assistance and concurrence may be required.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Static Equipment
3.3.3.10 Verify hold down bolts have been adequately installed and tightened.
3.3.3.11 Verify Equipment as-built drawings, test reports and Certificates are
available.
3.3.3.12 Verify tagging and nameplates data for equipmentas per Fabrication
drawing/PID.
3.3.3.13 Verify equipment temporary shipping braces,stoppers and other

protective structures have been removed.
3.3.3.14 Performinternal and external installation and inspection and verify

cleaning of vessels and tanks have been completed and issue Final
Closure Certificates.
3.3.3.15 Verify equipment manuals reference drawings; factory calibration

certificates;test reports and test certificates are available.
3.3.3.16 Verify all of flanges and stud bolt for man hole, hand hole and all of
nozzles have been aligned and tightened.
3.3.3.17 Baseline thickness measurement for static equipment. This shall be

carried out prior to commissioning at selected test points to facilitate
future real time corrosion rate.
3.3.3.18 Baseline measurements to be included in the Equipment Record

Cards if any.
3.3.3.19 A check of record of all manufacturing data books, shop inspection

reports, and manufacturer inspection and test reports should be kept
in the equipment file. This information shall be recorded in
Equipment Record Card, which shall be completed before
COMMISSIONING.
3.3.3.20 To check correct Installation of Equipment (ex: sliding saddle

movement for expansion; bolts to be loose).
3.3.3.21 Check whether special (maintenance) tools and inspection manuals

have been supplied.
3.3.3.22 Check that test holes in Reinforcement Pads are open (filling hard
grease). Shall not be plugged with metal plugs).
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.3.3.23 For air-coolers, check that the fan rotation and blade setting are
correct.
3.3.3.24 Check accessibility of manhole covers, davits, valves, gauges.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.3.4 Electrical
3.3.4.1 Inspect and verify all electrical equipment supplied and installed are
as per the specification.
3.3.4.2 Verify nameplate data, tagging and numbering of cables, relays,

devices.
3.3.4.3 Verify electrical cables are installed correctly, continuity checked and
insulation resistance tested.
3.3.4.4 Verify electrical junction box installations and power cable

terminations are completed as per specification.
3.3.4.5 Verify all earthing connections are terminated.
3.3.4.6 Perform inspection and function test of motor RTU. Hand-off-auto

and ammeter function.
3.3.4.7 Perform uncoupled/solo run test of electric motors and record direct
of rotation after motor windings and space heaters are insulation
tested. Confirm that all motors are rotating in correct direction as per
vendor datasheet and marked direction of rotation.
3.3.4.8 Perform coupled run test of electric-motor-driven equipment.
3.3.4.9 Perform start-stop function test.
3.3.4.10 De-energize subsystems after completion of pre-commissioning

activities.
3.3.4.11 Perform visual inspection of battery condition.
3.3.4.12 Perform visual inspection and functional test for UPS system.
3.3.4.13 Perform visual inspection and functional test for the batteries and
solar panel/charger for the navigational aid system.
3.3.5 Instrumentation& Telecommunication
3.3.5.1 Verify all individual instruments comply withCARIGALI specifications

prior to calibration by comparing instrument name tags and
datasheets to the specifications.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.3.5.2 Verify all instruments on skid and off skid installation, testing and
calibration are completed and recorded on standard forms and ITRs.
Note: Completion of these activities shall be clearly indicated by attaching

colour-coded labels or stickers to each instrument or instrument system.
3.3.5.3 Verify calibration and pop test certificates of all relief valves are
valid.Relief valve should have a minimum certificates validity of 6
months upon RFSU.
3.3.5.4 Verify that all field instruments including skid mounted instruments
should have a minimum certificates validity of 6 months upon RFSU.
3.3.5.5 Verify FGS field devices installation; testing and calibration are
completed and recorded on standard ITR form and checklist.
3.3.5.6 Verify that all tubing for primary process, impulse line, signal line,
instrument air supply, sample lines and hydraulic lines are correctly
installed and are leak/pressure tested to the specification
requirements (see instrumentation pre-commissioning procedure
under Section 5.3).
Note: The tubing needs to be purged before leak/pressure test
3.3.5.7 Verify instrumentation isolation valves and manifold valves could be

opened and closed easily.
3.3.5.8 That all instrument junction box installations and cable terminations
(including Fibre Optic) are correctly installed as per in engineering
drawing.
3.3.5.9 Verify completion of instrument and control cable insulation

resistance checks and continuity checks. All thermocouples and RTDs
signal and control wirings shall be checked for polarity and continuity,
including external power if required.
3.3.5.10 Perform loop checking of all field instruments (indication, control,

alarm and shutdown) to control Process Monitoring and Control
System, Safeguarding System, Unit/Local Control Panel, Turbine
Control Panel, telecommunication, etc.). This includes stroking of
valves i.e. shutdown valves, blowdown valves, control valves, etc. and
function testing of local control panel.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.3.5.11 Perform alarm and shutdown test of system (Safety Instrumented

System, Fire and Gas System, etc.)by simulating
abnormal/tripcondition at the primary element. It shall be ensured
that the correct operational sequence and action of all components
are as per specifications.
3.3.5.12 Perform function testing for all control panels (Process Monitoring
and Control System, Unit/Local Control Panel, Turbine Control Panel,
telecommunication, etc.)
3.3.5.13 Perform Instrument Earth, Safety Earth and I.S. Earth Checks within
Control Panel.
3.3.5.14 Verify instrumentation isolation valves and manifold valves could be

opened and closed easily and sight glasses are not obstructed with
paint, etc.
3.3.5.15 Verify wire terminals for solid and clean connections.
3.3.5.16 Check all lugs and connectors (electric, pneumatic, hydraulic) for
correct tagging and numbering
3.3.5.17 In case of field bus installations, verify loop resistance, cable

capacitance, inductance values and provision of end resistance as
applicable.
3.3.5.18 Verify connections of proper wire terminals.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.4 Commissioning
3.4.1 Detail Commissioning & Start-Up procedure shall be crossed reference to CSP-21
for minimum requirement and Contractor shall develop Project Specific Testing,
Pre-Commissioning &Commissioning procedure at each stage of the project (live
documents which will be continuously updated throughout project).
3.4.2 Commissioning Common Scope of Works
i) Ensure that all pre-commissioning activities are complete andReady for

Commissioning (RFC) certificates signed off.
ii) Line-up/ open isolation valve per P& ID
iii) Purge the piping with N2 before allowing hydrocarbon into it, applicable for
hydrocarbon systems.
iv) Keep the loop under positive nitrogen pressure.
v) Allow the process liquid into the system slowly and replace the nitrogen
vi) Check and monitor for any leakage during gas-in and pressurization of line.
vii) Carry out equipment and its control system tuning until achieving the
desired operating conditions.
viii) The system shall achieve the product specifications as described in P&ID
specifications and DBM.
ix) Carry out endurance test for:

1. Continuously running equipment (72 hours);
2. Non-continuous running equipment (4 hours)
x) Ensure all the parameters shall be within the safe operating limit as per
P&ID/ equipment specifications, such as:
a. Level
b. Pressure
c. Flowrate
d. Temperature
e. Vibration
f. Noise Level
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
xi) Refer to vendor Site Acceptance Test (SAT) procedure and relevant ITR-C.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.5 Commissioning and Start-up Procedure
3.5.1 Run the system continuously for duration of recommended hour(s) based on the
system requirement. Necessary adjustment for temperature, pressurization, air flow,
etc. at system is to be made (if required).
3.5.2 Check for all parameters and characteristic stated inside manual are correct.
3.5.3 Record performance and other critical parameters
3.5.4 Ensure that all necessary documentation is available and attached to the report.
3.6 System by System Scope of Work
The subsequent page illustrates the detailed Scope of Works for the pre-determined systems.
Illustrations to depict the mentioned systems/subsystems are also included for reference
only. CONTRACTOR shall utilize the particular project Piping and Instrumentation Diagram
drawings for accurate details.
CONTRACTOR shall review the content against other relevant documentation such as vendor
manuals and drawings to acquire a more complete Scope of Works.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1 100 PROCESS
3.6.1.1 110 FULL WELL STREAM
3.6.1.1.1 111 PROCESS | FULL WELL STREAM | WELLHEAD (DRY TREES)
111.1 System Description
A Wellhead is the component at the surface of an oil or gas well that

provides the structural and pressure-containing interface for the drilling and
production equipment. Christmas (X-mas) tree is an assembly of valves,
spools, and fittings used for an oil well, gas well, water injection well, water
disposal well, gas injection well, condensate well and other types of wells.
Dry X-mas trees are installed on the surface. Offshore, where a wellhead is
located on the production platform it is called a surface wellhead, and if
located beneath the water then it is referred to as a subsea wellhead or
mudline wellhead.Process controls is classified separately under Sub-
Subsystem 625 - Wellhead Control Panel (WHCP).
The major components covered by Topside Contractor are:
Flowline from X-mas Tree up to the Production/Test Header

High Integrity Pressure Protection System (HIPPS)
Production Choke Valve (PCV)
Position Transducer (ZT)
Downstream Pressure/ Temperature (DPT)
The major components covered by Drilling Contractor

Annulus Master Valve (AMV)
Annulus Access Valve (AAV)
Chemical Injection Valve (CIV)
Production Master Valve (PMV)
Production Wing Valve (PWV)
Downhole Pressure /Temperature Gauge (DHPTG)
Annulus Pressure/Temperature (APT)
Upstream Pressure/ Temperature (UPT)
111.2 Pre-commissioning Scope of Works
i) Piping
Refer to Section 3.3.2 - Common Piping Scope of Works.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ii) Mechanical
Refer to Section 3.3.3 - Common Mechanical Scope of Works.
iii) Electrical
If applicable, refer to Section 3.3.4 - Common Electrical Scope of
Works.
iv) Instrumentation
Refer to Section 3.3.5 - Common Instrumentation Scope of Works.
111.3 Commissioning Scope of Works
i) Refer to Commissioning common scope of works (Section 3.4.2)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.1.2 112 PROCESS | FULL WELL STREAM | WELLHEADS (WET TREES)
The subsea X-mas tree sits on top of the subsea wellhead and provides a
means to monitor and control oil or gas production from well, or injection of
water or gas into a well. A subsea Xmas tree maybe a vertical type or a
horizontal type depending on valve configuration.
The major components are:
Tubing Retrievable Surface Controlled Subsurface Safety Valve (TRSCSSV)

/ Surface Controlled Subsurface Safety Valve (SCSSV)
Annulus Master Valve (AMV)
Annulus Access Valve (CIV)
Methanol Injection Valve (MIV)
Crossover Valve (XOV)
Subsea Multiphase/Wet Gas Flow Meter (MPFM/WGFM)
Downstream Pressure/Temperature (DPT)
Acoustic Sand Detector (ASD)
Subsea Control Module (SCM).
Other associated equipment for subsea production system (SPS) may

include but not limited to:
Jumper
Manifold
Pipeline End Termination (PLET)/Pipeline End Manifold (PLEM)
Flowline
Umbilical/Hydraulic Flying Leads (HFL)/Electrical Fling Leads (EFL)
Subsea Umbilical Termination Assembly (SUTA)
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Post installation testing of a subsea tree is normally undertaken by the

drilling rig using an IWOCS (Intervention and Workover Control System).
Pre-commissioning must wait until subsea hook-up is complete and is

limited to testing from the topside to include:
Communication tests
Sensor checks (pressure, temp, sand rate, flow rate)
Valve operations (excluding downhole safety valve)
Choke operations
Shutdown tests
Commissioning is limited to testing and operating from the topside.

Activities are the same as pre-commissioning except with the inclusion of
opening the downholesafety valve.
Figure 3.6.1-1: Dual Cluster Manifold SPS

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-2: Simple & Generic SPS Flow Diagram

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.1.3 113 PROCESS | FULL WELL STREAM | WELL TESTING
The Sub-Subsystem is generally associated with its boundaries defined from

the Test headers to the well testing facilities. It includes equipment such as
Test Separator, Multi Phase Flow Meter (MPFM) and Subsea MPFM Wet
Gas Meter (WGM) for well testing which located at each individual flow line.
Test separator is provided to enable well testing. The following is the basis
of Test Separator operation:
i. The well testing is conducted for one well at any time.
ii. Well to be tested is disconnected from the production header and

then it is connected to test header.
iii. The test separator measures the oil and gas flowrates, water cut and
the GOR of the well fluid.
iv. The oil, water and gas streams leaving the test separator are re-mixed
and co-mingled into the production header to mix with the fluids
from other wells.
Each of the Well flow lines is provided with a connection to Test header.
During testing of a well, the corresponding flow line is opened into the Test
separator via the test header and its connection to the production header is
isolated. Only one flow line is opened into the Test separator at a time.
The instruments on the Test Separator are level transmitters to control the
flow rate of water and oil, pressure transmitter, local temperature gauge,
level gauges and pressure gauges.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
Refer to Section 3.3.4 - Common Electrical Scope of Works.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iv) Instrumentation

BDS
TEST SEPARATOR
SDV FI
FROM TEST MANIFOLD PC
P-12 PCV SDV
BDV
S
LC TC
FI
LCV SDV
Figure 3.6.1-3: Well Testing Facilities Schematic

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
V-CONE TYPE
WCM PT TT
PDT
WET GAS METER

COMPUTER (FMC)
H
FLA
L
Figure 3.6.1-4: Wet Gas Meter V-cone Type
H
FM
L
FQI
FT
PT FT
TT
VENTURI TYPE
FE
Figure 3.6.1-5: Wet Gas Meter Venturi Type

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.2 120 PROCESS LIQUID (PL)
3.6.1.2.1 121 PROCESS | PROCESS LIQUID (PL) |PROCESS LIQUID (PL) COLLECTION
AND RECEIVING
This Sub-Subsystem is generally associated with process crude with its

boundaries defined from the wellheads to the respective collection headers
and/or from a receiving pipeline riser to the inlet of a separator vessel.
Equipment in the Sub-Subsystem includes production headers, test headers,

receiver, allocation metering, and production manifold. It also includes
associated instruments such as pressure and temperature gauges and
transmitters.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-6: Liquid Collection and Receiving system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.2.2 122 PROCESS | PROCESS LIQUID (PL) |PROCESS LIQUID (PL) SEPARATION
(OIL FACILITIES)
Separation of incoming crude is common on most facilities. Separation

vessels are equipped with internal weirs; baffle plates, etc. to segregate
crude, gas and water. Gas being the lightest would be released at the top of
the vessel whereas water and crude outlets are generally located at the
bottom of the vessel.
It comprises of several pressure vessels such as a High Pressure Separator

(HP Separator), a Low Pressure Separator LP (Separator), a Test Separator, a
Surge Vessel, relief valves and special items such as interlocks. It also
involves associated instrumentations such as pressure and temperature
gauges and transmitters, level indicators and flow elements, to mention a
few.
Free Water Knockout (FWKO) vessel is used to separate the gas and bulk of
free water of the preheated crude oil coming from crude exchangers. The
FWKO vessel has two main sections, the oily water separation section and
the Oil collection section. The following are the design features and
principles of the operation of FWKO vessel;
i) A distribution plate located at the immediate downstream of the inlet

baffle distributes the oil and water phases uniformly across the vessel
cross section.
ii) Vertical plate coalesce pack section to enhance coalescing of the

water droplets in the oil phase and for coalescing of the oil droplets in
the oil phase and in the lower water phase.
iii) The area downstream of the coalescing packs provides further

residence time required for the settling of water droplets from oil
phase into water phase and rising of oil droplets from water phase to
mix into oil phase.
iv) A weir plate at the downstream of the oil water separation section
prevents flow of the bottom water layer into the oil compartment,
and also prevents movement of sand particles into the oil section.
v) Water is withdrawn from the bottom of the oil water separation

section through a water level control valve. The flow rate of the water
is controlled to maintain steady level of oil water interface.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
vi) Oil is withdrawn from the bottom of the oil collection section through
an oil level control valve.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
a) Refer to Section 3.3.3 - Common Mechanical Scope of Works.
b) Perform inspection of pressure vessels and its internals.
iii) Electrical
v) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-7: Process Liquid Separation system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-8: Process Liquid Separation system
Figure 3.6.1-1: Production Separator

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.2.3 123 PROCESS | PROCESS LIQUID (PL) |CRUDE OIL STABILISATION
Crude oil received from Separator is fed to crude oil stabilization unit for
removing the light gas along with hydrogen sulfide before the oil is stored
and transporting for downstreamuses. The crude stabilization process
sweetens the Sour crude and reduces the vapor pressure to make safe for
shipments.
Crude Stabilization system is comprises of Flash Drum, Desalter,

Dehydration Vessel, Crude Stabilization Column, KettleReboiler, Pumps etc.
It includes the extensive pipework and instruments like Shutdown valves,
Control valves for various application, Analyzers, transmitters and indicators.
i) Piping
Refer to Section 3.3.2 Common Piping Scope of Work
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation
123.3 Commissioning Scope of Work
i) Refer to Commissioning common scope of work (Section 3.4.2)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.2.4 124 PROCESS | PROCESS LIQUID (PL) | CONDENSATE STABILISATION
Condensate received from slug catcher and Knockout drum is fed to

stabilization unit to reach the required specification for transportation of
condensate or for the use of the condensate in drown stream process. The
stability is specified in True Vapor Pressure or Reid Vapor Pressure (TVP or
RVP).
Condensate stabilization unit is comprises of Surge Drum,Filter Coalescer,

Stabilization column, Pumps, Exchangers and Re-boiler etc. It includes the
extensive pipework and instruments like Shutdown valves, Control valves
for various application, Analyzers, transmitters and indicators.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.2.5 125 PROCESS | PROCESS LIQUID (PL) |PROCESS LIQUID (PL) TRANSFER /
STORAGE
The cargo system associates with FPSO/FSO are FPS/Spar facilities normally
consists of cargo tanks, cargo pumps, cargoeductors. It covers storage for
crude oil, crude off loading/export, crude oil washing and crude stripping
facilities.
Crude oil washing system uses dry oil from cargo tank to clean and wash
away sediment of other cargo tank and return back the washing to crude oil
tank using eductor. It is normally done during the time between exports and
during export operations. The COW operation is to be carried out with inert
gas system fully functional due to the static electricity involvement.
The cargo tanks are normally equipped with tank gauging using radar
sensor/guided microwave sensor to monitor and analyze the level content
of cargo oil tank and slop tank. It is also fitted with temperature sensors to
monitor the fluid temperature.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.2.6 126 PROCESS | PROCESS LIQUID (PL) |PROCESS LIQUID(PL) METERING

AND EXPORT / OFFLOADING
Liquid transfer and metering is an integration of several skid equipment

originating from the discharge nozzle of a separator/surge vessel through a
pumping subsystem and metering sub-subsystem before ending at the
shutdown valve downstream of the scraper launcher.
It comprises of an extensive array of pipeworks with Crude Oil Transfer

Pump (COTP), metering runs, flow element (e.g. turbine, orifice), Meter
Prover (if applicable), Auto Sampling Station (if applicable), Export Launcher,
Heat Tracing/Exchanger/Heater. All signals are hardwired to its Metering
Control System consisting flow computer(s) and supervisory computer(s). It
also includes a variety of instruments like shutdown valves, control valves
for various applications, transmitters and indicators. Several local control
panels for individual equipment are also involved.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation
a) Refer to Section 3.3.5 - Common Instrumentation Scope of

Works.
b) Confirm all communication and hardwired signals to other

systems e.g. PMCS, SIS etc. are established.
c) Confirm Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) punchlist has been

demonstrated cleared with relevant calibration certificates and
test reports attached.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
d) Perform functional test of pump control panel including

interfaces with other systems.
e) Perform functional test of metering panel including interfaces

with other systems.
f) Perform functional test and loop checking of auto sampler,

sampler pump (if applicable) and metering skid including
interfaces with metering panel.
Note: Presence of vendor is required during functional test

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-9: Typical Process Liquid Metering and Export/Offloading Schematic

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.3 130 PROCESS GAS (PG)
3.6.1.3.1 131 PROCESS | PROCESS GAS (PG) |PROCESS GAS (PG) COLLECTION AND
RECEIVING
Process gas is collected and received in a manner identical to liquid

collection and receiving system. It comprises of a gas header, a test header,
flow lines from the gas producing wells, riser shutdown valve, scraper
launcher and receiver, choke valves, associated piping and instrumentations.
Activities are similar to the listing stipulated under Sub-Subsystem 121.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-10: PG Collection and Receiving system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.3.2 132 PROCESS | PROCESS GAS (PG) |PROCESS GAS SEPARATION (GAS
FACILITIES)
Slugcatcher is used to remove liquid slug in the gas. As gas passes through
the vessel, an arrangement of baffle plates reduces velocity of the incoming
gas thus providing opportunity for the heavier hydrocarbon component to
precipitate into liquid. This liquid is called condensate. There is also a
possibility of other forms of liquid such as water to be present that requires
removal as well.
The Sub-Subsystem comprises of a knockout vessel called a Slugcatcher, a

production separator, a surge vessel, a pressure relief subsystem,
associated piping and instrumentations. This Sub-Subsystem is reflected as
part of the process schematics in Figure 3.6.1-10shown under Sub-
Subsystem 131.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.3.3 133 PROCESS | PROCESS GAS (PG) | PROCESS GAS METERING
133.1System Description
On a gas processing facility, gas export Sub-Subsystem boundary begins

from the discharge of a liquid knockout vessel or a separator to the riser
shutdown valve at the export pipeline. However, on a gas compression
facility the boundary for gas transfer and metering Sub-Subsystem is
identified from the end of the discharge manifold system to the riser
shutdown valve of the particular export pipeline.
It comprises of an extensive array of pipework with Gas Metering runs, flow

element (e.g. ultrasonic meter, orifice), Gas Chromatograph/Analyzer
System (if applicable), Auto Sampling Station (if applicable), Export Launcher
Heat Tracing/Exchanger/Heater. All signals are hardwired to its Metering
Control System consisting flow computer(s) and supervisory computer(s). It
also includes a variety of instruments like shutdown valves, control valves
for various applications, transmitters and indicators.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
b) Confirm all communication and hardwired signals to other

systems e.g. PMCS, SIS etc. are established.
c) Confirm Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) punchlist has been

demonstrated cleared with relevant calibration certificates and
test reports attached.
d) Perform functional test of metering panel including interfaces

with other systems.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
e) Perform functional test and loop checking of auto sampler and

metering skid items including interfaces with metering panel.
f) Verify the serial number of the calibration and carrier gas for
the Gas Chromatograph (GC) as per approved
datasheet/certificate.
Note: Presence of vendor is required during functional test
SSC GAS SAMPLING AND ANALYZER CABINET (OFFSKID)
MANUAL SPOT
SAMPLING
SSC
GC PRIMARY
GC SECONDARY GAS
SAMPLE
CONDITIONING CHROMATOGAR
CONDITIONING
SYSTEM PH (PAY)
SYSTEM
GC PRIMARY GC SECONDARY
GAS
SAMPLE SAMPLE
CHROMATOGRA
CONDITIONING CONDITIONING
PH (CHECK)
SYSTEM SYSTEM
MOISTURE
ANALYZER
SSV FT PT QT PG TG TT TW
M M M M
M
M
M M M M
M
M
M M M M
Figure 3.6.1-11: Typical Process Gas Metering Schematic

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.4 140 GAS COMPRESSION
3.6.1.4.1 141 PROCESS | GAS COMPRESSION |SUCTION MANIFOLD
Suction manifold, also called suction header, is pipework from the gas outlet
of separators or slug catchers to the inlet of a compressor train suction
scrubber or a heat exchanger.
Minimal equipment is involved; primarily the associated piping and

instrumentations such as shutdown valves, gauges transmitters and
indicators.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical - None.
iii) Electrical - None.
v) Instrumentation
i) Refer to Commissioning scope of works (Section 3.4.2)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-12: Process Schematics for Gas Compression consisting of Suction Manifold,
Compression Train and Discharge Manifold Sub-Subsystem
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.4.2 142 PROCESS | GAS COMPRESSION |OFF GAS COMPRESSOR
The combined off gas streams from Crude/Condensate stabiliser, Surge

Drum and acid gas of GSU are compressed by two stages centrifugal
compressors. Off gas compressor are driven by fixed/variable speed motor.
Each stage is equipped with its own Anti-surge/Recylce control valve
designed for full flow condition. The main components of the system are
shown in the Fig XX below.
Off Gas Compressor train Sub-subsystem is divided into smaller components

such as:
i) Prime movers for compressors is electric motor,
ii) Speed reducing gearbox,
iii) Centrifugal Compressors
iv) Scrubber vessels,
v) Control panels, and
vi) Ancillary subsystems; for example Dry gas seal, fuel gas, diesel, air
inlet filtration, start system, etc.
It also includes numerous instrumentations. Usually, a gas compression

system is equipped with its own control system and it is linked to other
control systems such as DCS, SIS and FGS.
142.2 Pre-commissioning Scope of Works.
For the Compressor pre-commissioning activities, the vendor or supplier

guidelines are to be followed strictly. Line cleaning, chemical cleaning
activities, charging seal gas, lube oil circulation are few of the pre-
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
vi) Instrumentation
1st Stage 2nd Stage
Figure 3.6.1-13: Off Gas Compressor

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.4.3 142 PROCESS | GAS COMPRESSION | COMPRESSION TRAIN

(BOOSTER/EXPORT/GAS LIFT/GAS INJECTION)
Gas Compression is required to provide secondary recovery to a field in the

form of gas lifting and gas injection. It is obtained through use of
compression. A train is defined as a sequential arrangement of equipment
that makes up one compression system (refer schematic in Figure 3.6.1-12
under Sub-Subsystem 141). A compression train Sub-Subsystem is divided
into several smaller components such as:
i) Prime movers for compressors; for example a turbine, an internal

combustion engine or an electric motor,
ii) Speed reducing gearbox,
iii) Compressors; either centrifugal or reciprocating, booster
iv) Heat exchanger,
v) Scrubber vessels,
vi) Control panels, and
vii) Ancillary subsystems; for example seal gas, fuel gas, diesel, air inlet
filtration, start system, etc.
It includes where applicable of prime movers (Turbine or ICE or EM),

Gearbox, compressor (Centrifugal or Reciprocating), booster compressor,
heat exchanger, scrubber/vessels, control panels, and ancillary equipment.
It also includes numerous instrumentations. Usually, a gas compression
system is equipped with its own control system and it is linked to other
control systems such as DCS, SIS and FGS.
143.2 Pre-commissioning Scope of Works.
For the Compressor pre-commissioning activities, the vendor or supplier

guidelines are to be followed strictly. Line cleaning, chemical cleaning
activities, charging seal gas, lube oil circulation are few of the pre-
i) Piping
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
vii) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.4.4 144 PROCESS | GAS COMPRESSION |DISCHARGE MANIFOLD
Discharge manifold Sub-Subsystem starts at the outlet of the discharge

scrubber or a heat exchanger of the compression train and ends at the inlet
nozzle to the lift gas distribution network.
Minimal equipment is provided in this system; primarily the associated

piping and instrumentations such as shutdown valves, gauges transmitters
and indicators.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-14: Discharge Manifold System

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.4.5 145 PROCESS | GAS COMPRESSION |EXPORT/DOWNHOLE INJECTION
Every installation after processing of oil or gas is required to be exported to

next user. Oil and/or gas are exported through long pipelines from offshore
installation to onshore plant. Pipelines are normally provided with pig
launcher in this case called Export Launcher. Oil can be exported to oil
tankers also. In case of FPSO, after processing oil is stored in the hull of
FPSO and transferred to shuttle tankers. Shuttle tankers take oil to onshore
for offloading.
For the reservoir maintenance and ultimate more oil recovery, reservoir is
flooded with gas or water. Thus water or gas is injected in the reservoir. The
injection is done through X-mas trees. Normally X-mas tree is on the surface
but water or gas through X-mas tree is injected in the reservoir and
sometimes called downhole injection.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
viii) Instrumentation
Refer to Section 3.3.5 -Common Instrumentation Scope of Works.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.5 150 GAS DEWPOINTING
3.6.1.5.1 151 PROCESS | GAS DEWPOINTING | GAS DEHYDRATION TRAIN(WATER

DEW POINT)
Removing water vapor from the gas is important because it prevents

hydrates from forming when the gas is cooled in the transmission and
distribution systems and prevents water vapor from condensing that create
corrosion problem. Glycol contactor is a pressure vessel used in gas
dehydration process. It is a vertical vessel equipped with several trays of
small outlets that are methodically situated. Instead of trays Glycol
Contactor can have structured packing also. As wet gas or gas laden with
water vapor travels from bottom of the vessel upwards, it meets with the
glycol that is sprayed from the top. As glycol has a very high affinity for
water, water vapor is extracted from the gas thus making the gas dry.
The major equipment are Glycol contactor, glycol/gas heat exchanger, glycol
storage vessel, glycol transfer pumps, complete glycol regeneration package
(re-boiler, skimmer vessel, charcoal/glycol filters, heat exchangers, glycol
trim cooler/fan and electrical motor drivers etc.), anti-foam chemical
injection system, local control panel, thyristor control panel, dew point
analyzer and all associated piping, valves, instrumentation, moisture
analyzer, tubing, instrument/electrical cabling and junction boxes.
The Sub-Subsystem comprises of a contactor vessel and regeneration skid

and its associated piping and instrumentation.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
v) Instrumentation
Figure 3.6.1-15: Gas Dehydration system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-16: Gas Dehydration system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.5.2 152 PROCESS | GAS DEWPOINTING |ADSORPTION(WATER DEW POINT)
Adsorption is the adhesion of water molecules from a gas, liquid, or

dissolved solid to a surface. This process creates a film of the adsorbate on
the surface of the adsorbent. Note that adsorption is a surface-based
process while absorption involves the whole volume of the material. Solid
desiccants, Molecular sieves used as adsorbents.
Major equipment involved are Adsorption bed, Regeneration unit, heat

exchanger, cooler, LCP, Dew point analyzer and all associated piping, valves,
instruments, moisture analyzer, tubing, electrical cabling and JB.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
ii) Electrical
vi) Instrumentation
Figure 3.6.1-17: Adsorption system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.5.3 PROCESS | GAS DEWPOINTING |TURBO EXPANDER AND RE-

COMPRESSION (HYDROCARBON DEW POINT)
The turbo expander with compressor unit is used to provide refrigeration

for the sales gas purification/treatment process in a hydrocarbon processing
plant.It is representative of a natural gas dew pointcontrol process where
the low pressure ratio expander cools thegas only enough to lower the
hydrocarbon dew point to beappropriate for pipeline transmission of the
gas. Expander outletliquid fractions are usually in the range of 2 to 8% by
weight.
The expansion turbine is of the radial inflow type with advanced

aerodynamic design maximizing the isentropic efficiency. The machine is of
a proven cartridge concept which allows a quick replacement of the
machinery capsule including rotating parts without interference with
expander process pipes.
A high efficiency compressor wheel is utilized as a loading device, recovering

the mechanical energy from the expander. A vane diffuser ensures optimum
efficiency and head flow characteristic.
Turbo expanderand re-compression is equipped with following:
i) Quick Shut off Valve

ii) Joule-Thompson Control Valve
iii) Anti-Surge Controller
iv) Variable guide Vane
v) Dry Gas Seal
vi) Active Magnetic Bearing(AMB)
vii) Automatic Thrust Balancing Unit
viii) Cold Vessel Recovery Unit
ix) Suction and Discharge Knockout Drums
x) Magnetic Bearing Control System
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation
Refer to Section 3.3.5 -Common Instrumentation Scope of Works.
Figure 3.6.1-18: Turbo Expander

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.5.4 154 PROCESS | GAS DEWPOINTING |DIRECT COOLING (HYDROCARBON

DEW POINT)
Hydrocarbon Dew Point system is designed to inhibit the formation of solid

hydrates in the gas stream i.e. to perform a level of dehydration.
The major equipment are Refrigeration Compression package, Dew point

control package. The system includes the refrigeration system. This is
achieved through the injection of a liquid agent directly into the gas stream.
The liquid agent is selected based on low viscosity and low freezing
temperature rather than dehydration ability.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
Refer to Section 3.3.3 - Common Mechanical Scope of Works
iii) Electrical
vii) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-19: Cooling system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.6 160 WATER INJECTION
3.6.1.6.1 161 PROCESS | WATER INJECTION | SEAWATER INTAKE
Normally found only on water injection facilities, seawater intake Sub-

Subsystem starts from the submersible "lift" pump to the inlet of a coarse
filtration unit. Installation of the pumps are frequently performed offshore
as it requires pre-installation of its "caissons"; tubular structures where the
pumps are protected from the surrounding oceanic environment. However,
the respective discharge piping and control instrumentation are preinstalled
in the fabrication yard.
The Sub-Subsystem includes one or more electric-motor-driven submerged

centrifugal pumps, vacuum relief valves, discharge pipings, Sea Water Lift
Pump (SWLP), Electro- chlorination package and associated
instrumentations.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
Refer to Section 3.3.3- Common Mechanical Scope of work
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-20: Seawater Intake system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.6.2 162 PROCESS | WATER INJECTION | FILTRATION
There are two types of filtration equipment provided for in this Sub-
Subsystem. One is called "coarse" filtration and the other "fine" filtration
(refer to attached process schematics in Figure 3.6.1-21). Coarse filters are
essentially vessels equipped with internal elements that provide filtration of
particles of 100 microns or more. The filter elements are rotated with the
assistance of an electric motor to shake the trapped particles out of the
elements whereby the particles are then released into the drain. This
sequence is called a "backwash".
In the fine filtration equipment, filter vessels are filled with different layers
of filter media. The media are normally made of garnet and anthracite. As
dirty water flows through the media from the top, particles bigger than 2
microns are trapped thus provided very clean water. Unlike coarse filters,
trapped particles are removed on a fixed period by reversing the flow. This
process is also helpful in restoring the media fluffiness for another cycle of
filtration.
The Sub-Subsystem starts at the inlets of the coarse filters and ends at the
outlet of the fine filters. It comprises of pressure vessels, motor-driven
mixers and blowers, butterfly valves, control valves and other associated
piping and instrumentations.
The major equipmentare injection pumps and all associated drive

equipment and accessories and local control panels. All conditioning
equipment, including suction filters and dedicated chemical injection
systems, all suction and discharge piping and headers, valves,
instrumentation, tubing and any electrical/instrument cabling and junction
boxes.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iii) Electrical
v) Instrumentation
Figure 3.6.1-21: Filtration system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.6.3 163 PROCESS | WATER INJECTION | DEAERATION
Deaeration is a process of oxygen removal from the water. It is mostly

achievable through two processes; gas stripping and vacuum. Under gas
stripping, process gas passes through water droplets and "strips" the oxygen
from the water molecules. Under vacuum, separate equipment is required
to create the necessary vacuum thus allowing the oxygen molecules to
separate from the water molecules.
The whole process occurs in a tower vessel called a "deaerator tower".

Inside a deaerator tower, packings are randomly arranged with the sole
purpose of increasing the contact between two phases i.e. water and gas,
thus removing oxygen under vacuum condition. The Sub-Subsystem
includes a pressure vessel, electric-motor-driven pumps, vacuum ejector
sets, control valves and other associated piping and instrumentation.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
Refer to Section 3.3.4 -Common Electrical Scope of Works.
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-22: Deaeration system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.6.4 164 PROCESS | WATER INJECTION | TREATED WATER PUMPING
Treated water pressure is increased prior to injection into the wells by

employing different sets of pumps. For low pressure requirements, a
'booster" pump is sufficient to meet the needs. It is used to maintain inlet
suction pressure for the high pressure pump. It is normally a single-stage
centrifugal pump driven by an electric motor.
The major equipment are low pressure booster pump, high pressure multi-
stage pump (turbine or diesel /gas engine drive) ancillary equipment.
Shutdown valves control valves, blowdown valves, gauges and transmitters
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
v) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-23: Treated Water Pumping system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.6.5 165 PROCESS | WATER INJECTION | TREATED WATER

EXPORT/DOWNHOLE INJECTION
The Sub-Subsystem starts from the discharge of the injection pump and
ends at the gate valves to the water injection wells. It includes discharge
manifold, riser shutdown valves, scraper launcher and receiver, injection
water header, flowlines to water injection wells, associated piping and
instrumentations.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
v) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-1: Treated Water Export / Downhole Injection system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.7 170 ACID GAS REMOVAL
3.6.1.7.1 171 PROCESS | ACID GAS REMOVAL | ACID GAS REMOVAL UNIT
In case of high H2S, where it may not be suitable to re-inject or flare the
acid gas, further treatment would be required by introducing acid gas to
Acid Gas Enrichment Unit (AGEU) to selectively remove H2S over CO2 in
order to produce an acid gas composition which enables acceptable
operating conditions for Sulphur Recovery Unit (SRU). The Sulphur Recovery
Unit consists of modified Claus Units with catalytic stages with common
degasser and incinerator where acid gas is pre-heated to around 195 C.
Elemental sulphur is produced which is routed to sulphur blocking area and
the tail gas routed to incinerator to convert remaining sulphur species to
SO2.
This is also known as gas sweetening and acid gas removal in downstream
plants referring to processes that use aqueous solutions of various amines
to remove H2S and CO2 from gases. Main equipment involved are Absorber,
tanks and vessels, reboiler, pumps, reflux drum, associated piping and
instruments.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
ix) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-24: Acid Gas Removal system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.8 180 CONTAMINANT REMOVAL
3.6.1.8.1 181 PROCESS | CONTAMINANT REMOVAL | MERCURY REMOVAL

UNIT(ADSORPTION)
Also known as de-mercurization in downstream plants found after the

dehydration process where mercury is removed from gas by adsorption
using activated carbon beds or other technology such as silver-doped
molecular sieve, sulfur impregnated carbon, copper sulfide and the like.
Major equipment involved is Packed Bed columns, Tanks, vessels and

associated piping & instrumentation.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation
v) Catalyst Loading by Specialized Subcontractor

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.1-25: Mercury Removal system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.1.8.2 182 PROCESS | CONTAMINANT REMOVAL | MERCAPTAN REMOVAL

UNIT(ADSORPTION)
Natural gas having contaminants Mercaptans which is a sulphur-containing

compounddefined as RSH where R represents radical, and having an
extremely offensive, garlicky odor.
Dewpoint Gas is feed to the unit from the Mercury Removal Bed. The
incoming gas is first cooled in the Mecaptan Unit Gas/Gas Exchanger and
then by the Chiller Package. It is then feed into the Molecular Sieve Vessels.
Two (2) out of the three (3) Molecular Sieve Vessels will be online at any
one time. The vessels have a duty time of 16 hours before entering an eight
(8) hour regeneration cycle. The regeneration cycles are staggered to ensure
two (2) vessels are always online. The conditioned gas exits the Molecular
Sieve Vessels with a total sulphur content of <5mgS/Nm. The stream passes
through the Molecular Sieve after Filter and onto the Mercaptan Unit
Gas/Gas Exchanger to cool incoming gas from the Mercury Removal Bed.
The gas stream then flows to the pipeline for export.
After 16 hours of online duty time, the Molecular Sieve Vessel enters a
regeneration cycle. In this cycle, the bed is heated to 300C to regenerate
the desiccant.
The Mecaptans Removal Unit consists of:

i) Mercaptan Unit Gas/Gas Exchanger
ii) Molesieve Chiller Package,
iii) Three (3) Molecular Sieve Vessels
iv) Molecular Sieve After Filter
v) Regeneration Gas Heater
vi) Regeneration Gas Cooler
vii) Regeneration Gas Filter
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation
v) Molecular sieve loading by Specialized Subcontractor
Figure 3.6.1-26: Simplified Quick-cycle PFD

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2 200 PROCESSUTILITIES
3.6.2.1 210 UTILITY GAS
3.6.2.1.1 211 PROCESS UTILITIES | UTILITY GAS |FUEL GAS SYSTEM

Fuel gas system will provide for gas driven prime movers such as Gas
Turbine Generator to drive Gas Compressor and other miscellaneous load
such as compressor seal gas requirement and vessel blanketing.
Inclusive where applicable of Fuel gas scrubbers, filters/scrubbers,

preheaters, superheaters and all associated level control systems and
pressure control valves, control panels, thyristor panels and all line piping,
headers, valves and instrumentation, tubing and any electrical /instrument
cabling and junction boxes
i) Piping
Refer to Section 3.3.2 - Common Piping Scope of Works
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
Refer to Section 3.3.4 - Common Electrical Scope of Works
v) Instrumentation
Refer to Section 3.3.5 - Common Instrumentation Scope of Works

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-1: Fuel Gas system A

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-2: Fuel Gas system B

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.1.2 212 PROCESS UTILITIES | UTILITY GAS |INSTRUMENT GAS
The gas extracted from the wellfluid for use as instrument supply medium is
inherently wet such that this has to go through a system to slightly enhance
the quality of gas to be used for instrumentation.
Major equipment involved are gas scrubbers, filters and associated level
control systems, pressure monitoring loop, control valves, all line piping,
tubing, headers, valves and other associated instrumentation.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
v) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.2 220 INERT GAS
3.6.2.2.1 221 PROCESS UTILITIES | INERT GAS |NITROGEN (NITROGEN

GENERATION & NITROGEN BOTTLES)
Inert gas such as nitrogen which contains low oxygen is admitted into
process system to make the atmosphere in the tanks inert so that explosive
environment may not occur even if any ignition source is generated.
Nitrogen bottle is normally provided as back-up for purging and blanketing
where it distributed to the FG system, HP/LP flare, produce water degasser,
stripping and blanket gas to glycol flash vessel.
The major equipment are generator, absorption vessels, receivers,

distribution header & control panels
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-3: Nitrogen System
The nitrogen system is usually supplied by the Vendor.
For Commissioning, the vendor supplied guidelines shall be adhered.
Before commissioning, ensure that the battery limit valves are closed.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.2.2 222 PROCESS UTILITIES | INERT GAS |SPENT/FLUE GAS
One method to get the spent gas source is from flue gas taken from the
boiler uptake after it is washed, cleaned and cooled. The boiler provides a
plentiful supply of flue gas and the only additional equipment required is
that associated with processing of the gas before it is delivered to the cargo
tanks.
The major equipment are fan, scrubber and instrument control.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.3 230 VENTING
3.6.2.3.1 231 PROCESS UTILITIES | VENTING | ATMOSPHERIC VENT
Atmospheric vent system or low pressure vent generally implies venting of

gas or pneumatic air to the atmosphere. The system starts at the discharge
of particular equipment like a compressor or a vessel such as a knockout
drum. It comprises of pipeworks and minimal equipment like flame
arrestors and rupture disks.
The major equipment are discharge outlet of equipment, knockout drum,

flame arrestors and rupture disks.
i) Piping
a) Refer to section 3.3.2 - Common Piping Scope of Works.
Note: This is an open-ended Sub-Subsystem, therefore

reinstatement is not possible.
iv) Instrumentations
Refer to section 3.3.5 - Common instrumentation Scope of Works.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.3.2 232 PROCESS UTILITIES | VENTING | FLARE
Thepurpose of the Flare and Vent Systems is toprovide safe discharge and
disposal of gasesand liquids resulting from different systems handling oil
and gas. The systems are typically divided into a High Pressure (HP) Flare
and a LowPressure (LP) flare system. The LP system is operated marginally
above atmosphericpressure to prevent atmospheric gases such as Oxygen
to flow back into the vent andflare system and generate a combustible
mixture. With low gas flow, inert gas isinjected at the flare nozzle to prevent
air ingress. The flare system consists of flare header and sub headers, flare
KO drums and pumps, smokeless flare stack with ignition panel, velocity seal
and air blowers.
The major equipment are liquid knock-out drums, flame arrestors,

molecular seals, flare tips and any associated piping valves, instrumentation
and flare gas meter.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
Perform internal inspection on the knockout vessel.
iii) Electrical
Refer to Section 3.3.4 - Common Electrical Scope of Works
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-4: Flare system
Ensure that the following systems/subsystems to be confirmed for

readiness:
Plant air system
Instrument air system
Safety and fire protection system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Diesel storage and handling system
Fuel gas distribution subsystem
Since flare system is open-ended at the flare tip, air ingress can be expected
any time. It is best to purge sub headers, header and flare KOD in sections.
Ensure that the entire Flare system is purged with nitrogen (allowable
oxygen concentration is less than 4%). Drain accumulated liquid from the
base of the flare stack if stack has been provided with drain pot.
Purge gas (fuel gas) needs to be admitted in the system when oxygen level
is achieved before nitrogen flow is stopped.
Commissioning Sequence:
Admit Fuel gas to the flare pilot by lining up the required isolation valves
using the fuel gas, air-fuel mixture and flame front generator flare stack can
be lighted up.
For keeping the flare live, fuel gas will be admitted continuously.
Fuel gas and other hydrocarbon lines are under nitrogen pressure, so care
should be taken while lining up these lines to flare system, as it may
extinguish the pilot.
Clearance can be given to line up relief / blow down lines from various
systems as required. Reinstate all PSV downstream valves in LOCK OPEN
position as per P&ID and register in Mechanical isolation register.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.4 240 PRODUCED WATER
3.6.2.4.1 241 PROCESS UTILITIES | PRODUCED WATER |PRODUCED WATER/

WASTE WATER SYSTEM
Produced Water from the separators / dehydrators/ cyclones is routed to a

common header. This common header routes produced water from the
trains to the Produced Water Skimming vessel. Skimmed oil Flow through
the system is by gravity to avoid the formation of an emulsion.
Oil recovered from the Produced Water Skimming vessel is routed to a

common Oil Recovery Sump. The skimmed oil is returned to each of the
production trains upstream of the Crude Heater via the Oil Recovery Pumps.
It is inclusive where applicable of hydro cyclones,floatation unit, flash vessel,

pumps and associated drive equipment and accessories and local control
panels. All conditioning equipment, exchangers, vessels including pre-filters,
filtration, oil analyzer and dedicated discharge system, all suction and
discharge piping and headers, valves, instrumentation and associated tubing
and any electrical/instrument cabling and junction boxes.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
Perform internal inspection on vessel.
iii) Electrical - None
i) Instrumentations
Refer to Section 3.3.5 - Common Instrumentation Scope of Works

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.4.2 242 PROCESS UTILITIES | PRODUCED WATER |EFFLUENT WATER

TREATMENT
It treats the process effluent water to acceptable specification of the end

user. Various methods deployed in treating the water such as hydrocyclones,
gas floatation, corrugated plate interceptors, Reverse osmosis, Submerged
Ultra Filtration, Bio-treating, etc.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
Perform internal inspection on the vessel.
ii) Electrical
Refer to Section 3.3.4 - Common Electrical of Works.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-5: Effluent Water Treatment system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.5 250 DRAIN
3.6.2.5.1 251 PROCESS UTILITIES | DRAIN | OPEN DRAIN (NON-HAZARDOUS)
Open drain system, sometimes called "non-hazardous drain", involves

drainage of wastes overboard of the facility. A good example of an open
drain is the "downcomer" line for disposal of drilling mud. Sometimes, it is
synonymous with atmospheric or non-pressurised drain lines. This Sub-
Subsystem is generally associated with pipeworks only.
The major equipmentare drain sump, drain pump, open drain line &
headers.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical - None
iii) Electrical - None
iv) Instrumentation - None

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-6: Open Drain system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.5.2 252 PROCESS UTILITIES | DRAIN | OPEN DRAIN (HAZARDOUS)
The function of Hazardous Drain System is to collect hazardous liquid or

waste media which could contaminate the environment. The system will
collect from various area drain lines and headers from topside to
hull/marine.
The major parts are hazardous drain system and headers.
i) Piping
Refer to Section 3.3.2 - Common Scope of Works.
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.5.3 253 PROCESS UTILITIES | DRAIN | CLOSED DRAIN
Closed drain, sometimes called pressurized drain or hazardous drain, is

meant to handle waste media which could contaminate the environment. A
distinctive feature of the system is that it involves a waste collector called a
"sump caisson". Pumping equipment called "sump pump" is provided to
recycle hydrocarbon waste material back into the process system for further
extraction.
Closed drain system may contain equipment such as relief valves, a pump, a
prime mover in the form of an electric or pneumatic motor. It also involves
associated instrumentation including indicators.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-7: Closed Drain system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.5.4 254 PROCESS UTILITIES | DRAIN | SEWAGE
The sewage system is designed to treat the grey and black water. Black
water from toilets, urinals and all discharged from living quarters, workshop,
administration building will be treated in the biological type sewage
treatment unit before disposal overboard.
All toilets and other foul water drains, sewerage and sewage treatment
systems including all pumps, drives, control panels, associated
instrumentation and cabling. Also including compactor machines and all
associated hydraulic systems and controls.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-8: Schematic of the Sewage Sub-subsystem

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.6 260 PROCESS HEATING
3.6.2.6.1 261 PROCESS UTILITIES | PROCESS HEATING | WASTE HEAT RECOVERY
This is an energy recovery heat exchanger that recovers heat from hot
streams with potential high energy content, such as hot flue gases from a
diesel/gas turbine generator or other heat sources or exhaust units.
The major equipment are heating coils, exhaust unit system of boiler or
steam generator, associated piping and instrumentation.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-9: Process Schematic for Process Heating Subsystem consisting of

Hot Oil and Warm Oil Sub-subsystem
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.6.2 262 PROCESS UTILITIES | PROCESS HEATING | HOT OIL
Hot oil is used on facilities where continuous heating of the process crude to
prevent it from hardening is necessary. Hot oil is circulated with the
assistance of a pumping facility and distributed around pressure vessels and
other users (refer to process schematics shown in Figure 3.6.2-9 shown
under sub-subsystem 261)
i) Piping
Refer to Section 2.3.2 Common Piping Scope of Works.
ii) Mechanical
Refer to Section 2.3.3 Common Mechanical Scope of Works
iii) Electrical
Refer to Section 2.3.4 Common Electrical Scope of Works
iv) Instrumentation
Refer to Section 2.3.5 Common Electrical Scope of Works

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.6.3 263 PROCESS UTILITIES | PROCESS HEATING | WARM OIL
Warm oil subsystem is tapped from the hot oil facilities and it is used for
similar purposes in hot oil. Warm oil is circulated with the assistance of a
pumping subsystem. The system consists of equipment such as electric-
motor-driven centrifugal pumps for circulation, strainers, associated piping
and instrumentations. Refer to attached schematics shown in Figure 3.6.2-9.
Activities are similar to the listing in sub-subsystem 261
Activities are similar to item 261

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.7 270 CHEMICAL (DOSING) INJECTION/TREATMENT
3.6.2.7.1 271 PROCESS UTILITIES | CHEMICAL (DOSING) INJECTION/TREATMENT |

SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE
Hypochlorite is essentially pure chlorine. Hypochlorite (NaOCl) is obtained

from the electrolysis of seawater (NaCl) into hypochlorite and hydrogen gas.
It is colorless and corrosive in nature. The concentration of hypochlorite is
proportional to the amount of electric current passing through the
electrolysers or rectifiers. Hypochlorite is used in water treatment plant at
lift pumps suction area to prevent ingress of sea growth, bacteria and
unwanted water life which if not applied could cause clogging at the pump
suction.
The major equipment are hydrogen disengagement tank, motor-driven air

blowers, motor-driven pumps, rectifiers, control panel and associated
piping and instrumentations.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-10: Sodium Hypochlorite Schematics

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

POLYELECTROLYTE
Polyelectrolyte is injected upstream of filters to assist removal of very small

particles in water treatment plant. It is colorless, very viscous and corrosive
in nature. When mixed with water, polyelectrolyte tends to settle at the
bottom thus it appears to have higher density or "heavier" than water. It is
normally diluted with water in a mixing tank to achieve the required
concentration before it is injected into the process.
The major equipment are chemical storage tank, a water tank, a mixing tank,
dosing pumps, mixers, strainers, power cables, Hand-Off-Auto (HOA)
switches and associated piping. It also includes instrumentations such as
indicators, shutdown valves, control valves and transmitters.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-11: Polyelectrolyte schematics

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

CORROSION INHIBITOR
Scale and corrosion inhibitors are injected to prevent formation of scales

and to lessen the corrosion inside the piping. It commonly applied when
carbon steel piping is specified for water treatment plant as carbon steel
tends to corrode in seawater.
The major equipment are storage tank, transfer pumps, calibration gauge,
injection pumps and associated instruments.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-12: Corrosion Inhibitor schematics

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

DIESEL SYSTEM
Diesel injection Sub-Subsystem contains of equipment such as injection

pumps, electric motors and power cable and relief valves.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
v) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-13: Diesel system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

GLYCOL
Glycol is injected at the compression recycle lines and upstream of pressure

control valves to prevent hydrate formation when gas is recycled. This Sub-
Subsystem contains equipment such as motor-driven injection pumps,
calibration gauges, power cable, injection fittings and relief valves.
The major equipmentare storage tank, transfer pumps, calibration gauge,

i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iii) Instrumentation
i) Refer to common scope for Commissioning (section 3.4.2)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.2-1: Glycol system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

ANTIFOAM
Antifoam is used to prevent the formation of foam during the preparation

of a treatment fluid or slurries at surface. Excess foam created during the
mixing process may cause handling and pumping difficulties and may
interfere with the performance or quality control of the mixed fluid.
Antifoam agents may also be used to break foams returned from the
wellbore, following a treatment, in preparation for disposal of the fluids.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iv) Instrumentation

ii) Keep the injection rates as per specifications/P&ID.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

SCALE INHIBITOR
Scale Inhibitor is used to control or prevent scale deposition in the

production conduit or completion system. The chemicals may be
continuously injected through a downhole injection point in the completion,
or periodic squeeze treatments may be undertaken to place the inhibitor in
the reservoir matrix for subsequent commingling with produced fluids
i) Piping - None.
ii) Mechanical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

DEMULSIFIER
Demulsifier is used to enhance the separation of water from oil in the FWKO
drums and heater treaters. It is used to neutralize the effect of emulsifying
agent. It is injected to the crude upstream of the heat exchangers

i) Piping - None.
ii) Mechanical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.2.7.9 279 REVERSE DEMULSIFIER
Reverse Demulsifier is designed to separate oil emulsions into three phases:-

Oil Phase
Biological
Solid
Without the use of Reverse Demulsifier, disposal of waste oil-in water

emulsion would be environmentally unfriendly. Oil-in-water emulsion are
treated at ambient temperature. Treatment should be added at a point of
high turbulence for complete dispersion within the treatment tank. After
dosing, all dosing and pumping equipment should be switched off to allow
phase separation to take place in a turbulence free environment.

279.2 Pre-Commissioning Scope of Work, refer to Sub-system 278
279.3 Commissioning Scope of Work, refer to Sub-system 278

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3 300 GENERAL UTILITIES
3.6.3.1 310 FUEL AND LUBRICATION
3.6.3.1.1 311 GENERAL UTILITIES | FUEL AND LUBRICATION | DIESEL FUEL
Diesel is used as backup fuel for equipment such as generators, compressor

drivers, engine-driven pumps, etc. should fuel gas system malfunction or
shutdown.
The major equipment are diesel storage vessels, day tank, transfer pumps,
filters, valves,associated piping, electrical and instrumentation.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.3-1: Diesel system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.1.2 312 GENERAL UTILITIES | FUEL AND LUBRICATION | JET FUEL
Facilities that are frequently visited by helicopter may be equipped with

refueling equipment. The major equipment are portable storage tank, fuel
pumps, filter separators, monitors, dispensers, associated flexible hoses and
valves.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation
i) Refer to common Commissioning scope of work (Section 3.4.2)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.1.3 313 GENERAL UTILITIES | FUEL AND LUBRICATION | LUBRICATION OIL
Some facilities, several major equipment may share the same lubrication oil
supply thus it requires a big volume of lubrication oil to be stored. Under
such circumstances, a separate equipment skid facility may be provided to
cater for the needs.
Equipment would include oil storage tank, fill pumps and drivers, filters &
valves, associated piping and instrumentation.
i) Piping
Refer to section 3.3.2 - Common Piping Scope of Works.
ii) Mechanical
Refer to section 3.3.3 - Common Mechanical Scope of Works.
iv) Instrumentation
Refer to common Commissioning scope of work (Section 3.4.2)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.3-2: Lubrication Oil system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.2 320 COMPRESSED AIR
3.6.3.2.1 321 GENERAL UTILITIES | COMPRESSED AIR | INSTRUMENT AIR
Compressed air for instrument and utility applications is provided by two (2)
rotary-type screw compressors. The compressors are set up to operate one
as a lead and the other as a standby unit. A dedicated controller is provided
at each compressor for automatic loading and unloading. Another type of
compressor is packaged integrally geared centrifugal air compressor.
The major equipment includes air compressors and all associated drive
equipment and accessories (including all on skid scrubbers, coolers and air
intake equipment, etc.)and local control panel. Instrument air dryer and
control panel, valves, moisture analyzer, and junction boxes.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
Refer to section 3.3.4 - Common Electrical Scope of Works.
iv) Instrumentation
Refer to section 3.3.5 - Common Instrumentation Scope of Works.
i) Refer to common Commissioning scope of work (Section 3.4.2)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.3-3: Instrument Air system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.2.2 322 GENERAL UTILITIES | COMPRESSED AIR | UTILITY AIR
Utility air is tapped from the Utility Air Receiver discharge without going
through any filtration and drying. Utility air serves various users such as
sump pump, maintenance tools and it also pressurizes starting air Sub-
Subsystem. Self-actuated control valve ensures the air supply pressure is
maintained i.e. the control valve would completely shut upstream pressure
is lower than the pressure setting.
This includes air compressors and all associated drive equipment and
accessories (including all on skid scrubbers, coolers and air intake
equipment, etc.)and local control panel. Instrument air dryer and control
panel, valves, moisture analyzer, and junction boxes.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
Refer to Section 3.3.3 Common Mechanical Scope of Work
iv) Instrumentation
Similar to commissioning work for Sub-Subsystem 321

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.2.3 323 GENERALUTILITIES | COMPRESSED AIR | BLACK START/STARTING

AIR
Starting air is used for equipment that is started up using pneumatic starters;
for example starters on internal combustion engines. Starting air
compressor is driven by a diesel engine which could be started manually or
using hydraulic starter. During "black start", there is no compressed air from
the utility header until power supply is available. Thus, start air provides for
the required facility to start up the power generator. Start air could also be
used as instrument air as the discharge piping is connected to the inlet of
the air driers.
The major equipment are starting air compressor (diesel engine driven), air
intake filter.
Activities are similar to the listing under Sub-Subsystem 321.
Similar to commissioning work for Sub-Subsystem 321

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.3-4: Starting Air system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.3 330 WATER
3.6.3.3.1 331 GENERALUTILITIES | WATER | SERVICE WATER
Service water application is for cleaning of deck areas thus seawater is

normally used. Seawater is pumped up from the ocean by the jockey pump
(part of subsystem 411), routed into the RO Unit/Water Maker Unit and
then stored in a water tank. When required, a dedicated service water
pump would pressurize the service water system after the water has gone
through some strainers to trap foreign particles and distribute the water for
the required use. The rest of the system is only pipeworks.
The major equipment are water cooler and water treatment skid consisting
of filtration and chlorination units i.e. RO/Water Maker.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
a) Refer to Section 3.3.4 - Common Electrical Scope of Works.
iv) Instrumentation
Refer to Section 3.3.5 Common Instrumentation Scope of Works.
i) Refer to Commissioning common scope of works - Section 3.4.2.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.3-5: Service Water system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.3 330 WATER
3.6.3.3.2 332 GENERAL UTILITIES | WATER | FRESH AND DISTILLED WATER
Fresh water is generated by having fresh water generator where sea water
is desalinated seawater (vapor compression) and distill water is formed.
Fresh water is then generated from the distill water after gone thru chlorine
dozing unit and re-hardening filter. Fresh water system will supply water to
accommodation and input to feed water and potable water system. Fresh
water to accommodation will further treated with hydrophore system.
This includes fresh water generator, fresh/distill water tank and pump.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
Refer to Section 3.3.4 - Common Electrical Scope of Works..
iv) InstrumentationRefer to Section 3.3.5.
i) Refer to Commissioning common scope of works (section 3.4.2)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.3.3 333 GENERAL UTILITIES | WATER | FEED WATER
The function of feed water system is to supply feed water to boilers. This
feed water is used by the boilers to generate steam. Condensate and distill
water is the main source for feed water system.
The major equipment are cascade tank with inspection/observation tank,

transfer pumps and boiler chemical dosing unit.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.3.4 334 GENERAL UTILITIES | WATER | POTABLE WATER
Potable water is obtained from watermakers where seawater is desalinated

into fresh water for use in living quarters and any other application that
requires use of fresh water. Watermakers normally comes on a skid in the
form of a vapor-compression type or a reverse osmosis. Both types require
use of chemicals and the skid would include smaller items such as filters,
pumps, some tanks and instrumentations.
The major equipment are water maker skid (pumps, filters, tanks &
instrumentation).
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.3-6: Potable Water system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.3.5 335 GENERALUTILITIES | WATER | HOT WATER
Hot water is required at accommodation for sinks, showers, washer, ice

maker and etc. It is generated from fresh water via electric calorifier system.
Input water comes from fresh water system and after being treated by fresh
water hydrophore and de-chlorinator filter.
The major equipmentarecalorifier/Heater, hot water tank &pump.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.3.6 336 GENERAL UTILITIES | WATER | COOLING WATER
Cooling water systems absorb heat from the processes they are designed to
cool(Printed Circuit Heat Exchanger-PCHE). In HVAC systems, the condenser
cooling water absorbs heat from the refrigerant through a heat exchanger.
In process cooling water systems the cooling water absorbs heat from the
process stream that needs cooling. The re-circulating water in cooling water
systems is usually cooled by the evaporation of a small amount of the re-
circulating flow (typically 1-2%). This evaporation takes place as water flows
over and through cooling towers, fluid coolers or evaporative condensers.
The major equipmentincludeheat exchanger(PCHE),Chalorifier/Cool Water

Tank,Pump.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.4 340 STEAM
3.6.3.4.1 341 GENERALUTILITIES | STEAM | STEAM GENERATION
The steam generation can generally be classified into two principal type
fired boiler system and waste heat system. The primarily purpose of steam
generation is to generated steam under the conditions (Flow rate and
pressures) required for systems and end-used requirement.
The major equipments are boiler or heat source, steam drum heating coils,
piping and associated instrumentation.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.3-7: Steam Generator

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.4.2 342 GENERAL UTILITIES | STEAM | STEAM DISTRIBUTION
The steam distribution system contributes the produced steam from steam
generation system i.e. boiler and been distributed to each station including
power generation and processing plant facilities.
The major equipment includes piping, steam traps and associated

instruments.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.4.3 343 GENERAL UTILITIES | STEAM | STEAM CONDENSATE
The steam condensate system is the final stage of steam cycle. The
condensate discharged from equipment will then be recycling to cascade
tank. It is normally comes from all condensers and steam traps. This
includes a steam condensate system (condensate receiving tank &
condensate pumps).
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.5 350 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
3.6.3.5.1 351 GENERALUTILITIES | HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-

CONDITIONING | DIRECT EXPANSION UNIT
Direct expansion type air handling units with air cooled condensing unit
maintain appropriate quality of air, room temperature and relative humidity
to provide human comfort as well as to protect electronic and electrical
equipment from excessive operating temperature and prevent corrosion
and deterioration due to air contamination. It maintains positive pressure
within the room to prevent ingress of flammable/toxic gasses and achieve
non-hazardous area classification.
The major equipment are air handling unit, compressor/condenser unit,

HVAC Control panel & duct.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
Refer to Section 3.3.3 - Common Mechanical Scope of Works
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.3-8: HVAC Subsystems

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

CONDITIONING | CHILLED WATER UNIT
The condenser water absorbs heat from the refrigerant in the condenser
barrel of the water chiller, and is then sent via return lines to a cooling
tower, which is a heat exchange device used to transfer waste heat to the
atmosphere. The extent to which the cooling tower decreases the
temperature depends upon the outside temperature, the relative humidity
and the atmospheric pressure. The water in the chilled water circuit will be
lowered to the Wet-bulb temperature or dry-bulb temperature before
proceeding to the water chiller, where it is cooled to between 4 and 7C
and pumped to the air handler, where the cycle is repeated.
This is inclusive of chillers, cooling towers, pumps, electrical control

equipment, instrumentation, associated piping and valves.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.3-9: Chilled Water Unit

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

CONDITIONING | FORCED AIR VENTILATION UNIT
The purpose of the system is to provide sufficient air ventilation to required

room such as engine room, emergency generator room, fire pump room,
steering gear engine room, purifier space and auxiliary machinery room.
Types of ventilation are mushroom, gooseneck, storm hood and cowl head
type. The equipment involved are supply fan and exhaust fan.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.6 360 HYDRAULICS
3.6.3.6.1 361 GENERALUTILITIES | HYDRAULICS | HYDRAULICS POWER UNIT (HPU)
The purpose of Hydraulics Power Unit (HPU) is to provide hydraulic power

needed i.e. for subsea control system and subsea valve. The system
operates using a liquid base biodegradable control fluid such as
McDermidOcenic HW443 or Castrol Transaqua HT, at fluid cleanliness SAE
AS4059 Class 6B-F or better.
The major equipmentare HPU supply tank, return tank, pumps, valves and
bulkhead connection to TUTU.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.7 370 MARINE SYSTEM
3.6.3.7.1 371 GENERAL UTILITIES | MARINE SYSTEM | BALLAST
The Ballast and Bilge systems are critical to safety and life and must function
reliably over a broad range of environmental, global response and damage
condition.The Ballast System is design to ballast, de-ballast and trim the
vessel simultaneously over a wide range of vessel stability and trim
conditions, and accommodate emergency bilge suctions.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.7.2 372 GENERALUTILITIES | MARINE SYSTEM | BILGE AND SLUDGE
The purpose of the bilge system is to pump out bilge (water pounding or
collected water) on all decks board, hull access and pump room or void
compartment in the event of flooding. According to ABS Steel Vessel 2004
Part 4 mention that the bilge system is intended to dispose of water which
may accumulate in space within the vessel due to condensation, leakage,
washing, firefighting etc. it is to be capable of controlling flooding in the
propulsion machinery space as a result of limited damage to piping system.
It includes the bilge and sludge system.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.7.3 373 GENERAL UTILITIES | MARINE SYSTEM | WATERTIGHT DOOR
Hull of a floating structure consists of various watertight doors or hatches

that provide access into and out of various rooms and compartment while
maintaining watertight integrity between them. The basic intent of the
doors is to provide the means of access for personnel, but to prevent
progressive flooding between rooms and compartments when they are not
in use. Some of the watertight doors types are hydraulic operated sliding
doors, manual hinged watertight doors, hydraulic assisted watertight
hatches and manual watertight hatch.
i) Piping - None.
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation - None.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.3.7.4 374 GENERAL UTILITIES | MARINE SYSTEM | TURRET & MOORING
A turret mooring system is composed of a fixed turret column supported by

an internal or external vessel structure via a bearing arrangement. The
vessel-bound components can therefore freely weather vane around the
turret, which is fixed via a number of anchor lines to the seabed. This turret
arrangement allows the FPSO to adopt the direction of the least resistance
against waves, wind and currents. Toroidal swivels allows for the transfer of
fluids across the rotary interface while the FPSO is weathervaning. Above
deck level, located between the fixed turret column and the swivel stack, is
a structure that supports the piping manifolds. These manifolds comingle
the fluids (oil, gas, water, etc.) and thus reduce the number of fluid paths in
the swivel stack.
A turret mooring system consists of 5 main components:
1. A number of anchor lines, to keep the vessel on station
2. A turret column, to connect the anchor lines to the vessel
3. A bearing arrangement, to allow the vessel to weather vane
4. A vessel structure to support the bearing arrangement
5. The fluid transfer system consisting of an underwater fluid transfer

system, a manifold, a toroidalswivel stack, and vessel piping
arrangement.
i) Piping - None.
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.4 400 SAFETY
3.6.4.1 410 FIRE FIGHTING
3.6.4.1.1 411 SAFETY | FIRE FIGHTING | FIREWATER
Inclusive where applicable of all fire water and all associated drive
equipment and accessories including jockey pumps. All local control panels
and instrumentation, electrical instrumentation cabling and all associated
caissons, suction piping, discharge piping and fire mains, deluge system,
valves, monitors, hoses and nozzles. All foam generation equipment.
This Sub-Subsystem includes a diesel engine, a gearbox, ancillary equipment,

copper nickel piping and associated instrumentations. It also includes fire
monitors, fire hose reels and foam hose reel.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.4-1: Firewater system

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.4.1.2 412 SAFETY | FIRE FIGHTING | DELUGE AND SPRINKLER
For fighting fire outdoors around equipment areas such as compressor

station, wellheads, launcher and receiver areas, pressure vessels etc.,
deluge or sprinkler is installed. This includes all deluge and sprinkler system
and all associated drive equipment and accessories.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
Verify panel structure and air accumulator tank are free of damage.
iii) Electrical -None.
iv) Instrumentation
Refer to Section 3.3.5 Common Instrumentations Scope of Works

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.4.1.3 413 SAFETY | FIRE FIGHTING | TOTAL FLOODING FIRE SUPPRESSION &
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
CO2 is now use in areas where fire suppression using water or Halon gas as
medium is not permissible, CO2 discharge is triggered by fire and Gas
Detection and also by manual operation. When fire is detected in a certain
area, the sensor will send signal to the fire alarm panel which in turn would
open the release valve. A timer delay is installed to allow for personnel
inside the control room to leave the premises before the CO2 is release.
This includes firefighting in the form of CO2 and associated equipment such
as gas cylinders, storage cabinet, discharge manifold, release valve solenoid
and discharge nozzles.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
Refer to Section 3.3.3 Common Mechanical Scope of Works
iii) Electrical -None.
iv) Instrumentation
Refer to Section 3.3.5 Common Instrument Scope of Works.
Figure 3.6.4-2: Fire Suppression System

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.4-3: Fire Extinguisher

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.4.2 420 LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT
3.6.4.2.1 421 SAFETY | LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT | LIFE RAFTS
Life rafts normally come in an enclosed and pressurized container whereby

to release the life raft a tug line is pulled and the container would burst.
The major equipment is life raft in an enclosed container.
i) Piping - None.
ii) Mechanical
Perform functional test for all rafts, if raft type could be reassembled.
i) Perform the test per vendors procedure.
Figure 3.6.4-4: Life Raft

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.4.2.2 422 SAFETY | LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT | SURVIVAL CRAFTS
422.1 The most essential lifesaving equipment on any platform, survival crafts and
the support frame are normally installed offshore. Survival crafts are driven
by a diesel engine and the engine is usually air-started. A craft is equipped
with survival kits, an air cylinder, a hand pump, safety belts and pneumatic
or hydraulic controls, to mention a few. This includes survival craft engine
driven and support frame.
i) Piping - None.
ii) Mechanical
a) Verify quantity of rations and accessories provided are as per

specification..
c) Perform functional test of craft diesel engine.
d) Verify air cylinder is fully charged.
e) Verify hand pump is functioning properly.
f) Verify no physical damages to the craft frame and body.
iii) Electrical- refer to Electrical common scope of works (Section 3.3.4)
iv) Instrumentationrefer to Instrumentation common scope of works

(Section 3.3.5)
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ii) Refer to relevant ITR-C.
Figure 3.6.4-5: Survival Craft

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.4.2.3 423 SAFETY | LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT | ESCAPE AND RESCUE
Other lifesaving equipment includes lifebuoys, Jacobs ladder, safety netting,

lifejackets, fire blankets and portable fire extinguishers, to mention a few.
i) Piping - None.
ii) Mechanical
a) Verify quantity supplied is as per specification.
b) Verify portable fire extinguisher cylinders are fully charged.
c) Verify the accessories such as water-operated lights, whistles,

etc., for the lifebuoys and lifejackets are provided.
ii) Perform the test per vendors procedure.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.4-6: Escape and Rescue Equipment

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5 500 POWER
3.6.5.1 510 POWER GENERATION/SUPPLY
3.6.5.1.1 511 POWER |POWER GENERATION/SUPPLY | MAIN POWER

GENERATION
Sub-Subsystem 511 consists of single/dual-fuel-fired turbine-driven

generators and the turbine ancillaries such as electro-hydraulic starter
motor, pre/post lube oil pump, backup direct current (DC) lube oil pump,
diesel fuel pump motor, lube oil cooler fans and turbine enclosure fans.
It also includes a control console consisting of a programmable-logic

microprocessor-based control system, controls and indicators for turbine
enclosure Fire and Gas detection and suppression system, a turbine local
control panel, a voltage regulator panel, a vibration monitoring system and
a circuit breaker panel. It also involves electrical power supply cables and
main junction box, on-skid and off-skid instruments, turbine engine gage
panel, turbine exhaust, turbine air intake, exhaust system, fuel system,
valves and associated piping.
For smaller systems, Micro Turbine Generators (MTG), Gas Engine

Generators (GEG) or Diesel Engine Generators (DEG) may be used. In case of
GEG and DEG, the pre-commissioning and commissioning requirements
shall follow Sub-Subsystem 512 Emergency Power Generator Unit. As for
the MTG, reference shall be made to specific vendor recommendations and
the ITRs.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
a) Refer to section 3.3.3 - Common Mechanical Scope of Works.
b) Verify turbine lube oil system flushing had been completed.
c) Verify turbine pre/post lube oil pump and backup DC lube oil
pump are functioning correctly.
d) Verify turbine fuel loading valves are functioning properly.
e) Verify turbine air intake chamber is free of foreign particles.
f) Verify turbine air intake filter elements are in good condition.
g) Perform no-load test of turbine engine.
iii) Electrical
b) Verify Electrical inspection, checks and test of AC generator had

been carried out.
c) Perform full function checks of turbo-generator enclosure

ventilation system.
d) Refer 5.2.1 for other pre-commissioning checks and tests.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
b) Perform simulated function testing of Turbo-generator

including auto and manual start sequences, normal and
emergency shutdown sequences, fire and gas detection and
fire suppression systems.
Note: Vendor representative assistance may be required.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.5-1: Main Generator System

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Commissioning of the main power generation system shall include full site
testing of the generating system. This shall include a load test using the
actual fuel complete with load acceptance and rejection tests as required
and detailed in the relevant commissioning ITRs. The commissioning tests
shall be in line with vendor recommendations for the site acceptance tests
and shall be witnessed by the vendor and the owner.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.1.2 512 POWER |POWER GENERATION/SUPPLY | EMERGENCY POWER

GENERATION
Sub-Subsystem 512 consists of gas or diesel fired engine driven generators

and auxiliaries such as electric /hydraulic starters, enclosure fans, fuel
system etc.
It also includes a control console consisting of a programmable-logic

microprocessor-based control system, controls and indicators for enclosure
Fire and Gas detection and suppression system, an engine control panel,
generator control panel and a voltage regulator. It also involves electrical
power supply cables and main junction box, on-skid and off-skid
instruments, engine gage panel, air intake and exhaust system, fuel system,
valves and associated piping.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
b) Verify turbine lube oil system flushing had been completed.
c) Verify turbine pre/post lube oil pump and backup DC lube oil
pump are functioning correctly.
d) Verify turbine fuel loading valves are functioning properly.
e) Verify turbine air intake chamber is free of foreign particles.
f) Verify turbine air intake filter elements are in good condition.
g) Perform no-load test of turbine engine.
iii) Electrical
b) Verify Electrical inspection, checks and test of AC generator had

been carried out.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
c) Perform full function checks of enclosure ventilation system.
d) Refer 5.2.2 for other pre-commissioning checks and tests.
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
b) Perform simulated function testing of generator system

Commissioning of the emergency power generation system shall include full

site testing of the generating system in accordance with 5.2.2.5. This shall
include a load test using the actual fuel complete with load acceptance and
rejection tests as required and detailed in the relevant commissioning ITRs
(Load test at site may be waived, subject to approval from principal,
provided full load test has been carried out during FAT using the actual fuel).
The commissioning tests shall be in line with vendor recommendations for
the site acceptance tests and shall be witnessed by the vendor and the
owner.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.1.3 513 POWER |POWER GENERATION/SUPPLY | ENMC/PMS
This covers the Electrical Network Monitoring and Control system covering
load sharing/load shedding controls/Power management System etc. This
usually is packaged together with the main generation package.
It includes a control console consisting of programmable-logic

microprocessor-based control systems, PC based network control systems,
data acquisition systems, interface cabling and human machine interfaces.
i) Piping
Not Applicable.
ii) Mechanical
Not Applicable.
iii) Electrical
b) Perform full function checks of the ENMC system to satisfy the

design functional specifications as per the commissioning ITRs
in line with manufacturer recommendations.
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
b) Perform simulated function testing of generator system


GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Commissioning of the ENMC system shall be performed together with the

overall power generation system commissioning.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.2 520 DISTRIBUTION
3.6.5.2.1 521 POWER |DISTRIBUTION | TRANSFORMER
This system covers all the power/distribution HV AND LV transformers

(Except the main power transformer for grid intake/export), associated
equipment and incoming cables/busducts to the transformers.
It consists of power/distribution transformers, Neutral Earthing Resistors

(NERs), On Load Tap Changers (OLTC), Remote Tap changing Cubicles (RTCC),
local isolators and incoming cables/busducts.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
b) Check transformer nameplate details.
c) Inspect transformer assembly for levelness and foundation

fixing details.
d) Inspect all joints and bushing for leakage.
e) Check transformer connection data to determine polarity of

terminals and phase sequence.
f) Check and inspect the tap settings to verify the various voltage
transformation ratio.
g) Verify calibration and current injection of Protection Relays, on

transformer feeder cables.
h) Verify complete testing of transformer cables on primary and

secondary sides.
i) Inspect transformer neutral connection.
j) Verify high potential testing of transformer high voltage

winding.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
k) Measure primary and secondary winding phase-to-phase and

phase-to-earth insulation resistance.
l) Functional test of transformer ancillaries such as oil pump

motors, cooling fans and associated controls, temperature
warning and tripping system.
m) Perform functional test of trip signals on transformer primary

and secondary side circuit breakers at respective high voltage
and low voltage switchgears.
n) For oil-immersed transformers, perform di-electric oil strength

(breakdown) test on sample oil from each unit before
energizing.
o) Energize transformer and note the corresponding secondary

voltage at no load based on the tap setting.
Figure 3.6.5-2: Transformer schematic
Commissioning of the transformers include a load test of the transformer in

accordance with the ITRs. Full load test of the transformer may be waived,
subject to approval of principal, provided a full load test and temperature
rise test had been conducted during factory acceptance tests.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.2 520 DISTRIBUTION
3.6.5.2.2 522 POWER |DISTRIBUTION | HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR AND MOTOR

CONTROL CENTER
This covers the high voltage switchgear and high voltage motor control
centre up to the outgoing feeders. All incoming cables/busduct to the
respective switchgear shall be part of this system.
Sub-Subsystem 522 includes High Voltage Switchboard and a Motor Control

Center which consist mainly of the main bus-bar, vacuum circuit breakers
(VCB) or Gas insulated switchgear - GIS (e.g. SF6 circuit breakers) ,
distribution feeder, high voltage motor starter feeders, high voltage supply
cables, control cables, protection relays, metering, potential and current
transformers. A typical single line diagram is shown under Sub-Subsystem
522.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
b) Inspect Switchgear / Motor Control Center assembly for

alignment, levelness and foundation fixing details.
c) Measure resistance of bolted connections by Ducter test. Re-

torque and mark bolts as required.
d) Inspect and test switchboard anti-condensation space heaters.
e) Calibrate and perform current injection tests of protection

relays, voltage and current transformers, metering and circuit
breakers as applicable.
f) Perform high potential testing of all bus-bars and circuit

breakers.
g) Conduct functional test of electrical earthing system.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
h) Check polarity of direct current supply and energize the control

circuit.
i) Perform functional check of circuit breaker interlocking

facilities such as electrical, key and mechanical interlocks i.e.,
trips or interlocks sent and received.
j) Check operation of circuit breaker with the breaker In Isolated

and In Service position at Local and Remote condition including
indications.
k) Check motor starter feeder and motor contactor control

operation.
l) All the relay settings shall be verified against the relay setting
chart and relay calibration sticker shall be placed on all relays at
the end of setting and calibration activities.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.5-3: High Voltage Switchgear and Motor Control

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
b) Measure resistance of bolted connections by Ducter test. Re-

torque and mark bolts as required.
c) Conduct insulation resistance tests.
d) Perform high potential testing of all bus-bars and circuit

breakers.
e) Check polarity of direct current supply and energize the control

circuit.
f) Energize the switchgear as per energization procedure. Refer

5.2.3 for detailed steps on energizing the switchboard.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.2.3 523 POWER | DISTRIBUTION | LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR AND MOTOR

CONTROL CENTER
This covers the low voltage switchgear and low voltage motor control centre
up to the outgoing feeders. All incoming cables/busduct to the respective
switchgear shall be part of this system.
Sub-Subsystem 523 includes 415 volts Switchboard / Motor Control Center

which consist mainly of a main bus-bar system, 415 volts utilization feeders,
415 volts motor starter feeders, supply cables, control cables, protection
relays, metering, potential and current transformers.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
a) Similar activities as stipulated under 522.2 iii) items a) to l).
b) Switchgear and Motor Control Center energization in

accordance with Section 5.2.4 of the Pre-
commissioning/commissioning Procedure.
iv) Instrumentation None.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.5-4: Low Voltage Motor Control Center and Switchgear

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
i) Electrical
Similar activities as stipulated under 522.3 iii) items a) to e). Energize

the switchgear as per energization procedure. Refer 5.2.4 for detailed
steps on energizing the switchboard.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.2.4 524 POWER |DISTRIBUTION | INTEGRATED MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEM

(IMCS)
This system covers the IMCS panels, workstations, Human Machine

Interfaces (HMIs) all interfaces between switchgear/DCS/PMCS/other
package equipment and the IMCS including any fibre optic links.
Sub-Subsystem 524 includes the intelligent electronic devices (IED) on all

the switchgears, interface with third party systems including DCS/PMCS, all
communication cabling and interfaces, Human Machine Interfaces (HMI),
control/monitoring consoles, sequence of event recorders etc. as shown in
the project functional schematic diagram.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
b) Perform full function checks of the IMCS to satisfy the design

functional specifications as per the commissioning ITRs and in
line with manufacturer recommendations. This shall include
simulation of all control functions including the signals from
DCS/PMCS.
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
b) Perform simulated function testing of all interfaces between

instrument and IMCS including start/stop controls and
redundant communication.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.2.5 525 POWER |DISTRIBUTION | OVERHEAD LINE/CABLE
This system covers the Overhead line / cable for power intake from grid /
export to grid.
Sub-Subsystem 525 consists of all power transmission systems including

transmission lines, transmission towers, lightning arrestors, power
transmission cables (both land based and submarine) and associated
termination arrangements.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Civil/Structural
a) Checks on all foundation and steel structures as per

civil/structure testing procedures.
iv) Electrical
a) Conduct line joints integrity tests.
b) Perform all tests and checks as per pre-commissioning ITRs.
v) Instrumentation - None.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.2.6 526 POWER |DISTRIBUTION | CAPACITOR/REACTOR
This System covers the capacitor banks / Reactors for power quality
improvement.
Sub-Subsystem 526 consists of all power capacitors and reactors including

the power factor correction relays, cabling and interconnecting cabling.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
a) Conduct insulation resistance tests.
b) Perform all other tests and checks as per pre-commissioning

ITRs.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.3 530 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
3.6.5.3.1 531 POWER |UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY | AC UPS SYSTEM
The AC UPS System provides a continuous, uninterruptible and clean

alternating current (VAC) power supply to the AC UPS distribution board
from the battery charger and also when charger is not in use, the
distribution board is supplied through the isolation transformer.
The purpose of onshore pre-commissioning and commissioning is to confirm

that the system can operate to the desired design specification which
involve electrical cable/control check and function/run test if required to
demonstrate the system operation.
The major components are rectifier/Inverter system, battery, battery

isolators, distribution boards, cabling.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
a) Refer to Section 3.3.4 - Common Electrical Scope of Works and

relevant pre-commissioning ITRs.

relevant commissioning ITRs.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.5-5: ACUPS with Distribution Board System

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.3.2 532 POWER |UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY | DC UPS SYSTEM
The DC UPS System provides a continuous, uninterruptible and clean direct

current (VDC) power supply to the DC UPS Distribution Board. The DC UPS
System consists of two (2) charges which are independent of each other
that supply to a common distribution board. Since the two (2)
charges/batteries are independent of each other, they are linked via the
distribution board to the other. When normal mode, both charges will
maintain the battery charge at float mode and will supply the distribution
board. When at AC supply fail mode, if only one (1) charger fails, the other
charger will continue to feed the load, but if both charger supplies fail, both
chargers are stopped and the batteries will take over and feed the load.

The major components include chargers, battery, battery isolators,

distribution boards, cabling.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
a) Refer to Section 3.3.4 - Common Electrical Scope of Worksand

iv) Instrument None.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.3.3 533 POWER |UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY | ELECTRICAL POWER

UNIT (EPU)
The Electrical Power Unit provides a continuous, uninterruptible and clean

power supply to the various instrument loads for subsea control system.
The EPU is a fully self-contained unit complete with the UPS, Battery,
chargers, interconnecting cables etc.

The major components include EPU and associated cabling.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical


GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.4 540 SMALL POWER AND LIGHTING
3.6.5.4.1 541 POWER |SMALL POWER AND LIGHTING | EMERGENCY

DISTRIBUTION BOARD
The emergency small power and lighting distribution system consists of the
emergency distribution boards for both small power and lighting, cabling
from emergency MCC to emergency distribution boards and the outgoing
circuits of the distribution boards.
The major components include distribution boards and cables.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
a) Refer to Section 3.3.4 - Common Electrical Scope of Worksand

Refer to Section 3.3.4 - Common Electrical Scope of Works and relevant

commissioning ITRs.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.4.2 542 POWER |SMALL POWER AND LIGHTING | NORMAL DISTRIBUTION

BOARD
The normal small power and lighting distribution system consists of the
normal distribution boards for both small power and lighting, cabling from
normal MCC to the normal distribution boards and the outgoing circuits of
the distribution boards.
The major components include distribution boards and cables.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical


commissioning ITRs.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.4.3 543 POWER |SMALL POWER AND LIGHTING | NAVIGATIONAL AIDS
Sub-Subsystem 533 provides 24 volts of direct current (DC) power supply to

navigational aids lanterns. The major components of the system are battery
charger, battery bank, DC distribution board and power distribution cables.
The battery charger derives its alternating current (AC) power from Low
Voltage Motor Control Center and Switchgear. This includes navigational
aids, batteries, solar panels and junction boxes.
Activities are similar to the listing under Sub-Subsystem 531.
a) Verify that all pre-commissioning activities are complete and signed

off prior to starting any work.
b) Perform the test per vendors procedure.
c) Refer to relevant ITR-C.
Figure 3.6.5-6: Navigational Aid

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.5 550 EARTHING & LIGHTNING PROTECTION
3.6.5.5.1 551 POWER | EARTHING & LIGHTNING PROTECTION | EARTHING
This system covers the overall earthing of the plant/platform. However,

individual equipment earthing shall be part of the respectieve equipment.
Only the main earth grid and connections to the platform are considered as
part of this system. Alternating current (AC) system neutrals for power
generation and distribution systems (namely High Voltage and Low Voltage
generators, transformers, reactors, switchboards, motors and
Uninterruptible Power Supply unit) are connected to one common earth
grid up to the jacket leg or as per design requirements.
Equipments are bonded to the platform structure. Screens of signal cables

which are connected to instrument earth and intrinsically safe earth maybe
looped together to a common or separate earth grid and connected to the
jacket leg or as per design requirements. Lightning conductor system
complete with air termination are interconnected together to have a
separate grid extending up to the jacket leg.
Sub-Subsystem 551 consists of Earth Electrodes, earthing ring and branch

conductors, earthing bar, earthing resistors, earthing boss, cable wire
armour bonding and junction boxes. Steelworks of the structural legs which
are buried into the seabed are considered to be the Earth Electrode for
offshore platforms.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
a) Refer to section 3.3.4 - Common Electrical Scope of Works.
b) Inspect and check earth cable lugs, earth boss stud diameter
and welding, and earth resistor connections. Ensure that
earthing layout and connections conform to the design.
c) Inspect that all contacts are cleaned greased and bonded with
denso tape where applicable.
d) Check tightness of all earth connection.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
e) Check earth cable protection such as kick plate or kick pipes.
f) Check that earth cable sizes are correct.
g) Continuity and resistance checks on bonding of cable wire

armour/braid, brass cable glands and equipment frame to
earth, main earth resistance and earth loop resistance.
h) Perform check, inspection and tests on Neutral Earthing

Resistor such as measuring ohmic value, insulation resistance
test and di-electric test.

commissioning ITRs.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.5.2 552 POWER | EARTHING & LIGHTNING PROTECTION | LIGHTNING

PROTECTION
This system consists of lightning protection system and bonding.Steelworks

of the structural legs which are buried into the seabed are considered to be
the Earth Electrode for offshore platforms.
Sub-Subsystem 552 consists of Earth Electrodes and earthing ring. Lightning

conductor system complete with air termination (where applicable) are
interconnected together to have a separate grid.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
b) Ensure that lightning protection layout and connections

conform to the design drawings.
c) Inspect that all contacts are cleaned greased and bonded with
denso tape where applicable. Check tightness of all earth
connection).
d) Check earth cable/down conductor protection such as kick

plate or kick pipes.
e) Check that earth cable sizes are correct.
g) Perform the lightning protection grid resistance when

disconnected from the main plant earth grid (in case of on-
shore facilities).

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.6 560 DRIVES AND CONTROLLERS
3.6.5.6.1 561 POWER | DRIVES AND CONTROLLERS | VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE (VSD)
This system covers the electrical system from incoming cable to the VSD
upto the outgoing cable to the respective motor.
Sub-Subsystem 561 includes the variable speed drive system for motor
control consisting input/output transformers, variable speed drives,
harmonic filters, Human Machine Interfaces (HMI) and all interconnecting
power and control/communication cables.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
b) Perform full function checks of the VSD to satisfy the design

functional specifications as per the commissioning ITRs and in
line with manufacturer recommendations. This shall include
simulation of all control functions including the reference
signals from DCS/PMCS and setting of parameters.
iv) Instrumentation

Works.

instrument and VSD including start/stop controls and speed set
points.

relevant commissioning ITRs. Commissioning of the VSD system shall
be performed together with the commissioning of the related motor
(i.e. during the mechanical test run of the corresponding driven
machine).
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.5-7: Variable Speed Drive

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.6.2 562 POWER | DRIVES AND CONTROLLERS | HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
This system covers the electrical system from incoming cable to the heater
control panel upto the outgoing cable to the electric heater.
Sub-Subsystem 562 includes the thyristor based control system for heater
control consisting input/output transformers, thyristor controllers,
contactor controllers, harmonic filters, Human Machine Interfaces (HMI)
and all interconnecting power and control/communication cables.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
b) Perform full function checks of the heater control panel to

satisfy the design functional specifications as per the
commissioning ITRs and in line with manufacturer
recommendations. This shall include simulation of all control
functions including the temperature reference signals from
DCS/PMCS and setting of parameters.
iv) Instrumentation

Works.

instrument and the heater controller including start/stop
controls and temperature set points.

relevant commissioning ITRs. Commissioning of the heater control
panel shall be performed together with the commissioning of the
related electric heater when the medium is available.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.7 570 CONSUMERS
3.6.5.7.1 571 POWER |CONSUMERS| ELECTRIC HEATERS
This covers the electric heater, RCU/Safety switch and the cables from MCC
to Heater Panel/respective equipment/component of this system.
The major components include electric heater, RCU, Safety switch, Power
and control cables from heater panel upto the heater/RCU/Safety
switch/Thermistor etc.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
b) All tests and checks as required in relevant ITRs shall be

performed.
iv) Instrumentation None

relevant commissioning ITRs. Commissioning of the motors is to be
performed together with the commissioning of the related driven
machine (i.e. during the mechanical test run of the corresponding
driven machine).
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.7.2 572 POWER |CONSUMERS | HEAT TRACING SYSTEM
This covers the heat tracing system from the incoming cabling to heat
tracing panel upto the tracing tapes.
The major components include heat tracing panels, distribution boards,

junction boxes, heating tapes and all associated cabling.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical

performed.

driven machine).
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.7.3 573POWER |CONSUMERS |AUX DISTRIBUTION
This covers the cables from the Auxiliary distribution board to the individual
load (MOV/Level Gauge lighting/Auxiliary panels etc).
The major components include power and control cables from the aux
distribution board upto the respective auxiliary equipment (MOV/Level
Gauge lighting/Auxiliary panels etc).
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical

performed.

driven machine).
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.7.4 574 POWER |CONSUMERS |IMPRESSED CURRENT CATHODIC

PROTECTION (ICCP) SYSTEM
This covers the Impressed Current Cathodic Protection (ICCP) system from
the incoming cabling to the cathodic protection distribution panel /
transformer rectifier unit until the anodes.
The major components include cathodicprotection distribution panel,

transformer rectifier unit, anode and cathode junction boxes and all
associated cabling.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical

performed.

driven machine).
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.7.5 575 POWER |CONSUMERS| LIGHTING
This covers the lighting circuits and fixtures (normal and emergency) from
cabling from the DB up to individual lighting fixture.
The major components include cabling, junction boxes, lighting fixtures.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical

performed.

driven machine).
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.5.7.6 576 POWER |CONSUMERS| SOCKETS
This covers the small power/welding socket circuits and sockets

(welding/convenient/handlamp socket) from cabling from the DB up to
individual socket.
The major components include cabling, Junction boxes, socket outlets/plugs.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical

performed.

driven machine).
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.6 600 CONTROL AND SAFEGUARDING
3.6.6.1 610 PROCESS CONTROLS
3.6.6.1.1 611 CONTROL AND SAFEGUARDING | PROCESS CONTROLS

|DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM
This system consists of a microprocessor-based Distributed Control System

(DCS) which utilizes distributed processors to perform loop and sequence
controls, interfacing to input and output (I/O) points from field devices on
local and remote location (platforms, sub-station). Also interface with third
party systems (Safety Instrumented System, Telecommunication System,
Fire and Gas System, etc) and Human Machine Interface.
System Cabinets (includes controller, I/O cards, serial cards, communication

card etc.), Marshalling Cabinets (includes field termination, barriers, etc.)
and Human Machine Interface (HMI).
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
b) Perform energization of PMCS.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
b) Refer to relevant ITR-B
c) Verify the battery back-up (if required)
d) Verify the CPU functionality
e) Verify the performance of the operator workstation
f) Verify the functionality of the printer
g) Verify the overall system network
h) Verify the interfaces with all third party systems
i) Verify the configuration logic for the PMCS (based on the

process control narrative/P&ID)
j) Verify the graphic and I/O configuration (based on the P&ID

and I/Os list)
k) Verify time synchronization between PMCS and associated

subsystems based on the PMCS master clock.
i. Ensure that all pre-commissioning activities are complete and signed

off.
ii. Refer to relevant ITRs
Note: PMCS vendor representative assistance may be required.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.6-1: Typical DCS Network Architecture

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

|SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION (SCADA)
SCADA system consists of Main Terminal Units (MTU) comprises of

servers/HMI and one or more field data interface devices, usually RTUs or
PLCs, which interface to field sensing devices and valves actuators/final
control devices.
The major components include Master Terminal Unit (MTU), Remote

Terminal Unit (RTU). Communication/networking equipment.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
b) Refer to relevant ITR-B.
c) Verify the functionality of the router and switches.
d) Verify the battery back-up (if required)
e) Verify the CPU functionality
f) Verify the performance of the operator workstation
g) Verify the functionality of the printer
h) Verify the overall system network
i) Verify the interfaces with all third party systems
j) Verify the configuration logic for the SCADA (based on the

control narrative/P&ID)
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
k) Verify the graphic and I/O configuration (based on the P&ID

and I/Os list)
i) Ensure that all pre-commissioning activities are complete and signed off.
ii) Refer to relevant ITRs
Note: SCADA vendor representative assistance may be required.
PSTN
SCADA Master
ISDN
WAN Station
Field I/O
ModBus
RTU20
Remote Data
Concentrator PLC PLC Network
RTU20
DNP 3.0
ModBus ModBus
RTU20 RTU20 MTU/SCD
RTU20 FoxScada P6008

DNP 3.0
PLC
RTU20 ModBus
RTU20
ModBus Field I/O
ModBus
Flow Computer IED
Intelligent
Instrumentation
Figure 3.6.6-2: Typical SCADA Schematic

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

|INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IMS)
IMS covers all the systems that acquire data from all facets of a business
and subsequent transformation of that data into easily usable, high value
and widely distributed information for the management.
The major components include communication server, networking

equipment, IMS software package (PMS-Plant Management System,
Historian Data server, CBMS-Condition Base Monitoring System software,
Object Linking & Embedding (OLE) Process Control (OPC) server, Sequence
of Events Recorder-SER) etc.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
b) Perform energization of OPC server.
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
b) Refer to relevant ITR-B (according to vendor document)
c) Check the connectivity with the control system (e.g. PMCS, SIS)
d) Test the overall system network
e) Check the functionality of IMS workstation inclusive Sequence

of Event Register (SER) and Condition Based Monitoring System
(CBMS)
f) Verify the software configuration for the IMS

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
i) Ensure that all pre-commissioning activities are complete and

signed off.
Note: IMS vendor representative assistance may be required.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ASSET World Wide Web

MANAGEMENT
CLIENT
Business
VALVE LEAK
ALARM
MONITOR / PST PST DIAGNOSTICS
MANAGEMENT WEB SERVER
DIAGNOSTICS
Services
AMS DEVICE OPC SERVER /

PMCS
MANAGER HISTORIAN
Control Network
Sub-system PMCS CONTROLLER SIS FGS
HART
FF
Figure 3.6.6-3: Typical IMS Schematic

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.6.1.4 614 CONTROL AND SAFEGUARDING | PROCESS CONTROLS |SUBSEA

CONTROL
The topside part of the subsea production control system provides the
following functions -
i) Providing electrical power and communications to the control

modules subsea
ii) Supply hydraulic power (pressure) to subsea for actuating valves.
iii) Monitoring and controlling of the above topside SPCS equipment
iv) In some cases control of chemical injection skid.
The topside equipment includes electrical power and communications

equipment, hydraulic power equipment and, in some cases, chemical
injection equipment. (Chemical injection facilities normally come under
topside supplied process equipment, but in some projects the CIU may
come under subsea scope of supply).
In addition to the equipment items, there are also some critical interfaces to
the host facility and also support systems that need to be provided by the
host facility (e.g. MCC, UPS etc).
The major equipment are Master Control Station (MCS), Electrical Power
Unit (EPU), Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU), Topside Umbilical Termination
Assembly (TUTA),Chemical Injection Unit (CIU) *CIU may be supplied by
others, interconnecting cables and tubing, interface to PMCS (PMCS
supplied by others), interface to SIS (SIS supplied by others), interface to
UPS (UPS supplied by others), interface to MCC (MCC supplied by others).
Include all of the topside SPCS items of equipment, electrical and hydraulic
interconnections as far as the TUTA and interconnections to the host facility.
i) Piping and Tubing
a) Flushing of interconnecting tubing and piping
b) Pressure testing of interconnecting tubing and piping
c) Point to point checks

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ii) Mechanical
a) Filling of HPU and CIU reservoirs.
b) Pre-charging and charging of accumulators
c) Visual and functional checks of SPCS topside equipment
iii) Electrical
a) Continuity checks of interconnecting cables
b) Insulation resistance checks of interconnecting cables
c) Communication checks between topside SPCS equipment

packages
d) Communication checks between SPCS equipment and host

facility (e.g. PMCS/DCS/SIS)
e) Communication checks - subsea simulation
f) UPS checks
g) MCC tests
iv) Instrumentation
a) Functional checks of SPCS equipment
b) Shutdown simulation/test
Provided the above pre-commissioning work has been successfully

completed, then little further topside work should be required during
commissioning phase, apart from possible displacement of test fluids (e.g.
potable water, hydraulic fluid) with production fluids (Methanol, corrosion
inhibitor etc.) and perform actual subsea communications and shutdown
testing instead of simulation.
i) Piping and tubing

Displacement of test fluids (as required)
ii) Mechanical
a) Re-filling of HPU reservoir (as required)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
b) Re-filling of CIU reservoir (as required)
iii) Electrical
None
iv) Instrumentation
None
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
HPU SIS PMCS
CHEMICAL
INJECTION MCS EPU
SKID
UPS
Figure 3.6.6-4: Electrical Diagram for Subsea Control

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
HPU SIS PMCS
MCS EPU Chemical Injection Unit
UPS
TUTA
Figure 3.6.6-5: Hydraulic and Chemical Diagram for Subsea Control

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.6.2 620 SAFEGUARDING SYSTEM
3.6.6.2.1 621 CONTROL AND SAFEGUARDING | SAFEGUARDING SYSTEM |SAFETY

INSTRUMENTED SYSTEM (SIS)
Safety Instrumented System (SIS) provides the emergency shutdown

function for the entire facility. It continuously monitors the process
variables and automatically initiates shutdown and blowdown if any of the
variables is outside the predetermined safe limit. However, it is not
intended for process control purposes.
This Sub-Subsystem component includes Logic solver (CPU), I/Os card,

initiating elements and final control elements, System Cabinets (includes
Power supply units, serial cards, communication card etc), Marshalling
Cabinets (includes field termination, barriers, etc), Printers, SER, pushbutton,
MOS (Maintenance Override Switch), IRP (Interposing Relay Panel),
Networking devices. etc.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
b) Perform energization of panel.
c) Verify complete power distribution upon energization of panel.
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
c) Verify power supply modules, main processors, communication

modules, I/O modules, chassis, and field wiring connections are
functioning properly.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
d) Verify the systems latest revision of shutdown logic software is

downloaded.
e) Perform system interface check with PMCS, Fire and Gas (FGS),
Public Address and General Alarm (PAGA).
f) Verify start-up bypass, maintenance override, alarm and

shutdown acknowledge and reset features are functioning
correctly.
g) Perform loop check between system and hardware console
h) Verify the trip set points for all initiators as per approved and
latest alarm/trip settings documents
i) Perform complete shutdown logic test as per approved and

latest Cause and Effect Matrix chart.
j) Perform complete system integrity test e.g. fault tolerance and

redundancy, power failure, fault diagnostics, alarm and
shutdown logs, etc.
k) Verify functionality of Sequence of Events (SOE) (if applicable)
l) Verify the functionality of the printer

signed off.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Logic Solver
DO AI
24 VDC
4- 20 mA
Solenoid Valve
Pressure Transmitter
Process Line
SDV
Figure 3.6.6-6: Typical SIS Schematic

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.6.2.2 622 CONTROL AND SAFEGUARDING | SAFEGUARDING SYSTEM |FIRE AND

GAS SYSTEM (FGS)
The system consist of Fire and Gas panel monitoring all fire detection
devices and controls the automatic release of fixed fire extinguishing
mediums (CO2, FM200, chemical powder, firewater, foams, etc.) on the
facilities and interface with other sub-systems for shutdown and alarms.
This sub-sub-system is also interfaced to third party systems such as PMCS
and SIS. The Fire and Gas System (FGS) may be conventional or addressable
system.
The major components include gas/smoke/thermal/flame/heat detectors,

fusible plug, fire & gas panel, purge panel for CO2 discharge system, deluge,
firewater monitor, associated control panels, warning lights, junction boxes,
break glass stations, manual stations, fire dampers, instrumentation,
audible/visible alarms.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
b) Perform energization in the sequence specified by the vendors

operating manual.
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
c) Verify field detectors are installed in locations as per approved

layout drawings.
d) Verify the detectors are pointing towards the desired area of

coverage as per design documents.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
e) Perform fire and gas detection device loop check. In case of

addressable system, check that the device addresses and
configurations are carried out as per design drawings.
f) Perform simulation of all system inputs.
g) Verify power supply modules, main processors, communication

h) Verify the systems latest revision of shutdown logic software is

downloaded.
i) Perform system interface check with PMCS, SIS and Public

Address and General Alarm (PAGA).
j) Verify maintenance override, alarm and shutdown

acknowledge and reset features are functioning correctly.
k) Verify the trip set points for all initiators as per approved and
latest alarm/trip settings documents.
l) Perform complete shutdown logic test as per approved and

latest Fire and Gas Cause and Effect Matrix chart.
m) Perform complete system integrity test e.g. fault tolerance and

shutdown logs, etc.
i) Ensure that all pre-commissioning activities are complete and signed

off.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Serial Link to Other System
Hardwired to Other System
GD FD
FGS
CP SD
Tx Rx
100% LFL Cloud
Process line
Control Valve
Figure 3.6.6-7: Fire and Gas System

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.6.2.3 623 CONTROL AND SAFEGUARDING | SAFEGUARDING SYSTEM |FUSIBLE

PLUG LOOPS
Fusible plug loops is used for monitoring fire in strategic locations

throughout the facility by means of pressurized system in a closed loop and
the fusible plug melts when the temperature exceeds the melting point.
Fusible plug loops are normally hook-up to the FGS or deluge valve panel
(pneumatic system) which as an input for fire detection.
Deluge valve panel senses the release of fusible plug loop pressure by
means of change pressure switch low and send it as an input signal to Fire
and Gas Panel which sends output to de-energize deluge valve solenoid to
open the deluge valve and discharge water to the sprinkler system. Deluge
valve panel in turn will send feedback signal to Fire and Gas Panel when
deluge is activated.
Electronic transmitter also may be provided in some installations to

monitor charge pressure and connected to FGS for operation of fire water
pump and deluge system.
The major components include initiating elements(Fusible plugs) and final

control elements, complete with associated cabling, tubing and junction
boxes, Fusible loop charge panel , kill knobs and other pneumatic sensors,
interface with the Shutdown System / Safety Instrumented System.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical None
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
c) Perform physical check on the fusible plug loop panel and

verify the tubing/fitting and others part of installation as per
drawing.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
d) Verify quantity and temperature ratings of fusible plugs on

each loop as per drawings and specifications.
e) Verify installation of kill knob stations as per drawings and

specifications.
f) Pressurize the system and monitor pressure indication.
g) Perform tubing leak test for the fusible plug loop including the
panel.
h) Perform loop check for pressure switch or pressure transmitter.
i) Simulate all system inputs such as release of each fusible plug

loop and verify that the corresponding output is in accordance
with approved and latest FGS Cause and Effect Matrix.

signed off.
FPL PANEL
REGULATOR PNEUMATIC RELAY

RESTRICTION ORIFICE
S-1
I.A.S Fusible Plug
Loop (FPL)
CHARGE VALVE
Figure 3.6.6-8: Typical Fusible Plug Loop Schematic

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.6.2.4 624 CONTROL AND SAFEGUARDING | SAFEGUARDING SYSTEM |HIGH

INTEGRITY PRESSURE PROTECTION SYSTEM (HIPPS)
The HIPPS valve may be provided with Partial Stroke Test devices.HIPPS
systems are applied to prevent over-pressurization of a plant/ Pipe line
system by shutting-off the source of the high pressure and
isolation/protection of other parts. It has a complete functional loop
consisting of the sensors, logic solver and final elements.
The major components include Logic solver, initiating elements and final
control elements, complete with associated cabling, tubing and junction
boxes.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
b) Perform energization in the sequence specified by the vendors

operating manual.
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
c) Verify power supply modules, main processors, communication

d) Verify the systems latest revision of shutdown logic software is

downloaded.
e) Perform system interface check with PMCS and SIS.
f) Verify alarm and shutdown acknowledge and reset features are

functioning correctly.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
g) Verify the trip set points for all initiators as per approved and
latest alarm/trip settings documents.
h) Perform complete shutdown logic test as per approved and

latest Cause and Effect Matrix chart.
i) Perform complete system integrity test e.g. fault tolerance and

shutdown logs, etc.
j) Perform loop check for all initiators and elements which are
connected to HIPPS.
k) Verify the Sequence of Event (SOE) function.

signed off.
Note: The diagram is for typical schematic only. HIPPS may be different from project to project.
Figure 3.6.6-9: Typical HIPPS Schematic

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.6.2.5 625 CONTROL AND SAFEGUARDING | SAFEGUARDING SYSTEM

|WELLHEAD CONTROL PANEL (WHCP)
The systemconsists of a Wellhead Control Panel to provide controls and

status indication of individual wellhead Surface controlled Sub-Surface
Safety Valve (SCSSV), Wing Valve (WV) and Surface Safety Valve (SSV).
The major components include logic devices, initiating elements and final
control elements, complete with associated instrumentation, cable, tubing,
junction boxes, pumps, hydraulic reservoir and etc.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
c) Pre-charge the accumulator and check any leakage.
d) Perform leak test of the WHCP instrument and tubing assembly
e) Perform wellhead valves (WV/SSV/SCSSV) operation from the

WHCP, verify the opening/closing sequence and record the
closing time for the WV/SSV.
f) Perform wellhead valves (WV/SSV/SCSSV) operation from the

DCS (if applicable)
g) Perform simulation test of Unit Shutdown (USD), Process

Shutdown (PSD) and Emergency Shutdown (ESD)
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Note: Wellhead Control Panel vendor representative assistance may be

required.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
HS HS WHCP
CLOSE OPEN
FUNCTION LOGIC IN SIS

HS
SCSSV SSV WV
OPEN
HS
WV SSV SCSSV
CLOSE
WV
USD
SSV
PSD
SCSSV
ESD
Figure 3.6.6-10: Typical WHCP Schematic

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.6.2.6 626 CONTROL AND SAFEGUARDING | SAFEGUARDING SYSTEM

|INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL
This systemprovides pneumatic or Electronic for control and safeguarding

system to control and protect the production facilities from process
abnormalities and provide shutdown functions and status indication,
including the interface with Fire & Gas and Emergency Shutdown System.
The major components include pneumatic or electronic panel containing

functional logics connected to initiators and final control elements,
complete with necessary instrumentation, cable, tubing, junction boxes, and
etc.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
c) Perform shutdown matrix functions of the panel covering the

initiators and final elements
d) Perform interface functions of the panel and other system, e.g.

WHCP, DCS, SIS, alarm indications and etc.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Note: Instrument Control Panel vendor representative assistance may

be required.
WHCP
ICP
PSLL HS
PALL PAHH LALL LAHH

PSHH
ESD PSD USD

SDV
LSLL
LSHH
BDV
ESD
FUSIBLE PLUGS
FPP
Figure 3.6.6-11: Typical ICP Schematic

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.7 700 TELECOMMUNICATION
3.6.7.1 710 MAIN BACKBONE LINK
3.6.7.1.1 711 TELECOMMUNICATION | MAIN BACKBONE LINK |DIGITAL

MICROWAVE RADIO (DMR) SYSTEM
It provides point-to-point or point-to-multipoint telecommunication

network for data and voice communication between platforms and shores.
DMR link requires line-of-sight (LOS) clearance, and pathloss analysis needs
to be carried out prior to designing a DMR link.
This system consists of (and not limited to) antenna, feeder, radio unit,
cabling, junction box, telecom tower (if necessary, based on pathloss
analysis, with availability of 99.995%). Interface with other systems such as
LAN, PABX, CCTV, DCS, etc. is possible.
i) Piping - None.
b) Perform energization of the equipment.
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
c) Verify interface with third party systems.
i) Verify that all pre-commissioning activities are complete and signed off
prior to starting any work.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.7.1.2 712 TELECOMMUNICATION | MAIN BACKBONE LINK |VERY SMALL

APERTURE TERMINAL (VSAT) SATELITE SYSTEM
VSAT uses microwave frequencies and free space propagation to link

ground terminals to the satellite, and it requires LOS. We prefer to operate
VSAT in C-band, since rain attenuation is significant. VSAT has a limited
bandwidth of 2Mbps, and usually being used at a very remote location.
This system consists of (and not limited to) antenna (gyro-stabilized antenna
for moving FPSO or FSO), RF unit, satellite modem, indoor unit (IDU),
outdoor unit (ODU) cabling and junction box. Interface with other systems
such as LAN, PABX, CCTV, DCS, etc. is possible.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
a) Refer to Section 3.3.4 Common Electrical Scope of Works.
iv) Instrumentation
a) Refer to Section 3.3.5 Common Instrumentation Scope of

Works.
3.6.7.1.3 713 TELECOMMUNICATION | MAIN BACKBONE LINK |FIBRE OPTIC

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Submarine fibre optic cable (SFOC) is selected to be the main backbone link
if a new pipeline or a submarine power cable will be laid. SFOC provides
very high bandwidth, and doesn't depend on LOS. Installation and repair
cost might be high.
This system consists of submarine fibre optic cable, patch panel, optical
amplifier and repeater (if needed, for long distance link). Interface with
other systems such as LAN, PABX, CCTV, DCS, etc. is possible.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
c) Verify interface with third party system.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.7.1.4 714 TELECOMMUNICATION | MAIN BACKBONE LINK |UHF RADIO LINK
The UHF Radio Link provides telecommunication networks between

platform and shore bases (for relatively short distance). It is usually being
used for low capacity data transmission.
This system consists of antenna, radio unit, cablingand junction box.

Interface with other systems such as PABX, LAN, DCS, etc. is possible.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
d) Verify interface with third party system.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.7.1.5 715 TELECOMMUNICATION | MAIN BACKBONE LINK |TROPOSCATTER

RADIO SYSTEM
Troposcatter can bridge up to 400km without a repeater by illuminating a

volume of the troposphere, using high-power transmitters and large
antennas. Troposcatter is economical for systems up to 8Mbps and bridging
up to 250km, where it is impossible or expensive to provide repeaters and
there is no requirement for communication at intermediate points.
This system consists of (and not limited to) antenna, RF unit, modem,
amplifier, IDU, ODU, cabling and junction box. Interface with other systems
such as PABX, LAN, CCTV, DCS, etc. is possible.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
d) Verify interface with third party system.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.7.2 720 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
3.6.7.2.1 721 TELECOMMUNICATION | RADIO COMMUNICATIONS

SYSTEM|VHF/FM (Marine Communication)
A multi-channel VHF marine band radiotelephone shall be provided for

routine communications with nearby shipping and other installations, and
for emergency voice communication on the marine dustress frequency of
156.8 MHz (channel 16). The control unit should be located in the radio
room and/or control room so that it's always monitored, and handheld units
are dedicated for key personnel.
This system consists of antenna, base station, handheld unit, cabling and
junction box. Digital selective calling (DSC) is required to comply with SOLAS
requirement.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.7.2.2 722 TELECOMMUNICATION | RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM |

VHF/AM (Avionics Communication)
VHF-AM is used to assist chopper operation, and shall be provided for

routine and emergency communications. VHF AM base station should be
located in the radio room and/or control room, and handheld unit is
dedicated for helicopter chopper landing (HLO).
This system consists of antenna, base station, handheld unit, cabling and
junction box.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

HF/SSB Radio System
HF/SSB provides long range communication between the platform and

nearby ships/vessels or onshore base. It also serves as emergency.
The system components include the base station, antenna, antenna tuning
unit, associated cabling and junction boxes.
This system consists of antenna, antenna tuning unit (ATU), base station,
cabling and junction box.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
b) Refer torelevant ITR-B

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.7.2.4 724 TELECOMMUNICATION | RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM | NON-

DIRECTIONAL BEACON (NDB) SYSTEM
NDB should be provided on one or more platforms in a field, where

scheduled helicopter operation is present. NDB is used to assist chopper
landing by sending Morse code signal to chopper.
This system consists of antenna (for offshore platforms, preferably to use

long wire antenna), antenna tuning unit (ATU), base station and cabling.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

DIGITAL TRUNK RADIO
Digital trunk radio system (DTRS) is normally used for onshore terminal. It
provides the necessary flexibility and a framework for growth. It shall have a
minimum of one base station transceivers (BTS) to cover a single site.
This system consists of antenna, BTS, handheld units, radio operator

console and cabling. Interface with PABX and PAGA is possible.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

WIRELESS SYSTEM
Inclusive where applicable of RFID, Wi Max, GSM/UTMS & CDMA
726.2 Pre-Commissioning Scope of Work
Refer to Section 3.3.5 Common Instrumentation Scope of Works.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.7.3 730 VOICE AND DATA COMMUNICATION
3.6.7.3.1 731 TELECOMMUNICATION | VOICE AND DATA COMMUNICATION |

PABX AND TELEPHONE SYSTEM (ANALOG & DIGITAL)
PABX system is the primary voice communication network on the platform

or at onshore terminal/office. It supports indoor (IP & digital) and outdoor
telephone sets. PABX features are voice paging, telephone service, data and
fax communication.
This system consists of indoor and/or outdoor telephone sets, distribution

frame and boards, hotline, private access branch exchange. Integration with
other systems such as LAN and PAGA is possible.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
d) Verify interface with third party systems.
iii) Verify that all pre-commissioning activities are complete and signed off
iv) Perform the test per vendors procedure.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

LOCAL AREA NETWORK (LAN)/WIDE AREA NETWORK (WAN)
LAN/WAN system provides data communication for connection between

platform to onshore gas terminal/office and also to outside network. WAN
has similar functions as LAN except WAN covers broad area (normally
connect two or more LAN by means of router).
This system requires integrated service router (ISR), switch, servers, UPS,
PCs, CPUs and cabling. Interface with other systems for monitoring purpose
is possible.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.
d) Verify interface with third party systems.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (NMS)
NMS and engineering service features shall be provided for local monitoring
functionalities on the central site. NMS shall incorporate at a minimum
capability to perform system configuration, maintenance and
administration, and performance monitoring. The features shall not be
limited to the following:
system link monitoring
alarm monitoring
configuration
troubleshooting and fault finding
This system requires server, PCs, CPUs, and cabling. Interface with other
systems such as LAN, PABX and main backbone link is possible.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

MOBILE BROADBAND
Mobile broadband is wireless internet access through a portable modem,

mobile phone, USB wireless modem, or other mobile devices. Bit rates of
broadband support voice and video as well as other data access.
This system requires PCs or laptops, USB stick (dongles) and USB modems.
i) Refer to Section 3.3.5 Common Instrumentation Scope of Works.
ii) Refer to relevant ITR-B.
iii) Verify interface with third party systems.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.7.4 740 SURVEILLANCE AND SAFETY SYSTEM
3.6.7.4.1 741 TELECOMMUNICATION | SURVEILLANCE AND SAFETY SYSTEM |

PABX AND TELEPHONE SYSTEM (ANALOG & DIGITAL)
Offshore platforms which have LQ shall be provided with PAGA system. It is

used for paging and general announcements (including azan). It should be
entirely solid state and have facilities to centrally monitor the operational
status of the component parts and to generate an alarm on detection of any
failure. For noisy area, beacons shall be installed to assist on any alarm
announcement.
This system consists of PA console, distribution panels and boards,

loudspeakers, beacon, (if necessary based on noise mapping), access panel,
amplifiers, cabling and junction boxes. Interface with other systems such as
PABX, CCTV, DCSis possible via its master control unit.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.7.4.2 742 TELECOMMUNICATION | SURVEILLANCE AND SAFETY SYSTEM |CCTV

AND INTRUSION SYSTEM
The CCTV System operates as surveillance system at platform and onshore

terminal, and shall be designed for continuous duty. A pan, tilt, zoom (PTZ)
camera is preferred to cover almost 360 coverage. The monitoring station
should be located at the control room.
This system comprise of CCTV camera, IR detector, (if necessary),

monitoring station, transmission cable (FO), cabinet, video amplifier, control
panel and CPU.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.7.4.3 743 TELECOMMUNICATION | SURVEILLANCE AND SAFETY SYSTEM |

METEOROGICAL SYSTEM
Also known as weather monitoring system (WMS), it provides the local

weather and sea conditions for navigational aid. The monitoring station
should be located at the control room.
This system consists of meteorological system (wind speed, wind direction,

rainfall, air pressure, temperature, relative humidity sensors) and
hydrological system (tidal wave monitoring, where it measures current
conditions at a medium range).
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.7.5 750 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
3.6.7.5.1 751 TELECOMMUNICATION | COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT |

ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEMS
Entertainment systems on manned platforms should consist of an

entertainment package feeding a distribution network. The possible
entertainment sources are satellite television receiver, broadcast radio
receiver and DVD players.
This system consists of televison, decoder, central equipment racks, DVD

player, satellite TV receivers, projector and bedhead entertainment units.
i) Piping - None.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

Works.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8 800 MISCELLANEOUS
3.6.8.1 810 MATERIAL HANDLING
3.6.8.1.1 811 MISCELLANEOUS | MATERIAL HANDLING | PEDESTAL CRANE
Pedestal crane is available on most manned facilities as it provides the main

capability for lifting and transfer of personnel. Supported on a vertical
column, the crane comes in a variety of capacities and sizes depending upon
the lifting requirements on the facility. The main structures are the boom,
the A-frame and prime mover console. The crane rotates on the vertical
column with the assistance of a slew bearing which also bears most of the
load during lifting.
Prime mover for a crane generally comes in the form of an electric motor or
an internal combustion engine. "Power takeoff" or transmission system
between prime mover and hoist mechanism and for the controls are either
a mechanical drive unit such as a gear or a hydraulic drive unit complete
with a hydraulic pump and motor.
Other equipment includes wire ropes/cables, storage drums, sheaves, pilot

valves, pressure relief valves, brake subsystem, limit switches, a fuel storage
tank, anti-two-block valve and associated piping and instrumentation.
i) Piping
ii) Mechanical
b) Verify all motors, slew bearing, sheaves and drum bearings are
lubricated sufficiently with grease.
c) Perform no-load test of the motor-driven hydraulic pump.
d) Perform running test of internal combustion engine for a

minimum of four (4) hours without stopping.
e) Perform no-load test of the crane i.e. only slewing and luffing.
f) Perform static load test up to 125 percent of the rated capacity.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
g) Perform dynamic load test up to 100 percent of the rated

capacity.
h) Perform function test of the anti-two-block valve.
i) Verify installation of wire ropes is performed correctly as per

vendor recommendation.
j) Perform vessel/tank interior inspection for internal coating

damage and cleanliness.Issue the final closure certificate.
k) Verify that brakes are operating as intended.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation
i) Piping - None
ii) Mechanical
a) Check and record motor ampere and temperature
b) Check and record hydraulic pump pressure
c) Check and record Internal Combustion Engine critical

parameters at different load condition
d) Refer to relevant ITR-C.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.1.2 812 MISCELLANEOUS | MATERIAL HANDLING | OVERHEAD/GANTRY

CRANE
Overhead gantry crane, at times also called "jib" crane, is operated

manually or with the assistance of an air-operated or a gas-operated winch.
Air or gas to power the winch is tapped from utility air or utility gas system
using flexible hose or tubing. Its system consists of equipment like the
supporting structure, pneumatic motor and wire rope.
i) Piping - None.
ii) Mechanical
b) Perform functional test of pneumatic motor.
c) Perform static load test up to 125 percent of the rated capacity.
d) Perform dynamic load test up to 100 percent of the rated

capacity.
iv) Instrumentation
Verify that air regulator is set at correct pressure.
i) Piping - None.
ii) Mechanical
a) Check and record gas or air inlet pressure
b) Check and record motor ampere and current (if applicable)
c) Refer to relevant ITR-C.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iv) Instrumentation
a) Check and record gas or air regulator pressure

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.1.3 813 MISCELLANEOUS | MATERIAL HANDLING | MONORAIL/TROLLEY

HOIST
Monorail hoist Sub-Subsystem comes in two forms: manual and automated.

In manual mode of operation, monorail hoist includes the use of trolleys
whereby its travel and lifting capabilities are dependent upon operators
skill and power. In automated form, hoist travel and lifting capabilities are
derived from an electrical motor that powers a winch and the operator
could control movement from a remote location.
It includes equipment such as trolleys, a motor-driven winch, wire ropes,

limit switches, a control pendant and power cables.
i) Piping - None.
ii) Mechanical
b) Verify that no physical damage to the lifting chain.
c) Perform static load test up to 125 percent of the rated capacity.
d) Perform dynamic load test up to 100 percent of the rated

capacity.
iii) Electrical
b) Perform stop-start test of the control pendant.
iv) Instrumentation
Verify limit switches are functioning correctly.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iii) Refer to relevant ITR-C.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.1.4 814 MISCELLANEOUS | MATERIAL HANDLING | ELEVATORS
Elevator (lift) is used to move personnel between floors. Some major

components of an elevator will be equipped with car module, mast, base
frame, drive unit, cable guiding system, landing assemblies with call boxes,
mast attachment hardware and some applicable controls.
Typical elevators diagram as Figure 3.6.8-1.
i) Piping - None.
ii) Mechanical
b) Perform drop test as per-manufacturers instruction.
c) Perform brake test (125% load) as per manufacturers

instruction.
iii) Electrical
iv) Instrumentation

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.8-1: Typical elevators diagram.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.2 820 FURNITURE/APPLIANCES
3.6.8.2.1 821 MISCELLANEOUS | FURNITURE/APPLIANCES | GENERAL

ACCOMMODATION SPACES
This sub-subsystem relates to various equipment found in living quarters

such as kitchen and laundry appliances.
Verify that the System Mechanical Completion of General Accommodation

Spaces has been signed and all category A punch list have been closed.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.2.2 822 MISCELLANEOUS | FURNITURE/APPLIANCES | GALLEY/MESS HALL
It relates to various equipment in living quarters kitchen, laundry appliances

and mess hall facilities.
Verify that the System Mechanical Completion of Galley/ Mess Hall has
been signed and all category A punch list have been closed.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.2.3 823 MISCELLANEOUS | FURNITURE/APPLIANCES | OFFICES
This Sub-Subsystem relates to the various office equipment, namely

personal computer, walkie-talkie, photocopy machine, fax machine, etc.
Verify that the System Mechanical Completion of Office has been signed
and all category A punch list have been closed.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.2.4 824 MISCELLANEOUS | FURNITURE/APPLIANCES | COLD ROOM
The system generally covers areas such as lobby room, vegetable room,
meat room and fish room at the living quarters.
This cold room consists of air condenser(s) and cooler(s). Other required
components for the system to be in service are refrigerant, switches, valves
and also power supply.
i) Piping - None.
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical
v) Instrumentation None
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.2.5 825 MISCELLANEOUS | FURNITURE/APPLIANCES | COLD ROOM
The system generally covers areas such as lobby room, vegetable room,
meat room and fish room at the living quarters
Verify the System Mechanical Completion for Cold Room has been signed
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.3 830 AVIATION
3.6.8.3.1 831 MISCELLANEOUS | AVIATION | HELIDECK
The helideck is a landing area or platform for helicopters. The helideck

surface is non-slip, painted and clean. It has perimeter lighting, safety net
and fire protection system. Safety notices are visibly in place with refueling
system available.
i) Piping - None.
ii) Mechanical
iii) Electrical

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.3.2 832 MISCELLANEOUS | AVIATION | AVIATION REFUELING
Inclusive where applicable of portable storage tanks, fuel pumps, filter

separators, monitors, dispensers and all associated flexible hoses, piping,
valves, instrumentation, tubing and cabling.
Verify the System Mechanical Completion for Aviation Refueling has been
signed and all category A punch list have been closed.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.4 840 MARINE AND CORROSION PROTECTION
3.6.8.4.1 841 MISCELLANEOUS | MARINE AND CORROSION PROTECTION |

SACRIFICIAL ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION
Sacrificial Anodes are highly active metals that are used to prevent a less
active material surface from corroding. Sacrificial Anodes are created from a
metal alloy with a more negative electrochemical potential than the other
metal it will be used to protect. The sacrificial anode will be consumed in
place of the metal it is protecting, which is why it is referred to as a
"sacrificial" anode.
When metal surfaces come into contact with electrolytes, they undergo an
electrochemical reaction known as corrosion. Corrosion is the process of
returning a metal to its natural state as an ore and in this process, causing
the metal to disintegrate and its structure to grow weak. These metal
surfaces are used all around us -- from pipelines to buildings to ships. It is
important to ensure that these metals last as long as they can and thus
necessitates what is known as cathode protection.
Sacrificial anodes are among several forms of cathode protection. Other

forms of cathode protection are plating, galvanization, and the formation of
alloys.
Metal in seawater is one such example with the iron metal coming into
contact with electrolytes. Under normal circumstances, the iron metal
would react with the electrolytes and begin to corrode, growing weaker in
structure and disintegrating. The addition of zinc, a sacrificial anode, would
prevent the iron metal from "corroding". According to the table of Standard
Reduction Potentials, the standard reduction potential of zinc is about -0.76
volts. The standard reduction potential of iron is about -0.44 volts. This
difference in reduction potential means that Zinc would oxidize much faster
than iron would. In fact, zinc would oxidize completely before iron would
begin to react.
Note: Ensure there are no construction punchlist prior to load out.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 3.6.8-2: Sacrificial Anode Cathodic Protection

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.4.2 842 MISCELLANEOUS | MARINE AND CORROSION PROTECTION |

MARINE GROWTH PREVENTION
The Marine Growth Prevention System will be used to protect the sea water
systems against biological fouling. The system comprises of Hypopac-M
units which include a transformer rectifier, an electrolyser, a hypo tank, a
dilution air blower and hypo dosing pump. The system is designed to create
sodium hypochlorite directly from seawater once it has been distributed to
the sea chests and into the seawater system to revert to salt and water.
Verify the System Mechanical Completion for Marine Growth Prevention

has been signed and all category A punch list have been closed.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.4.3 843 MISCELLANEOUS | MARINE AND CORROSION PROTECTION | DE-

HUMIDIFIER SYSTEM
Ballast De-Humidifier system is designed to reduce moisture inside ballast

tank. It normally consists of a dehumidifying and regeneration zone. High
moisture process air is drawn into humidifying zone of the wheel which
absorbs the moisture from the process air. The moisture laden-section of
the wheel rotor is then rotating as desiccant wheel roughs through the
regeneration zone where the hot spurts of regeneration air is passing
through the rotor and expelled-removing moisture from the rotor.
Verify the System Mechanical Completion of De-Humidifier has been signed


GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.5 850 STRUCTURAL
3.6.8.5.1 851 MISCELLANEOUS | STRUCTURAL | TOPSIDE
The topside structure is designed to carry out the weight of the dead and
variable equipment loads. Live loads, environmental loads, bridges reaction,
earthquake loads, accidental loads from dropped object and future facilities.
The topside consist of Cellar Deck, Sub Cellar Deck, Mezzanine Deck, Main
Deck, Venting /Flaring boom.
Verify that the System Mechanical Completion of Topside has been signed
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.5.2 852 MISCELLANEOUS | STRUCTURAL | JACKET
The jacket structure is designed to support the topside structure, a rescue

boat landing, riser-tube and other appurtenance in accordance with API RP
2A-WSD. The jacket is to be assumed with 4, 6 or 8 legged pile supported
structure allowing a float over installation or modular of topside. The Jacket
consists of Spider Deck, Boat fenders, Risers guards, Bollards, Caged ladder
from spider deck to cellar deck or level 1, Sea escape ladders and Caissons.
Verify the System Mechanical Completion of Jackets has been signed and all
category A punch list have been closed.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.5.3 853 MISCELLANEOUS | STRUCTURAL | LIVING QUARTERS (LQ)
System 800 MISCELLANEOUS
Subsystem 850 Structural
Sub-Subsystem 853 Living Quarters (LQ)
Living Quarter is an essential necessity for the safe operational and life
support requirements for personnel in the offshore. It consists of recreation
room, office/meeting room, kitchen and bathroom and shower facilities.
It has Mess hall (kitchen & galley) where personnel take their breakfast,
lunch and dinner, it has an entertainment room to watch movies and listen
to the music, office/meeting room to hold relevant discussions, document
filing room to keep procedure, P& ID and equipment dossiers,and
bathroom& shower facilities.
Verify the System Mechanical Completion of Living Quarter has been signed
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.5.4 854 MISCELLANEOUS | STRUCTURAL | BRIDGES
The bridge is a structure which connects platform to platform by using

triangular structure or rectangular structure. The bridges shall be equipped
with bearing support as part of installation part, bridges access stairway and
handrails.
Verify the System Mechanical Completion of Bridges has been signed and all
category A punch list have been closed.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.5.5 855 MISCELLANEOUS | STRUCTURAL | TELECOM TOWER
Telecom tower is the structure that is used for different applications such as
internal communication, telemetry systems, telecommunication networks
and external communication to the operational centre onshore.
Verify the System Mechanical Completion of Telecom Towers has been

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.6 860 CIVIL
3.6.8.6.1 861 MISCELLANEOUS | CIVIL | PROCESS AREA (INSIDE BATTERY LIMIT)
An area designed for processing unit, including control room, electrical sub-
station, analyzer house, pipe rack and etc.
Verify the System Mechanical Completion of all Process Area has been
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.6.2 862 MISCELLANEOUS | CIVIL | NON-PROCESS AREA (OUTSIDE BATTERY

LIMIT)
An area designed for all non proves civil facilities which may include
administration building, workshop, laundries, warehouse, material yard,
storage tank compounds, cooling tower, utility pump station, flare, fire-
fighting station, training grounds, cooling water intake, pipe rack and etc.
Verify the System Mechanical Completion of all Non Process Areahas been
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.6.3 863 MISCELLANEOUS | CIVIL | RECEIVING AREA
An area designed for hydrocarbon receiving weather from offshore or

onshore, The receiving facilities consist of civil facilities for Receiver, Control
building, Fencing and etc.
Verify the System Mechanical Completion of all Receiving Areahas been

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
3.6.8.6.4 864 MISCELLANEOUS | CIVIL | LAUNCHING/EXPORT AREA
An area designed for hydrocarbon export weather from offshore or onshore.

The export facilities consist of civil facilities for Launcher, Control building,
Fencing and etc.
Verify the System Mechanical Completion of all Launching/Export Areahas

been signed and all category A punch list have been closed.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
4.0 REFERENCES
The information in this section highlights the documents that could be made as references while
performing testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning activities. In a situation whereby
design, fabrication and installation information is required, reference to Exhibit IX of the
fabrication package would be deemed necessary.
4.1 Codes and Standards
These are documents recognized worldwide based on long term experiences in the
industry for many years. Examples are Codes and Standards produced by institutions such
as the American Petroleum Institute (API), American Society of Mechanical Engineers
(ASME) and so forth. Some of the relevant Codes and Standards deemed required for
testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning activities are:
ASME Section VIII Unfired Pressure Vessel,

ASME PTC 22 Performance Test Code on Gas Turbine
ASME PTC 10 Performance Test Code On Compressors and Exhausters
API 660 Shell and Tube Exchangers,
API 661 Air Cooled Exchangers,
ANSI B31.3 Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping,
API 610 Centrifugal Pumps,
API 650Tanks,
API 674 Positive Displacement Pumps - Reciprocating,
API 675 Positive Displacement Pumps - Controlled Volume,
API 617 Centrifugal Compressors,
API 618 Reciprocating Compressors,
API 619 Positive Displacement Compressors,
API RP 2 C Pedestal Cranes,
ISO-2372-1974 Mechanical Vibration of Machines,
ISO-2372-1974 Mechanical Vibration of Certain Rotating Electrical Machinery,
ASHRAE Heating, Ventilation and Air-conditioning,
API RP 550 Instrument and Controls Manual for Refinery Service
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
4.2 Construction Drawings
Only construction drawings of the latest revision should be used for testing, pre-
commissioning and commissioning activities. In an event a conflict arise from
interpretation of the requirements in the above documents, CARIGALI personnel shall be
consulted for clarification.
4.3 CARIGALI Standard Procedure (CSP)
Below is the minimum listing of PETRONAS Carigali Standard Procedure which contents are
considered directly relevant for Testing, Pre-commissioning and Commissioning activities,
namely:
CSP 03 Final Documentation Table of Content,
CSP 04 Project Specific Procedure Guideline,
CSP 03 Ship loose Packing Procedure,
CSP 13 Bolt Tightening Procedure,
CSP 21 Upstream Facilities Hand-over Manual,
CSP 22 Flushing &Hydrotest Procedure,
CSP 23 Coating System for Bolts & Nuts,
CSP 24 Glass Reinforced Epoxy Piping Procedure,
CSP 25 Reinstatement Leak Test Procedure.
4.4 PETRONAS Technical Specification
Below is a minimum listing of PETRONAS Technical Specifications (PTS) which contents are
considered directly relevant for testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning activities.
More information and details should be retrieved from specific equipment specifications
(refer to Exhibit IX of Contract Document).
20.094 Accuracy Requirements for Field Measurements,
20.167 Commissioning Engineering Manual,
50.007 Inspection Manual,
50.013 Handling, Storage and Preservation of Materials and Equipment,
32.32.10.10 Flow Instruments,
32.80.10.30 PLC-based Instrumented Protective Systems,
61.10.08.11 Field Inspection Prior To Commissioning of Mechanical Equipment,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
62.10.08.11 Field Inspection and Testing of Instruments and Instrument

Systems,
63.10.08.11 Field Commissioning and Maintenance of Electrical Installation
and Equipment,
70.79.10.10 Ex Electrical Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Guidelines
(Ex IMG),
70.10.70.11 The Preservation of Old and New Equipment and Piping Standing
Idle,
70.10.80.11 Cleaning of Equipment,
70.10.90.11 Spare Part for Initial and Normal Operation, and
70.10.90.81 SPIR Form.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.0 PROCEDURES
This section provides a description of the procedures involving testing, pre-commissioning and
commissioning activities. The procedures are provided only to assist CONTRACTOR as to the
path or steps anticipated by CARIGALI in performing the activities.
CONTRACTOR is advised to utilize fully vendor manuals and procedures as the vendor data tend
to provide more explicit details.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for identifying and developing procedures that are not
depicted under this section.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1 Mechanical and Piping Pre-commissioning Procedure
5.1.1 Turbine Driven Generators
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of turbine-driven

generators. This section covers only the mechanical portion. For electrical
requirements, refer to Section 5.2.1 of the Electrical Pre-commissioning
Procedures.
5.1.1.1 Pre-Startup Checks and Verification
i) Cleanliness of lube oil tank and if provided with breather or vent

pipe.
ii) Cleanliness of liquid or gas fuel, air, and lube oil filters. Replace
as necessary.
iii) Checks lube oil for contamination. Add or replace lube oil if
necessary.
iv) Check hydraulic start system oil lubricator level.Add or replace

as necessary.
v) Temporary turbine exhaust has been installed and vent to a safe

place.
vi) Fuel gas shutdown valve is vented off to a safe place.
vii) Lube oil fan cooler, pulley alignment, belt tension and bearing
lubrication.
viii) Leaks on associated piping connection air, gas/liquid, lube oil

and drain lines.
ix) Functional test of fire dampers.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.1.2 Startup and Testing
Start-up and testing procedure depicted below is for the cranking

test of the turbine only. Coupled test of the whole unit shall be
evaluated on case basis by the respective engineers.
i) Ensure sufficient starting air in the system.
ii) Energise and start pre-post lube oil pump.
iii) Checks lube oil system for any leak.
iv) Verify lube oil pressure and temperature.
v) Energise and start enclosure ventilation system.
vi) Energise the hydraulic starting system.
vii) Verify turbine cranking speed is achieved.
viii) Document all tests and checks performed.
ix) Preserve the equipment after the test if not to be used for other
activities.
Note: Refer to ITR-B for additional parameters to be checked

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.2 Diesel Engine and Gas Engine Driven Generators
This procedure serves as a guideline in the pre-commissioning of the diesel-

engine-driven or gas-engine-driven generators. This section covers only the
mechanical portion. For electrical requirements, refer Section 5.2.2 of the
Electrical Pre-commissioning Procedures.
i) Visual inspection for any leakage of lube oil, fuel and cooling
water.
ii) Verify radiator is full and coolant is added with corrosion

inhibitor.
iii) Check crankcase lube oil for any sign of water and top-up or
replace as necessary.
iv) Lube oil level control is installed at correct elevation.
v) Radiator fan, pulley and belt alignment, belt tensioning and

bearing lubrication.
vi) Air starter engine is provided with lubricator, top-up if required.
vii) Exhaust of air starter is discharged to a safe place.
viii) Diesel or gas engine is provided with spark arresting silencer and
piping is insulated.
ix) Cleanliness of air, gas or liquid filter elements. Replace if

necessary.
x) Fuel gas shutdown valve is vented off to a safe place.
xi) Diesel fuel tank cleanliness, overflow arrangement and

availability of sight glass, float valve and remote shut-off valve.
xii) Engine and generator bearings are lubricated and greased.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
i) Once engine started, check and verify the following conditions :-
a) Direction of rotation,
b) Sufficient starting air,
c) Oil level in sump pump casing has been top-up or replaced,
d) Lube oil pressure and temperature,
e) Exhaust temperature,
f) Cooling water pressure and temperature,
g) Noise level (in decibel) and speed in revolutions per minutes

(rpm),
h) Governor operation.
ii) Perform continuous run testing at the following conditions :-
a) One (1) hour at no load,
b) One (1) hour at fifty (50%) percent load,
c) One (1) hour at seventy five (75%) percent load,
d) Four (4) hours at one hundred (100%) percent load (for gas
engine only),
e) For seventy two (72) hours at one hundred (100%) percent

load (for diesel engine only).
iii) Log operating data as per ITR at one-half (1/2) hour intervals.
iv) Hot alignment check after initial run.
v) Document all tests and checks performed.
vi) Preserve the equipment after the test if not to be used for other
activities.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.3 Diesel Engine Driven Firewater Pumps
This procedure serves as a guideline in the pre-commissioning of diesel-engine-

driven firewater pumps.
5.1.3.1 Pre-Startup Check and Verification
i) Check engine radiator, top-up coolant and ensure corrosion

inhibitor is added.
ii) Check engine crankcase and gearbox lube oil for any sign of
debris or water contamination. Add or replace lube oil if
necessary.
iii) Check diesel fuel reservoir tank for cleanliness, sight glass, float
valve, remote shut-off valve, overflow are provided.
iv) Check all fuel, lube oil and air filters and elements for cleanliness
and replace if necessary.
v) Check air starter id provided with lubricator and top-up or

replace if necessary.
vi) Check radiator fan, pulley alignment, belt tension, size and
length.
vii) Check all external bearing lubrication/greasing if necessary.
viii) Check direction of gearbox dive shaft rotation, rotate freely by

hand and ensure it matches engine rotation.
ix) Visually check pump accessories, shafting, strainers, threaded

couplings and pipe columns.
i) Remove engine-to-gearbox coupling and start the engine.
ii) Check for noise and vibration.
iii) Verify engine speed.
iv) Test for manual and auto start-up shutdown.
v) Check and confirm status indication.
vi) Perform four (4) hours continuous no-load run of the engine.
vii) Log operating data at thirty (30) minutes intervals.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
viii) Test engine overspeed shutdown.
ix) Document all test and checks performed
x) Preserve the equipment after the test

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.4 Electric Motor Driven Submersible Pumps
This procedure serves as a guide for the pre-commissioning of the submersible

pumps.
i) Check pumps column accessories like bolts, gasket, etc. are

stainless steel 316 or as required.
ii) Check condition of lifting device, safe working load of slings,

shackles and chain blocks.
iii) Check pump shaft could rotate freely by hand.
iv) Check for any threaded joint on the rotating element is

tightened to the recommended torque values.
As pump is installed offshore, only pump motor is tested onshore.

Refer to sub-section 5.2.1.2 Uncoupled Run Test of Electric Motors.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.5 Diesel-Engine-Driven Start Air Compressors
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of diesel-engine-

driven start air compressors.
5.1.5.1 Pre-Startup Checks and Verifications
i) Check for any sign of fuel, lube oil and water leakage.
ii) Check engine radiator for any leak, top-up coolant and ensure
corrosion inhibitor is added.
iii) Check engine and compressor lube oil for contamination; top-up
or replace as necessary.
iv) For belt-driven compressor, check pulley alignment, belt tension,

size and length.
v) Check fuel supply and top-up as necessary.
vi) Check engine cleaner and replace, clean if found dirty.
vii) Verify engine exhaust is provided with spark arresting silencer

and exhaust pipe insulated.
viii) Rotate engine and compressor shafts manually to ensure free

rotation.
5.1.5.2 Start-up and Testing
i) Start engine by manual crank or hydraulic start and run at

minimum speed.
ii) Check lube oil pressure and for leakage if any.
iii) Test manual shutdown of engine and re-start.
iv) Check for any excessive vibration or noise.
v) Monitor and record time taken for starting air pressure to built-
up to 150 pounds per square inch (Psi) gauge or to the required
maximum pressure.
vi) Carry out four (4) hours continuous running test of compressor.
vii) Log operating data at thirty (30) minutes intervals.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ix) Preserve equipment after test if not to be used for other

activities.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.6 Electric-Motor-Driven Air Compressors
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of electric-

motor-driven air compressors.
i) Check lubrication, lube oil sump, lube oil filter and top-up with
right grade oil to required level.
ii) Check pulley alignment, belt tension and ensure proper belt size
has been used.
iii) Verify intake filters clean and correctly installed.
iv) Turn compressor and motor shafts by hand to ensure free

rotation.
i) Start-up motor and verify correct rotation.
ii) Test manual and emergency shutdown function.
iii) Check status of indication light, test the lead/lag sequence and
start sequence.
iv) Test pressure control, automatic loading/unloading function.
v) Check cooler fan and main motor interlock.
vi) Carry out seventy-two (72) hours continuous running test and
record operating data at two (2) hours intervals.
vii) Monitor and record oil consumption.
ix) Preserve the equipment after the test if not to be used for other
activities.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.7 Diesel-Engine-Driven Survival Crafts (Life Boat)
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of survival crafts.
i) Check the winch system for the following:-
a) Turn motor shaft to ensure free rotation of motor and

gearbox.
b) Gearbox lube oil for contamination, top-up or replace as

necessary.
c) Ensure winch wire rope lubrication has been done as per

vendor recommendation.
d) Wire rope provided has sufficient length to lower the boat

to sea level and properly wind on drum.
ii) Check the engine for the following:-
a) Engine lube oil; top-up or replace if necessary.
b) Engine starting system, hand crank lever or battery start.
c) Diesel fuel tank is filled.
i) Start winch motor to confirm correct direction of rotation.
ii) Function test lowering and lifting of winch with smaller load
than the actual weight of boat.
iii) Function test of over winch cut off switch at least three (3) times
without failure.
iv) Test lifting and lowering of the craft. Monitor lifting and
lowering speed.
Note: This is possible if sufficient room is available between

platform and ground.
v) Third party to witness and certify load test of winch and brake
capacity.
vi) Test run boat engine.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
vii) Carry out one (1) hour sea trial test of the boat at fabrication
yard jetty.
viii) Check for any leaks after sea trial test.
ix) Function test craft cooling sprinkler subsystem.
x) Document all tests and checks performed.
xi) Preserve the equipment after the test.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.8 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of heating,

ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) units.
i) Check intake filters and pressurization fans:-
a) Inlet filet condition and installation,
b) Type of inlet filter and protecting guard,
c) Fan impeller and motor to ensure free rotation,
d) Pulley alignment, belt size, tension and bearinglubrication or

greasing,
e) Electrical check on motor, cabling and starter of fan has

been completed, and
ii) Check all dampers for the following:-
a) Damper condition, blade material and correct installation,
b) Electrical check and function test of actuator, limit switch

and remote indicator,
c) Test dampers at a minimum of four (4) times with 100

percent success.
iii) Check air-cooled condensing unit for the following:-
a) Base compressor and motor to ensure free rotation,
b) That refrigeration system has been vacuumed and changed

with refrigerant, and
c) Refrigeration piping insulation material confirm to

specification.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iv) Check/verify air handling unit for the following:-
a) Flexible duct connector are fire resistance,
b) Fan pulled alignment, belt size and tension,
c) Mixing box and return fresh air damper installation,
d) Electrical check on motors, cabling and motor control center

(MCC) has been done, and
e) Verify operation of air flow switch.
v) Verify HVAC control panel electrical checks have been done and
all indicating lights are functioning.
vi) Check general condition of ducting if construction and

installation conforms to specifications.
i) Start-up first pressurization fan and verify that fan rotation is

correct.
ii) Check fan any excessive vibration or noise and motor running
amperes.
iii) Check control panel indication, allow fan to run for at least thirty
(30) minutes and check fan capacity.
iv) Start-up the first fan,
v) Start-up air cooled condensing and air handling units and verify
the following:-
a) Motor rotation is correct,
b) Any excessive vibration or noise,
c) Refrigeration tubing for any leak,
d) Air handling fan capacity, and
e) Running ampere of all electric motor.
vi) Start electric duct heater.
vii) Verify control panel indicating lights.
viii) Adjust all volume damper indicating lights.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ix) Adjust thermostat to verify temperature control is functioning.
x) Test control and shutdown system.
xi) Carry out seventy two (72) hours continuous test run of the
complete system and record ambient or room wet and dry bulb
temperature at three (3) hours interval.
xii) Switch over and test the standby unit after thirty six (36) hours
of continuous running.
xiii) Document all the tests and checks performed.
xiv) Preserve the unit after test if not to be used for other activities.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.9 Pedestal Cranes
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of diesel engine

driven pedestal cranes.
i) Check engine crankcase lube oil for any sign of dirt or water;
top-up or replace if necessary.
ii) Check engine radiator, top-up coolant and ensure that

corrosion inhibitor is added.
iii) Check radiator fan, pulley alignment, belt size, belt tension and
bearing lubrication.
iv) Check engine breather and vent pipe if provided.
v) Check air starting or hydraulic starting system if provided with

lubricator, top-up lube oil if necessary.
vi) Check engine exhaust if provided with spark arresting silencer

and the complete exhaust pipe is insulated.
vii) Check diesel fuel tank for cleanliness, filling arrangement, drain
and sight glass. Fill up with diesel and check for any leakage.
viii) For electric motor power pack driver, check hold down bolts of
motor and verify electrical check of motor, cabling and motor
control center has been completed.
ix) Check hydraulic system for:-
a) Hydraulic lines connections, filters and system has been

flushed, and
b) Hydraulic hoses arrangement if neatly dressed.
x) Check structure and boom for:-
a) A frame for any distortion or damage,
b) Boom chord and lacing members for any distortion or

damage,
c) Grease pivot joints of boom,
d) Load rating of crane is permanently stenciled on the

boom,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
e) Access ladders and handrails are acceptable,
f) Cabin doors, window and wipers, and
g) Alarm horn.
xi) Check boom hoist:-
a) At least two (2) wraps of rope remain on the drum when

the hoist is at its extreme operation position.
b) Hoist rope are properly lubricated,
c) Lubrication of sheaves and bearings,
d) Rope end anchorage, and
e) Brake band adjustment as per vendors instruction.
xii) Check main hoist and block:-
a) At least two (2) wraps of rope remain on the drum when

the block is at level with the boom at maximum angle,
b) Hoist rope condition and ensure proper lubrication,
c) Grease hook and all sheaves,
d) Rope end anchorage, and
e) Ensure brake band adjustment as for vendors instruction.
xiii) Check auxiliary hoist and block:-
a) At least 2 wraps of remain on the drum when the block is

at sea level with the boom at maximum angle,
b) Hoist rope condition and ensure proper lubrication,
c) Ensure all sheaves are lubricated and check wire rope

end anchorage, and
d) Ensure brake band adjustment as per vendors

instruction.
xiv) Check slew gears and bolts:-
a) Ensure tightening of ring bolts as per vendors instruction

with correct torque value,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
b) Slew gears are free of dirt and ensure proper lubrication

has been done, and
c) Ensure turntable bearing has been lubricated.
i) Start-up power pack and test local and remote shutdown

function.
ii) Check that control level returns to neutral position when

released,
iii) Check and record hydraulic pressure on main hoist, auxiliary

hoist, boom hoist and slewing,
iv) Check proper functioning of load and radius indicator,
v) Set and test at least three (3) times the functioning of limit
switches of the main hoist anti-two-block, auxiliary hoist anti-
two-block, over-luffing, under-luffing and slewing.
vi) Check and record the speed of main hoist, auxiliary hoist and
slewing,
vii) Simulate and test all protective function and operation function
of diesel engine,
viii) Demonstrate override function for emergency covering of

boom and slewing if necessary,
ix) Carry out load test witness by third party and certificate of
fitness to be issued,
x) Document all tests and checks performed,
xi) Preservation of equipment to be done if not to be used.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.10 Vapour Compression Type Water Makers
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of vapour-

compression-type water makers.
i) Check pulley and belt alignment, belt tensioning of distillation,

lube oil and re-circulation pumps,
ii) Check pulley and belt alignment, belt tensioning on compressor

and driver transmission.
iii) Check compressor transmission safety guard,
iv) Check lube oil grade type and level in compressor sump, top-up
or replace as required,
v) Check treatment storage tank is filled with distilled water of

correct quantity of chemical,
vi) Check all strainers and filters for duplex feed water, discharge
from re-circulating pump and lube oil are clean. Replace if
necessary,
vii) Check direction of rotation of lube oil pump, compressor,

distillate and re-circulation pump.
The following steps and tests are feasible only if clean seawater is
available at the fabrication yard.
i) Start-up lube oil pump,
ii) Monitor lube oil level and pressure to compressor. Add lube oil
if necessary.
iii) Prime distillate pump with fresh potable water to prevent

mechanical seal damage during start-up.
iv) Start-up the unit in according with the vendors procedure.
v) Check and record the following data when unit is in operation:-
a) Lube oil pump discharge pressure,
b) Distillate pump discharge pressure,

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
c) Re-circulation pump discharge pressure, and
d) Chemical feed pump discharge pressure.
vi) Prime chemical treatment proportioning pump and set stroke

setting in accordance with vendor recommendations.
vii) Functional check shall be verified during equipment operation

for the following:-
a) Heat exchanger inlet and outlet pressures and

temperatures,
b) Lube oil pressure and temperature,
c) Surge control relay shutdown,
d) Water levels in boiler, and
e) Operation of safety reset relay.
viii) Check distillate, blowdown and boiler temperatures are as per

vendor specification.
ix) Check panel indication lights are functioning as per

specification.
x) Check for cold flushing function,
xi) Document all tests and checks performed,
xii) Preservethe equipment after the test if not to be used for other
activities.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.11 Wellhead Diesel Injection Pumps
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of diesel engine

driven wellhead diesel injection pumps.
i) Check/inspect lube oil sump tank for cleanliness, breather or

vent pipe, dipstick arrangement and correct grade of lube oil,
ii) Check all filter elements for cleanliness and replace if necessary,
iii) Check engine radiator and cooling water jackets, top-up

coolant and ensure corrosion inhibitor is added,
iv) Check starting air system or battery starter are adequately

installed.
v) Check pump operability of mechanical lubricator.
vi) Check/inspect the pump plunger packing installation:-
a) Correct type and number of packing ring,
b) Correct box gland follower is square with face of box,
c) Gland lubrication and sealing fluid piping arrangement is

correctly fitted.
i) Remove engine-to-pump shaft coupling,
ii) Test run diesel engine without pump i.e. no load test,
iii) Check engine for vibration and noise,
iv) Test engine start and stop button several times,
v) Check engine lube oil pressure and temperature,
vi) Check engine cooling water temperature,
vii) Check engine over-speed shutdown,
viii) Monitor engine running condition for two (2) hours,
ix) Document all tests and checks performed,
x) Preserve equipment after the test.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.12 Electric-Motor-Driven Centrifugal Pump
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of electric-motor-

driven centrifugal pumps.
i) Check pump shaft seal/packing and record make, type and

model,
ii) Check pump suction strainer or that temporary strainer is

provided,
iii) Check or verify motor, gearbox and pump shafts can be rotated
freely by hand.
i) Start motor manually to check for correct rotation,
ii) Test manual and remote shutdown function,
iii) Check for any noise or vibration,
iv) Verify gearbox lube oil pressure build up,
v) Record discharge pressure at zero flow and motor running

ampere,
vi) Fill-up surge tank or vessel with water and test for automatic
start-up.
vii) Simulate tank/vessel level and function test level and re-
circulation control,
viii) Check control panel indication lights and motor running,
ix) Check and confirm correct Distributed Control System signal.
x) Test lead and lag operation of pump if equipped,
xi) Carry out four (4) hours continuous running test,
xii) Record operating data at thirty (30) minutes intervals,
xiii) Document all tests and checks performed. Preserve the

equipment after test if not to be used for other activities.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.13 Gas- And Diesel-Engine-Driven Centrifugal Pumps
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of gas-engine-

driven and diesel-engine-driven centrifugal pumps.
i) Check engine radiator, top-up coolant and ensure that

sufficient corrosion inhibitor is added,
ii) Check engine crankcase lube oil for any sign of contamination,
top-up or replace oil as required,
iii) Check correct elevation of oil level control,
iv) Check radiator fan, pulley alignment, belt size, tension and
external bearing lubrication,
v) Check lube oil, fuel, air, cooling water filters and its elements
for cleanliness and replace as required,
vi) Check bearing arrangement and manual crank of the engine,
vii) Check air or hydraulic starter of engine is provided with

lubricator start system and check for leaks,
viii) Check air starter exhaust is discharged to a safe area,
ix) Verify engine if provided with a spark arresting silencer and

exhaust pipe is fully insulated,
x) Verify turbocharger is covered with removable insulation

blanket,
xi) Check engine cooling water pump, pulley alignment, belt size,
tension and water piping,
xii) Verify coupling guard is non-sparking type and coupling rating

is sufficient,
xiii) For diesel engine check diesel tank for cleanliness and supply
and return line has been flush and reinstated,
xiv) Check gearbox and pump lube oil for contamination, top-up or
replace as necessary,
xv) Turn gearbox and pump shafts manually to ensure they rotate
freely,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
xvi) Check pump shaft seal or packing (mechanical seal),
xvii) Check pump bearing lubrication or greasing,
xviii) Check pump suction strainer element or that temporary

strainer is provided,
xix) Dry test control panel and confirm start-up valve opening
sequence and timing.
i) Ensure sufficient starting air in the system,
ii) Ensure fuel (liquid or gas) is sufficient for the duration of test.
iii) Uncoupled run the engine and carry out intermittent on-load
run of 5, 10 and 20 minutes using bottled gas or liquid fuel,
iv) Monitor the following parameters during the uncoupled test

run:-
a) Any abnormal noise or vibration,
b) Any leakage of lube oil or water,
c) Lube oil pressure build-up for engine and gearbox,
d) Indication status on control panel,
e) Engine and gearbox lube oil differential pressures,
v) Coupled run the engine and carry out four (4) hours continuous
load run using fresh water,
vi) Long operating data at every thirty (30) minute intervals,
vii) Document all tests and checks performed,
viii) Preserve equipment if not to be used for other activities.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.14 Gas-Engine-Driven Reciprocating Gas Compressors
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of gas-engine-

driven reciprocating gas compressors.
i) Check engine radiator,
ii) Check engine crankcase lube oil for any sign of dirt or water,
top-up or replace and check for any leak,
iii) Check engine breather or vent,
iv) Check radiator fan, pulley alignment, belt tension, belt size and
bearing lubrication,
v) Check if air starter engine is provided with lubricator, top-up

lube oil or charge-up hydraulic start system,
vi) Check exhaust of air starter is discharged to a safe place,
vii) Check engine if provided with a spark arresting silencer and

exhaust pipe is insulated,
viii) Check turbocharger is covered with removable insulation

blanket,
ix) Check coupling guard and ensure of non-sparkling type,
x) Check fuel gas filter and replace if necessary,
xi) Check and adjust fuel gas control valves as required.
xii) Check fuel gas shutdown valve and ensure it is vented to a safe
area,
xiii) Check compressor and gearbox lube oil for any sign of dirt or
water. Top-up or replace if necessary,
xiv) Check and record compressor crosshead clearances on all

corners.
xv) Check and record crankshaft thrust clearance,
xvi) Check and record piston end clearances,
xvii) Check and record compressor rod run out for each throw,
xviii) Check all packing vent are vent to a safe area,

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
xix) Bar compressor shaft over to ensure that it turns freely,
xx) Check that temporary strainers are installed on the upstream of

each throw,
xxi) Carry out simulation test on the following:-
a) Low jacket water trip,
b) Low engine lube oil pressure trip,
c) Low compressor lube oil pressure trip,
d) Compressor cylinder lube oil on flow shutdown,
e) Recycle valve functioning,
f) Suction scrubber high liquid level shutdown,
g) 1st/2nd stage scrubber high liquid level shutdown.
5.1.14.2 Startup and Test Run
i) Energise and start-up pre-port lube oil pump, observe and

record lube oil pressure, differential pressure across filter and
leaks if any,
ii) Crank the engine with all engine spark plugs and fifty (50)
percent of compressor suction valves removed,
iii) Perform intermittent no-load run of five (5), ten (10) and
twenty (20) minutes using bottled gas and observe the
following:-
a) Abnormal noise or vibration,
b) Leakage of oil and water,
c) Did engine, gear box and compressor lube oil pressure

build up immediately?
d) Is force feed lubrication functioning properly?
e) Feed rate shall be adjusted as per requirement,
f) Engine and compressor lube oil differential pressures,
g) Is control panel status indication correctly?
iv) Check that Distributed Control System signals are correct,

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
v) Carry out four (4) hours continuous no-load run and log
operating data at every thirty (30) minute intervals,
vi) Test and record engine over-speed shutdown,
vii) Document all tests and checks performed,
viii) Preserve equipment after the test.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.15 Turbine-Driven Centrifugal Compressors
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of turbine-driven

centrifugal compressors.
i) Check turbine enclosure ventilation system,
ii) Conduct turbine water wash with approved chemical to be

used,
Note: This should be performed if turbine engine test is confirmed

able to be carried out. Else, wash to be done offshore.
iii) Ensure fuel gas shutdown valve relief line is vent to a safe place.
iv) Ensure fuel gas/liquid fuel control valve is calibrated or

adjusted to required setting,
v) Check cleanliness of liquid and gas fuel strainers,
vi) After flushing is completed, lube oil to be tested for cleanliness

or contamination, replace if necessary,
vii) Ensure seal gas system control instruments and control valves
have been functionally tested.
The following tests shall be performed with compressors uncoupled.
i) Energise motor control center for turbine enclosure.
ii) Start-up pre/post lube oil pump, check for abnormalities, flow
and oil pressure,
iii) Adjust control valves setting as required,
iv) Start-up enclosure ventilation system and check for

abnormalities,
v) Crank turbine to check and test electro-hydraulic starting

system or the electric motor starting system,
vi) Document all tests and checks performed. Preserve

equipment after the test.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.16 Reinstatement Leak Test Procedure
Reinstatement leak test is to be done after all components are installed except
certain components that are recommended not to be included ex: Compressor,
Pump. This general procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of
overall system.
5.1.16.1 Reinstatement Leak Test Pressure
i) The purpose of reinstatement leak test is to confirm that all

joints including isolating valves, double block and bleed valves,
relief valves and block valves are leak free. Tight shut-off valves
can be checked for positive shut-off during the test.
ii) All components such as instrumentations, valves and spectacle

blinds shall be installed prior to Leak Test, except for those that
are recommended to be excluded by the vendor/manufacturer.
iii) Reinstatement leak test of the system shall be performed at

pressure equal to ninety five (95) percent (%) of the lowest
rated relief valve set point or hundred and ten (110) percent (%)
of operating pressure if PSV not available.
5.1.16.2 Reinstatement Leak Test Packages
Reinstatement leak test packages shall be prepared by CONTRACTOR

for CARIGALI approval. The test packages shall:-
i) Identify the extent of the test, define the test media and
quantify the amount of re-instatement media required,
ii) Define valve and spectacle blind positions during the re-
instatement test as per operational mode,
iii) Identify depressurized line/point including injection and

measurement points,
iv) Identify and tag joints within the system that are not being
covered in the test.
v) Any leak shall be rectified by de-pressurizing the line first.

Leaking valves shall be re-conditioned or replaced as per
CARIGALIs recommendation.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.16.3 Test Instruments
i) Instruments used for reinstatement shall be calibrated and

witnessed by CARIGALI representative before the start of the
test and re-checked after successful completion of the test,
ii) Calibration record shall be established and signed by the

instrument technician conducting the calibration test and
CARIGALI representative witnessing the test. The calibration
report shall be incorporated in the reinstatement test report.
a) Test Gauges range shall be fifty (50) percent higher

than the test pressure,
b) Pressure Recorders range shall be fifty (50) percent

higher than test pressure,
c) Minimum dial size of four (4) inches and accuracy up to

one-fourth (1/4) of 1 percent of the fall scale.
5.1.16.4 Test Medium
i) The test medium is determined on the system process

requirement refer to para 6.2.1 Piping Matrix.
5.1.16.5 Procedure
i) Line check the system as per the respective test package which
covers the following:-
a) Valves and flanges were properly installed and tightened,
b) Check valves were installed on the right direction,
c) Vent and drain valve if any,
d) Line instrument and isolation valve,
e) Relief/safety valve and interlocking device,
f) Color-coded bond, line numbers and directional arrows
ii) Hook-up the source of reinstatement media and test

instrument as shown on the test pack,
iii) Install danger tags to all line valves, bleed valves, drain and
vent valves,
iv) Isolate temporarily the recorder from the system,

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
v) Where air is used as the test medium, a preliminary check of

the pressure not greater than fourteen (14) psig shall be
conducted. The pressure shall then gradually be increased in
increments not greater than 10 percent of the system test
pressure,
vi) When water is used as test medium, pressure shall be

increased in increments equal to 15,25,50,75 and 100 percent
of test pressure.
vii) Check for leaks using mixture of soap or snoop leak detector at
each pressure increment,
viii) Open the recorder isolating valve when the test pressure at the
gauge has stabilized. The test pressure shall be held for one
hour,
Note: Leaks occurring during this one-hour holding period shall

require the start of a new one-hour period after the leaks
have rectified.
ix) Conduct system pressurization and de-pressurization sequence

as highlighted in the test package to determine and identify any
leaking valves,
x) De-pressurize the system,
xi) Retrieve the danger tags and clean-up the area.
5.1.16.6 Test Report
The test report package for each system shall contain:-
i) Discrepancies and leaking valves highlighted on the

instatement test pack,
ii) Recorder chart signed by the commissioning engineer and

CARIGALI representative,
iii) Calibration record of the instruments,
iv) Issue reinstatement test acceptance certificate.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.17 Electro-Chlorinators
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of electro-

chlorinators.
i) Check that the hydrogen removal tank vent trunking is

complete and flame arrestor fitted,
ii) Clean seawater supply is available.
5.1.17.2 Manual Start-up and Testing
i) Ensure that valves are properly lined-up,
ii) Switch to manual and normal,
iii) Switch on power supply and phase healthy lights illuminate,
iv) Verify control circuits are now operational,
v) Operate lamp Test, Alarm Accept and system Rest, alarms

which will remain on, are low tank level, vent failure and low
flow through electrolyser,
Note: These faults are by-passed on start-up.
vi) Check that indicator lights reflect a true plant state and Plant
Ready light must be illuminated,
vii) Start fan and Vent Healthy lamp should illuminate. Press reset
pushbutton to clear vent failure alarm,
viii) Check that seawater inlet valve has opened when fan was
started.
ix) When flow through electrolyser exist, start transformer

rectifier,
x) Increase the setting of variable resistor to a nominal setting

and monitor increase in direct current (DC) voltage and current,
xi) Check level switch high operates at 75 millimeters below the

overflow pipe. Open tank outlet valve fully,
xii) Simulate the low flow shutdown condition by gradually closing

electrolyser outlet valve,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
xiii) Re-establish flow to design requirement, reset and restart the

system.
5.1.17.3 AUTOMATIC Start-up and Testing
i) Ensure plant status is the same as for manual operation

sequence,
ii) Select auto and normal switch,
iii) Check that transformer rectifier is available with no fault lights,
iv) Check that indicator lights reflect a true state of plant,
v) Adjust the setting of variable resistor to a nominal setting

required,
vi) Press Auto Start at panel broad and monitor the unit starting
up,
vii) Open hypochlorite outlet valve,
viii) With plant running satisfactorily press Auto Stop button and
monitor the unit shutting down,
ix) Re-start the plant and start variable resistor progressively in

gradual steps to give the maximum output,
x) Check and record all cell voltages when all operating conditions
are stable,
xi) Adjust variable resistor to nominal setting required and

conduct seventy two (72) hour test run,
xii) Record and check performance every two (2) hours and
indicate any adverse trends.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.18 Nitrogen Gas Generators
This procedure serves as a guideline for the pre-commissioning of nitrogen

generation equipment.
i) Check that instrument air supply is between 5.6 to 8.3 Bar

gauge and temperature less than 43C,
ii) Ensure plant is in unit shutdown mode and that all actuated
ball valves are shut,
iii) Ensure indication lamps has been established for functioning,
i) Switch on panel power supply,
ii) Acknowledge any indication alarms if any,
iii) Activate manual override of high oxygen content trip switch on

the panel,
iv) Unlatch stop push button on the panel and press start-up
button. The generation will begin operating automatically
according to the timed sequences,
v) As receiver pressure builds, open bleed valve in the nitrogen

outlet line, to provide a through flow. Keep monitoring this
flow and maintain receiver pressure above the alarm
point,Cancel the manual override on oxygen high content trip,
vi) Open the block valve on nitrogen receiver outlet to the

distribution header and shutoff the bleed valve on nitrogen
outlet line,
vii) Reset alarm annunciator button. Ensure that pressure control

valve upstream of nitrogen receiver outlet maintain a back
pressure at 6.5 Bar gauge,
viii) Monitor the oxygen content per vendor specification
ix) Document all test and checks performed,
x) Preserve the equipment if not used for other activities.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.19 Standard Alignment Procedure
This procedure stipulates the requirements for checking shaft alignment for
various rotating equipment. This includes areas such as prime mover i.e. turbine,
engine or motor, to gearbox, prime mover to driven equipment such as
compressor, pump or generator, gearbox to driven equipment and prime mover to
pulley.
There are several methods for achieving a good alignment. The requirements
listed below are only minimum. For the proper method and for more accurate
details, manufacturer alignment procedure shall be referred to.
5.1.19.1 Reverse Alignment
i) Attach the alignment brackets firmly to both shafts and

position the indicator on the perimeter of the other shaft as
shown in Figure 5-1.
ii) Set the indicators to zero at the 12 oclock position,
iii) Then slowly rotate both the shafts and bracket arrangement to
90 degree intervals stopping at 3 oclock, 6 oclock and 9
oclock positions. Record reading at each position,
Note: Counter clockwise readings shall be indicated as a negative

(-) value and clockwise readings are indicated as positive (+)
value.
iv) Then return to the 12 oclock position to see if the indicator(s)

return to zero,
v) Repeat steps (ii) to (iv) to verify the first set of readings,
vi) Measure the distance between the outboard and inboard feet
of both equipment.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
LINE UP INDICATORS AXIALLY

MARK PERIPHERIES AT 90 DEGREE
INTERVALS
COUPLING DISTANCE
DRIVER SIDE DRIVER SIDE
ALL CLOCK READINGS TO BE TAKEN COUPLING HUBS HELD IN THE

VIEWING DRIVING UNIT SAME RELATIVE POSITION TO
EACH OTHER WHEN SHAFTS ARE
RELATED TOGETHER
Figure 5-1: Reverse Alignment Indicator Position

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
vii) Measure the distance from the dial indicator to the bracket
mounting position.
viii) Plot all graph with obtain reading on appropriate graphing

paper (attached) and find out the correct shims.
5.1.19.2 Peripheral and Lace Alignment
i) Attach the alignment bracket firmly to one shaft and position

the indication on the face and perimeter of the other shaft,
ii) Zero the indicator at the 12 oclock position,
iii) Slowly rotate both shafts and bracket arrangements through 90

degrees interval stopping at 3 oclock, 6 oclock and 9 oclock
position. Record each reading (plus or minus),
iv) Return to the 12 oclock position to see if the indicator returns

to zero,
v) Repeat steps ii) through iv) to verify the first set of readings,
vi) Record all results in Alignment ITRs,
vii) Plot all readings using graph paper inclusive of the following
parameters:-
a) The distance between the inboard and outboard feet on both

machines,
b) The distance from the top of the indicator reading to the

bottom (or hub radius),
c) The distance from the dial indicator to the bracket mounting

position,
viii) Compute the required shim plates to attain the correct

alignment,
5.1.19.3 Calibrated Eyeball
i) Check the in-line straightness of the driver and driven by

pointing your view from one of the (driver or driven) hub to
another,
ii) Adjust vertical alignment by putting shims at the mounting,

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iii) Adjust horizontal alignment by adjusting the jack bolt on the

left or right,
5.1.19.4 Straight Edge Method
i) Use straight edge steel bar,
ii) Put the straight edge bar on the top or sides of driver
and driven hubs,
iii) The misalignment of the equipment can be seen roughly

as the clearance between the hub and straight edge bar,
iv) Adjust this to get a correct alignment.
5.1.19.5 Taper or Feeler Gauge Method
i) Put the feeler gauge in between the two hubs (driver

and driven),
ii) Put the feeler gauge on the 0 degree, 90 degrees, 180

degrees and 270 degrees to check the clearance,
iii) If there is a difference in clearance (misalignment),

adjust to get the correct alignment.
Note: Refer to Vendor or third party for laser alignment method

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.1.20 Nitrogen Purging Procedure
5.1.20.1 Objective
The objective is to purge oxygen from the hydrocarbon systems i.e.

process gas, process liquid and fuel gas, prior to introduction of
hydrocarbon. This is accomplished by introducing nitrogen into
system to less than 4 percent oxygen.
5.1.20.2 Preparation
i) Verify mechanical completion, commissioning and other

preparatory activities have been completed, and all
relevant ITRs and certification formalities complied
correctly up this point,
ii) The necessary barriers and warning signs are placed

around the system to be purged,
iii) Industrial water in sufficient quantities is available,
iv) Sufficient nitrogen bottles with regulators and manifolds

are available (if facilities is not equipped with a nitrogen
generating equipment),
v) Oxygen analyzers and portable radio for operators is

available,
vi) A dedicated set for P&IDs are maintained to record

valve settings and purging progress.
5.1.20.3 Procedure
Package should include listing of nitrogen fitting points, venting

points and oxygen analysis point.
i) Isolate the system to be purged by closing all isolation valves

except nitrogen fitting point,
ii) Fit nitrogen connection as indicated, open the block valve,

adjust regulator to required setting and commence admitting
nitrogen,
iii) Allow pressures in the system to rise to around 2 Bar gauge and
then shut the nitrogen supply,
iv) Hold the pressure for 30 minutes to allow dilution of oxygen,

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
v) After holding for 30 minutes, open up the vent valves. As

pressures now fall, re-open nitrogen supply to maintain a
reasonably steady flow,
vi) Continue venting for around four (4) hours, ensuring a constant
flow of nitrogen through all designated routes. Appropriate
adjustment to nitrogen input and output to maintain
appropriate pressure,
vii) When four (4) hours have elapsed commence checking oxygen
content for every 15 minutes on each of the listed points. Keep
record of the time and test results,
viii) Upon two (2) consecutive test from all sample point show less
than 4 percent oxygen,close all vent valves and allow pressures
to reach about 5 pounds per square inch (Psi) gauge,
ix) Shut off the nitrogen supply
x) Maintain a positive pressure until system gas up or

hydrocarbon introduction.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2 Electrical Pre-commissioning Procedures
5.2.1 Insulation Resistance Test Procedure
Insulation resistance testing of electrical cable shall be performed by using a 500

Volt DC Insulation Tester (for Low Voltage as per PTS 63.10.08.11), to measuring
insulation resistance of the electrical cable cores to ground and cores to cores. The
procedures shall be as follows:-
i) Ensure proper installation of joints and terminations, proper

shield/armoured grounding, cable support and termination of
conductors
ii) Inject test voltage then measure the insulation resistance (IR)
of each conductor with all other conductors and shields
grounded.
iii) Discharge all conductors to ground for a minimum period of 1

minute
iv) Torque all bolts to recommended manufacturers standard.
v) Record all test result
For medium and high voltage (MV/ HV) Cables the procedure shall follows steps as
per ITR E-22-B
For submarine cable, the procedure shall follows steps as per ITR E-23-B.
5.2.2 Turbine-Driven Main Power Generator
5.2.2.1 Electrical Checks and Test of Generator
i) Carry out insulation resistance test on rotor bearing (applicable

for insulated bearing), main rotor winding, rotating diodes,
exciter rotor and exciter stator windings, and generator heaters,
ii) Carry out a polarization index test on the main stator winding,
iii) Check and confirm that the rotating diode connection are
correctly installed,
iv) Check correct operation of humidity detectors,
v) Functional test all Resistance Temperature Detectors (RTD) and

thermocouples fitted to winding and bearings,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
vi) Check neutral earthing resistor connections, earth impedance,

insulation resistance, and cross-sectional area of earth lead and
measure all earth resistance values,
vii) Calibration and current injection test of protection relays and

verify relay setting,
viii) Measure resistance values of earth-lead conductors for

Generator skid, low voltage terminal box, neutral earth resistor
terminal box and casing
ix) Functional test of Generator Metering and Control System.
5.2.2.2 Functional Tests Turbine Engine Electric Motors
i) Uncoupled and coupled run test of turbine engine on-skid

electric motors in accordance with subsection 5.2.11.
ii) Check the rotation direction of electro-hydraulic start motor

with the charge pump inlet arrow showing the same direction
as the pump.
5.2.2.3 Turbine Enclosure Fire and Gas Detection and Fire Suppression
System
i) Check completeness of installation in accordance with

assembly drawings,
ii) Check all terminations are correct and all terminals are tight.
iii) Verify that the rating of all the fuses are as per schematic
drawings,
iv) Ensure right card type is used for each slot of Fire and Gas input
and output (I/O) card. Mark the card appropriately after
checking.
v) Connect direct current power supply voltage and verify if

polarity is correct,
vi) Turn on power supply circuit breaker and verify power

distribution to all points as per schematic,
vii) Functional check of Common Control Board switch functions

such as Reset, Alarm Silence, Fault Silence and Lamp Test,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
viii) Functional check of Fire Suppression Control Board that

provides all input and output functions, programmable logic,
and system status indicators for suppression system activation,
ix) Functional check of all Fire Detection System controllers,
x) All ultra-violet (U/V) flame detectors are to be tested by

activating U/V test heads using U/V test lamps,
xi) Test all heat detectors by applying considerable heat source

such as heat gun,
xii) Apply gas concentration of 50 percent Low Explosive Limit (LEL)

to gas detection sensor, using portable purge calibrator for
specified gas (methane, propane, etc),
xiii) Perform logic test and verify conformance to the established

Fire and Gas Shutdown Matrix.
5.2.2.4 Engine Pre-Startup
i) Verify that charger circuit breakers are ON,
ii) Verify that all gage isolation valves at generator panel are in
open position,
iii) Verify skid-mounted Fire System Auto/Inhibit switches

positioned to Auto,
iv) Switch On circuit breaker panel inside the console, verify that
all control system circuit breakers are closed (ON position),
v) Switch On Fire System Supervisory/Release Panel inside

console, verity the only light illuminated is green i.e. circuit
current (DC) power on,
vi) Verify that Reduced Speed Test Crank and Water Wash
switches on Turbine Control Panel is de-activated,
vii) Verify Fire System Auto/Inhibit switch is in Auto position (fire

system enabled),
viii) Verify breaker control circuit is in Trip (open) position or and

that Circuit Breaker Open indication light illuminates,
ix) Verify operation of generator space heater,

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
x) Verify that voltage and engine speed Isochronous/Droop

switches are positioned as required for intended mode of
operation,
Note: For mechanical Pre-Initial Start-Up checks, refer to Section

5.1.2
5.2.2.5 Alarm and Shutdown Tests
Tests shall be conducted by operation of the system (if possible) by

simulation of the appropriate signal condition or both. All limits and
set-point shall be verified. System tests shall include:-
i) Turbine Engine
a) Pre-post lube oil pump shutdown,
b) Fail-to-Crank and Fail-to-Start shutdown,
c) Speed Sensor Probes shutdown,
d) Gas Producer and Power Turbine over-speed shutdown,
e) Power Turbine backup over-speed shutdown,
ii) Lube Oil System
a) Low oil pressure and level alarm and shutdown,
b) High lube oil temperature alarm and shutdown,
c) High lube oil filter differential pressure alarm
iii) Temperature Monitoring System
a) High Turbine temperature (T5) shutdown,
b) Temperature sensor (thermocouples) failure.
iv) Fuel System
a) High and low fuel gas pressure shutdown,
b) Gas Fuel Valve malfunction,
c) Liquid Fuel Low Pressure shutdown
d) Liquid Fuel differential pressure alarm
v) Vibration Monitoring System

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
a) High vibration alarm and shutdown,
b) Vibration Monitor failure.
vi) Verify engine timer settings for the following:-
a) Pre-lube, crank and purge cycles,
b) Light off (ignition), starter dropout and cool down,
c) Rundown, post lube and liquid manifold purge (at dual

fuel transfer).
5.2.2.6 Crank Test of Turbine Engine
Crank test does not involve ignition of the turbine engine. During
cranking test, the following items shall be observed:-
i) With power supply and circuit breakers are in ON position

press and release Backup System Reset switch to reset the
protective systems, the backup over-speed monitor and backup
control circuitry,
ii) On control console display screen, move cursor to highlight

Test Crank and press Enter.
iii) Monitor ventilation, pre/post lube oil pump and electro-

hydraulic pump start to operate,
iv) Almost simultaneously the high transmission circuit at

Hydraulic Motor inlet is pressurized. Hydraulic motor should
begin cranking the turbine engine,
v) Check system for leaks at all times,
vi) Verify turbine is able to reach the minimum crank speed of 25

percent Gas Producer speed (NGP) with no fuel or ignition,
vii) After satisfactory operation, at control console display screen,

de-select the Test Crank to de-energize crank circuit.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.3 Diesel-Engine or Gas-Engine-Driven Generators
This procedure describes general instructions for operation of generator sets

incorporating both a Manual Voltage Control and Automatic Voltage Control
system.
5.2.3.1 Alarm and Shutdown Test
i) Simulate and functional test shutdown signals from associated

instrumentation to the Remote and Local Control Panel. Any of
the following conditions could shut down the equipment with
audible and visual indications:-
a) Low Oil Pressure,
b) High Oil Temperature,
c) High Water Temperature,
d) Over speed Trip,
e) Emergency Shutdown,
f) Starter Motor Clutch Fail to disengage.
ii) Simulate and functional alarm signals from associated

instrumentation to Remote and Local Control Panel. Any of the
following conditions could trigger the audible alarms with
visual indications:-
a) Low Water Level,
b) Engine Over crank,
c) High Vibration,
d) Low Day Tank Fuel Level,
e) High Day Tank Fuel Level,
f) High Generator Winding Temperature,
g) High Generator Bearing Temperature,
h) Generator Overvoltage,
i) Generator Under voltage.

5.2.3.2 Local and Manual Operation
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Prior to starting of the engine, the following electrical checks shall be

considered.
i) Set selector switch at Local Control Panel to LOCAL position,
ii) Open the Output Circuit Breaker to disconnect the generator

from the load,
iii) Turn voltage adjust Rheostats to full counter clockwise position,
iv) Actuate Auto-Manual Switch to the Manual position,
v) Make sure that the Engine Start System functional check has
been completed before starting the unit,
vi) Start and Stop Tests
a) Start the generator set in accordance with the

manufacturers specifications,
b) Stop generator set. Check rotation as unit slows to stop
c) Start and stop generator set several times. Observe any

unusual conditions such as excessive noise or vibration,
d) When operation is satisfactory to this point, adjust speed

with Engine Speed Decrease/Increase switch to obtain
desired frequency,
e) Record speed, temperature, and pressures. Check

against established norms,
f) Turn the Voltage adjust Rheostat to approximately the

midpoint position. Make certain only Manual Adjust
Rheostat is turned at this point in the operational test,
g) Close Output Circuit Breaker and apply a light load,
h) Adjust Manual Voltage Adjust Rheostat until generator

produces desired output voltage,
i) Slowly increase load to generator rated power factor full

load value. Adjust Manual Adjust Rheostat as necessary
to obtain desired output voltage,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
j) Perform post-start checkout and periodically observe

engine and generator instruments to ensure that
generator set is operating normally,
k) Stop unit and actuate Auto-Manual Switch to AUTO

position,
l) Re-start unit and adjust engine speed to obtain desired

frequency,
m) Adjust Auto Voltage Adjust Rheostat to obtain desired

output voltage,
n) Apply the rated power factor load, and then check the
generator terminal voltage. Check voltage regulation.
Note: Refer to voltage regulator manufacturers instruction.
o) During operation, observe engine and generator

instruments at regular intervals so that any abnormal
conditions can be corrected before any serious damage
occurs.
p) Check current on each line. Use a clip on ammeter if an

ammeter is not incorporated in generator set,
q) Check line to line to neutral voltages,
r) Shutdown unit in accordance with the operation

instructions supplied by the manufacturer of the prime
mover or the engine.
5.2.3.3 Automatic Operation
The equipment is capable of starting automatically via an automatic

transfer switch on failure of normal power supply. To start the engine
automatically, the following procedures shall be taken:-
i) Set selector switch at Local Control Panel to Remote position,
ii) Simulate Failure of Normal Supply by cutting normal power

switchgear from emergency power switchgear,
iii) When the engine starts, adjust engine speed Decrease/Increase

switch to obtain desired frequency,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iv) Check generator no-load voltage. Adjust Generator Voltage

Adjust Rheostat to obtain normal generator voltage,
v) The generator is ready to accept load. Slowly increase the load to

generator rated power factor full load value,
vi) During operation, observe Engine Jacket Water, Inlet Air and
Exhaust temperature gauges, Engine Oil pressure and
temperature and Tachometer
Caution: Stopping the engine immediately after it has been

working under load, can result overheating and
accelerated wear of engine components.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.3.4 Shutting Down of Engine
Follow the stopping procedure outline below, to allow the engine

to cool down. Excessive temperature in the turbocharger center
housing will cause lube oil cooking problem. The unit shall be
shutdown in accordance with the operating instructions of the
prime mover manufacturer.
i) Reduce the engine to low idle,
ii) Shift into NEUTUAL. On generators open the main electrical

circuit breaker,
iii) Increase engine speed to more half engine speed. Idle for
at least five minutes to cool off the engine,
iv) Reduce engine speed to low idle,
v) Check the crankcase oil level while the engine is idling

Maintain the oil level between the ADD and FULL marks on
the CHECK WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING side of the dipstick,
vi) The engine may be stopped by using one of the following

engine mounted controls or as provided with the engine:-
a) Toggle Switch Move toggle switch to OFF position,
b) Manual Fuel Shutoff Lever- Pull the red handle lever

out to shut off the fuel supply to the engine.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.3.5 Load Test and Continuous Test Run
i) Refer to Section 5.1.2.1 Start-up and Testing mechanical

procedure for Diesel-Engine- and Gas-Engine-Driven
Generator for load test and continuous test run
requirements,
ii) Record all readings and test results at regular intervals on

Load Test log sheet.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.4 High Voltage Motor Control Center and Switchgear
i) Re-check insulation resistance of High Voltage Motor Control Center

and Switchgear bus-bars between phases and between phases to earth.
ii) During the test all shunts connected to instruments and derives shall be
disconnected. All electronic devices shall also be disconnected. The
readings shall be taken one (1) minute after the application of the test
voltage.
Caution: All switching devices shall be in close position during the test.
iii) Ensure that circuit breaker High Voltage pressure test has been carried
out with Circuit Breakers and High Voltage Contactors close onto bus-
bars.
iv) Perform mechanical operation test. All switches, pushbuttons, door

mounted actuated devices, door interlocks are safely shutters shall be
checked to ensure that they operate reliably and smoothly.
v) Ensure that operational check of all protective relays by suitable

injection of measure quantity has been completed and all relay settings
are as per they relay setting tables.
vi) Check polarity of direct current power supply, current transformer and
potential transformer connections to ensure all circuits will operate and
function properly when energized.
vii) Energized the control circuit.
viii) Functional check of vacuum circuit breakers (VCB) interlocking facilities

such as electrical, key and mechanical interlocks. Simulate trip signals or
interlocks sent and received.
ix) Verification of VCB interlocks shall include but not limited to:-
a) VCB cannot be inserted if earth switch is close,
b) VCB cannot be inserted if secondary control plug is not connected,
c) Secondary control plug cannot be withdrawn once VCB is in

service position,
d) VCB cannot be closed other than in the service, test or withdrawn

position,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
x) Check operation of circuit breaker with the breaker in ISOLATED and in

SERVICE position at LOCAL and REMOTE condition including indications.
xi) Functional check of motor starter feeder and motor contactor operation.
xii) Energized High Voltage Switchgear and Motor Control Center in

accordance with CARIGALI approved start-up procedure.
xiii) This initial start-up procedure to Energized 6.6 kilo-volt Alternating

Current (AC) Switchgear and Motor Control Center incomers and bus-
bars adopts the following sequence:-
a) Vacuum Circuit Breakers are confirmed isolated,
b) The voltage power supply of direct current for Switchgear and

Motor Control Center controls is made available. Verify if the
power ON light is illuminated,
c) Switchgear incomer Vacuum Circuit Breaker is closed. At this

point the incomer VCB is energized and feeding the AC power to
Switchgear and Motor Control Center bus-bars,
d) Verify if the Vacuum Circuit Breaker closed light is illuminated

and confirm position indication on the Vacuum Circuit Breaker is
CLOSE,
e) Record each bus-bar phase to phase voltage using the voltmeter

and selector switch on Vacuum Circuit Breaker Control panel,,
f) Individual compartment / cubicle vacuum circuit breakers for

High Voltage Distribution and Motor Starter feeders are
energized only when pre-commissioning on downstream systems
are verified to be ready. High Voltage Switchgear / Motor Control
Center is left energized for power requirements on other pre-
xiv) Documentation of all ITRs and tests made in relevant ITRs.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.5 Low Voltage Motor Control Center and Switchgear
i) Re-check insulation resistance of LV MCC and Switchgear bus-bars

between phases and phases to earth.
ii) During the test all shunts connected to instruments and derives shall be
disconnected. All electronic devices shall also be disconnected. The
readings shall be taken one (1) minute after the application of the test
voltage.
iii) Perform mechanical operation test. All switches, pushbuttons, door

actuated devices, door interlocks are safely shutters shall be checked to
ensure that they operate reliably and smoothly.
iv) Ensure that operational check of all protective relays, Air Circuit Breaker
and thermal overloads by suitable injection of measure quantity has
been completed and all relay setting done as per the relay setting table.
v) Check polarity of direct current power supply, current transformer and

potential transformer connections to ensure all circuits will operate and
function properly when energized.
vi) Energize the control circuit.
vii) Functional check of circuit breaker interlocking facilities such as

electrical, key and mechanical interlocks. Simulate trip signals or
interlocks sent and received.
viii) Check operation of circuit breaker with the breaker in TEST and in
SERVICE position at LOCAL and REMOTE condition including indications.
ix) Functional check of motor starter feeder and motor contactor operation.
x) Energize Low Voltage Switchgear and Motor Control Center in

accordance with Carigali approved start-up procedure. This initial start-
up procedure to Energise 415 VAC Switchgear and MCC incomers and
Busbars adopts the following sequence:-
a) All Switches and MCC Circuit Breakers are confirmed isolated,
b) The direct current power supply for Switchgear and MCC controls
is made available. Verify if the power ON light is illuminated,
c) Switchgear incomer Air Circuit Breakers is closed. At this point the

Air Circuit Breaker is energized and feeding 415 volt AC power to
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Switchgear / MCC bus-bars. Verify if the Air Circuit Breaker

closed light is illuminated,
d) Record each bus-bar phase to phase voltage using the voltmeter

and selector switch on Air Circuit Breaker Control panel,
e) Individual compartment and cubicles circuit breakers are

progressively energized when pre-commissioning is to be done on
individual loads (see corresponding procedure for pre-
commissioning individual utilization loads).
xi) De-energizing of Switchgear and Motor Control Center after completion

of pre-commissioning activities.
xii) Documentation of all checks and tests made.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.6 Transformers
i) Obtain factory calibration certificates and test certificates of testing

done in the factory for routine test, special test and type test.
ii) Complete loop check and function test of transformer auxiliary

equipment such as cooling fans, oil pump motors and associated
controls including WTI and OTI.
iii) Loop check and functional loop test of trip signals (send and receive) on
transformers primary and secondary side circuit breakers at respective
high voltage and low voltage switchgears.
iv) Test insulation resistance for primary-to-earth secondary-to-earth, and

primary-to-secondary phases.
v) Ensure high potential (hi pot) testing of transformer High Voltage

windings and High Voltage cables had been carried out. Repetition of hi
pot test is not recommended for transformer windings.
vi) For oil-immersed transformers, verify that insulation oil quality had
been checked by carrying out di-electric strength (breakdown) test on
the sample oil.
vii) Energized the transformer at rated voltage Record transformer tap

position and secondary open circuit voltage. Verify the voltage ratio.
viii) Verify and confirm that there is no abnormal noise and the sound level
is within acceptable limits. Take note of any abnormalities.
ix) Load test of transformer and monitor temperature rise.
x) Simulate shutdown and trip test on transformers primary and

secondary side circuit breakers.
xi) Performance test of transformer for seventy two (72) hours.
xii) Documentation of all checks and test made.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.7 Batteries and Battery Charger
i) Check the voltage level across all individual cells to verify the voltage
balance on battery system and that no cells have reversed their polarity.
ii) Applying a substitute load, perform discharge test on battery bank. At

the end of discharge test ensure that the end voltage of each cell is
within the minimum level and within the required tolerance.
Note: The battery bank must have the required capacity base from the rate
of discharge to supply the load. Record the voltage and discharging
current at fifteen (15) minutes interval.
iii) Energized the battery charger, functional check and verify correct
operation of all auxiliary equipment. Ensure that phase connection and
polarity are correct. Simulate all the trip signals and indication from Fire
and Gas panel and Shutdown panel.
iv) Recharge the batteries after completion of discharge test. Take readings
of battery voltage and charging current one-half (1/2) hour interval until
fully charge.
Note: Charging period must be in accordance with the specification. Any

abnormalities on charger output must be troubleshooting using
vendors recommended procedure.
v) Performance test of battery and battery charger for seventy two (72)
hours.
vi) Documentation of all checks and tests made.
vii) Preserve equipment if not to be used for other activities.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.8 Uninterruptible Power Supply
i) Recheck insulation resistance of alternating current (AC) power, control

and auxiliary circuits of the Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system.
ii) Perform battery charge and discharge test. Battery discharge test shall
be performed at a current corresponding to the inverter input current
when the inverter is delivering its rated output i.e. KVA at 0.8 power
factor. Monitor the operation of timer for circuit isolation, where
applicable.
iii) Measure and record the battery voltage after the specified battery
discharge time.
iv) Energize AC power supply of UPS from AC switchboard.
v) Functional test of converter consisting of rectifier, inverter, static switch

assembly and other related auxiliaries. Test shall include but not limited
to:-
a) Rectifier to fulfill the inverter input requirement and recharge the

battery within the period of eight (8) hours from partially
discharge condition to 90% full rated capacity when inverter is
delivering its rated output at 0.8 power factor lagging,
b) Functional test of rectifier battery float-charge and rapid charge

operation. Rapid charge shall not be done for sealed battery.
c) Output of the inverter shall be maintained within the voltage

frequency tolerances of the load at all time,
d) Output voltage of the inverter shall also be controlled to maintain

in synchronism and in phase with the mains bypass supply voltage,
e) Start switch shall initiate manually and automatically

uninterrupted transfer of the load from inverter to the bypass
circuit, and from the bypass circuit to the inverter,
f) Verify the correct functioning of all measuring instrument, alarms

and indications, protection and controls,
vi) Energize UPS Distribution Board. Measure incoming and branch circuit
voltage at distribution board with all circuits on.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
vii) Performance test of UPS system at rated capacity for seventy two (72)
hours.
viii) Documentation of all checks and test made.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.9 Navigational Aids
i) Recheck insulation resistance of individual circuit without the lanterns

being in place.
ii) Energize alternating current (AC) power supply of Nav-aid battery

charger from AC switchboard.
iii) Test navigational aid battery system as per Battery and Battery Charger
testing procedure (see Section 5.2.6).
iv) Energize navigational aid lanterns direct current (DC) distributor board.
v) Measure incoming and branch circuit voltage at distributor board with

all circuits on. Ensure voltage value is within the allowable limits.
vi) Verify navigational aid lanterns operation in each circuit and measure
the lantern terminal voltage.
vii) Check and functional test lamp charger operation.
viii) Check the navigational aid lanterns synchronization.
ix) Verify if the flashing light exhibit Morse code U for every fifteen (15)
seconds.
x) Measure illumination levels at each lantern area and verify if it is within

the illumination level to be maintained.
xi) Test the operation of photocells (if present).
xii) Perform test of Navigational Aid system for 72 hours.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.10 Small Power and Lightings
i) Energize the lighting panel and distribution board from alternating

current (AC) switchboard or low voltage motor control center.
ii) Energize individual lighting and small power circuit.
iii) Measure the incoming branch voltage lighting panel and distribution
board with all the circuits ON.
iv) Verity the fight fittings operation in each circuit.
v) Perform battery charge and discharge tests (for emergency) light fittings
with battery pack.
vi) Perform Able and Disable control circuit test.
vii) Test operation of photocell (if present).
viii) Test operation of circuit wall-mounted switches and verify that it

controls the correct light fittings.
ix) Verify power receptacles or sockets operation.
x) Measure the voltage at each point.
xi) Test ground continuity of grounded pole. Trip test of receptacles due to
earth fault by earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB) tester.
xii) Measure illumination levels at specified areas when all the paintings are
completed.
xiii) Perform test of small power and lighting system for seventy two (72)
hours.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.11 Earthing and Lighting Protection
i) Inspect earth cable lugs, earth boss stud diameter and welding and
earthing resistor connections.
ii) Ensure that earthing layout and connections conform to the design.
iii) Inspect that all contacts are cleaned, greased and bonded with Denso
tape where applicable.
iv) Check tightness of all earth connection.
v) Check earth cable protection such as kick plates or kick pipes.
vi) Check that earth cable sizes are correct.
vii) Continuity and resistance checks shall be performed for the following:-
a) Bonding of cable wire armor or braid, brass cable glands and

equipment frame to earth,
b) Main earth resistance, and
c) Earth loop resistance,
Note: Resistance values shall not exceed one (1) ohm for signal cables
earthed at one point. The ohmic resistance of the lightning conductor
system without earth connection should be about one-half (0.5) ohm.
If it exceeds one (1) ohm, there shall be some faults either electrically
or mechanically, which shall be inspected and defects rectified.
viii) Measure resistance ohmic value of the Neutral Earthing Resistor (NER).
ix) Inspect the NER internal connections, supports and fixing details.
x) Perform installation resistance test on the NER.
xi) Document all tests and checks performed.
xii) Preserve equipment if not to be used for other activities.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.12 Heat Tracing
5.2.12.1 Pre-Startup Checks
i) Check fuse ratings of the control circuits and power supply

circuit breaker rating as per design,
ii) Verify the cleanliness of heat tracing panel exterior and

interior,
iii) Inspect equipment grounding system and measure the

ground resistance,
iv) Functional check of Panel switches, pushbuttons and verify

that all indicating lights illuminates with fault audible alarm
when Lamp Test circuit is ON,
v) As individual heat tracing circuit is being energized with a

minimum time interval of one (1) minute between each
individual start-up, note to status indication in the heat
tracing panel.
5.2.12.2 Distribution Board Inspection and Testing
i) Check for interior and exterior cleanliness of Distribution

Board (DB).
ii) Check operation of DB isolator and padlock facilities,
iii) Check main feeder and distribution feeder circuit breaker

ratings as per heat tracing circuit load demand,
iv) Check close and open operation of main circuit breaker

(MCB) by hand,
v) Check if board is fitted with circuit identification labels,
vi) Check all feeder cable terminations. Continuity and

insulation test of all incoming and outgoing cables,
vii) Check Distribution Board earthing,
viii) When all heat tracing circuits are energized measure the
main feeder voltage and individual circuit. Verify that
voltage drop is within the acceptable value.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.12.3 Heat Tracing Circuit Inspection and Testing
The following checks and inspections shall be performed on each

heat tracing circuit:-
i) Check installation as to completeness and correctness in

accordance with the approved isometric drawings and
manufacturers drawings,
ii) Ensure that each circuit components such as heating tape,

joint seal, junction box, and end seals are properly fitted,
iii) Check heater cable entry to insulation is correctly installed.

Also check power cable entry to junction box,
iv) Perform insulation resistance testing of heat tracing circuit

in accordance with Insulation Resistance Procedure
described below in Item 4,
v) Inspect all insulation installation if in accordance with the

specification.
5.2.12.4 Insulation Resistance Test Procedure
Insulation Resistance of Heat Tracing Circuit shall be performed

by using a 500 Volt DC Insulation Tester, by measuring insulation
resistance of the heater cable cares to ground. The procedures
shall be as follows:-
vi) Insulation Resistance test the circuit after end seal was
fitted,
vii) Sock the end seal in the bucket of water for one (1) hour,
viii) After soaking the end seal in water, Insulation Resistance

test the circuit for at least one (1) minute,
ix) After finishing isolation installation, Insulation Resistance r

test the circuit again,
x) Record all test result.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.12.5 Testing
After completion of various checks, inspections and tests

performed on the systems panels and components, the heat
tracing circuit shall be tested continuously for at least two (2)
hours. During test, the following information shall be monitored
and recorded at regular intervals.
i) Startup current of each circuit,
ii) Individual circuit load (amps),
iii) Pipe maintenance temperature of each circuit,
iv) Thermal output,
v) Total load of each distribution panel, and
vi) Ambient temperature.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.13 Un-coupled and Coupled Run Test of Electric Motors
The following actions shall be observed prior to starting up and

electric motor:-
i) Verify shaft coupling and beltings are removed,
ii) Electrical inspection and checks on motor stator winding

connections, terminal box flange and fixing bolts, motor
earthing, motor heater rating and voltage, and winding
temperature detector.
iii) Insulation resistance and continuity check of all power and

control cables, motor windings and space heaters,
iv) Measure earthing of distribution boards and end devices,
v) At the motor control center ensure that protective relays

circuit breakers and thermal overload relay setting and
breaker size are correct for the motor to be started.
vi) Functional test of motor starter feeder control including

the remote control unit / control station with the power
supply to the motor disconnected,
vii) Functional test of motor starter feeder control including

the remote control unit / control station with the power
supply to the motor disconnected,
viii) Motor with space heaters should be turned on as soon as

possible and left on while then motor is not running,
ix) Recheck insulation resistance of windings between line-to-

line and line-to-ground. Also recheck insulation resistance
of heater, temperature detector to earth,
x) Ensure correct power supply and proper operation of

motor starter feeder control including the remote control
unit / control stations.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.13.2 Startup
i) For no load run test, start and operate the motor for
sufficient time to carry out the following checks:-
a) Check the direction of rotation against the indicated

rotation of the driven machine. Record the time to
coast to stop after rotational check.
b) For low voltage motor, run the motor for thirty (30)
minutes and for high voltage motor run the motor
for four hours. Measure the starting current, running
current, voltage and frequency noting any
abnormalities,
c) Check speed and vibration level,
d) Check motor bearing temperature during and at the

end of run. Also check for winding/frame
temperatures,
e) Record all readings on the ITR.
ii) At the end of uncoupled run recheck the insulation

resistance of the windings. Remake the couplings and
install belts. Check alignment and end-play of fixer coupling.
In the case of belt coupling, the line-up of pulleys, the
capacity and the number of belts and belts tension checked.
iii) For load run of motors start and run the motor for four (4)
hours Shall be in conjunction with mechanical test run of
the driven equipment and carry out the following checks:-
a) Measure starting current, running current with load,

voltage and frequency and note for any
abnormalities,
b) Check speed and vibration level.
c) Check motor bearing temperature during and at the

end of run. Also check for winding/frame
temperatures,
d) Record all readings on the ITR.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iv) For special motors in intermittent duty services determine

maximum running time on nameplate and technical data
which will not cause any damage to the motor.
v) Documentation of all tests and checks made.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.2.14 Heater Control Panels and Heaters
5.2.14.1 Inspection of Heater Control Panels
i) Check and record fuse and circuit breaker rating,
ii) Verify wiring and core marking correct to circuit diagram,
iii) Inspect all earthing connections and measure earth

resistance,
iv) Test for manual operation of control switches and control

buttons (selector switches, pushbuttons, etc.)
v) Ensure availability of power supply for control system.

Check and measure voltage.
vi) Check operations of all panel indications. Verify that all

system status indicators illuminates and sounds fault
buzzer when the lamp test switch is on,
vii) Function test alarm and shutdown logic as per system

shutdown matrix,
viii) Check panel tie-in to Platform Shutdown Panel, Fire & Gas
Panel and Distributed Control System (DCS)
5.2.14.2 Inspection of Heaters
i) Check all electrical terminals in the control panel and the

heater terminal housings,
ii) Inspect and ensure that all grounding requirements are

met and that ground connections are tight,
iii) Power wiring should be connected at the line side of the

circuit breaker (CB) in the control panel,
iv) Verify that the main power feeder and feeder circuit
breaker are sized with respect to the load demand of the
Heater Assembly,
v) Functional test the shunt trip signal to Motor Control

Center Circuit Breaker from Positive Pressure Purge System
controls,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
vi) Turn the heater circuit breaker OFF and remove the heater
terminal housing cover and check that all heater terminal
connections are tight,
vii) Check the resistance readings leg to leg for each circuit of
each heater. The resistance value for each circuit shall be
as per manufacturers requirement,
viii) Perform megger testing between each phase and ground.

In each case, insulation resistance value greater than 0.5
M should be observed,
Note: Under no circumstances should the resistance value

between any phase and ground be close to zero ohms.
ix) Replace the heater terminal housing cover before

proceeding.
5.2.14.3 Sheath Temperature Set-Point
i) With power upstream of the control panel is OFF, turn the

Power OFF/ON switch on the front of the control panel to
the OFF position,
ii) Open the control panel door and locate the Over-
temperature Controller (OTC). Adjust OTC required set-
point for sheath over-temperature limit,
iii) Locate the Process Controller on the inside panel and select
the desired operating temperature
5.2.14.4 Energization
i) With the circuit breaker upstream of the control panel OFF,

open the electrical enclosure and set the temperature
controls to the desired set-point,
ii) Turn the heater circuit breaker to the ON position,
iii) Turn the rotary switch on the integral motor starters

clockwise to the AUTO position,
iv) Close and tighten the bolt all the panels in preparation for
running the heaters. Turn the circuit breaker upstream of
the heater unit to ON,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
v) Turn the circuit breaker for the heater system to the ON

position. Process temperature can be observed by way of
digital readout visible through the viewing window,
vi) Set the temperature set point on the TIC in the control
panel to the desired process temperature,
vii) Place the heater system ON/OFF switch to the ON

position. The Power On light will illuminate and
temperature indicator will display current process
temperature,
viii) Verify the operation of shutdown valve. Indication of valve

status is provided by the indicator light.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3 Instrumentation Pre-commissioning Procedures
5.3.1 General Construction Verification
After each instrument the components of a loop have been installed and
hooked-up it is necessary to check that the work has been carried out in
satisfactory manner in accordance with the hook-up drawing.
The completed installation is defined as when all necessary connections

(tubing and wiring) are completed for all instrument within a loop and
should now be ready for loop checking and testing,
After verifying against available documentation that installations are

completed, loop test to check that each instrument and components of the
loop function correctly as per design requirement shall be performed. Test
signals shall be injected into the loop, at the sensor using calibrated test
equipment e.g. dead weight tester or sand bath, in order to verify correct
responses. Loop Test shall be performed under Pre-Commissioning and
Commissioning parts.
5.3.2 Loop Test of Pressure Instrument
5.3.2.1 Pressure Transmitter
i) Verify the test equipment and gauge calibration validity.
ii) Connect the test equipmentand gauge to the process

impulse line.
iii) Review calibration sheet for pressure transmitter and other

instruments in the loop.
iv) Apply pressure of 0, 50, and 100 percent of range and

confirm a correct transmitter output signal of 4 to 20 mill-
amperes is received at control panel or PMCS HMI.
v) Verify for correct reading through PMCS HMI display.
vi) Verify correct Recorder and Indicator reading at control

panel.
vii) Ensure that all relevant alarms are functioning correctly.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
viii) Pre-commissioning ITR to be duly filled in and witnessed by

CARIGALI and CONTRACTOR Quality Control personnel.
ix) Typical test set-up for pressure transmitter is shown in

Figure 5-2.
5.3.2.2 Pressure Switch (Electric)
i) Verify the test equipment and gauge calibration validity,
ii) Verify the connection to the switch with the approved

termination drawing i.e. normally close or open,
iii) Connect the test equipment and gauge to the process

impulse line,
iv) Review calibration sheet for pressure switch and other

instruments in the loop,
v) Hook-up test equipment and instrument to be tested as per

set-up shown in Figure 5-3,
vi) For Pressure Switch Low (Falling Pressure),

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 5-2: Typical Test Setup for Pressure Transmitter
a) Increase applied pressure above the reset point to

indicate normal condition at control panel,
b) Decrease applied pressure to the desired set-point and

observe change of status from normal to alarm/trip
condition,
c) Ensure that all relevant alarms are functioning correctly,
d) Pre-commissioning ITR to be duly filled in and witnessed

by CARIGALI and CONTRACTOR Quality Control
personnel,
vii) For Pressure Switch High (Rising Pressure)
a) Increase applied pressure to the required set-point to

observe change of status from normal to
alarm/tripcondition.
b) Ensure that all relevant alarms are functioning correctly,

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
c) Decrease applied pressure below the reset point and

observe change of status from alarm to normal
condition. Contact should change from normally-open
position to normally-close position,
Figure 5-3: Typical Test Setup for Pressure Switches (Electric Type)

personnel.
5.3.2.3 Pneumatic Pressure Switch
i) Hook-up test equipment and instrument to be tested as per

set-up shown in Figure 5-4.
ii) For Pressure Switch Low (Falling Pressure),
a) Increase applied pressure above the reset point to

indicate normal condition at control panel.
b) Decrease applied pressure to the desired set-point and

observe change of status from normal to alarm
condition.
c) Ensure that all relevant alarm are functioning correctly.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

personnel.
iii) For Pressure Switch High (Rising Pressure)
Figure 5-4: Typical Test Setup for Pneumatic Pressure Switches
a) Increase applied pressure to the required set-point and

condition,
b) Ensure that all relevant alarm are functioning correctly,
c) Decrease applied pressure below the reset point and

observe change of status from alarm/trip to normal
condition,

personnel.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.3 Loop Test of Level Instruments
5.3.3.1 Level Transmitter (Electric) Differential Pressure Cell Type
ii) Connect the test equipment and gauge to the process

impulse line.
iii) Review calibration sheet for DP cell transmitter and other

instruments in the loop.
iv) Induce signal of 0, 50 and 100 percent of the differential

pressure range.
v) Confirm correct transmitter output of 4 to 20 milleamperes

is received at control panel.
vi) Verify for correct reading through PMCS HMI display.
viii) A typical test set-up is shown in Figure 5-5.
ix) Record test results in Instrument closed loop ITR (ITR-B for
pre-commissioning and ITR-C for commissioning) and shall
be witnessed by CARIGALI representative and CONTRACTOR
Quality Control personnel.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 5-5: Test Setup for Differential Pressure Cell Type Electrical Level Transmitters
5.3.3.2 Level Transmitter (Electric) Displacer or Float Type
i) Hook-up test equipment and instrument loop to be tested

as per set-up shown in Figure 5-6.
ii) Fill in water at 0, 50, and 100 percent of the range.
iii) Confirm correct transmitter output signal of 4 to 20 mille

amperes is received at control panel.
iv) Verify for correct reading through PMCS HMI display.
v) Ensure that all relevant alarms are functioning correctly.
vi) Record test results in Instrument closed loop ITR (ITR-B for
pre commissioning and ITR-C for commissioning) and shall
Note: For displacer, ensure necessary correction is applied

to compensate the density difference between water and
process fluid.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 5-6: Test Setup for Displacer or Float Type Electric Level Transmitter
5.3.3.3 Level Transmitter (Pneumatic) Displacer or Float Type

as per set-up shown in Figure 5-7,
ii) Fill in water at 0, 50 and 100 percent of the range.
iii) Confirm correct transmitter output signal of 20 to 100 kilo-

pascal (kPa) is received at Instrument Control Panel.
Note:For displacer, ensure necessary correction is applied to
compensate the density difference between water and
process fluid.
iv) Verify correct controller action to the final control element.
v) Record test results in Instrument closed loop ITR (ITR-B for

pre commissioning and ITR-C for commissioning) and shall
Quality Control personnel,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 5-7: Test Setup for Displacer or Float Type Pneumatic Level Switches
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.3.4 Level Switch (Electric) Displacer or Float Type

Figure 5-8: Test Setup for Displacer or Float Type Electric Level Switches
ii) For Level Switch Low (Falling Level)
a) Increase calibrating level above the reset point to

indicate normal condition at control panel. Contact
should change from normally-open (NO) position to
normally-losed (NC) position,
Note: If signal is normally energized (fail safe).
b) Decrease calibrating level to the required set point and

condition. Contact should change from normally-closed
(NC) position to normally-open (NO) position,
Note: For displacer, ensure necessary correction is
applied to compensate the density difference between
water and process fluid.
c) Ensure that all relevant alarms are functioning correctly,

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
d) Record test results in Instrument closed loop ITR (ITR-B

for pre commissioning and ITR-C for commissioning)
and shall be witnessed by CARIGALI representative and
CONTRACTOR Quality Control personnel.
iii) For Level Switch High (Rising Level)
a) Increase calibrating level to the required set point.

Contact should change from normally-closed (NC)
position to normally-open (NO) position,
Note: If signal is normally energized (fail safe).
b) Ensure that all relevant alarms are functioning correctly,
c) Decrease calibrating level below the reset point and

condition. Contact should change from normally-open
(NO) position to normally-close (NC) position,
d) Record test results in Instrument closed loopITR (ITR-B

for pre commissioning and ITR-C for commissioning)
and shall be witnessed by CARIGALI representative and
CONTRACTOR Quality Control personnel.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.3.5 Level Switch (Pneumatic) Displacer or Float Type

ii) For Level Switch Low (Falling Level)
a) Increase calibrating level above the reset point to

indicate normal condition at control panel. Confirm 200
kPa output from the switch.
b) Decrease calibrating level to the required set point and

condition. Confirm zero (0) kPa output from the switch.
c) Ensure that all relevant alarms are functioning correctly.
iii) For Level Switch High (Rising Level)
a) Increase calibrating level to the required set point to

condition. Confirm zero (0) kPa output from the switch.
b) Ensure that all relevant alarms are functioning correctly.
c) Decrease calibrating level below the reset point and

condition. Confirm 200 kPa output from the switch,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 5-9: Test Setup for Displacer or Float Type Pneumatic Level Switches
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.4 Loop Test of Temperature Instruments
5.3.4.1 Sensor Calibration (Temperature Bath)
Note: To refer to vendor for specific procedure.
5.3.4.2 Resistance-Temperature-Detector (RTD) Transmitters
i) Connect a decade resistance box to the temperature

transmitter.
ii) Induce equivalent resistances at 0, 50 and 100 percent of

the temperature range and confirm the correct recorded or
indicator reading at respective control panel in the control
room.
iii) Ensure that all relevant alarms are functioning correctly.
iv) Pre-commissioning ITR to be duly filled in and witnessed by

PETRONAS Carigali and CONTRACTOR Quality Control
personnel.
v) A typical test set-up is shown in Figure 5-10.
Figure 5-10: Typical Test Set-Up for RTD-type Temperature Transmitters

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.4.3 Temperature Switches (Electric)
i) Review calibration sheet for temperature switch and other

instruments in the loop,
ii) Hook-up test equipment and instrument to be tested as per

set-up shown below in Figure 5-11.
iii) Actuate the switch by actual or simulation of input.

Note: For temperature-low switch, contact should change
from normally open (NO) position to normally-close (NC)
position. For temperature-high switch, contact should
change from normally-close (NC) to normally-open (NO)
position.
Note: Only applicable normally energized signal (fail-safe).
iv) Observe the change from normal to alarm condition ensure

that all relevant alarms are functioning correctly.
v) Pre-commissioning ITR to be duly filled in and witnessed by

PETRONAS Carigali and CONTRACTOR Quality Control
personnel.
Figure 5-11: Typical Test Set-Up for Temperature Switch (Electric Type)
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.5 Loop Test of Flow Instruments
A Direct
Positive Displacement
Variable Area
B Inferential
1) Head Meter Loop check only involves transmitter to the control
panel/PMCS.
Orifice Plate
Venturi Tube
Flow Nozzle
Pitot Tube
Annubar
V-Cone
ii) Connect the test equipment and gauge to the process impulse line.
iii) Review calibration sheet for DP cell transmitter and other instruments in
the loop.
iv) Induce signal of 0, 50 and 100 percent of the differential pressure range.
v) Confirm correct transmitter output of 4 to 20 mille amperes is received

at control panel.
viii) Record test results in Instrument closed loop ITR (ITR-B for pre
commissioning and ITR-C for commissioning) and shall be witnessed by
CARIGALI representative and CONTRACTOR Quality Control personnel.
2) Velocity Involves simulated signal.

Turbine
Vortex
Magnetic
Ultrasonic
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
i) Verify the test equipment (current or frequency simulated)

calibration validity.
ii) Connect the test equipment to the flow transmitter.
iii) Review calibration sheet of the flowmeters.
iv) Induce simulated signal corresponding 0, 50 and 100 percent of the

meter calibrated range
v) Confirm correct transmitter output of 4 to 20 mille amperes or

frequencies is received at control panel is received at control panel.
3) Mass
Coriolis
Thermal
i) Verify the test equipment (current or frequency simulated)

calibration validity.
ii) Connect the test equipment to the flow transmitter.
iii) Review calibration sheet of the flowmeters.
iv) Induce simulated signal corresponding 0, 50 and 100 percent of the

meter calibrated range.
v) Confirm correct transmitter output of 4 to 20 mille amperes or

frequencies 0is received at control panel.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.5.1 Flow-Temperatures-Differential Pressure Cell Type
i) Connect test equipment to flow transmitter as per test

diagram shown in Figure 5-12.
Figure 5-12: Typical Test Set-Up for Differential Pressure Cell Type Flow Transmitters
ii) Induce signal of 0, 50 and 100 percent of the differential

pressure range and confirm the correct transmitter output
(e.g. linear or square root) of 4 to 20 mille amperes is
received at control panel.
iii) Verify for correct reading through PMCS HMI.
iv) Apply pressure to the high side of transmitter with the low
side vent to atmosphere.
v) Record test results in Instrument Closed Loop ITR (I11-B for

pre commissioning and I11-C for commissioning) and shall
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.5.2 Flow Switches
i) Connect test equipment to flow transmitter as per test

diagram shown in Figure 5-13.
ii) Push the trigger assembly to the left and right, then observe
the change of contact from normally-open (NO) position to
normally-close (NC) position and vice versa.
iii) Ensure all relevant alarms are functioning as per drawings.
iv) Record test results in Instrument Closed Loop ITR (I11-B for
pre commissioning and I11-C for commissioning) and shall
Figure 5-13: Test Setup for Flow Switches
5.3.5.3 Flow Totalizer
i) Verify that installation checks and inspections including

calibration of instruments had been performed based on the
CARIGALI ITR (I03-A and I04-A).
ii) Simulated process input signals to pressure, temperature

and flow transmitters shall be applied as shown in the
tabulation below.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Element Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
Flow 0 100 50 25
Pressure 25 25 50 100
Temperature 100 100 25 50
Note: Units are in percentages.
iii) Manually entered parameters such as discharged coefficient

super-compressibility factor, conversion factor, flow
coefficient, etc. shall be verified against relevant standard
and vendor data.
iv) At each step individual pressure temperature and flow

signals from transmitter shall be checked against control
panel indicator and PMCS HMI.
v) Manual calculation shall be performed and compared with

rate indication at each step.
vi) Hold simulated process signal values constant at each step

for 5 minutes to verify correct accumulation on counters at
control panel or PMCS HMI. Result shall be recorded in
CARIGALI instrument closed loop ITR (I11-B for pre
commissioning and I11-C for commissioning) for each loop.
5.3.5.4 Turbine Flowmeters
i) Disconnect signal lead wires at the flowmeter and the

connector of a signal generator and frequency counter,
ii) Note flowmeter K-factor and adjust signal generator in steps

to frequency values corresponding to 0, 25, 50, 75 and 100
percent of the design flowrates.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iii) Check flow rate indication in metering panel or PMCS HMI

for each step. Results shall be recorded in CARIGALI Closed
Loop ITR (I11-B for pre commissioning and I11-C for
commissioning).
iv) Hold flowrate signal steady for 5 minutes at each step and
verify accumulation on metering panel totalizer and PMCS
HMI.
v) For net oil/water computing loops, connect 4 to 20 mille

amperes signal operator to analog output signal leads.
vi) Repeat flowrate step procedure and adjust signal to 50

percent at each flowrate step.
vii) Hold signals steady for 5 minutes and verify net oil and net
water flowrate indication at metering panel and PMCS HMI.
Result shall be recorded in CARIGALI Instrument Calibration
ITR (I03-A).
viii) Verify gross accumulating at metering panel counter and net

oil and net water accumulation at metering panel counter
and at PMCS HMI display over the 5 minute period. Result
shall be recorded in CARIGALI Instrument Calibration ITR
(I03-A).
ix) CARIGALI Instrument Closed Loop ITR to be filled for each

loop (I11-B for pre commissioning and I11-C for
commissioning).
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.6 Loop Test Final Control Instruments
5.3.6.1 Control Valves
i) Prior to testing, set the auto/manual selector to Manual

and ensure control action is according to specification.
ii) Simulate controller output signals at 0, 50 and 100 percent

to control valve transducer and positioner. Confirm the
control valve is functioning correctly. If control valve
position feedback is available, verify the position indicated
at control panel or PMCS HMI against the actual control
valve opening.
iii) Turn Auto/Manual selector to Auto. Confirm that the

control valve and other instrument within the loop is
functioning as per design requirements and specifications.
iv) CV/SDV/BDV (control/shutdown valve/blow down valve)

Installation & Calibration ITR-Ato be dully filled in and
witnessed by CARIGALI representative and CONTRACTOR
5.3.6.2 Actuated Choke Valves
NOTE : Manual Stroke Test. - Considering that the pneumatic

supply is not available, the stroking test could possibly be done
manually since the transmitter is still giving feedback to the
PMCS.
i) Prior to testing, ensure that the pneumatic supply is isolated.
ii) If possible disconnect termination at both solenoid valves

open/close. You can still proceed with termination intact but
you will hear the clicking sounds of solenoids valve, PMCS
will keep giving the signal to open/close solenoid when it
sees incorrect feedback compared to set points.
iii) Workability of transmitter Please checks that the

transmitter is giving feedback to the PMCS. To test - turn the
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
handwheel of the valve and expect the changes happen at

the PMCS.
iv) Stroking the valve manually by using hand wheel Pull up

and engage the hand wheel to the hex nut.
Stroking Procedure
i) Turn the hand wheel to close the valve Ensure that the
hand wheel cannot be turn anymore. This is important step
that we wanted to check that at fully close, local indicator
pointing at CLOSE. Check travel indicator, if it is pointing at
CLOSE position it is good. Local indication is correct as per
factory setting. If it is not pointing to CLOSE, record the
travel that it is pointing to. Record the value of BEAN SIZE
appears at the PMCS.
ii) Turn the hand wheel to open the valve until local indicator
pointing at 10 % travel. Record the value of BEAN SIZE
appears at the PMCS.
iii) Repeat step 2 for 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 and
100%. (minimum 5points).
iv) And finally stepping down from 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40,
30, 20, 10 and 0% (minimum 5points).
v) Data shall be recorded as shown in the tabulation below.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
HCV-xxxx
Step Up Step Down
Percent Travel (%) Bean Size (DCS) Percent Travel (%) Bean Size
(DCS)
0 100
10 90
20 80
30 70
40 60
50 50
60 40
70 30
80 20
90 10
100 0
vi) A typical test set-up for actuated choke valve loop test is
5.3.6.3 Shutdown Valve
Supply the specified instrument air to shutdown valve

system (actuator).
i) When 24 volts of direct current output signal from Control

Panel is supplied to energize the solenoid valve, the
shutdown valve should open.
ii) If manual reset is provided to the solenoid valve or pilot

valve manually reset the solenoid valve or pilot valve before
the shutdown valve opens.
Note: If manual reset is provided, manually reset the

pneumatic relay before the shutdown valve opens.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iii) Confirm limit switches is functioning by observing the

shutdown valve status indication which changes from close
to open (in the form either at the valve or control system
HMI).
iv) When 24 volts of direct current output signal from Control

Panel is cut off to de-energize the solenoid valve the
shutdown valve should close.
v) Confirm limit switches is functioning by observing the

shutdown valve status indication which changes from open
to close (in the form either lamp or screen color changes
from red to green).
vi) In case the shutdown valve action is controlled by a

pneumatic relay with air pilot signal from Local Pneumatic
Panel, confirm the shutdown valve opens when the air pilot
signal to pneumatic relay is healthy.
vii) During shutdown condition, reset handle is immediately

released when air pilot signal to pneumatic relay is
unhealthy. The shutdown valve should close. If limit switch
is provided with shutdown valve confirm the status
indication changes correctly to the valve opening and
closing action.
viii) Record travelling time (from open to close) 1 inch 1second.
ix) A typical test set-up for a shutdown valve loop test is shown
in Figure 5-15.
5.3.6.4 Blowdown Valves
i) Supply the specified instrument air to blowdown valve

system (actuator).
When 24 volts of direct current output signal from Control

Panel is supplied to energise the solenoid valve, the
blowdown valve should close.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
If manual reset is provided to the solenoid valve or pilot

valve manually reset the solenoid valve or pilot valve before
the blowdown valve closes.
Note: If manual reset is provided, manually reset the

pneumatic relay before the blowdown valve closes.
Confirm limit switches is functioning by observing the

blowdown valve status indication which changes from open
to close (in the form either at the valve or control system
HMI).
When 24 volts of direct current output signal from Control

Panel is cut off to de-energise the solenoid valve the
blowdown valve should close.
Confirm limit switches is functioning by observing the

blowdown valve status indication which changes from close
to open (in the form either lamp or screen color changes
from green to red).
In case the blowdown valve action is controlled by a

pneumatic relay with air pilot signal from Local Pneumatic
Panel, confirm the blowdown valve opens when the air pilot
signal to pneumatic relay is healthy.
During blowdown condition, reset handle is immediately

released when air pilot signal to pneumatic relay is
unhealthy. The blowdown valve should open. If limit switch
is provided with blowdown valve confirm the status
indication changes correctly to the valve opening and
closing action.
Record travelling time (from close to open) 1 inch 1second.
A typical test set-up for a blowdown valve loop test is shown

in Figure 5-15
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
CCR PROCESS AREA
DCS / SIS
MARSHALLING
4 20 mA
HMI CABINET / JUNCTION BOX
AO
ELCO BOARD
O%
25 %
50 %
75 %
PROCESS LINE 100 %
CV / XCV
Figure 5-14: Loop Test for Control valve and Choke valve
CCR PROCESS AREA
DCS / SIS
MARSHALLING
24 V
HMI CABINET / JUNCTION BOX
DO
ELCO BOARD
S
I.A.S
PROCESS LINE
SDV / BDV / MOV
Figure 5-15: Loop Test for Shutdown valve, Blowdown valve and Motor-operated valve
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.6.5 Motor (Electric) Valve
i) Note: To refer to vendor for specific procedure.
A typical test set-up for motor-operated valve loop test is

5.3.6.6 Partial Stroke Test
Note: Refer to OEM Partial Stroke Test Procedure and ITR.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.7 Loop Test Rotating Equipment Monitoring System
5.3.7.1 Proximity Probe Verification
This section shows how to verify the operation of a proximity

transducer system by calculating the incremental scale factor
(ISF) and the deviation from straight line (DSL) of the system and
then comparing the calculated values with the specified values
for the system.
Although Bently Nevada proximity transducer systems do not

normally require verification, we recommend that you verify
your system if any of the following conditions occurs:
system components are replaced
components are removed, reinstalled, moved, or

remounted
components appear to be damaged
machine being monitored is overhauled
Verification Test Setup
The scale factor verification requires the following instruments

and equipment:
Digital multimeter
Spindle micrometer
Fixed resistor, 10 k
Power supply (24 Vdc 1)
The scale factor verification uses the test setup as shown in the
following figure:
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 5-16: Scale Factor Verification
(1) Proximitor Sensor

(2) Multimeter
(3) Power Supply
(4) Probe, target, and spindle micrometer
Scale factor verification procedure
The verification procedure consists of recording the output

voltages of the system at a series of gap increments, using these
voltage values to calculate the incremental scale factor and the
deviation from straight line, and then comparing the calculated
values with the specified values for that probe.
a) Compensate for mechanical backlash and adjust the spindle

micrometer for electrical zero by adjusting the micrometer
first to setting 1 and then to setting 2.
Probe Type Micrometer Setting

1 2
Nsv 0.4mm (18 mil) 0.5mm (20 mil)
3300 16mm High Temp 0.45mm (18 mil) 0.50 mm (20 mil)
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
b) Adjust the gap to electrical zero by moving the probe until

the multimeter reads the voltage for electrical zero as listed
in the following table.
Figure 5-17: Probe
Probe Type Voltage for electrical zero

(Vdc)
Nsv -3.00 0.1
3300 16mm High Temp -2.00 0.2
c) Compensate for mechanical backlash in the micrometer and

adjust to the start of the linear range by adjusting the
micrometer to setting 1 and then to setting 2.
Micrometer Setting
Probe Type
1 2
Nsv 0.2mm (8 mil) 0.25mm (10 mil)
3300 16mm High Temp 0.4mm (18 mil) m (20 mil)
d) From the following table, identify the range and increment

for the micrometer settings for your probe type and then
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
copy the settings into the appropriate column in Table 3-2.

Worksheet for calculating ISF and Vdiff.
Table 3.1 Ranges and increments for calculating ISF and Vdiff
Range (mm) Range (mil)

Probe Type
Start End Increment Start End Increment
Nsv 0.25 2.0 0.25 10 80 10
3300
16mm
0.5 4.5 0.5 20 180 20
High
Temp
e) For each micrometer setting n, enter the measured output

voltage into the column of the worksheet labeled Output
Voltages, Vdcn.
Table 3.2 Worksheet for calculating ISF and Vdiff

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
f) Calculate the values ISFn using the following equation:
Where gap increment is taken from Table 3-1.Ranges and

increments for calculating ISF and Vdiff.
g) For each increment n, calculate the difference voltage,

Vdiffn, using one of the following equations. Enter the
calculated value into the column of the worksheet labeled
Vdiffn.
Vdiffn = Vdcn+(mmnSFmm) or
Vdiffn = Vdcn+(milnSFmil)
Where the values for scale factor (SF) are as follows:
Table 3.3 Values for scale factor (SF)
SF mm SF mil
Probe Type
[Vdc/mm] [Vdc/mil]
Nsv 7.87 0.2
3300 16mm High Temp 3.94 0.1
h) From the Vdiffn column in the worksheet, select the largest

voltage difference (Vdiffmax) and the smallest voltage
difference (Vdiffmin) and use these values to calculate the
deviation from straight line (DSL) using one of the following
equations:
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Where the values for SFmm and SFmil are listed in Table 3-3.
Values for scale factor (SF).
i) Compare the calculated values for ISF and DSL in the

worksheet to the values listed below.
Table 3.4 Typical Values for ISF and DSL
ISF DSL
Probe Type
mV/um mV/mil um Mil
7.87 200
Nsv + 12.5% + 12.5% 60 2.3
- 20.0% - 20.0%
3300 16mm High Temp 3.94 9.65% 100 9.65% 78 3.1
If the incremental scale factor (ISF) or the deviation from

straight line (DSL) are not within the ranges listed above,
verify the following items:
a) The probe, the extension cable, and the Proximitor

sensor are a matching system.
b) The connectors between the probe, extension cable,

and sensor are free from corrosion and dirt.
c) The connectors between all system components are

tightened correctly.
5.3.8 Process Monitoring Control System (PMCS)
Note: Vendors procedure shall be used for pre-commissioning and

commissioning with the following activities shall be included as minimum
where applicable
5.3.8.1 Alternating Current Power Supply Check
i) Check incoming power supply.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ii) Check systemgrounding.
iii) Power up Distributed Control System (PMCS) AC/DC Power

circuit breaker.
iv) Make sure that the AC/DC INPUT indication lamp at DCS
AC/DC Distribution Panel is ON. If the system has redundant
AC/DC power, both AC/DC INPUT lamps must be on.
v) Turn on all AC/DC sub circuit breakers on the PMCS as per

wire diagram attached.
vi) Make sure that each AC/DC OUTPUT lamp goes ON as each
AC/DC circuit breaker is turned on (if applicable).
5.3.8.2 Direct Current Power Supply Check
i) Verify and check each AC/DC Power Supply light indicators.
ii) Follow vendors instruction manual for direct current (DC)

power supply energization.
iii) Measure voltage at all of the DC Bus assemblies.
Note: Refer to OEM or PSU Manual.
iv) Verify and record the voltage on bus assembly at the

furnished device.
Tag No. Reading (Volts)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.8.3 Battery Backup Test
Note: Battery backup for controller RAM
i) Turn off AC breakers.
ii) Verify the battery backup system is in operation. Note:

Verification method to follow vendors procedure.
iii) Turn on AC breakers.
iv) Verify that the system is back in operation automatically

without any system rebooting required.
5.3.8.4 Operator Interface Check
i) Turn on Operator Interface Station (OIS).
ii) After the main menu is displayed, make sure that all cards
have their green LEDs on.
5.3.8.5 Communications (Control Network Status) Check
i) After all Control Files and Consoles are up and running,

systems communications must be verified. The following
steps shall be observed.
ii) Call up the Control Network Status screen.
iii) Verify that the node addresses and the devices that are
installed on the Control Network match.
iv) Configure the Control Network Overview screen. Refer to

manufacturers instructions for the necessary details.
5.3.8.6 Peripheral Device Check
i) Check that cabinet cooling fans are operational.
ii) Verify Printer operation.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.8.7 System Input and Output Verification
i) Verify input and output (I/O) points of each Controller

Processer card.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.9 Safety Instrumented System (SIS) (LAT)

where applicable
ii) Check system grounding.
iii) Power up SIS Power circuit breaker.
iv) Make sure that the AC/DC INPUT indication lamp at SIS
v) Turn on all AC/DC sub circuit breakers on the SIS.



furnished device.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Note: Battery backup for controller RAM


5.3.9.4 System Energization
i) Perform visual check to verify completeness of field devices

such as breakglass, switch, transmitter, cables, junction
boxes, marshalling cabinet and panel installation etc.
ii) Verify completeness of cable insulation resistance and

continuity tests.
iii) Inspect all power supply distribution wiring to ensure

correct polarity and secured connections.
iv) Connect the power suppliers to the incoming terminals,

close each circuit breaker and insert associated fuse.
Confirm that only correct group of terminals are energized.
v) Measure the voltage at the incoming terminals and

panel/cabinet distribution. Confirm that the voltage is not
significantly different from the power supply voltage.
5.3.9.5 Loop Checking
i) If the system is Programmable-Logic-Controlled (PLC) based,

verify that the alarm and shutdown logic program in the SIS
controller is the same with the one in Engineering
Workstation (EWS).
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ii) Perform system loop check from input field devices e.g.
breakglass, switches, pushbuttons, transmitters etc. to the
panel.
iii) Perform system loop check from panel to output field

devices i.e. shutdown/blowdown valves and motor control
center (MCC).
iv) Perform system interface check with Fire and Gas, PMCS
and General Platform Alarm System.
5.3.9.6 System Integrity Test
i) Manually activate the signal path integrity test on input

cards, if available. Confirm that the output cards respond
correctly.
ii) Activate the automatic signal path integrity test. Confirm

correct response of all output cards.
iii) Simulate failure of cards with hot standby spare. Confirm

communication of card failure and changeover to hot
standby spare.
5.3.9.7 Operational System Test
i) Achieve System Healthy status by setting all inputs to

normal state.
ii) Change the state of one of the inputs that causes the
Emergency Shutdown and Blowdown (ESD) to
alarm/shutdown condition.
iii) Verify that the input change of state is annunciated in PMCS

and Operator Pushbutton Station.
iv) Confirm that resetting the system without changing the

state of the input back to normal will not restore System
Healthy condition.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
v) Normalize the input and reset the system.
vi) Repeat steps (ii) to (iv) for all other ESD inputs.
vii) Repeat steps (ii) to (v) for Process Shutdown (PSD) and Unit
Shutdown (USD).
viii) Activate the Start-Up By-Pass of an input which has similar

facility.
ix) Confirm that the system does not trip when the input
changes from normal to alarm/shutdown state. Nonetheless,
the input change of state is annunciated in PMCS and
Operator Pushbutton Station.
x) Repeat steps (viii) and (ix) for all inputs with Start-Up By-
Pass facility.
xi) Activate the Maintenance Override of an input which has

such facility.
xii) Confirm that the system does not trip when the input
xiii) Repeat steps (xi) and (xii) for all inputs with Maintenance
Override facility.
xiv) Test other normal operational (non-shutdown) logic e.g.

pump lead lag, motor duty/standby etc. by simulating the
inputs. Confirm correct operation of equipment per the
operational logic.
5.3.10 Fire and Gas System (FGS)

where applicable

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ii) Check system grounding.
iii) Power up SIS Power circuit breaker.
iv) Make sure that the AC/DC INPUT indication lamp at SIS
v) Turn on all AC/DC sub circuit breakers on the SIS as per wire
diagram attached.


furnished device.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Note:Battery backup for controller RAM


5.3.10.4 System Energization
i) Perform visual check to verify completeness of field devices

such as breakglass, switch, transmitter, cables, junction
boxes, marshalling cabinet and panel installation etc.
ii) Verify completeness of cable insulation resistance and

continuity tests.
iii) Inspect all power supply distribution wiring to ensure

correct polarity and secured connections.
iv) Connect the power suppliers to the incoming terminals,

close each circuit breaker and insert associated fuse.
Confirm that only correct group of terminals are energized.
v) Measure the voltage at the incoming terminals and

panel/cabinet distribution. Confirm that the voltage is not
significantly different from the power supply voltage.
5.3.10.5 Loop Checking
i) If the system is Programmable-Logic-Controlled (PLC) based,

verify that the alarm and shutdown logic program in the SIS
controller is the same with the one in Engineering
Workstation (EWS).
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ii) Perform system loop check from input field devices e.g.
breakglass, switches, pushbuttons, transmitters etc. to the
panel.
iii) Perform system loop check from panel to output field

devices i.e. shutdown/blowdown valves and motor control
center (MCC).
iv) Perform system interface check with Fire and Gas, PMCS
and General Platform Alarm System.
5.3.10.6 System Integrity Test
i) Manually activate the signal path integrity test on input

cards, if available. Confirm that the output cards respond
correctly.
ii) Activate the automatic signal path integrity test. Confirm

correct response of all output cards.
iii) Simulate failure of cards with hot standby spare. Confirm

communication of card failure and changeover to hot
standby spare.
5.3.10.7 Operational System Test
i) Achieve System Healthy status by setting all inputs to

normal state.
ii) Change the state of one of the inputs that causes the
Emergency Shutdown and Blowdown (ESD) to
alarm/shutdown condition.
iii) Verify that the input change of state is annunciated in PMCS

and Operator Pushbutton Station.
iv) Confirm that resetting the system without changing the

state of the input back to normal will not restore System
Healthy condition.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
v) Normalize the input and reset the system.
vi) Repeat steps ii) to iv) for all other ESD inputs.
vii) Repeat steps ii) to v) for Process Shutdown (PSD) and Unit
Shutdown (USD).
viii) Activate the Start-Up By-Pass of an input which has similar

facility.
ix) Confirm that the system does not trip when the input
x) Repeat steps viii) and ix) for all inputs with Start-Up By-Pass
facility.
xi) Activate the Maintenance Override of an input which has

such facility.
xii) Confirm that the system does not trip when the input
xiii) Repeat steps xi) and xii) for all inputs with Maintenance
Override facility.
xiv) Test other normal operational (non-shutdown) logic e.g.

pump lead lag, motor duty/standby etc. by simulating the
inputs. Confirm correct operation of equipment per the
operational logic.
5.3.10.8 Pre-Functional Check
i) Check that the correct cable has been used and installed
satisfactorily.
ii) Check the connection of 24 volts of direct current power

supply as per vendors drawings and wiring diagrams.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iii) Check that each supply is between 22 volts and 33 volts

direct current.
iv) Check subrack(s) earthing connection.
v) Verify the fitting of the module(s) to subrack(s). Ensure that

all modules are mounted in their specified positions and
located fully home in their connectors before securing.
5.3.10.9 Commissioning of Detectors and Callpoints
i) Heat Detectors
a) Override the associated trip function of the device.
b) Using a hot air blower, operate a detector in the

detection circuit and ensure an Alarm condition is raised.
c) Remove override.
d) Repeat the above procedure for all heat detectors in

each detection circuit.
ii) Smoke Detectors
b) Operate the detector using appropriate tester.
c) Check that the detector flashers for a certain number of

seconds and then automatically resets for the same
number of seconds.
d) Remove override
e) Repeat the above procedure for all smoke detectors in

each detection circuit.
iii) Ultra-Violet Flame Detectors

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
b) Switch on the portable ultra-violet (UV) test lamp and

aim towards the quartz window of the detector in the
selected detection unit.
c) After a pre-set period of up to 14 seconds maximum the

detector operates. Ensure that a fire condition is raised
at the module.
d) Switch off the portable UV test lamp and ensure that

the module returns to Standby.
e) Switch on the portable UV test lamp and test detector

operation from various positions within protected area,
ensuring that the Fire condition is raised on each case.
f) Remove override
g) Repeat above procedure for each UV flame detector.
iv) Infra-Red Flame Detectors
Refer to the appropriate section of vendors publications, the

detectors are tested by using portable test lamp to operate
the detector from various positions within the area it is
protecting.
v) Gas Detectors Catalytic Type

b) Place the channel in the calibration mode.
c) Adjust the zero potentiometer (on the Combustible gas

Controller) until the Low-Explosive-Limit (LEL) display
reads zero. This must be done in a clean atmosphere
i.e. no combustible gas present.
d) Turn the main valve on the lecture bottle counter-

clockwise until pressure is indicated on the gauge and
turn the gas on.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
e) Place the plastic cup over the outer sensor guard (cup
should fit closely but not seal).
Caution: Do not adjust the regulator, as it is factory
adjusted for optimum flow.
f) Wait momentarily for the Controller and the Sensor

circuits to stabilize (controller display should move
upscale and approach a reading of 50% LEL).
g) Adjust the Controller span potentiometer until the

Controller LEL display reading corresponds to the LEL
mixture (in percentage) indicated on the Portable Purge
Calibrator.
h) Release the lever operated valve, stopping the flow of

gas through the plastic tube.
i) Remove the cup from the sensor.
j) Re-check LEL display when it has re-stabilized (reading

should return to zero).
k) Turn the main valve clockwise to turn the gas off and
return the channel to the normal operating mode.
vi) Infra-Red Gas Detectors

Note: Refer to the appropriate section of vendors
publications
vii) Call Points

b) Operates the call point; ensure that an Alarm Condition
is raised at the module and the callpoint LED indicator (if
fitted) flashes for a certain number of seconds.
c) Remove the override.
d) Repeat the above procedure for each callpoint.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.10.10 Alarm and Shutdown
i) Each input shall be simulated individually against the cause

and effect chart. The following action shall occur:-
ii) The corresponding module and annunciation window(s)

shall show an alarm.
iii) The common facilities module shall sound an alarm tone

and show a flashing alarm indication.
viii) When the SILENCE button is operated, the alarm indication

shall change to steady, and the sounder shall be silenced.
ix) When the input alarm is removed, no change shall be

observed.
x) When the corresponding module and annunciation

window(s) are reset, all the associated indication shall clear.
xi) The following faults shall be observed to operate correctly

on all modules and on the common facilities module. This
action shall not inhibit normal operation:
a) Card (module) removed (Fire, gas and IR).
b) Field wiring fault (Fire, gas and IR).
c) Power output fuse failure.
xii) Isolations or inhibits on fire, gas and IR modules shall cause

the common INHIBIT indication to light on.
a) Document all checks and tests made.
b) Preserve the system prior to load out.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.11 Pneumatic Instrument Control Panel
5.3.11.1 Instrument Control Panel Function Test

i) Turn on the instrument air supply to the Instrument Control
Panel (ICP) and monitor pressure gauge reading. Adjust
instrument air supply pressure regulator if necessary.
Note: Instrument air supply pressure shall be maintained

at 7 bar gauge (100 psig) or as defined in the approved
design drawing
ii) Set the two (2) panel headers to the required pressure
as defined in the approved design drawing.
iii) Monitor panel pressure gauge reading. Adjust pressure

regulators if necessary.
iv) Hold the pressure for fifteen (15) minutes. Apply SNOOP or
equivalent leak tester and visually check fittings header and
bulkhead connections for leaks. Record the pressure gauge
reading. If the pressure gauge reading drops significantly,
check for leaks.
v) Functional test pressure and flow records by simulating

input signal from transmitters at 0, 25, 50, 75 and 100
percent. Check the rising and falling readings of recorded
scale.
vi) Calibration checks of field transmitters and control valves,

and corresponding controllers installed at the panel.
Perform complete loop check.
vii) Functional test of Flow Totalizer (FQI) by applying a specific

input signal and check the actual output (counts per minute)
to be multiplied by a factor.
viii) Set pneumatic timers to their corresponding settings.
ix) Test all pneumatic indicators (for indication only) by

supplying air pressure as defined in the approved design
drawing to the corresponding bulkheads.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.11.2 Panel Energization

i) Confirm the output signal from Instrument Control Panel
will be blocked and pressurized up to the instrument.
ii) Put all the bypass valves in normal green position.
iii) Connect test gauges to ICP output bulkheads to monitor

outputs during functional test are as per Shutdown Matrix.
iv) Push/PullEmergency Shutdown (ESD) button. Verify the test

gauges give zero reading. Reset relay until the pneumatic
indicator turns to green.
v) Steps iv) shall also cause the ESD Signal and ESD (Time
Delayed) Signal output gauges to indicate healthy signal
pressure respectively.
vi) Pull and pin Process Shutdown (PSD). Reset relay until the
pneumatic indicator turns to green.
vii) Pull all bypass valves of PSD inputs respectively and shall be
in bypass yellow position.
viii) Simulate shutdown of respective PSD inputs.
ix) Put all PSD input to normal process condition. Push all the
bypass valves back to the initial normal state.
x) Pull and pin Unit Shutdown (USD) reset relay for the test
separator until the pneumatic indicator turns to green.
xi) Pull all bypass valves of Unit Shutdown (Test Separator) USD
inputs respectively and shall be in bypass yellow position.
xii) Simulate shutdown of respective Unit Shutdown (Test

Separator) USD inputs.
xiii) Put all Unit Shutdown (Test Separator) USD input to normal
process condition. Push all the bypass valves back to the
initial normal state.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
xiv) Pull and pin Unit Shutdown (Gaslift) USD Reset relay until
the pneumatic indicator turns to green.
xv) Pull all bypass valves of Unit Shutdown (Gaslift) USD inputs
respectively and shall be in bypass yellow position.
xvi) Simulate shutdown of respective Unit Shutdown (Gaslift)

USD inputs.
xvii) Put all Unit Shutdown (Gaslift) USD inputs to normal

process condition. Push all the bypass valves back to the
initial normal state.
xviii) During the panel energization, check the operation of

output devices connected to respective output signals.
5.3.11.3 Emergency Shutdown Test
i) Simulate abnormal condition of individual Emergency

Shutdown (ESD) input.
ii) Reset the above shutdown by putting the respective ESD

input back to normal, pushing to actuate ESD Reset Relay
and pulling and pinning to actuate PSD Reset Relay, USD
(Test Separator) Reset Relay and USD (Gaslift) Reset Relay.
iii) Confirm that Instrument Control Panel trips the

corresponding output devices and shutdown valves go to
closed position in accordance with CARIGALI Alarm and
Shutdown Matrix.
iv) Document all checks and tests made and preserve the
system prior to load out.
5.3.11.4 Process Shutdown Test
i) Simulate abnormal condition of individual Process

Shutdown (PSD) input.
ii) Reset the above shutdown by putting the respective PSD

input back to normal and pulling & pinning to actuate PSD
Reset Relay.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

Shutdown Matrix.
5.3.11.5 Unit Shutdown (Test Separator) Test
i) Simulate abnormal condition of individual Unit Shutdown

(Test Separator) USD input.
ii) Reset the above shutdown by putting the respective USD

(Test Separator) input back to normal and pulling & pinning
to actuate USD (Test Separator) Reset Relay.

Shutdown Matrix.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.11.6 Unit Shutdown (Gaslift) Test
i) Simulate abnormal condition of individual Unit Shutdown

(Gaslift) USD input.
ii) Reset the above shutdown by putting the respective USD

(Gaslift) input back to normal and pulling & pinning to
actuate USD (Test Separator) Reset Relay.

Shutdown Matrix.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.12 Wellhead Control Panel(WHCP)
5.3.12.1 Pre-Energization Check
i) Verify specifications of Wellhead Control Panel (WHCP)

components and instruments check.
ii) Verify cable terminations have been completed (Refer to
termination ITR). Note: Applicable for
electronic/pneumatic/hydraulic WHCP.
iii) Verify that pneumatic leak test for tubing and components
had been carried out. (Refer to pneumatic leak ITR).
iv) Verify that hydraulic pressure test or hydraulic discharge

tubing and component had been carried out. (Refer to
hydraulic leak ITR).
v) Verify pop test on relief valve had been completed.
vi) Check panel ingress protection.
5.3.12.2 Master Pneumatic Start-up Operation
i) Set the air supply to the required pressure by adjusting the

air regulators.
ii) Open air supply isolating valve.
iii) Simulate emergency shutdown (ESD) pneumatic/electronic

signal by supplying air pressure to ESD bulkhead or
energizing the ESD relay solenoid from SIS
iv) Normalize Total Sub-Surface Safety Valve shutdown (SCSSV

S/D) circuit by pushing Push & Pin to Reset ESDor Push to
Reset ESD button and Push to Reset & Pull to Total SCSSV
S/Dor Push to Reset total SCSSV S/D button with alarm
v) Fill reservoirs with correct type of hydraulic oil to

approximately one-half (1/2) of the reservoir level.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
vi) Check the reservoir low level alarm indicator should turn
green.
vii) Supply pneumatic pilot signal to Process Shutdown (PSD)

pneumatic/electronic signal by supplying air pressure to ESD
bulkhead or energizing the PSD relay solenoid SIS. PSD alarm
indicator should turn green.
viii) Normalize Total Surface Safety Valve shutdown (SSV S/D)

circuit by pushing Push & Pin to Reset ESDor Push to Reset
PSD button and Push to Reset & Pull to Total SSV S/D or
Push to Reset total SSV S/D button with alarm indicator
turns to green.
ix) Check for air leak within the basic cabinet.
5.3.12.3 Master Hydraulic Start-Up Operation
i) Turn pressure regulators anti-clockwise until it stop.
ii) Operate hydraulic supply valves to the desired position as

per manufacturers instruction.
iii) Slowly turn pressure regulators clockwise to regulate the

hydraulic pressure to the required setting.
iv) Isolate ball valves to module and set relief valve to the
required setting by pressuring up the hydraulic system using
manual pumps.
v) After completion of each relief valves depressurized and

reset back to stated value.
5.3.12.4 Individual Module Start-Up Operation
i) Set the two pressure regulators inside the module, one set
for Sub-Surface Safety Valve (SCSSV) equalization pressure
and the other for SCSSV final pressure.
ii) Set the ON Delay timer for SCSSV final pressure and the OFF
Delay timer for SCSSV equalization pressure to the required
setting. Note: If the timer reside externally e.g. SIS, this
procedure is not applicable.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iii) Open pressure indicator isolation valves for HI-LO Pilot

pressure, Hydraulic Control Pressure to SCSSV and Hydraulic
Control Pressure to SSV.
iv) Open valves for Total Surface Safety Valve (SSV) S/D line,
Module Air Supply Line, Total SCSSV S/D Line and SCSSV
Pump Hydraulic Suction Line.
v) Close valves for Manual SCSSV Pump Supply Line and SSV
Hydraulic Supply Line.
vi) Turn Manual Override Valves for SCSSV and SSV hydraulic
Control Pressure clockwise until it stop.
vii) Open Manual SCSSV Pump Supply Line valve to test supply
check valve position and operation of Manual SSV Override
valve.
viii) Open SSV Hydraulic Supply Line valve to test supply check
valve position and operation of Manual SSV Override valve.
ix) Turn Manual Override Valves for SCSSV and SSV Hydraulic
Control Pressure anti-clockwise until it stop. Hydraulic
Control SCSSV and SSV pressure gauges should reflect zero.
x) Connect simulated HI-LO Pilot to bulkhead. HI-LO Pilot

pressure gauge should reflect the simulated pressure. For
electronic/pneumatic/hydraulic WHCP, energized the
flowline PZAHH/LL solenoid relay.
xi) Push individual module SCSSV Push to Reset and Pull to

Shutdown valve.
xii) After the ON Delay Timer times out Hydraulic Control SCSSV
pressure gauge should show the SCSSV final pressure.
xiii) Push individual module SSV Push to Reset and Pull to

Shutdown valve.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
xiv) Slowly turn regulator for SCSSV Final Pressure clockwise to

regulate to 130% normal setting. Check for hydraulic leak.
After leak test is completed, set to stated normal value.
xv) Put test probe at HI-LO Pilot pressure switch junction box.
Pull HI-LO Pilot Pull to Bypass & Push to Normal valve.
Change of pressure contact position should occur.
Note: Not applicable for electronic/pneumatic/hydraulic
WHCP.
xvi) All modules should be tested on the same manner as per

the procedure stated herein.
5.3.12.5 Individual Module Shutdown Operation
5.3.12.5.1 For pneumatic/hydraulic WHCP
i) Turn off simulated HI-LO Pilot. HI-LO Pilot pressure

gauge should show zero pressure.
ii) Normalized HI-LO pilot. HI-LO pilot pressure gauge

should show incoming pressure.
iii) Push individual module SSV Push to Reset and Pull to

Shutdown valve.
iv) Push individual module SCSSV Push to Reset and Pull to

Shutdown valve. SSV Push to Reset and Pull to
Shutdown valve should pop out.
v) Normalize by pushing SCSSV Push to Reset and Pull to

Shutdown valve. After ON Delay timer times out push
SSV Push to Reset and Pull to shutdown valve.
vi) Repeat item i) to v) for the rest of the module.
5.3.12.5.2 For electronic/pneumatic/hydraulic WHCP
i) De-energized PZAHH/LL relay solenoid. SSV status

indicator turns to red.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ii) Energized PZAHH/LL relay solenoid, SSV status indicator

turns to green.
iii) De-energized ESD relay solenoid, SSV and SCSSV status

indicator turns to red.
iv) Energized ESD relay solenoid, SSV and SCSSV status

v) Push PUSH TO CLOSE SSV button on individual module.

SSV status indicator turns to red.
vi) Push PUSH TO OPEN SSV button on individual module.

SSV status indicator turns to green.
vii) Push PUSH TO CLOSE SCSSV button on individual

module. SSV and SCSSV status indicator turns to red.
viii) Push PUSH TO OPEN SCSSV button on individual

module. SSV and SCSSV status indicator turns to green.
ix) Repeat item i) to viii) for the rest of the module.
5.3.12.6 Master Shutdown Operation
5.3.12.6.1 For pneumatic/hydraulic WHCP
i) Shut off pneumatic pilot signal to PSD bulkhead

simulating that the process shutdown occur. PSD status
indicator to turn red. Total SSV S/D header pressure
gauge should reflect zero indicating that no pressure
passing to individual modules
ii) Normalize by simulating the pneumatic pilot signal to

PSD bulkhead, pushing Push & Pin to Reset PSD valve
and individual module Push to Reset & Pull to S/D
valves. PSD status indicator to turn green.
iii) Pull Push to Reset & Pull to S/D Total SSV valve. PSD
status indicator to turn red. Total SSV S/D header
pressure gauge should reflect zero indicating that no
pressure passing to individual modules.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iv) Normalize by pushing Push to Reset & Pull to S/D Total

SSV valve and individual module Push to Reset & Pull
to S/D SSV valves. PSD status indicator to turn green.
v) Shut off pneumatic pilot signal to ESD bulkhead

simulating that the emergency shutdown occur. ESD
status indicator to turn red
vi) Total SCSSV S/D header and Total SSV S/D header
pressure should reflect zero.
vii) Normalize by pushing Push & Pin to Reset ESD, Push

to Reset & Pull to S/D Total SCSSV, Push to Reset &
Pull to S/D Total SSV valves and individual module
SCSSV and SSV valves.
viii) Pull Push to Reset & Pull to S/D Total SCSSV valve.
5.3.12.6.2 For electronic/pneumatic/hydraulic WHCP
Note: ESD and PSD signal from SIS will de-energize individual
solenoid relay in each Well Control Module. Hence, no ESD and
PSD simulation is to be conducted for Master Shutdown
Operation.
i) Push Close All SSV button. Every SSV status on each WCM
to turn red.
ii) Push Reset button. Every SSV status on each WCM to stay
red.
Note:
A) the Reset button on basic cabinet is only meant for
total reset. Opening of individual SSV shall be carried out
through its WCM.
B) If remote SSV opening is applicable, the reset button
should only require to be activated upon total SCSSV close.
iii) Push Close All SCSSV button. Every SSV and every SCSSV
status on each WCM to turn red.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
iv) Push Reset button. Every SSV and every SCSSV status on
each WCM to stay red.
Note: The Reset button on basic cabinet is only meant for

total reset. Opening of individual SSV shall be carried out
through its WCM.
5.3.12.7 Testing Accumulators
i) Check that SSV hydraulic supply header drain valves and

bypass valves are closed.
ii) Open accumulators isolation valves.
iii) Slowly turn pressure regulators clockwise to set SSV

hydraulic supply header pressure setting and charge
accumulators.
iv) Increase the pressure to 130% of normal setting to test for

leakage. Check performance of pressure relief valve on
accumulators.
v) After completion, set to the normal stated value.
vi) Start-up master and individual modules SCSSV and SSV.
vii) Drain off oil in Reservoir #1 and Reservoir #2 if required
viii) Document all tests and checks made.
ix) Preserve Wellhead Control Panel prior to loadout to include

depressurization of the whole system.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
5.3.13 Fusible Plug Loop
Pre-commissioning
i) Bubble leak test the whole fusible plug and kill knob circuit. Verify that
there is no bubble.
ii) After completing the leak test and all tubing are completely hook-up,
restore the fusible plug loop and kill knob circuit toFusible Plug Loop
panel and monitor the charge pressure.
iii) Perform instrument loop check on fusible plug loops, kill knob circuit
and associated instruments.
iv) Activate manually kill knob circuit and check its operation.
v) Simulate all system inputs such as release of fusible plug loop pressure
and kill knob activation.
vi) Verify corresponding outputs are in accordance with Fire and Gas cause
and effect matrix including checking for visual and audible alarms.
Note: Fire and gas panel vendor representative assistance may be
required.
vii) Documentation of all checks and tests made.
viii) Preservation of the system prior to load out.
Commissioning
i) Verify the pre-commissioning ITR has been completed.
ii) Activate manually kill knob circuit and check its operation.
iii) Simulate all system inputs such as release of fusible plug loop pressure
and kill knob activation.
iv) Verify corresponding outputs are in accordance with Fire and Gas cause
and effect matrix including checking for visual and audible alarms.
Note: Fire and gas panel vendor representative assistance may be
required.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
v) Documentation of all checks and tests made.
5.3.14 Test of Pressure Safety Valve (PSV)
i) During construction, pop test shallbe conducted prior to installation.

Certification and documentation shall be made available.
ii) Verify the activities for PSV installation and inspection has been
completed. Note: Refer to relevant ITR.
iii) Note: API Recommended Practice 527 Seat Tightness of Pressure Relief
Valves API 576 Inspection of Pressure Relieving Devices
5.3.15 Test of Analyzer
Moisture/dew point analyzer

Water in oil
Densitometer
Gas chromatograph
Oil in water (ppm)
pH analyzer
Turbidity
Salinity
Note: To refer to vendor for specific procedure.
i) Ensure that the analyzer is in good condition.
The analyzer is installed as per vendor recommendation.
Ensure Factory Acceptance Test for analyzer is completed.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
6.1 Organization
6.1.1 Organization Chart

6.1.1.1 A typical CONTRACTOR's testing, pre-commissioning and
commissioning organization chart is shown in Figure 6-1 on the
next page. The chart shows only key personnel involve at its
nominal level. Additional manpower would be required
proportional to the magnitude of the activities.
Figure 6-1: Contractor Onshore Team

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 6-2: Contractor Offshore Team
6.1.2 Individual Roles and Functions
Below are some of the responsibilities identified by CARIGALI for the

respective key position in preparation, execution, reporting and handover of
the pre-commissioning activities.
6.1.2.1 Testing, Pre-commissioning & Commissioning (TP&C)

Coordinator
Reporting directly to the Project Manager, TP&C Coordinator

should possess sound management quality and should acquire a
commendable overall knowledge of process, piping, mechanical
equipment, electrical systems and instrumentations involved in
oil and gas facilities.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Supported by a group of discipline engineers and supervisors,

TP& C Coordinator is responsible for:-
i) ensuring safety program for testing, Pre-commissioning and

Commissioning activities are developed and implemented
strictly,
ii) ensuring procedures and work activities are in adherence to

Contract, drawings, specifications, Codes and Standards and
vendor recommendations,
iii) coordinating with construction focal point and/or project

planner and scheduler to ensure timely completion of other
activities prior to commencement of testing, pre-
commissioning and Commissioning activities,
iv) organizing support facilities required to perform testing,

pre-commissioning and commissioning activities on-shore
such as water, diesel fuel, power supply, lifting equipment,
storage tanks, access platforms, load banks, etc. with
project services or support groups,
v) coordinating with engineering group for timely acquisition

of vendor data, factory acceptance reports, latest revision of
fabrication/construction drawings,
vi) coordinating with subcontractors on matters related to

manpower planning, appropriate methodology of work
execution, tools and equipment and updating of
documentation
vii) coordinating with procurement section pertaining

outstanding materials, late deliveries and non-conformance
of materials to specification,
viii) coordinating with materials section or support services for

tertiary services and materials required,
ix) organizing requirement for and mobilization of vendors and

third parties,
x) monitoring and controlling work progress, and
xi) submitting daily reports, ITRs and updated drawings for

review by the relevant parties.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.1.2.2 Discipline Engineer
Engineering scope is divided mainly in three fields of

engineering i.e mechanical and piping, electrical and
instrumentation whereby each is managed by a discipline
engineer.
It is common that some activities may require multiple

disciplinary involvements in which cases the roles and
responsibilities would be better defined by the T/P Coordinator.
Generally, discipline engineers are responsible for:-
i) organizing daily testing, pre-commissioning and

commissioning activities in adherence to approved plan and
strategy,
ii) organizing manpower distribution consistent with daily

loads,
iii) identifying the necessary tools and equipment, consumables

and utilities to perform the activities,
iv) preparing complete compilation of procedures and ITRs,
v) preparing and developing procedures that are not covered

in the Testing, Pre-commissioning& Commissioning
Guideline,
vi) reviewing and approving test data and commissioning ITRs,
vii) developing and monitoring troubleshooting activities,
viii) identifying need of third party inspectors and vendors,
ix) preparing progress reports, analyzes and areas of concern,
x) ensuring timely compilation and preparation of As-Built

drawings and final documentation,
xi) clarifying inquiries on operations and maintenance of the

system and/or equipment,
xii) preparing the relevant documentation for release of

equipment and tools from the warehouse.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
xiii) monitoring the progress of shiploose materials, fabrication

and the staggered issuance until completion of shiploose list
including shiploose for punchlist from Engineering.
xiv) the Discipline Engineers shall ensure that:

a. Respective deliverables are met
b. Vendors Field Site Representative (FSR) are timely
mobilized and product delivery are met
c. Clients are trained and in-situ training with FSR on board
are given
d. Operating & Maintenance (O&M) manuals are ready to
be handed to Client
e. Special tools (if any) are provided for handover
f. The 72-hr endurance test run with performance
monitoring are recorded throughout the duration of the
test run- SAT to develop
g. Cat D punchlist are closed prior to final handover
6.1.2.3 Supervisors
Reporting to the respective discipline engineer, supervisors are

responsible for:-
i) reviewing all relevant pre-commissioning documents,
ii) coordinating and supervising subcontractor's resources; for

example manpower, tools, equipment, etc.
iii) ensuring relevant tools and materials are available in

advance of the activity commencing,
iv) ensuring daily plan activities are being met to prevent delay
on the schedule until the target completion date.
v) submitting daily progress and test reports or ITRs and

highlighting areas of concern,
vi) monitoring technicians or subcontractor's work

performance,
vii) ensuring work areas, tools and equipment are kept in good
and clean condition at all times,
viii) assisting vendor representatives or third party inspectors,

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ix) gathering data as required in the ITRs.
6.1.2.4 Commissioning Manager (Onshore Lead)
The Commissioning Managers responsibility shall include but

not be limited to the following:
Responsible for Smooth Start-Up Programme;

Plan, manage direct, and control the Pre-Commissioning and
Commissioning procedures, plans and activities including
those for the Smooth Start-Up Programme;
Manage the preparation, review and approval of training
resources / Materials and training sessions for
commissioning & operations personnel;
Manage and plan the preparation of procedures that meet
the health, safety, environment and security plan, codes of
practice and other standards specified inthe contract, for all
Pre-commissioning, testing and Commissioning activities;
Review and approve Pre-commissioning, Commissioning &
Start-Up and training programme and procedures;
Manage the preparation, review and approval of
maintenance schedule, scope and procedures;
Manage the maintenance repair work, during the
commissioning phase, with subcontractors and suppliers;
Manage and control the Pre-commissioning and
Commissioning activities to ensure that the results are as
per design and/or Contractual Requirements; and
Promote Safety and Quality by setting a good example.
Has overall responsibility for the Facility systems from
turnover of subsystems from Construction through to
handover of facility to Client after successful performance
acceptance
Responsible for verifying Systems Completion at the various
stages of the handover. Is responsible for witnessing and
verifying Performance acceptance test.
6.1.2.5 Commissioning Engineer (Discipline Lead)
The Commissioning Engineers responsibility shall include but

not be limited to the following:
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Execute the commissioning activities, review the Pre-

Commissioning and Commissioning procedures, plans and
activities including Performance test;
Review the preparation of procedures that meet the health,
safety, environment and security plan, codes of practice and
other standards specified in the contract, for all Pre-
commissioning, testing and Commissioning activities;
Review and recommend for approval Pre-commissioning,
Commissioning procedure and training records;
Shall coordinate the preparation, review and approval of
training resources/materials and training sessions for
operations personnel;
Coordinate the preparation, review and approval of
maintenance schedule, scope and procedures during the
commissioning phase;
Coordinate, monitor and witness the implementation of
maintenance repair work with sub-contractors and suppliers
during the commissioning phase;
Coordinate, monitor and witness the Pre-commissioning and
Commissioning activities to ensure that the results are as
per design and/or Contractual Requirements;
Direct involvement in execution of Smooth Start-Up
Programme.
i) Responsible for generating the discipline acceptance
packs for subsystems. Also responsible for the system
acceptance of the said system
ii) Report directly to Commissioning CSR/ HU-CSU lead
iii) Work directly with Discipline engineers and System
completion engineer
iv) Verify that handover certificates of all systems/sub-
systems (including Re-instatement leak test certificate)
are signed off and that no critical punchlist are affecting
the Commissioning activities
v) Check E & I integrity, i.e., protective system- alarm &
shutdown, F & G, etc.
vi) Carry out final line check along with discipline engineers;
record exceptions found
vii) Check all Cat D punchlist items are closed prior to final
handover
viii) Check all PASR Cat 1 mitigation works have been closed
prior to CSU and Cat 2 items have been done prior to
final handover
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ix) Work with Commissioning CSR during the 72-hr

endurance test monitoring
x) Carry out the completion of remaining works till Final
handover
6.1.2.6 Construction Superintendent
Obtain PTW; carry out tool box talk before commencement

of work
Brief commissioning team on the day to day activities
Carry out final line check together with Process Engineer
Provide manpower assistance in lining up all critical valves
including Lock Out Tag Out (LOTO) as per
Process/Operations requirement
Carry out PIR 04-Cat C mitigation works prior to SU and Cat
D punchlist items are closed prior to final handover
Carry out PSAR Cat 1 and 2 mitigation works
Arrange with HSE focal person to deploy Fire Watchers as
required prior to Start-up
6.1.2.7 Commissioning CSR or Offshore HU/CSU
Work and provide directives to Discipline lead, Construction

Superintendent, Logistic Marine Coordinator, HSE, QA/QC
Verify all disciplines deliverables are met, documented
including Re-instatement leak test report /certificate
Ensure Commissioning & Operational spares are available
Verify all Cat C items of PIR 04 are closed/mitigated and
ensure cat D punchlist items are closed prior to final
handover
Ensure that all PSAR Cat 1 items are closed prior to SU and
Cat 2 items prior to final handover
Ensure HSE requirement is in-place prior to Start-up, i.e.,
PTW, JSA, deployment of Fire Extinguishers with Contractor
personnel (Fire watchers) deployed at strategic locations
Ensure ERP is in-place
Ensure Ready for Start-up Certificate (RFSU) is signed by
PMT & approved by Operation
Ensure final line check is carried out prior to SU
Ensure assistance and monitoring is given during the 72-hr
test parameters
Ensure works are completed till final handover of facilities
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.1.2.8 HUC Manager

Accountable for the entire HUC operations
Accountable to Interface with the management of
Engineering, Procurement, Construction, Installation and
Commissioning.
Align HUC strategic direction with overall goals & aspiration.
Be the main driver for the Commissioning & Start-
UpManagement;
Manage resources, set priorities, monitor progress
Oversee the implementation of the Commissioning & Start-
Up Management Practices, assessments and systems
including Smooth Start-Up Program
6.1.2.9 Offshore Lead

Reports directly to Lead Commissioning
Responsible for the HSE, schedule, cost and quality of the
Offshore HUC.
Closely coordinate and work hand in hand with Onshore
Lead.
Responsible for the Offshore Testing, Pre-Commissioning
and Commissioning and Operational Team of HUC Campaign
Responsible to implement and manage the offshore project
scope, HUC strategy, overall schedule and cost estimation.
Proactively coordinate CSU Activities and drive to achieve
IFH.
6.1.2.10 Workpack Team Leader

Responsible for the Workpack Development
Onshore HUC.
Coordinate and responsible for integration of Disciplines
Workpack Completion.
Responsible to implement the CMS system, i.e. jobcards,
punchlist, ITRs compilation into the CMS system
6.1.2.11 Operation Team Leader

Onshore HUC.
Responsible for both onshore and offshore activities for scope
definition and scope verification.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Responsible to coordinate and set up onshore support team for

efficient offshore resolution.
Responsible for providing administrative and logistic support to
the project.
6.1.2.12 Logistic Lead

Responsible for coordination requirement on material, marine
spread, material inventory and logistic for project requirement.
Responsible to cascade the function task of :-
i. Material Coordinator physical check material at site
ii. Marine Coordinator Marine bunkering, loading,
inspection, mob/demob
iii. Material Planner inventory, update, tracking and
request
iv. Logistic Coordinator Manpower, material , custom etc.
v. Logistic/Marine Coordinator
Facilitate marine spread management for project optimization
and efficiency.
Conduct OSVIS and evaluate marine technical specifications
Manage utilization of HUC marine spread
Ensure compliance to marine spread mobilization, such as
approval of anchor patterns, are met.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.2 Testing and Pre-commissioning Sequence
6.2.1 Flowchart
6.2.1.1 A typical Onshore Testing and Pre-commissioning flowchart is

shown below
6.2.1.2 The main activity flowpath is highlighted with thick bold lines
and other incoming activities to the main activity are shown
with a single line.
6.2.1.3 Most of the times, activities under main flowpath would fall
under the category of CARIGALI hold points - areas where
inspection or review and approval by CARIGALI pre-
commissioning personnel or its appointed third party would be
required.
6.2.1.4 From the figures, one could determine that there exist a point
where some activities that one would consider under
Fabrication Team workscope is transposed into Yard Pre-
commissioning scope. This mainly involves area of material
receiving, its clearance and installation.
6.2.1.5 Such transposition is shown separately from the main flowpath .

Requirements on hold points for these activities are covered
under separate documentation.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
A. Piping QC Report
Record Weld
Metallic (CS/SS/Duplex/ QC Report
Super Duplex) Receiving Cutting & Edge
1 Fit-up Glue
Non-Metallic GRE/GRP/ Inspection Preparation
QC Report
PVC etc.
Screw
P06-B
QC Report QC Report
Flanges
Management Flanges Installation:
Utility System Alignment -Pipe spool
P06-A -Valves
System/ Reinstatement Painting
Nitrogen Bolt Torque/
Completed Subsystem Leak Test/
Purging HC Tensioning
Commissioning Service Test NDT
System
P07-A
P04-B2 / P10-B
Note : Flanges insulation shall be done after leak test PWHT

External *Insulation
Pickling (SS) (If any)
P11-A
NDT
Touch up Chemical P12-A
Painting Cleaning
Painting
P05-A P08-A
Reinstallation work/ Drying/ Conformity

Reinstatement Hydrotest Flushing
Blowing Linewalk
P04-A P03-A
P09-A / P04-B2 P05-A P01-A
P04-A P03-A
Packing & Drying/ P02-A
Shiploose Preserve Hydrotest Flushing
Blowing
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
PIPING READINESS PRIOR COMMISSIONING

DESCRIPTION ACTIVITIES
DRYING/ BLOWING
CHEMICAL
N2 PRESERVATION
REINSTATEMENT
PRESSURE TEST
SERVICE TEST
1. Water CLEANING
NITROGEN
MATERIAL
LEAK TEST
FLUSHING
N
PURGING
( Note F)
(Note B)
2. Oil
Pickling and
and Rinsing
Passivation
Degreasing
o. 3. Dry Air
Rising
4. N2
5. N2 + HE
1 Process Gas (Note C) SS 1 1 Y Y Y 3 5 4 4

2 Process Gas (Note C) CS 1 1 Y Y Y 3 5 4 4
3 Process Gas Sour (Note C) CS 1 1 Y Y Y 3 5 4 4
4 Crude Oil SS 1 1 3 5 4 4
5 Crude Oil CS 1 1 3 5 4 4
6 Crude Oil Sour CS 1 1 3 5 4 4
7 Process Condensate SS 1 1 3 5 4 4
8 Process Condensate CS 1 1 3 5 4 4
9 Process Condensate Sour SS 1 1 3 5 4 4
10 Process Condensate Sour CS 1 1 3 5 4 4
High Pressure Wellhead
11 SS 1 1 5 4 4
Production 3
12 CS 1 1 5 4 4
Production 3
13 CS 1 1 5 4 4
Production Sour 3
Low Pressure Wellhead
14 SS 1 1 5 4 4
Production 3
15 CS 1 1 5 4 4
Production 3
16 CS 1 1 5 4 4
Production Sour 3
17 Test Wellhead Production SS 1 1 3 5 4 4
18 Test Wellhead Production CS 1 1 3 5 4 4
19 Test Wellhead Production Sour CS 1 1 3 5 4 4
20 Low Pressure Flare Lines CS 1 1 3 5 4 4
21 Low Pressure Flare Lines Sour CS 1 1 3 5 4 4
22 High Pressure Flare Lines SS 1 1 3 5 4 4
23 High Pressure Flare Lines CS 1 1 3 5 4 4
24 High Pressure Flare Lines, Sour SS 1 1 3 5 4 4
25 High Pressure Flare Lines, Sour CS 1 1 3 5 4 4
26 Vent Atmospheric CS 3
27 Vent Sour CS 3
28 Fuel Gas CS 1 1,3 or 4 Y Y Y 3 5 4 4
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
CHEMICAL
DRYING/ BLOWING
N2 PRESERVATION
REINSTATEMENT
PRESSURE TEST
SERVICE TEST
1. Water CLEANING
NITROGEN
MATERIAL
LEAK TEST
FLUSHING
PURGING
( Note F)
N
(Note B)
2. Oil
Pickling and
and Rinsing
Degreasing
Passivation
o. 3. Dry Air
Rising
4. N2
5. N2 + HE
29 Fuel Gas Sour CS 1 1,3 or 4 Y Y Y 3 5 4 4

30 Aviation Fuel CS 1 1,3 or 4 Y Y Y 3 4 4 4
31 Inert Gas CS 1 1,3 or 4 3 4 4 4
32 Instrument Gas CS 1 1,3 or 4 Y Y Y 3 4 4 4
33 Glycol (Lean) CS 1 1 3 4 4
34 Glycol (Rich) CS 1 1 3 4 4
35 Diesel Fuel Oil CS 1 1 or 3 Y Y Y 3 4 4
36 Hot Oil CS 1 1 or 3 Y Y Y 3 4 4
37 Jet Oil CS 1 1 or 3 Y Y Y 3 4 4
38 Hydraulic Oil ( Note D) SS 1 1 or 3 Y Y Y 3 4 4
39 Lube Oil ( Note D) SS 1 1 or 3 Y Y Y 3 4 4
40 Lube Oil ( Note D) CS 1 1 or 3 Y Y Y 3 4 4
41 Seal Oil SS 1 1 or 3 Y Y Y 3 4 4
42 Seal Oil CS 1 1 or 3 Y Y Y 3 4 4
43 Breathing Air SS 1 1 or 3 3 3
44 Combustion Air CS 1 1 or 3 3 3
45 Instrument Air CS 1 1 or 3 3 3
46 Utility Air CS 1 1 or 3 3 3
47 Steam Cleaning CS 1 1 or 3 3 3 or 4 4
48 Chem. Inj. Corrosion Inhibitor SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
49 Chem. Inj. Biocide SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
50 Chem. Inj. Catalyst SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
51 Demusifier SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
52 Demusifier, Sour SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
53 Reverse Demusifier SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
54 Antifoam SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
55 Scale Inhibitor SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
56 PH Control SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
57 Chem. Inj. Corrosion Inhibitor SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
58 Polyelectrolyte SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
59 Chem. Inj. Methanol SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
60 Chem. Inj. Methanol Sour SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
61 Carbon Dioxide SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
62 Chem. Inj. Sodium Hypochlorite SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
DRYING/ BLOWING
CHEMICAL
N2 PRESERVATION
REINSTATEMENT
PRESSURE TEST
SERVICE TEST
1. Water CLEANING
NITROGEN
MATERIAL
LEAK TEST
FLUSHING
PURGING
( Note F)
(Note B)
2. Oil
Pickling and
and Rinsing
No
Passivation
Degreasing
3. Dry Air
Rising
4. N2
5. N2 + HE
63 Ferric Sulphate GRP 1 1 3 3 or 4 4

64 Wax Inhibitor SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
65 Oxygen Scavenger SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
66 General Chemical SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
67 Dry Chemicals SS 1 1 3 3 or 4 4
68 Open Drain CS 1 Note G 3 1
69 Open Drain Sour CS 1 Note G 3 1
70 Closed Drain CS 1 1 3 5 4 4
71 Closed Drain Sour CS 1 1 3 5 4 4
72 Soil System (Sewage) (Note E ) CS 1 Note G 3 1
73 Soil System (Sewage) (Note E) GRP 1 Note G 3 1
Closed Circuit Glycol/Water
74 CS 1 1
(Note E) 3 1
75 Engine Exhaust CS 3
76 Fire Water (Note E) GRP 1 1 3 1
77 Fire Water (Note E) CS 1 1 3 1
78 Hot Water (Note E) CU 1 1 3 1
79 Hot Water (Note E) SS 1 1 3 1
80 Injection Water (Note E) CS 1 1 3 1
81 Injection Water (Note E) GRP 1 1 3 1
82 Produced Water (Note E) CS 1 1 3 1
83 Produced Water(Note E) SS 1 1 3 1
84 Produced Water Sour (Note E) CS 1 1 3 1
85 Potable Water(Note E) PE 1 1 3 1
86 Potable Water(Note E) SS 1 1 3 1
87 Sea Water Service (Note E) SS 1 1 3 1
88 Sea Water Service (Note E) GRP 1 1 3 1
89 Utility Water (Note E) CS 1 1 3 1
90 Utility Water (Note E) GRP 1 1 3 1
91 Cooling Water (Note E) CS 1 1 3 1
92 Cooling Water (Note E) GRP 1 1 3 1
93 Waste Water (Note E) CS 1 1 3 1
94 Waste Water (Note E) GRP 1 1 3 1
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Note A : The purging acceptance is 0.4 % Oxygen content

Note B : Blowing/Drying acceptance is -10 Deg
Note C : All piping between gas suction scrubber and Gas Compressor shall be chemical cleaned
Note D : To perform Lube oil Flushing
Note E : To perform drying/blowing after Re-nstatement Leak Test
Note F : Hydrojeting shall be concidered if flushing velocity ( 3 m/s) is not achived
Note G: To perform static test ( Full of water )
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
B. Valve
CSP 20
FSP-XX-22
Valve Leak Test/

1
Air Seat Test
Pre-comm Fabrication
FSP-XX-25 CSP 13 FSP-XX-20
Reinstatement Bolt Cleaning/

Preserve Install
Leak Test Tightening Flushing
MC DMC
Complete
Ready For
Service
CSP 07
Packing &
Shiploose Preserve
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
C. Pump/Compressor
CSP 20 CSP 20 Fabrication Pre-comm
PSP-16 PSP-18
1 Install Alignment Check

DMC
Ready For
Solo Run
Comm Pre-comm
CSP 20 CSP 20
CSP 20
PSP-18 PSP-18
PSP-18
Endurance Load Test Un-Couple/

Complete Test No-Load Test
(4 hrs)
(72 hrs) (1 hr)
MC
Ready For
System Run
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
D. GTG/GTC
Documents/R
DMC CSP-07
eport CSP-20 CSPT-25 PRESERVATION
Punchlist CSP-24 PSP-18 CSP-20 CSP-03
CONSTRUCTION PRE-COMMISSIONING SAIL AWAY

FAT
ITR-A ITR-B/C
Constructions Pre-com/ Commissioning/ Offshore

Commissioning Start-up
(onshore) >FINAL ALLIGNMENT
SYSTEM >REINSTATEMENT
LEAK TEST >RECHECK/VERIFY
CSP-20/CSPT- 25
LUBE OIL QUALITY
-Discipline Functional Check
PIPING (MINERAL/SYTNTHETIC)
-SAT (Site Acceptance Test)
-Piping Alignment
-Dry Crank
-Flushing (Lube oil
Flushing/Acid cleaning)
For GTG (Dual Fuel): CSP-20
-Hydrotest
-Load Test@yard using Load
CIVIL WORKS N2 PURGING
Bank
-Foundation
-Diesel supply via Lorry tanker
-Grouting
MECHANICAL CSP-20
-Coupling/gearbox/engine
Installation COMMISSIONING & START-UP
-Leveling DAC ITR C
STRUCTURAL (DISCIPLINE
-Equipment supports/poles ACCEPTANCE
-HVAC
CERTIFICATE)
ELECTRICAL
-Cabling/Termination GTC GTG
-Insulation test/Meggering (DISCIPLINE CSP-20
INSTRUMENTATION
-Detectors/Sensors *SURGE TEST LOAD TEST
-Callibration (Compliance to compressor (test@platform load
SAFETY performance curve)
capacity)
CSP-21 +Synchronization
ENDURANCE TEST
*PERFORMANCE TEST RUN
(Compliance to 72 hrs stability,
CSP-21 uninterruptable as per intended
design parameters)
INITIAL FACILITY
HANDOVER (IFH) TO
OPERATION
CSP-21
*NOTE: Acceptance criteria has to be in agreement with ORSA and Vendor

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
E. Electric Motor
CSP 20
FSP-XX-22
1 Winding Insulation Test
Comm Pre-comm Pre-comm Fabrication
CSP 20 CSP 20
PSP-18 PSP-18
PSP-16
Load Un-Couple Test/
Complete Test/PTR No-Load Test Install
(4 hrs) (LV=1/2hr & HV=4hr)
MC DMC
Ready For Ready For

System Run Solo Run
CSP 07
Packing &
Shiploose
Preserve
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
F. Instrument
CSP 20
FSP-XX-22
Calibration Check
1
(Field Instrument/SDV/BDV/CV)
Pre-comm Fabrication
CSP 20 CSP 20
PSP-18 PSP-18
PSP-16
Cause & Effect Tubing Leak Test
Loop
Complete Matrix SD Test Cable Test (Megger & Continuity) Install
Test
(simulate) Junction Box Check
MC
RFSU DMC
Ready to
Energize
CSP 07
Packing &
Shiploose
Preserve
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
G. Instrument Panels
Fabrication Pre-comm
CSP 20
CSP 20
PSP-18
PSP-18
PSP-16
Cold Loop Check + Cable Testing
Power Loop Check &
1 Install + Earthing Integrity Check +
Up FGS Calibration
Installation Inspection
DMC
Ready to
Energize
CSP 20 CSP 20
PSP-18 PSP-18
Performance Matrix Composite

Complete Test (7 Days) & Shutdown Integrated System
LIVE ESD Test Test Test (CIST)
MC
RFSU
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.2.2 Preparation Activities
6.2.2.1 General Overview of Critical Activities
Prior to commencement of any testing and pre-commissioning activity,

CONTRACTOR Commissioning Team shall have completed the necessary
preparation works in accordance to the relevant procedures and
specifications. General requirements on the preparation works shall
include:-
i) Detailed and realistic planning and scheduling shall be prepared

consisting of the following documents:-
a) OVERALL DETAILED TESTING, PRE-COMMISSIONING AND

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE. See attached APPENDIX VII for
sample Table of Content.
b) Safety Manual,
c) Critical Path Network (CPN),
d) Bar chart,
e) Manpower Histogram,
f) Jobcards,
g) Vendor Mobilization Schedule,
h) S-Curve
i) T & P JHA apart from construction JHA
j) ITR/ Checksheet Overview
ii) Review and approve all testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning

procedures,
iii) Completion of all construction and installation Works including activities

highlighted in corresponding ITR in Section 7 Records.
iv) Submission of Request for Testing, Pre-commissioning and

Commissioning including the relevant ITR to CARIGALI for approval on
any activity at least 48 hours in advance,
v) Availability of all tools, test equipment, consumables and other devices

necessary to perform a particular activity.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.2.2.2 Summary Preparations
i) Interface Agreements and Developments of SIMOPS

(Simultaneous Operation System)
ii) Prepare Quality Plan and HSE Plan.
iii) Creating Awareness of Commissioning Objectives and

requirements for early commissioning in the correct
sequence have been implemented and are realistic.
iv) Participate in factory acceptance tests/supplier visits where

necessary.
v) Verify and audit of Mechanical completion and system

cleanliness.
vi) Review supply contracts and purchase orders to ensure

commissioning requirements are clearly stated.
vii) Prepare Organizational development, planning coordination

and management reporting system.
viii) Preparation of controlling documentation including system

boundary drawings based on P& ID's.
ix) Review the preservation procedures to ensure they fulfill

the requirements for optimal equipment protection against
corrosion and damage.
x) Mobilize commissioning personnel to

fabrication/construction sites to prepare for commissioning
activities, organizational/administration matters, site
procedures, reporting systems, liaisons with the site teams.
xi) Ensure that all operational spares for the first two years of
operations have been correctly ordered, delivered,
preserved and placed into stores to enable easy retrieval
when required.
xii) Joint"Punchlist" Records, control and clearance to the

satisfaction of Pre-Commissioning/Commissioning Team.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.2.3 Critical Path Network
6.2.3.1 Critical Path Network (CPN) is a work schedule that set forth
detailedplanning for execution of the day-to-day activities in a
logical representation of the sequence and interrelationship.
6.2.3.2 It is used essentially as a tool for monitoring and controlling the

progress of the yard pre-commissioning to meet its schedule
completion date and most useful to CONTRACTOR as well as to
CARIGALI.
6.2.3.3 CPN is presented in the form of arrows and shall be computer-

analyzed and prepared with sufficient details to demonstrate
the sequence of activities to be performed. For instance,
hydrotesting of a completed piping system shall commence
when the respective non-destructive tests (NDT) are completed.
Similarly, the latter would only commence when fitting and
welding of joints are performed.
6.2.3.4 CPN shall provide the following details and information:-
i) Planned duration,
ii) Early Start and Early Finish dates
iii) Late Start and Late Finish dates,
iv) Floats in number of days,
v) Task or activity description,
vi) Corresponding jobcard number (optional),
vii) Disciplines i.e. electrical, instrumentation, etc.
viii) Indication of critical and non-critical activities in the form of

different colours or shades,
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.2.4 Bar chart
6.2.4.1 Bar chart provides a summary of the activity schedule in chart

form. It highlights information such as:-
i) planned start and finish dates,
ii) planned and actual percentage completion for each activity,
iii) weightage values,
iv) correspondingjobcard numbers.
6.2.4.2 Most of the information are readily available in the CPN except
for the weightage values. Weightage values are assigned to
each activity based on the individual resource consumption i.e.
manhours pro-rated over the total resource level at the given
reporting point.
6.2.4.3 It is essential that the weightage values are assigned in a

rational manner as indiscriminately appointed weightage values
would provide false indication of the progress.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.2.5 Manpower Histogram
6.2.5.1 Manning levels for a specific work is normally presented in the

chart form called Manpower Histogram. It highlights in detail
the number of personnel and its breakdown so that the actual
manning level could be monitored and easily compared to the
planned manning level.
6.2.5.2 It is vital tool to troubleshoot progress slippage so that any

remedial action could be determined ahead of time. A sample
of a typical manpower histogram is shown in Figure 6-3.
MANPOWER LOADING FOR PROJECT XXX

35
30
25
manpower
20
15
10
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
day
Direct manpower Indirect manpower
Project: .
Work order: ..
Figure 6-3: Typical Manpower Histogram
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
MANPOWER LOADING FOR PROJECT XXX

Day
n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
o. Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Direct manpower
1 Welder 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0
2 Fitter 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0
3 Rigger 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2
4 Technician 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2
5 Electrician 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
6 Firewatcher 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
TOTAL 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7
Indirect manpower
1 Supervisor 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 Planner 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Discipline
3 engineer 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 Foreman 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 Inspector 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1
TOTAL 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 8 8 8 7
Figure 6-4: Typical manpower Loading
Comment/additional input For clearer understanding, the manpower histogram shows the total
mandays and the total manhours to easily determine if the histogram was prepared on the basis of
normal hours or extended hours.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.2.6 Jobcards
6.2.6.1 Execution of specific activity is described in details in the form of

a jobcard. A jobcard should highlight as a minimum the
following details:-
i) Work or project title and code number,
ii) Planned duration,
iii) A list of sequential activities involved,
iv) Manpower required and its quantity,
v) Tools, equipment and consumables required and their

quantities,
vi) Specific instructions.
6.2.6.2 A typical jobcard for testing and pre-commissioning activities is

shown in previous page
6.2.6.3 Jobcard coding system is developed to include the work

category; either pre-commissioning (P) or testing (T), the system
number, the discipline and the sequential numbering. For
example, the jobcard sample code number shown on the upper
right hand corner in the figure, T-311-M-01 stands for the
number one testing of mechanical equipment in system 311.
6.2.6.4 It is recognised the use of jobcards in testing and pre-

commissioning is not a typical requirement. However, the use
of jobcard in the field of turbomachinery has proven to be most
beneficial when it pertains to resources controls and monitoring.
6.2.6.5 As a minimum, CONTRACTOR shall utilize the jobcard when

testing for turbomachinery equipment.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.3 Safety
As testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning activities are generally performed

towards the end of a project, there is a tendency for lower safety awareness
amongst the workers. Admittedly, activities are less at the later stages but the
working environment is no less hazardous.
Introduction of electrical power, utilities and hydrocarbon into various systems

which at times are unproven and energization of equipment would require extensive
safety awareness. Further to the nominal safety gears and regulations that
personnel are subjected to as described in the overall safety manual, additional
precautions as described below are excellent reminders while performing testing
and pre-commissioning activities.
6.3.1 Pre-cautions
Below are some of the precautions and reminders pertaining to testing, pre-
commissioning and commissioning activities that may not be highlighted in
the Fabrication Safety Manual.
6.3.1.1 General
i) Testing areas are barricaded and signs erected showing the

type of hazards involved such as chemicals, high voltage,
hydrocarbon, etc.
ii) A permit system is established informing all parties of the

upcoming tests, the hazards involved and the precautions to
be taken.
iii) Firefighting equipment is available at the test area at all

times. A dedicated firefighting crew could be formed and be
stationed at test area during tests.
v) A safety officer shall be present at test area at all times

during all testing.
vi) ERT is in-place for any call of emergency.
vii) Emergency fire and ambulance quick response drill.
6.3.1.2 Rotating Equipment
Rotating equipment constitutes items such as turbines,

compressors, internal combustion engines, pumps and
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
alternators. In order to prevent accidents and damage to the

equipment, the following safety measures are recommended.
i) Protective guards on exposed rotating members should be

in place. If guard is not provided then a reasonably effective
protective barrier is provided by CONTRACTOR.
ii) Only skilled and authorised personnel should be permitted

to operate or maintain rotating equipment. The number of
personnel in the testing area should be minimised as low as
the activity requires.
iii) In addition to normal safety gears, ear plugs should be worn

when working around operating rotating equipment.
iv) Frayed or loose clothing, rings, ties, jewelry, etc, should not
be worn around operating machines or other sources of
entanglement.
v) All isolating points shall be identified, locked out and tagged

to prevent accidental energization or release of
hydrocarbon and chemicals into the environment. Never
bypass safety interlock devices on machinery.
vi) Wait for rotating equipment has reached to a complete stop

before attempting any adjustment or performing isolation.
Do not slow down or stop moving machinery and parts by
hand.
vii) Inspect equipment daily for loose or damaged parts,

lubrication, lighting, etc, before starting up.
viii) Do nottest the machinery and equipment to above their

pressure and temperature ratings.
6.3.1.3 Electrical Equipment
Facilities include motor control centers (MCC), switchgears,

transformers, breakers, batteries, chargers, etc. In addition to
guidelines in the Safety Manual, the following safety measures
are recommended.
i) Earthing protection is available and secured prior to

energizing any equipment.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
ii) Only correct tools and equipment such as test pens, meters,
etc., are identified and used for the specific activities.
iii) Tools and equipment shall be in good working condition

especially those used for voltage and current measurements.
iv) All wiring and circuit to be checked continually for loose

connection and physical damage.
v) When equipment is not operating, the breaker shall be

secured in the "off" position and the appropriate signs to
indicate its status shall be displayed at all times. Padlocks
shall be installed for the appropriate breaker.
vi) All conductors shall be regarded and handled as "live" until

it is verified they are de-energized.
vii) Fuse capacity shall not be greater than the circuit it is

protecting and never pull a fuse that is carrying current.
Always use fuse retrievers to remove fuses.
viii) Exercise care in handling mercury-filled items.
ix) For Brownfield projects all temporary portable generating

sets and welding machines shall follow the PETI guideline
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.3.1.4 Pressurized Equipment
Pressurized equipment generally denotes vessels that hold

process medium like separators, collection vessels,
accumulators, scrubbers, bottles, etc. In addition to guidelines
in the Safety Manual, the following safety measures are
recommended.
i) All relief valves shall be in service or isolated as required.

Calibration certificate should be available prior to start of
testing.
ii) Ensure all joints and connections are properly tightened e.g.
valves, manholes, fittings, etc.
iii) Pressurize and depressurize gradually during testing.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.4 Punchlist
During the course of the Yard Pre-commissioning, certain activities may have to be
executed offshore because of the following reasons.
i) Non-execution of CONTRACTOR's Works,
ii) Material or equipment damaged by CONTRACTOR,
iii) Fabrication Works were out of specifications,
iv) Defective CONTRACTOR-supplied materials and equipment,
v) Design changes,
vi) Late delivery of CARIGALI-supplied materials and equipment,
vii) Defective CARIGALI-supplied materials and equipment, and
viii) CARIGALI-supplied materials or equipment is out of specifications.
ix) Late identification/determination on the shortfall of material.
It is CARIGALI's intention that punchlist should be limited to a minimum. CONTRACTOR

Fabrication Team is responsible to ensure that a complete listing of outstanding
fabrication activities to be compiled prior to commencement of testing, pre-
commissioning and commissioning. This would allow review and assessment of the
situation by CARIGALI if any of the punchlist prohibits the commencement of testing,
pre-commissioning and commissioning activities.
A Final Punchlist shall be compiled by CONTRACTOR for all activities including non-
performance of test and submitted to CARIGALI for review. As a minimum, a punchlist
should contain the following information:-
i) 'CAT' classification,
ii) System identification,
iii) Description and location of the activity,
iv) Equipment name should the activity is pertinent to a specific equipment,
v) Materials required to carry out the activity, and
vi) Status of the materials i.e. purchase order issued date, delivery date, vendors, etc.
A typical punchlist format is shown in Figure 6-5 on the next page.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Punchlist items are categorized according to the priorities set forth by the ongoing
testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning activities. For example, if lube oil
flushing on a turbine engine is not completed, it shall be classified as a ''CAT B''
punchlist items which means the turbine engine shall not be tested or started up until
the punchlist is cleared; in this case, the lube oil flushing; has been cleared.
Punchlist Categories
Cat A: Punchlist items shall be completed before it is safe to proceed to pre-

commissioning
Cat B: Punchlist items shall be completed before it is safe to proceed to

commissioning.
Cat C: Punchlist items shall be completed before it achieved system/subsystem

handover.
Cat D: Punchlist items that shall be completed before final acceptance.
6.4.1 It is the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to ensure all punchlist materials are

provided for and shipped out together with the modules or platform for
implementation during Offshore Hookup and Commissioning.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Figure 6-5: Example of Punchlist Register

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.5 Final Documentation
6.5.1 It is the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to prepare and compile all

documentation as stipulated in the CONTRACT. Final documentation shall
follow CSP-03 requirement.
6.5.2 Final Documentation shall cover all project phases (engineering, procurement,
construction and commissioning).
6.5.3 Apart from the requirements as listed in CSP-03, CONTRACTOR to ensure the
following documents to be included in the Final Documentation:
i) Equipment operations and maintenance manuals,
ii) Programmable Logic Diagrams, and
iii) Equipment parts list.
i) Commissioning Spare Listing,
ii) One-Year and Two-Year Operating Spare listing, and
iii) Vendor contact listing.
iv) Preservation Master List

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.6 Commissioning and Operating Spares
6.6.1 CONTRACTOR shall ensure all spare parts recommended by CONTRACTOR-

supplied equipment vendors are provided for as stipulated in the approved
Spare Parts Identification and Requisition (SPIR) forms.
6.6.2 A sample of the SPIR form could be referred to in PETRONAS Technical

Specification 70.10.90.81 - SPIR Form.
Note: Refer to CSP-21 on Commissioning, First year or initial spares and 2-year
Operating spares
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.7 Shiploose Materials
6.7.1 It is the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to supply and deliver all on-module and
off-module shiploose materials.
6.7.2 On-module shiploose materials are items designated for module tie-ins
whereas off-module shiploose materials are items identified for module-to-
existing-facility tie-ins.
6.7.3 On-module materials are shipped out together with the module or platform
constructed by CONTRACTOR. Thus, CONTRACTOR shall ensure the materials
are packed and tied down suitably for such mode of transportation according
to CSP-07 Shiploose Packing Procedure.
6.7.4 Off-module materials are normally sent separately to a designated point such
as Kemaman Supply Base (KSB), Asean Supply Base (ASB) or other destination
as instructed by CARIGALI.
6.7.5 CONTRACTOR is also responsible to ensure all shiploose materials are properly
preserved, tagged, packaged and secured for delivery as per requirement in
CSP-07 Shiploose Packing Procedure.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.8 Preservation
6.8.1 At the end of the pre-commissioning period, all items shall be preserved for
sea travel and offshore commissioning. In some cases, the length of time
between pre-commissioning and offshore commissioning could take up to six
months. Thus, preservation is a vital aspect.
6.8.2 CONTRACTOR shall adhere strictly to the preservation specification

highlighted under PETRONAS Technical Standard PTS 70.10.70.11The
Preservation of old and new equipment and piping standing idle.
6.8.3 In the event any item is not covered in the specification, CONTRACTOR shall
seek clarification from CARIGALI on the matter.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.9 Tools and Equipment
6.9.1 Mechanical
Below is a listing of minimum number of tools and equipment necessary in

executing mechanical testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning activities.
Further determination of the complete listing and quantity required shall be
based upon vendor data and manuals.
6.9.1.1 Dial indicator (small clock) with magnetic base; readings from
zero to two-hundred-fifty-thousandth of an inch (0.00 - 0.250");
preferred make: "MITUTOYO".
6.9.1.2 Inside micrometer stick; readings from two inches to sixty inches.
6.9.1.3 Outside micrometer - readings from zero to one inch.
6.9.1.4 Precision machinist level; 8 inches long; with reading intervals of

half thousandth of an inch (0.0005") or one thousandth of an inch
per graduation (0.001").
6.9.1.5 Feeler gauge; 4 inches long; with thicknesses from one

thousandth of an inch to fifty thousandth of an inch (0.001" -
0.050").
6.9.1.6 Feeler gauge; 10 inches long; with thicknesses from one

thousandth of an inch up to fifty thousandth of an inch (0.001" -
0.050").
6.9.1.7 Torque wrench; half inch (1/2") drive; readings from zero to two
hundred fifty foot-pounds (0 - 250 ft.lbs).
6.9.1.8 Torque wrench; three quarter inch (3/4") drive; readings from
one hundred up to eight hundred foot-pounds (100 ft.lbs - 800
ft.lbs).
6.9.1.9 Adjustable Wrenches; sizes 8, 10, 12, 18 and 24 inches.
6.9.1.10 Pipe Wrenches; sizes 6, 8, 10, 12, 18 and 24 inches.
6.9.1.11 Combination wrenches; close and open positions; sizes from

5/16 inch to 1 1/2 inch (with rachet) and 6 millimeters to 35
millimeters (without ratchet).
6.9.1.12 Socket wrenches; 3/4 inch drive; sizes 37, 39, 40, 43, 44, 45, 47,
48, 49, 51, 52, 53, 56, 57, 59, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65 millimeters.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.9.1.13 Socket wrenches; 1/2" drive with ratchet; sizes from 12 mm to

30 mm and 1/2" up to 1 1/4".
6.9.1.14 Impact wrench; 1" drive with sockets.
6.9.1.15 Hydraulic torque wrench; come with sockets.
6.9.1.16 Vernier caliper; come with a MITUTOYO dial indicator; readings

from zero to eight inches (0 - 8") or in metric scale from zero to
three hundred millimeters (0 - 300 mm).
6.9.1.17 Straight edge; one meter long; material stainless steel.
6.9.1.18 Allen keys; sizes from two to nineteen millimeters (2 mm - 19

mm).
6.9.1.19 Allen keys; sizes from one eighth of an inch to three fourth of an
inch (1/8" - 3/4").
6.9.1.20 Mechanical scissor; thin shear.
6.9.1.21 Measuring tape; 3 meters long; preferred make: "STANLEY".
6.9.1.22 Inspection mirror; round telescopic type.
6.9.1.23 Steel squares; sizes 150 mm x 300 mm and 400 mm x 800 mm.
6.9.1.24 Cold chisel; 6 inches long; heavy duty.
6.9.1.25 Plumb bob; 15 ounces weight.
6.9.1.26 Ballpeen hammer; 3 pounds weight.
6.9.1.27 Rubber mallet; 2 pounds weight.
6.9.1.28 Sledge hammer; 12 pounds weight.
6.9.1.29 Centering puncher; 4 inches long.
6.9.1.30 Numbering puncher.
6.9.1.31 Round claw bars; 24 and 36 inches long.
6.9.1.32 Screw driver; flat type; 10 inches long.
6.9.1.33 Screw driver; Phillips" type; 10 inches long.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.9.1.34 Torch light.
6.9.1.35 Mechanical plier; 13 inches long.
6.9.1.36 Grease gun; lever type.
6.9.1.37 Electric drill; portable; medium size.
6.9.1.38 Electric grinders; portable; angle type and straight type.
6.9.1.39 Drill bits; sizes from 1/13" to 5/13".
6.9.1.40 Electrical cord; 50 meters long.
6.9.1.41 Hydraulic jacks; with hand pump; sizes 5 and 50 tons.
6.9.1.42 Chain blocks; capacity 1.5 and 3 tons.
6.9.1.43 Nylon slings; 60 millimeters x 4 meters x 1.5 tons and 120

millimeters x 6 meters x 5 tons capacities.
6.9.1.44 Wire rope sling; 25 millimeters x 4 meters x 6 tons capacity.
6.9.1.45 Millwright toolbox; steel body; with padlock.
6.9.1.46 Files; round type; fine and coarse grains; 8 inches long.
6.9.1.47 Files; flat type; fine grain; 8 inches long.
6.9.1.48 Files; triangular type; coarse grain; 8 inches long.
6.9.1.49 Hand top; fine and coarse threading; range from 5/16 inch up to
7/8 inch.
6.9.1.50 Hacksaw; come with blade and 30 pieces of spare blades.
6.9.1.51 Vibration Meter and Vibration Analyzer for GTG, GTC & large
pumps.
6.9.1.52 Handheld tachometer.
6.9.1.53 Walkie-talkies.
6.9.2 HVAC
HVAC Testing Equipment:
6.9.2.1 Vacuum Pump (1 unit)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.9.2.2 Refrigerant Charging Kit (1 unit)
6.9.2.3 Anemometer (1 unit)
6.9.2.4 Temperature and Humidity Recorder (1 unit)
6.9.2.5 Pressure recorder (1 unit)
6.9.2.6 Brazing tools (1 unit)
6.9.3 Piping
Flushing, Hydro testing & Chemical Cleaning Tools & Equipment
6.9.3.1 Lube Oil Flushing pump
6.9.3.2 Lube Oil tanks c/w heater
6.9.3.3 Chemical Acid Cleaning Pump
6.9.3.4 Chemical Acid tanks
6.9.3.5 Shower station
6.9.3.6 Eyewash station
6.9.3.7 Hydro Jet water pump
6.9.3.8 Hydrotest (Haskel) Pump
6.9.3.9 Hydraulic jack (10 & 20 tons)
6.9.3.10 Hydraulic torque machine
6.9.3.11 Bolt tensioner machine
6.9.3.12 Nitrogen regulator low pressure
6.9.3.13 Nitrogen regulator high pressure
6.9.3.14 SS wire braided hose (1 dia. x 12 ft long)
6.9.3.15 SS wire braided hose ( 2 dia. x 12 ft long)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.9.4 Electrical
Below is a listing of minimum number of tools and equipment for executing

electrical testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning activities. Further
determination of the complete listing and the item quantities shall be based
upon vendor data and manuals.
6.9.4.1 Megger tester; constant voltage; ratings: 5 kV, 1000 V, 500 V, 250
V.
6.9.4.2 Earth resistance tester; Megger" type; hand-operated; maximum

reading: 100 ohms; complete with earth spikes and clads.
6.9.4.3 Voltage ammeter; clamp-on type; current ranges: 0 - 10 A, 0 - 25

A, 0 - 250 A, 0 - 600 A; voltage ranges: 0 - 150 V, 0 - 600 V + 10
percent.
6.9.4.4 Phase sequence indicators; ratings: 50 - 65 Hertz, 20 - 400 Volts.
6.9.4.5 Voltmeter; portable type; ranges 0 - 150 V, 0 - 300 V, 0 - 600 V +

10 percent.
6.9.4.6 Stopwatch.
6.9.4.7 Current injection tester; secondary and primary; ratings: 0-

2000 A injection current.
6.9.4.8 High voltage tester; test voltage: 0 - 70 kV DC.
6.9.4.9 Low resistance ductor tester.
6.9.4.10 Phase shifter.
6.9.4.11 Frequency generator.
6.9.4.12 Automatic voltage regulator (AVR).
6.9.4.13 Tachometer.
6.9.4.14 Vibration meter; portable type.
6.9.4.15 Refrigeration leak detector.
6.9.4.16 Direct current ammeter; for batteries.
6.9.4.17 Thermometer calibration: 0 - 100 0C + 10 percent.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.9.4.18 Tool kit; containing screw driver, pliers, wrenches and special
tools.
6.9.4.19 Recording ammeter; spring-wound, 5 Amperes, 110 Volts,

complete with ink, pens, record rolls.
6.9.4.20 Recording wattmeter; spring-wound, 5 Amperes, 110 Volts,

complete with ink, pens, record rolls.
6.9.4.21 Light Meter, portable.
6.9.4.22 Load bank; for switchgear, transformer and diesel generator

testing.
6.9.4.23 Soldering gun; 110 VAC/35W complete with tips.
6.9.4.24 Solder; 60/40 mix with resin core.
6.9.4.25 Direct current (DC) supply unit; range 0 to 40 V; 25 amperes
6.9.4.26 Crimping tools; range nos. 8 to 16 American Wire Gauge (AWG).
6.9.4.27 Hammer, ball peen; 16 ounce.
6.9.4.28 Wire strippers.
6.9.4.29 Vice grip pliers; 250 mm (10 inches) nominal size.
6.9.4.30 Flashlight; two-cell; intrinsically safe.
6.9.4.31 Transformer oil dielectric tester
6.9.4.32 Contact resistances (ductor test)

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.9.5 Instrumentation
Below is a listing of minimum number of tools and equipment for executing

instrumentation testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning activities.
Further determination of the complete listing and the item quantities shall be
based upon vendor data and manuals.
6.9.5.1 Digital thermometer, preferred make: "FLUKE" or equal.
6.9.5.2 Pneumatic calibrator, preferred make: "WALLACE & TIERNAN" or

equal; kPa type; range: 24 to 210 kPa (100 to 820 inch H2O).
6.9.5.3 Digital Multimeter, preferred make: "FLUKE" or equal; range: 0 -

1000 VDC, 0 - 750 VDC, 0 - 10 A, 2000 ohm - 20 Mohm.
6.9.5.4 Dead Weight Tester, preferred make: "BUDENBERG"; range: 0 -

100,000 kPa.
6.9.5.5 Standard test gauges; preferred make: "BUDENBERG" or equal;

Ranges:
0-2000 kPa (300 psi),
0-3500 kPa (500 psi),
0-7000 kPa (1000 psi),
0-14,000 kPa (2000 psi)
0-35,000 kPa (5000 psi)
0-50,000 kPa (7000 psi)
0-75,000 kPa (11,000 psi)
0-100,000 kPa (15,000 psi)
6.9.3.6 Constant Current Source, model: EMERSON HANDHELD or equal,

Range: 0 - 24mA.
6.9.3.7 Decade Resistance Box, range: 0 - 10K Ohm.
6.9.3.8 DC supply unit, range: 0 - 40 VDC (0 - 25A).
6.9.3.9 Bubble test set, for example: Snoop.
6.9.3.10 Stopwatch.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.9.3.11 Water column or trough.
6.9.3.12 Pressure chart recorder; ranges:

0-7000kPa (1000psi),
0-21,000kPa (3000 psi),
0-42,000kPa (6000 psi),
0-70,000kPa (10,000 psi).
6.9.3.13 Temperature bath.
6.9.3.14 Oscilloscope; dual trace; range 0 to 100 MHz
6.9.3.15 Signal generator; range 5 Hz to 1 MHz.
6.9.3.16 Temperature recorder.
6.9.3.17 Instrument manufacturer's handheld calibrators e.g.

EMERSONSmart Transmitter calibrators.
6.9.3.18 Fieldbus Communicator e.g. FBT
6.9.3.19 Hydraulic Pump
6.9.3.20 Portable Temperature Gun
6.9.3.21 Portable Vibration Detector
Notes: Spares are covered under equipment specification

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.10 Consumables
6.10.1 Preservative Lubricants
6.10.1.1 VALVOLINE "Tectyl" 502Cm, MOBIL "Vaprotect" or PETRONAS

equivalent for reciprocating compressor.
6.10.1.2 SHELL "Ensis" 152 or PETRONAS equivalent for lube oil tanks.
6.10.1.3 SHELL "Ensis" SDA or PETRONAS equivalent for all carbon steel
heat exchanger, reciprocating compressors and pumps, shaft
couplings, exposed rods, eccentrics, plungers, cylinders and valve
chambers.
6.10.1.4 SHELL "Ensis 158 or PETRONAS equivalent for steel heat

exchanger, centrifugal pumps, reciprocating pumps, mechanical
drives, gearboxes.
6.10.1.5 SHELL "VPI" 260/280 for air reservoirs, pulsation dampeners.
6.10.1.6 SOZOL grease or PETRONAS equivalent for gas turbine surfaces.
6.10.1.7 PETRONAS Hydraulic EP oil for hydraulic pump and motor.

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.10.2 Lubricants
6.10.2.1 SHELL "Rimula" X30 or PETRONAS "Motolube" CS3-30/ CS Urania

CF30 for "Caterpillar" diesel engines.
6.10.2.2 SHELL "Mysella" R30 or PETRONAS GEOS 40 for "Caterpillar" gas

engines.
6.10.2.3 PETRONAS "Motolube" C53-40 or Urania CF40 / SHELL "Rimula"

X40 for gas engine, survival craft engine, and plunger oil pumps.
6.10.2.4 SHELL "Tellus" T46 or PETRONAS equivalent (Hidraulik HVI 46) for
pedestal crane hydraulic oil.
6.10.2.5 SHELL "Comptella" S-46 or PETRONAS equivalent (PressolSyn SP

46) for air compressors.
6.10.2.6 SHELL "Alvania IP grease or PETRONAS equivalent (Gris EPI) for

pump motors and bearings.
6.10.2.7 SHELLCardium Compound or PETRONAS equivalent (Promexa) for

wire rope and open gears.
6.10.2.8 SHELL "Tellus" Oil 32 or PETRONAS equivalent (Hidraulik EP 32)

for survival craft, hydraulic oil.
6.10.2.9 SHELL "Rimula" X 10W or PETRONAS equivalent (Urania CF 10W)

for air starting motor.
6.10.2.10 SHELL SAE 90 Type IL or PETRONAS equivalent for crane gear

boxes and survival craft gear boxes.
6.10.2.11 ESSO "Teresso" 46 or PETRONAS Jenteram HC46 for turbogensets

and compressors lube oil system.
Notes: a. Equivalent item is specified in case an option is required.
b. Lubricants to be used depend on vendors and

manufacturers recommendation.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.10.3 Miscellaneous
6.10.3.1 General purpose grease (GRIS MPI).
6.10.3.2 Penetrating oil WD-40.
6.10.3.3 Molykote anti-seize compound (PETRONAS Long Life Coolant)
6.10.3.4 Stainless steel shim of various sizes and thicknesses (PETRONAS

Gris Syn AS)
6.10.3.5 O-ring sets.
6.10.3.6 Glycerin.
6.10.3.7 Flexible hoses, assorted as required.
6.10.3.8 Wire mesh (stainless steel) as required.
6.10.3.9 Plastic tubing, assorted size as required.
6.10.3.10 Sand papers, assorted.
6.10.3.11 Electrical tapes.
6.10.3.12 Rubber tapes.
6.10.3.13 Masking tapes.
6.10.3.14 Teflon tapes.
6.10.3.15 Silicon sealant.
6.10.3.16 Grounding sleeves; assorted.
6.10.3.17 Terminal lugs; assorted.
6.10.3.18 Cable insulation kit.
6.10.3.19 Waste rags
6.10.3.20 SNOOP for instrument leak test

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
6.10.4 Others
6.10.4.1 PETRONAS Jenteram 32 or equivalent for Wellhead Control
Panel Hydraulic Oil

GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
7.0 RECORDS
Records compiles all Inspection Test Record (ITR) for project stages as follow:
a) ITR-A : During Construction

b) ITR-B : During Pre-Commissioning
c) ITR-C: During Commissioning
ITR-A, B and C has specific respective accountable parties or authority to complete, verify and
accept the activities performed. Typically, the signatories for respective Inspection Test
Record (ITR) are as follow:
ITR-A:
COMPLETED BY VERIFIED BY ACCEPTED BY

Designation Contractor Representative PCSB Inspector Discipline Engineer
Company PETRONAS Carigali PETRONAS Carigali
Name
Signature
Date
ITR-B:

Designation Contractor Representative PCSB Inspector Commissioning Engineer
Name
Signature
Date
ITR-C:

Designation Contractor Representative Commissioning Engineer Operation
Name
Signature
Date
Each of the discipline (e.g. Mechanical, Instrument, Electrical etc.) would have associated ITR-
A, B and C to be completed. ITR Overview in Appendix IV serve as a guideline to check which
ITR is applicable for systems that we have in hands.
For ITR-B (Pre-Commissioning stage), the Operations may have to witness the test being
carried out onshore. They may have to initial or sign anywhere in the check-sheet for
Handover purposes
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
7.1 ITR Listing
7.1.1 Architectural
ITR No Construction ITR No Pre-commissioning ITR No Commissioning
A01-A Architectural Members
A02-A Room Equipment
A03-A Platform Sanitary
External / Internal Cladding
A04-A
and Insulation
A05-A Doors, Hatch and Window
A06-A Sickbay
A07-A Galley
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
7.1.2 Civil
C01-A Building / Room N/A N/A
C02-A Foundation N/A N/A
C03-A Concrete Work N/A N/A
C04-A Road N/A N/A
C05-A Fencing & Gates N/A N/A
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
7.1.3 Electrical
E01-A GTG E01-B GTG E01-C GTG
E02-A MTG E02-B MTG E02-C MTG
E03-A GEG E03-B GEG E03-C GEG
E04-A DEG E04-B DEG E04-C DEG
E05-A Reserved for Future E05-B Reserved for Future E05-C Reserved for Future
E06-A Reserved for Future E06-B Reserved for Future E06-C Reserved for Future
E07-A Solar Panel E07-B Solar Panel E07-C Solar Panel
Electrical network Electrical network
E08-A Monitoring and Control E08-B Monitoring and Control E08-C N/A
System System
Transformer (Dry
E09-A Transformer (Dry Type) E09-B Transformer (Dry Type) E09-C
Type)
Transformer (Oil
E10-A Transformer (Oil Type) E10-B Transformer (Oil Type) E10-C
Type)
High Voltage
E11-A High Voltage Switchgear E11-B High Voltage Switchgear E11-C
Switchgear
E12-A N/A E12-B High Voltage CB E12-C N/A
High Voltage motor
E13-A N/A E13-B E13-C N/A
starter
Low Voltage
E14-A Low Voltage Switchgear E14-B Low Voltage Switchgear E14-C
Switchgear
E15-A N/A E15-B Low Voltage CB E15-C N/A
Low Voltage motor
E16-A N/A E16-B E16-C N/A
starter
E17-A N/A E17-B Protection relay E17-C N/A
E18-A N/A E18-B CT E18-C N/A
E19-A N/A E19-B VT E19-C N/A
Integrated Motor Integrated Motor Control
E20-A E20-B E20-C N/A
Control System System
Overhead Transmission Overhead Transmission
E21-A E21-B E21-C N/A
Line Line
E22-A High Voltage Cable E22-B High Voltage Cable E22-C N/A
E23-A Submarine Cable E23-B Submarine Cable E23-C N/A
E24-A Busduct E24-B Busduct E24-C N/A
E25-A Low Voltage Cable E25-B Low Voltage Cable E25-C N/A
Capacitor Bank and Capacitor Bank and Capacitor Bank and
E26-A E26-B E26-C
Series Reactor Series Reactor Series Reactor
Electrical Equipment
E27-A E27-B N/A E27-C N/A
Room/Substation
E28-A UPS E28-B UPS E28-C UPS
E29-A DC Charger E29-B DC Charger E29-C DC Charger
E30-A EPU E30-B EPU E30-C EPU
E31-A Battery E31-B Battery E31-C Battery
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
Low Voltage Low Voltage Distribution

E32-A E32-B E32-C N/A
Distribution Board Board
Earthing& Lightning Earthing& Lightning
E33-A E33-B E33-C N/A
Protection Protection
E34-A NER E34-B NER E34-C N/A
Variable Speed Drive Variable Speed Drive Variable Speed Drive
E35-A E35-B E35-C
System System System
E36-A Heater Control panel E36-B Heater Control panel E36-C N/A
E37-A High Voltage Motor E37-B High Voltage Motor E37-C High Voltage Motor
E38-A Low Voltage Motor E38-B Low Voltage Motor E38-C Low Voltage Motor
E39-A Electric Heater E39-B Electric Heater E39-C Electric Heater
E40-A Electrical Heat tracing E40-B Electrical Heat tracing E40-C Electrical Heat tracing
Impressed Current Impressed Current Impressed Current
E41-A Cathodic Protection E41-B Cathodic Protection E41-C Cathodic Protection
System System System
E42-A Motor Operated Valve E42-B Motor Operated Valve E42-C Motor Operated Valve
Normal Lighting (circuit/ Normal Lighting (circuit/ Normal Lighting
E43-A E43-B E43-C
fixture) fixture) (circuit/ fixture)
Emergency Lighting Emergency Lighting Emergency Lighting
E44-A E44-B E44-C
(circuit/ fixture) (circuit/ fixture) (circuit/ fixture)
Socket Socket
E45-A (Welding/power/convini E45-B (Welding/power/convini E45-C N/A
ent) ent)
E46-A Navigational Aid E46-B N/A E46-C N/A
Push Button Push Button
E47-A E47-B E47-C N/A
Station/Safety Switch Station/Safety Switch
E48-A Junction Box E48-B N/A E48-C N/A
E49-A Cable ladder/tray E49-B N/A E49-C N/A
Inspection and
E50-A preservation of electric E50-B N/A E50-C N/A
motors
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
7.1.4 HVAC
H01- A FAN H01- B FAN H01-C NA
H02- A DAMPERS H02- B NA H02-C NA
H03- A AIR HANDLING UNIT H03- B AIR HANDLING UNIT H03-C NA
DUCT WORK FOR VENTS,
H04- A H04- B NA H04-C NA
EXHAUST & HEATERS
H05- A DUCT LEAK TEST H05- B NA H05-C NA
DIFFUSERS/GRILLS/LOUV
H06- A H06- B NA H06-C NA
ERS/HOODS
H07- A FILTERS/COALESCER H07- B NA H07-C NA
H08- A SOUND ATTENUATOR H08- B NA H08-C NA
H09- A HVAC DUCT HEATER H09- B NA H09-C NA
H10- A HVAC H10- B HVAC STATIC PRESSURE TEST H10-C NA
HVAC FIRE DAMPER AND
H11-B H11-C NA
PANEL
H12-B HVAC DAMPER AND PANEL H12-C NA
HVAC MIST ELIMINATOR
H13-B H13-C NA
AND FILTER
H14-B HVAC DX SYSTEM H14-C NA
H15-B HVAC FANS /MOTORS H15-C NA
H16-B HVAC DUCT BALANCE SHEET H16-C NA
HVAC AREA PRESSURE TEST
H17-B H17-C NA
SHEET
H18-B HVAC DUCT HEATER H18-C NA
H19-B HVAC RECIRCULATION PUMP H19-C NA
H20-B HVAC TANK H20-C NA
H21-B HVAC H21-C HVAC
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
7.1.5 Instrumentation
Instr. Cable Installation &
I01-A I01-B N/A I01-C N/A
Testing
Instr. Fibre Optic
Installation & Testing
I03-A Instr. Calibration I03-B N/A I03-C N/A
I04-A Instr. Installation I04-B N/A I11-C N/A
Instr. Tubing Installation &
Pressure Testing
Instr. Panel (Electronic)
Installation
Instr. Junction Box
Installation
Pneumatic Instr. Pneumatic Instr.
Pneumatic Instr. Control
Control Panel Control Panel
I08-A Panel (ICP)/ESD Station I08-B I08-C
(ICP)/ESD Station (ICP)/ESD Station
Installation
Testing Testing
CV/SDV/BDV
(control/shutdown
valve/blowdown valve)
Installation & Calibration
I10-A PSV Inspection & Test I10-B N/A I10-C N/A
Instr. Closed Loop Instr. Closed Loop
I11-A N/A I11-B I11-C
Check Check
I12-A N/A I12-B N/A I12-C N/A
Miscellaneous Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous Process
I13-A I13-B Process Analyzers I13-C Process Analyzers
Analyzers Test
Test Test
Fire & Gas Device
Calibration &Installation
Cable Tray Installation
Check
Fire & Gas Device Fire & Gas Device
I16-A N/A I16-B I16-C
Loop Test Loop Test
Fusible Plug Loop & Panel
Installation
Cause & Effect Matrix Cause & Effect
I18-A N/A I18-B I18-C
Verification Matrix Verification
I20-A WHCP Installation I20-B WHCP Test I20-C WHCP Test
HSSD(VESDA) Loop
I22-A HSSD(VESDA) Installation I22-B I22-C N/A
Test
I23-A Metering Skid Installation I23-B Metering Skid Test I23-C Metering Skid Test
I24-A Conduit Installation Check I24-B N/A I24-C N/A
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

Tank Gauging System Tank Gauging System Tank Gauging
I26-A I26-B I26-C
Installation Testing System Testing
I27A MPFM Installation I27-B MPFM Testing I27-C MPFM Testing
Pipeline Leak Pipeline Leak
Pipeline Leak Detection
I28-A I28-B Detection System I28-C Detection System
System Installation
Testing Testing
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
7.1.6 Mechanical
M01- A Pressure Vessel M01- B Pressure Vessel M01-C Pressure Vessel
Heat Exchanger (Plate / S Heat Exchanger
M02- A M02- B M02-C NA
& T) (Plate/ S & T)
Heat Exchanger
M03- A Heat Exchanger (PCHE) M03- B M03-C NA
(PCHE)
M04- A Gearbox M04- B Gearbox M04-C NA
M05- A Relief valve M05- B Relief valve M05-C NA
M06- A Air Dryer Package M06- B Air Dryer Package M06-C NA
M07- A Filter/Strainer M07- B Filter/Strainer M07-C NA
M08- A Pedestal Crane M08- B Pedestal Crane M08-C Pedestal Crane
Monorail/Trolley Monorail/Trolley
M09- A Monorail/Trolley Hoist M09- B M09-C
Hoist Hoist
M10- A Gantry/ Bridge Crane M10- B Gantry/ Bridge Crane M10-C Gantry/ Bridge Crane
M11- A Flare M11- B Flare M11-C Flare
M12- A Lifeboat & Davit M12- B Lifeboat & Davit M12-C Lifeboat & Davit
M13- A Generator M13- B Generator M13-C NA
M14- A Mixers & Agitators M14- B Mixers & Agitators M14-C Mixers & Agitators
Electro-Chlorinator Electro-Chlorinator
M15- A Electro-Chlorinator Unit M15- B M15-C
Unit Unit
Sanitary Treatment Sanitary Treatment
M16- A Sanitary Treatment Unit M16- B M16-C
Unit Unit
M17- A TEG Generation Unit M17- B Gas Dehydration Unit M17-C Gas Dehydration Unit
M18- A Submersible Pump M18- B Submersible Pump M18-C Submersible Pump
Piston Displacement Piston Displacement Electric motor Piston
M19- A M19- B M19-C
Pump Pump Displacement Pump
Electric Motor Air
M20- A Air Compressor M20- B Air Compressor M20-C
Compressor
Diesel/Gas Engine
M21- A Diesel Engine M21- B Diesel Engine M21-C
Generator
Gas Turbine
M22- A Gas Turbine M22- B Gas Turbine M22-C
Generator
Centrifugal Turbine driven
M23- A Centrifugal Compressor M23- B M23-C
Compressor Compressor
Gas engine driven Gas engine driven
Reciprocating
M24- A M24- B Reciprocating Gas M24-C Reciprocating Gas
Compressor
Electric Motor driven Electric Motor driven
Refer to Vendor
M25- A M25- B Reciprocating Gas M25-C Reciprocating Gas
Equipment Skid M036-A
Electric Motor driven Electric Motor driven
M26 A Centrifugal Pump M26- B M26-C
Centrifugal Pump Centrifugal Pump
M27- A Refer to Vendor M27- B Gas Engine driven M27-C Gas Engine driven
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01

Equipment Skid M036-A Centrifugal Pump Centrifugal Pump
(COTP) (COTP)
Refer to Vendor Diesel engine driven Diesel engine driven
M28- A M28- B M28-C
Equipment Skid M036-A Fire Pump Fire Pump
Refer to Vendor Chemical Metering Chemical Metering
M29-A M29- B M29-C
Equipment Skid M036-A Pump Pump
Refer to Vendor Chemical Injection Chemical Injection
M30-A M30- B M30-C
Equipment Skid M036-A Package Package
Nitrogen Gas Nitrogen Gas
M31-A Nitrogen Gas Generator M31- B M31-C
Generator Generator
Sewage Treatment Sewage Treatment
M32-A Sewage Treatment Unit M32-B M32-C
Unit Unit
Water Maker Unit Water Maker Unit
M33-A Water Maker Unit M33-B M33-C
(Vapour Compressor) (Vapour Compressor)
Subsea Equipment Subsea Equipment Subsea Equipment
M34- A M34- B M34-C
Package Package Package
Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous
M35-A M35-B M35-C
Equipment Equipment Equipment
Vendors Package Vendor's Package Vendor's Package
M36-A M36- B M36-C
Equipment Skid Equipment Equipment
M37-A NA M37-B AGRU M37-C AGRU
M38-A NA M38-B MRU M38-C MRU
M39-A Fin Fan Cooler M39-B Fin Fan Cooler M39-C NA
M40-A Base Plate M40-B NA NA
Load testing of lifting lugs
M41-A M41-B NA NA
/monorail
M42-A Elevators M42-B Elevators Elevators
M43-A Valve Installation M43-B NA NA
M44-A Pulsation Dampener M44-B Pulsation Dampener NA
M45-A Coupling Cold Alignment M45-B Coupling Alignment NA
M46-A Pig trap M46-B Pig trap M47-C Pig trap
M47-A Storage tank M47-B Storage tank M48-C Storage tank
M48-A Lubricating log M48-B NA NA
Final Closure
M49-A NA M49-B M49-C NA
Certificate
Turbo Turbo
Turbo Expander/Booster
M50-A M50-B Expander/Booster M50-C Expander/Booster
Compressor
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
7.1.7 Piping
P01-A Pipe Work Completion P01-B N/A P01-C N/A
P02-A Pre- Test P02-B N/A P02-C N/A
P03-A Flushing P03-B N/A P03-C N/A
P04-A Pressure Test P04-B1 Re-Instatement Work P04-C N/A
Reinstatement Leak
P04-B2
Test
P05-A Blowing /Drying P05-B N/A P05-C N/A
P06-A Flanges Alignment P06-B Flanges Management P06-C N/A
P07-A Bolt Tensioning/Tourqing P07-B N/A P07-C N/A
P08-A Chemical Cleaning P08-B N/A P08-C N/A
P09-A Re-Installation Work P09-B N/A P09-C N/A
P10-A Service Test P10-B Service Test P10-C N/A
Pipe Painting/
P11-A P11-B N/A P11-C N/A
Coating/Marking
P12-A Pipe Insulation P12-B N/A P12-C N/A
P13-A Critical Valve Leak Test P13-B N/A P13-C N/A
P14-A N/A P14-B Witness Joint P14-C N/A
P15-A N/A P15-B Lube Oil Flushing P15-C N/A
P16-A N/A P16-B N/A P16-C Nitrogen Purging
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
7.1.8 Safety
S01- A Escape Routes and Signs S01- B NA S01-C NA
S02- A Safety Shower/Eyewash S02- B Safety Shower/Eyebaths S02-C NA
S03- A Survival Equipment S03- B Survival Equipment S03-C NA
S04- A Breathing Apparatus S04- B NA S04-C NA
S05- A Fire Hoses and Monitors S05- B NA S05-C NA
Portable and Wheeled
S06- A S06- B NA S06-C NA
Fire Extinguishers
S07- A Fireman Outfit Cabinet S07- B NA S07-C NA
Miscellaneous Safety
S08- A S08- B NA S08-C NA
Equipment
S09- A Life Rafts S09- B NA S09-C NA
Firewater/Foam
S10- A Firewater/Foam System S10- B Firewater/Foam System S10-C
System
Fire Suppression/Total Fire Suppression/Total
S11-A S11-B NA
Flooding System Flooding System
Escape and Evacuation
S12-A NA NA
Equipment
S13-A LEV NA NA
S14-A Sickbay NA NA
Deck Integrated Fire Deck Integrated Fire
S15-A NA
Fighting System Fighting System
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
7.1.9 Structural
ST01-A Structural Members
ST02-A Structure Painting
ST03-A Passive Fire Protection
ST04-A Structural Jacket
ST05-A Riser
ST06-A I & J Tube
ST07-A Telecom Tower
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
7.1.10 Telecommunication
Telecommunication Cable
T01-A T01-B NA T01-C NA
Installation & Testing
Fiber Optic Cable
Installation And Testing
CCTV & PIR Intrusion
T03-A Detection System T03-B CCTV T03-C NA
Installation
PAGA System/ Echo
T04-A PAGA System Installation T04-B T04-C NA
Station/ Strobelight
Telephone/ LAN
Indoor/Outdoor Telephone
T05-A T05-B Port Verification & T05-C NA
Installation
Cable Test
Telecommunication Panel Telecommunication
T06-A T06-B T06-C NA
/Cabinet Installation Panel
Telecommunication
Junction Box Installation
VHF FM Installation &
Testing
VHF AM Installation &
Testing
LAN/WAN System
Installation
Radio
T11-A NA T11-B T11-C NA
Communication Test
Telecoms Fibre
Optic Cables Test
Entertainment
System
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
8.0 APPENDIX I: ITR A (CONSTRUCTION)
8.1 APPENDIX I-I: Architecture (A)
8.2 APPENDIX I-II: Civil (C)
8.3 APPENDIX I-III: Electrical (E)
8.4 APPENDIX I-IV: HVAC (H)
8.5 APPENDIX I-V: Instrumentation (I)
8.6 APPENDIX I-VI: Mechanical (M)
8.7 APPENDIX I-VII: Piping (P)
8.8 APPENDIX I-VIII: Safety (S)
8.9 APPENDIX I-IX: Structural (ST)
8.10 APPENDIX I-X: Telecommunication (T)

CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-I
PETRONAS CARIGALI SDN. BHD.
INSPECTION TEST RECORD (ITR) - A

ARCHITECTURAL MEMBERS A01-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Lay Out Drawing
System Inspection Date
Sub System
Location
INSPECTION / TEST OK N/A P/L No.
1 Raised access floor completed
2 False ceiling completed
3 Room panel partitions completed
4 Acoustic elements installed and secured
5 Pre-fab fire walls / blast walls completed
6 All insulation completed
7 All internal gratings completed
8 Louvered walls completed
9 Internal stairs installed
10 Internal handrails installed
11 Office desks and furniture satisfactory
12 Control desk and consoles complete
13 Workshop benches & equipment complete
14 Room sanitary fittings complete
15 Windows & glazing complete
16 Internal doors complete
17 Vapor barrier installed
18 All infill plates installed
19 Laboratory benches & equipment completed
20 Check all MCT frame completed
21 Check all cable ladder/ tray have been proper installed
COMMENT(S) AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-I

ROOM EQUIPMENTS A02-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Sub System
Location
1 Wall panel condition
2 Raised access floor plate.
3 Flooring condition
4 Furniture.
5 Windows / window curtain
6 Door / door hardware
7 Wash basins
8 Shower and controls, sealed and satisfactory
9 Electrical fittings
10 Telephone
11 Fire and gas fightings
12 HVAC fittings and controls
13 Entertainment equipment / fittings
14 Bunks, curtains, mattress, pillows, sheets
15 Coat hooks
16 Desk, cabinets, filing cabinets, printer and photocopier
17 Washer extractor
18 Tumbler dryer
19 Vacuum ironing
20 Gymnasium equipment
21 Weighing scale

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-I

PLATFORM SANITARY A03-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Sub System
Location
1 Water closet
2 Toilet doors, frames, threshold and stoppers
3 Cleaner and towel dispenser, towel ring
4 Water supplies, wash basin (Check plug for tightness)
5 Urinal flushing
6 Pipe connections. Ensure pipework has been tested and ITR completed.
7 Air duct, check cut out for ventilation unit
8 Drain piping / drain from wash basin ( Check for leakage )
9 Wall panels (color, straightness, etc.)
10 Floor ( slope / finish )
11 Shower and controls, sealed and satisfactory
12 Shower curtain and track
13 Shelves / mirror / light fixture
14 Toilet brush
15 Toothbrush tumbler
16 Soap holder
17 Coat / towel hook
18 Toilet paper holder
19 Hand wash basin with taps
20 Automatic hand dryer

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-I

EXTERNAL/INTERNAL CLADDING AND INSULATION A04-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Sub System
Location
Installation of insulation / cladding supports and fixings correctly installed to
1 drawings and specifications.
Record type and thickness of rock wool insulation : -
Type :
2 Thickness :
3 Installation of stainless steel wire mesh correct
4 Corrugated aluminum installed correctly
5 Check panel material is correct
6 Wall panel installation correct to drawings
7 Installation of 2 side of aluminum foil are correct
8 Installation of stainless steel wire mesh are correct
9 Ensure that stainless steel stud pin washer proper installed

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-I

DOORS , HATCH AND WINDOW A05-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Sub System
Location
1 Installed door, hatches and window as per design drawings and specification
2 Unit locking devices operates
3 Door pressure relief port operates
4 Door / hatch panic bar operates
5 Sliding door operates and fitted with a vision panel
6 Gaskets and compression seals installed correctly
7 All doors self closing with dampers, self latching & non key lockable
8 Hinged door adjusted
9 Nuts and bolts tightened to correct values
10 Grease nipple on hinges installed and pre charged
11 Unit frame fixed to structure complete
12 Unit catch and stopper fitted correctly
13 Adequate window provided
14 Type of window, e.g (shall be non opening)
15 Check window certification of fire rating
16 Door entries are provided with air locks
17 Emergency exits are hinged & fitted with panic bars and without air locks
18 External Doors are provided with a vision panel

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-I

SICKBAY A06-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Sub System
Location
1 Verify to ensure that all construction have been completed as per drawing
2 Signage at entrance
3 Lighting
4 Entrance door open sideways
5 Bottom clearance of doors does not exceed 0.6 cm
6 All electrical sockets tested and functioning
7 Water supply to all faucets and shower heads
8 Water heater / warm water supply
9 Floor drains doesnt show signs of clog
10 HVAC functioning
11 Bed screen curtain rail
12 Fixture for oxygen tank
13 Hospital Bed
14 Examination couch
15 Biological waste bin
16 Clinical scales
17 Height measure
18 Stainless steel cabinets
19 AED
20 Refrigerator

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-I

GALLEY A07-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Sub System
Location
1 Electrical power points are provided
Fire detection and protection in the hoods, exhaust ductwork and fat fryer systems
2
are installed
3 Canopies and hoods have been installed over all cooking equipment
4
Canopies and hoods are fitted with cleanable grease filters and suitable drainage
5 A toilet dedicated for usage of galley staff are constructed
6 Dining table and chairs are provided as per scope of work
A walk-in deep freezer has been installed & tested as the following items
Operating temperature display.
Operating temperature lower than -18 oC
7 Thermostats.
Warning lights.
Door openable from both directions
Entrances are fitted with a flexible thermal curtain
A walk-in refrigerator has been installed & installed as the following items
Operating temperature within 1-4 oC
8 Thermostats.
Warning lights
Door openable from both directions
Entrances are fitted with a flexible thermal curtain
A walk-in vegetable storage room has been installed and tested as the following
items
9
Operating temperature of 6 oC Thermostats.
Warning lights.
Door openable from both directions.
A walk-in dry good store has been installed with its door openable from both
10
directions
11
A consumables store has been installed with its door openable from both directions
12 Dish-washing equipment has been installed & tested
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-I

GALLEY A07-A
A stand-alone chill units has been installed & tested, bears a temperature display
13
and shows no sign of damage
14
All flow drains (sinks & floor) has been constructed & tested with close fitting covers
15 Grease traps are installed & tested
16
Water taps receives both hot and cold water supply has been installed & tested
17 All wash basins and sinks has been installed
18
Hot servery counter has been installed as per the approved engineering drawing
Cold servery counter c/w the following items has been installed & tested :
Ice cream dispenser
Chilled milk & fruit dispenser ( Min 5 L )
19
Water boiler capable of continuous boiling water
Automatic bread toaster
Cutleries, crockery and dispensers.
Verify that the following equipment has been installed & tested
Solid top, heavy duty range incorporating under oven 2/3/4 plate top
Brat pan with frying pan.
Combination steam/ convection oven.
Convection oven 6 x 1/1 gastronorm.
Salamander multi-purpose with brander 785 mm wide x 330 mm deep x 325 mm
high.
Deep fat fryer, 55 kg per hour, self filter.
20 Sink for hand wash with elbow tap
Vegetable preparation sink.
Meat/ fish double bowl sink.
Pot wash sink with sterilizer sink.
Mobile work bench to suit minimum 1200.
Gravity fed slicer x 300mm
Pot racking 1500 mm.
Refrigerated work bench with under cabinet.
Multi-purpose bench-mounted vegetable preparation machine.
Floor standing food mixer x 23 litres.
20 Microwave (wall mounted), 3.2 kW input, 1.65 output.
Potato peeler & Chipper
A stand-alone chill units has been installed, bears a temperature display and tested
21
functioning
22 Waste bins with close fitting lids has been installed
23 Probe thermometer/ laser thermometer has been provided
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-I

GALLEY A07-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Sub System
Location

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-II

BUILDING/ ROOM C01-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Item Description Ref Drawing
Sub System
1 Check that the construction confirms to approved drawings and specification.
2 Ensure that the Building is in line with the layout drawing.
3 Check and verify all civil inspection reports are available.
4 Check throughout the Building for cleanliness.
5 Check painting for any damage.
6 Check for ventilation of the room.
7 Check the door & Window are as per approved drawing.
8 Check the door & Window hardware is as per approved drawing.
9 Check that the construction confirms to approved drawings and spec.
10 Ensure that the Building is in line with the layout drawing.
12 Check throughout the Building for cleanliness.
13 Check painting for any damage.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-II

FOUNDATION C02-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1
Ensure that location / orientation of foundations is as per approved layout drawing.
3 Check foundation level and dimensions as correct as per drawing.
4 Check anchor bolt or pocket spacing / projections are as per drawings.
5 Check for grouting gap between foundation and underside of base plate.
6 Check for presence of crack on the surface etc.
7 Check for aesthetic look of foundation & for its surface finishing.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-II

CONCRETE WORK C03-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Concrete work installed in accordance with specifications and drawings.
2 Rebar installed in accordance with specifications and drawings.
Pockets and/or anchor bolts installed in accordance with specifications and
3
drawings.
4 Drains and grating installed in accordance with specifications and drawings.
All foundations installed do not create traps for water, ample drainage available for
5
the area.
6 All temporary aids / formwork removed.
7 Backfill and cleaning of surrounding area complete.
8 Slump Test : (mm)
9 Concrete Break Test : (MPA)

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-II

ROAD C04-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Check road sub grade as per AFC drawing.
Ensure that compliance test as the following completed and accepted.
Compaction test.
California Bearing Ratio test ( CBRT).
2
Plate bearing test.
Static cone penetration test.
Density test.
3 Check rigid paving as per specification.
4 Check the flexible paving min 50 mm.
5 Check side drainage channel.
6 Check centre drainage channel.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-II

FENCING & GATES C05-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Check fencing / gates installed as per AFC drawing.
2 Check chain link face fabric as per specification.
3 Check tension wire installed as per AFC drawing.
4 Check string of barbed as per AFC drawing.
5 Check steel bracing at each tenth post as per drawing.
6 Check fencing and gates material as per specification.
7 Check fencing and gates painting as specification.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

GAS TURBINE GENERATOR E01-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System / Sub System no.
Frequency Voltage
Manufacturer Rating
Model Ref. Drawing nos.
Serial no. Location
INSPECTION / TEST OK N/A P/L No
1 Documents required:
a) GTG data sheets, GA drawings and the skid drawing
b) Packing list
c) Interconnection drawings (site wiring)
d) Relevant portion of the cable schedule
2 Verify and ensure that all construction / installation activities have
been completed.
3 Check all nameplate data against data sheets, approved drawing and
vendor documentation.
4 Review equipment preservation records against vendor
recommendations.
5 Check equipment for mechanical damages (dents/scratches, corrosion,
broken handles etc.)
6 Verify space heaters, instruments, indication lamps, control switches,
protection relays and phase identification tags/ labels are installed as
per approved drawings.
7 All associated E & I cables (vendor & project) JB's marshalling boxes
identified, installed, glanded and terminated as shown on the approved
vendor drawings / project specification.
8 Verify CT's, surge capacitor, lighting arrestor and all associated wiring
installed as shown on the approved drawings.
9 All labeling and warning signs correct and visible.
10 Earthing installed to project design and specification.
11 Unit lighting / ventilation / correctly installed.
12 All associated instrumentation correctly installed.
13 Confirm the air intake and the exhaust are clear of all obstructions and
intake/exhaust piping works comply with approved drawings.
Check starting battery and give commissioning charge / keep under
14
float charging as necessary
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

GAS TURBINE GENERATOR E01-A
15
Identify the spares and special tools supplied, if any including keys, and
record the storage location.
Sl. No Item Quantity Location
16 Mark-up installation As built drawings

17 Record any defects/shortcomings in the system punch-list.
Verify no dust inside Enclosure /Cabinet / Panel and insulation surfaces
18
are clean.
Verify Instruments & its Accessories /Electrical equipment/Panel
19
externally clean.
Mechanical completion check-sheet from Mechanical shall be used together with this to complete
the construction installation checks.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

MICRO TURBINE GENERATOR E02-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Voltage
Manufacturer Rating
Serial no. Location
a) MTG data sheets, GA drawings and the skid drawing
b) Packing list
been completed.
recommendations.
7 All associated E & I cables (vendor & project) JB's marshaling boxes
14 Check starting battery and give commissioning charge / keep under
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

MICRO TURBINE GENERATOR E02-A
15

18
are clean.
19
externally clean.
Mechanical completion check--sheet from Mechanical shall be used together with this to complete

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

GAS ENGINE GENERATOR E03-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Voltage
Manufacturer Rating
Serial no. Location
a) GEG data sheets, GA drawings and the skid drawing
b) Packing list
been completed.
recommendations.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

GAS ENGINE GENERATOR E03-A
15

17 Record any defects/shortcomings in the system punch-list
18
are clean.
19
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

DIESEL ENGINE GENERATOR E04-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Voltage
Manufacturer Rating
Serial no. Location
a) DEG data sheets, GA drawings and the skid drawing
b) Packing list
been completed.
recommendations.
float charging as necessary.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

DIESEL ENGINE GENERATOR E04-A
15

18
are clean.
19
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

SOLAR PANEL E07-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Output Voltage Power Rating
Manufacturer Battery AH
Ref. Drawing nos. Serial no.
Type Location
a) Solar Panel GA drawings
b) Packing list
been completed.
5 Verify the solar panel inclination/angle against the design documents.
protection relays and identification tags/ labels are installed as per
approved drawings.
10 Check battery and give commissioning charge / keep under float
charging as necessary
11
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

SOLAR PANEL E07-A
12 Mark-up installation AS built drawings
14
are clean.
15
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

ELECTRICAL NETWORK MONITORING AND E08-A
CONTROL (ENMC) SYSTEM
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Model / Type IP Rating
Serial no. Manufacturer
Location Ref. Drawing nos.
a) ENMC system architecture and Functional Description System
b) ENMC panel GA drawings
c) Packing list
d) ENMC block diagram and interconnection drawings
e) Relevant portion of the cable schedule
been completed including all accessories like printers.
3 Check and confirm that ENMC nameplate/identification details are as
per approved technical drawings.
4 Verify and confirm the panel is secured properly as per drawings and
hold down bolts are tight & in accordance to project specification.
6 Inspect physical condition and arrangement of ENMC PLC and its
subsequent PLC racks i.e. power supply module, processors modules
and communication modules to be as per approved technical drawings.
identification tags/ labels, interposing relays, PLC are installed as per
drawings. Check and confirm Fiber Optic converters (FOC)/Fiber
Termination Units (FTU) are installed as per drawings.
8 Verify and confirm that all unused cable entries are sealed using proper
sealing plugs.
9 Verify Operation of all doors / drawers and confirm they can open /
close freely.
10 Inspect earthing/bonding installation and arrangement to be as per
approved technical drawings. Special attention to cable screens.
11 Inspect ENMC internal cables connection, wiring, core marking, and
tagging to be as per approved technical drawings
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

ELECTRICAL NETWORK MONITORING AND E08-A
12 Verify the cleanliness of panel internals and confirm all loose wires,
packing material etc. are removed.
13

18
are clean.
19
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

TRANSFORMER (DRY TYPE) E09-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Rated kVA Area Classification
Frequency Location
Manufacturer Insulation class
Ref. Drawing nos. Type
Vector Group Voltage Primary
Voltage Secondary Percentage Impedance
a) Transformer datasheet and GA drawing
b) Packing list
c) Equipment layout and Bus-duct layout drawing (if applicable)
d) Overall SLD
2 Verify to ensure that all construction / installation activities have been
completed. Confirm loose supplied components, if any, (fans, bushings,
CTs etc.) are installed as per manufacturers instructions and all bolts
are secured.
3 Check name plate information against data sheets and approved
drawings.
4 Verify and confirm that there's no mechanical damage.
Check especially for damage to terminal boxes/bus-duct flanges,
bushing cracks, corrosion, painting damage etc.
5 Verify and confirm transformer orientation and location is as per layout
drawing and hold- down arrangement is as per vendor drawings.
Check the transformer elevation against the layout drawings and bus-
duct flange dimensions against vendor drawings for bus duct
connected transformers.
6 Verify and confirm that the transformer earthing (body and neutral
grounding) is completed and properly secured.
Confirm the transformer star point grounding is established as per
project drawings.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

TRANSFORMER (DRY TYPE) E09-A
7 Verify and confirm Primary / Secondary windings / instrumentation and
power cables are clearly identified, glanded, terminated and torqued
to vendor recommendations. Confirm the bolted connections of power
cables are marked after torqueing. Check carefully for the cable lug
connection to the bus bar and ensure NO washers are installed
between the lug and bus bar.
8 Verify and confirm Current transformer for earth fault /differential
protection are correctly installed and wired.
9 Verify all labels and warning signs are correct and visible.
10 Ensure all the incoming and outgoing cables/bus-ducts are adequately
supported and the transformer terminals are stress-free. Confirm that
the gland plates for single core cable are non-magnetic.
Verify and confirm that all unused cable entries are sealed using proper
sealing plugs.
11 Check the mechanical operation of the tap changer.
12 Verify and confirm that bus-duct flange (where applicable) dimensions
are confirming to project drawings.
13 Identify the spares and special tools supplied, if any including keys, and
14 Record defects/shortcomings, if any, in the system punch-list.

18
are clean.
19
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

TRANSFORMER (OIL TYPE) E10-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Location
Ref. Drawing nos. Type
a) Transformer datasheet and GA drawing
b) Packing list
c) Equipment layout and Bus-duct layout drawing (if applicable)
d) Overall SLD
completed.
Check especially for damage to terminal boxes/bus-duct-flanges/
radiators/conservator tank, bushing cracks, corrosion, painting
damage, oil leak etc.
Check and confirm drain tap is ok, vent is free, silica gel Ok and oil level
is correct.
4 Confirm loose supplied components, if any, (radiators, conservator,
fans, bushings, CTs etc.) are installed as per manufacturers
instructions.
5 Disperse transformer fluid from transformer into radiators per the
Removable Radiators Field Installation Instructions from the
manufacturer. Verify correct liquid level on liquid level gauge and
remove / fill oil as needed.
6 Check name plate information against data sheets and approved
drawings.
7 Disperse transformer fluid from transformer into radiators per the
attached Removable Radiators Field Installation Instructions. Verify
correct liquid level on liquid level gauge and remove / fill oil as needed.
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

8 Verify and confirm transformer orientation and location is as per layout
drawing and hold- down arrangement is as per vendor drawings.
Check the transformer elevation against the layout drawings and bus-
duct flange dimensions against vendor drawings for bus duct
connected transformers.
Verify and confirm the transformer room is adequately ventilated and
clearances as per drawings/vendor recommendations are maintained.
9 Verify and confirm that the transformer earthing (body and neutral
grounding) is completed and properly secured. Confirm the
transformer star point grounding is established as per project
drawings.
10 Verify and confirm Primary / Secondary windings / instrumentation and
power cables are clearly identified, glanded / terminated and torqued
to vendor recommendations. Confirm the bolted connections of power
cables are marked after torqueing. Check carefully for the cable lug
connection to the bus bar and ensure NO washers are installed
between the lug and bus bar. Check and confirm that clearances
regarding lugs and cables are maintained.
11 Verify and confirm Current transformer for earth fault /differential
protection are correctly installed and wired.
12 Verify all labels and warning signs are correct and visible.
13 Ensure all the incoming and outgoing cables/bus-ducts are adequately
supported and the transformer terminals are stress-free. Confirm that
the gland plates for single core cable are non-magnetic.
sealing plugs.
14 Check the mechanical operation of the tap changer.

17
are clean.
18
externally clean.
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III


Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARD E11-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Bus Bar Rating IP Rating
Frequency Voltage
Short Circuit Rating/time Ref. Drawing
Model / Type Location
a) Switchboard datasheet and GA drawing
b) Packing list
c) Manufacturers installation instructions
d) Equipment layout and Bus-duct layout drawing (if applicable)
e) Overall SLD
f) Relevant portion of the cable schedule
been completed. Confirm the arc protection hoods (if applicable) are
installed.
3 Verify any differences between nameplate details against approved
drawings and data sheets.
4 Verify hold down bolts are tight & in accordance to manufacturer
recommendations.
6 Confirm Bus-bar alignment is correct and bolted connections are
torqued to vendor specifications and the bolts are marked. Separate
sheet to be attached with the record of bus-bar joint torque values.
protection relays and phase identification tags/ label interposing relay
panel, PLC are installed as per drawings.
sealing plugs.
9 Verify Operation of all doors & drawers and confirm they can open /
close freely.
10 Confirm Earth bar is continuous throughout the length of the
switchboard.
11 Verify Earthing is properly installed and secured as per project
documentation.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

12 Check and confirm mechanical operation of the circuit breaker,
mechanical interlocks / racking mechanism CB in / out are in order
13 Verify if construction check-sheet for all incoming cables/bus ducts are
completed.

16
are clean.
17
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARD / MCC E14-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Voltage
a) Switchboard datasheet and GA drawing
b) Packing list
c) Manufacturers installation instructions
d) Equipment layout and Bus-duct layout drawing (if applicable)
e) Overall SLD
f) Relevant portion of the cable schedule
been completed. Confirm the arc protection hoods (if applicable) are
installed.
4 Verify hold down bolts are tight & in accordance to manufacturer
recommendations.
6 Confirm Bus-bar alignment is correct and bolted connections are
torqued to vendor specifications and the bolts are marked. Separate
sheet to be attached with the record of bus-bar joint torque values.
protection relays and phase identification tags/ label interposing relay
panel, PLC are installed as per drawings.
sealing plugs.
close freely.
10 Confirm Earth bar is continuous throughout the length of the
switchboard.
documentation.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARD / MCC E14-A
12 Check and confirm mechanical operation of the circuit breaker,
mechanical interlocks / racking mechanism CB in / out are in order.
13 Verify if construction check-sheet for all incoming cables/bus ducts are
completed.
14

16
are clean.
17
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

INTEGRATED MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEM (IMCS) E20-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
a) IMCS system architecture and Functional Description System
b) Packing list
c) IMCS panel GA drawings
d) IMCS block diagram and interconnection drawings
been completed including all accessories like printers.
3 Check and confirm that IMCS nameplate/identification details are as
per approved technical drawings.
4 Verify and confirm the panel is secured properly as per drawings and
hold down bolts are tight & in accordance to project specification.
6 Inspect physical condition and arrangement of IMCS PLC and its
subsequent PLC racks i.e. power supply module, processors modules
and communication modules to be as per approved technical drawings.
identification tags/ labels, interposing relays, PLC are installed as per
drawings. Check and confirm Fiber Optic converters (FOC)/Fiber
Termination Units (FTU) are installed as per drawings.
sealing plugs.
9 Verify Operation of all doors / drawers and confirm they can open /
close freely.
10 Inspect earthing/bonding installation and arrangement to be as per
approved technical drawings. Special attention to cable screens.
11 Inspect IMCS internal cables connection, wiring, core marking, and
tagging to be as per approved technical drawings
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

INTEGRATED MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEM (IMCS) E20-A

15
are clean.
16
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

TRANSMISSION LINE E21-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Conductor size System / Sub System no.
From To
Location Operating Voltage
Ref. Drawing nos.
a) Layout drawings
b) Pole installation details
completed.
3 Confirm the grounding and lightning protection are completed as per
specifications and drawings.
4 Pole Check list completed (Attach form 22 from PTS 63.10.08.11)
5 Line sag check list completed (Attach form 23 from PTS 63.10.08.11)
6 Line Joints integrity tested. (Attach form 24 from PTS 63.10.08.11)
8
are clean.
9
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

HIGH VOLTAGE CABLE E22-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Cable Core/Size Cable from
Cable to Ref. Drawing nos.
Voltage
a) Cable layout drawing
b) Cable schedule and drum list
completed.
3 Cable Installed, identified, dressed and secured, cable rack / tray
segregation and bending radius as per project specifications and
design. Verify and confirm single core cables are using trefoil clamps,
cable gland and gland plate made of nonmagnetic material.
4 Glanding, phase identification and termination kits correctly installed
to vendors specifications.
5 Verify cable type and size in accordance with Cable schedule.
6 Verify terminations are tight. Record torque if applicable.
7 Insulation Resistance Test. Measure and record insulation resistance
(IR) of each conductor with all other conductors and shields grounded.
Subsequently, measure IR for phase to phase conductor with other
conductor and shield grounded. Refer PTS 63.10.08.11 for suitable test
voltage and acceptable insulation reading.
Test point Insulation Resistance Remarks
R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
Discharge all conductors to ground for a minimum period of 1 minute.

(Note: Hi-pot test to be done during pre-commissioning and
commissioning only)
8 The cable continuity to be tested using a suitable multi-meter, set to
ohms. Measured resistance to be compared with the datasheet value.
Measured cable Resistance ...
9 Gland body to earth path resistance (Max 0.1)
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

HIGH VOLTAGE CABLE E22-A
10 Cable joints, if any are completed, identified and the location is marked
in cable schedule and relevant layout drawings.
11 Buried/underground sections of cables are properly marked using
cable markers as per project specifications.
12 Check and confirm all related red line markings are completed.
14
are clean.
15
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

SUBMARINE CABLE E23-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Cable to Ref. Drawing nos.
Voltage
completed.
cable gland and gland plate made of nonmagnetic material.
4 Glanding, phase identification and termination kits correctly installed
to vendors specifications.
6 Verify terminations are tight. Record torque if applicable.
Subsequently, measure IR for phase to phase conductor with other
conductor and shield grounded. Refer PTS 63.10.08.11 for suitable test
voltage and acceptable insulation reading.
R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE

(Note: Hi-pot test to be done during pre-commissioning and
commissioning only)
Measured cable Resistance ...
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

SUBMARINE CABLE E23-A
11 Buried/underground sections of cables are properly marked using cable
markers as per project specifications.
14
are clean.
15
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

BUS DUCT E24-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Amperes Bus bar Rating
Frequency Location
Manufacturer Ref. Drawing Nos.
Type Voltage
INSPECTION / TEST OK N/ P/L
A No
a) Bus duct installation/layout drawing
b) Bus duct installation details from manufacturer
c) Key single line diagram
Verify to ensure that all construction / installation activities have been
2
completed.
Verify Earthing links/bonding are properly installed and secured in
3
every Bus duct joint connection as per installation drawings.
Verify any mechanical damage to the bus duct sections, joints or end
4
terminations.
Check and confirm bus-duct installations including supports are as per
5
layout drawing and manufacturer instructions.
Bus-duct properly insulated, supported and identified (As per Vendor's
6
Drawing).
Bus bars and connecting links are tightened to vendors specified
7
torque values. Mark all the bolts after tightening.
8 Verify and confirm phase identification is correct, warning labels fitted.
11
are clean.
12
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

BUS DUCT E24-A
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

LOW VOLTAGE CABLE E25-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Cable to Ref. Drawing Nos.
Voltage
completed.
cable gland and gland plate made of nonmagnetic material
Cable gland type and size in accordance with Cable schedule. Confirm
5
that barrier glands are installed where required.
Verify Gland & Lug are properly installed. Refer to manufacturers
6
recommendation as required.
7 Verify and confirm terminations are tight. Record torque if applicable.
8
The cable insulation resistance is to be checked using a 500V Megger.
Each core is to be tested against all other cores, and earth.

R-YBNE
Y-RBNE
B-RYNE

Measured cable Resistance ... __________Ohms
12 Buried/underground sections of cables are properly marked using cable
markers as per project specifications.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

LOW VOLTAGE CABLE E25-A
15
are clean.
16
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

CAPACITOR BANK AND SERIES REACTORS E26-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
kVAR Voltage
Frequency No. of steps
Location Manufacturer
Model / Type Serial no.
Ref. Drawing nos.
a) Capacitor Bank datasheet and GA drawing
b) Packing list
c) Equipment layout of the room (if applicable)
d) Overall SLD
been completed.
3 Verify hold down bolts are tight & in accordance to project
specification.
protection relays, RVTs, APFC relays and phase identification tags/ label
are installed as per drawings.
sealing plugs.
close freely.
documentation.
9 Check and confirm mechanical operation of the circuit
breakers/MCCBs/Isolators etc. and mechanical interlocks are in order.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

CAPACITOR BANK AND SERIES REACTORS E26-A
10

12
are clean.
13
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

ELECTRICAL SUBSTATION/SWITCH ROOM E27-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Substation No System / Sub System no.
Highest voltage level Area Classification
Location
Ref. Drawing nos.
a) Substation equipment layout
b) Substation grounding/lightning layout
c) Substation F&G layout
d) Key single line diagram
completed.
3 Verify and confirm equipment locations and clearances are as per
layout drawing.
4 Confirm all openings on the switch room/substation are properly
sealed by approved method as per drawings and specifications.
5 Confirm all entrance doors are operating smooth and are provided with
necessary panic bolts as per requirements.
6 Confirm the room lighting including emergency lighting are functional
and in line with layout drawings.
7 Confirm rubber mats are placed as per drawings and are of approved
quality and of correct voltage rating.
8 Confirm all danger signs, first aid charts, fire-extinguishers, framed
SLDs, hand lamps, telephones, walkie-talkie, tool cabinets and other
furniture as per contract requirements/drawings are supplied and
installed.
9 Confirm battery rooms are equipped with eye wash-check water/fire
extinguishers-check validity/gloves etc. as applicable.
10 Confirm special tools including breaker trolleys, operating handles,
relay keys, switchgear interlock keys, discharge rod etc. as applicable
are available in the substation / switch room.
11 Verify and confirm that the grounding and lightning protection of the
building are completed as per specifications and drawings.
12 Check general house-keeping and cleanliness of the substation / switch
room. Look for any building leak / leak due to condensation from HVAC
system etc.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

ELECTRICAL SUBSTATION/SWITCH ROOM E27-A
13

15
are clean.
16
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

AC UPS E28-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Rating Frequency
Input Voltage Output Voltage
Manufacturer Serial No.
Model No. Location
Ref. Drawing no. IP rating
a) UPS datasheet, GA drawing and schematics
b) Packing list
c) Substation Equipment layout
d) Single line drawing for the source MCC
completed.
5 Verify hold-down bolts are tight & in accordance to project documents.
6 Verify all associated cables, vendor wiring installed, identified, glanded,
terminated and all terminations tightened.
7 Verify Earthing is properly installed and secured as project documents.
Specifically look for neutral grounding of UPS.
8 AC/DC power and control circuits correctly identified as shown on
associated project installation drawings.
9 Instrument Panel, indication lamps and interlocks as per site
installation drawing.
10 Padlocking / isolation facilities.
11 Check internals for cleanliness.
sealing plugs.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

AC UPS E28-A

15
are clean.
16
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

DC CHARGER E29-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Rating Frequency
Model No. Location
a) Charger datasheet, GA drawing and schematics
b) Packing list
c) Substation Equipment layout
completed.
sealing plugs.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

DC CHARGER E29-A
13 record the storage location.

15
are clean.
16
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

ELECTRIC POWER UNIT (EPU) E30-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Rating Frequency
Ref. Drawing no. Manufacturer
Location Serial no.
a) EPU datasheet, GA drawing and schematics
b) Packing list
c) Equipment layout showing EPU location
completed.
broken handles, leaking battery, battery terminal damage, bulging of
battery casing etc.)
sealing plugs.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

ELECTRIC POWER UNIT (EPU) E30-A
13

15
are clean.
16
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

BATTERY E31-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Ampere Hour No. of cells
System Voltage Electrolyte
Type of Battery Boost Voltage
Float Voltage Location
Manufacturer Ref. Drawing
1 Documents required for verification.
a. Battery Datasheet and battery rack drawing
b. Packing list
c. UPS/Charger drawings showing battery connection
d. Battery room layout drawings
2 Ensure that Battery room is secured, lockable, ventilation systems are
in place and eye wash system available (as applicable).
completed as per project drawings.
4 Inspect batteries for physical damages and mechanical condition (Look
for leaking battery, damaged battery terminals, bulging of battery
casings etc.)
5 Verify adequacy of battery support racks or cabinets, mounting,
anchorage and clearances.
6 Confirm electrolyte level is visible for all cells and the vents/openings
free from obstruction. Ensure that the battery topping-up plug (if
applicable) is accessible and allows easy water top-up.
7 Verify nameplate details against approved drawings and data sheets.
8 Verify correct cell-to-cell terminal connections including connection
hardware and tightness.
9 Verify correct application of manufacturer's approved corrosion
inhibiting grease (if used) on all contact surface areas.
10 Inspect for evidence of corrosion at terminal, connections, racks or
cabinets.
11 Confirm that all links and cables tightened and provided with insulation
cap (where applicable).
12 Check racks and batteries for cleanliness.
13 Cables correctly installed, identified, glanded and terminated as shown
on the project drawings.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

BATTERY E31-A
14 All labeling and warning signs correctly installed and visible.
15 Verify Electrolyte level correct in each cell.
specification.
17 Verify preservation if required and refer to preservation procedures
for proper implementation.
18
Identify the spares and special tools supplied, if any, and record the
storage location.

20
are clean.
21
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

LV DISTRIBUTION BOARD E32-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Bus bar rating Frequency
Voltage Location
Manufacturer IP Rating
Model No. Serial no.
Ref. Drawing nos.
a. LV DB GA and single line drawing
b. Packing list
c. Location drawing /substation equipment layout
been completed.
5 Verify hold down bolts are tight & in accordance to project
documentation.
6 Verify and confirm earthing is properly installed and secured as per
project documents.
7 Verify tightness of all electrical connections and confirm that all
unused holes are sealed with specified sealing plug.
8 Check bus-bars, connecting links and cable terminations for tightness.
9 Confirm cables are identified, glanded and terminated correctly to the
project drawings, ensure an accurate circuit schedule is installed within
the DB.
11 Confirm tag number labels for MCBs, are correct and properly fitted.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

LV DISTRIBUTION BOARD E32-A
14
are clean.
15
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

EARTHING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION E33-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area System / Sub System no.
Location Main Grid Conductor Size
Ref. Drawing nos.
a. Earthing and lightning protection layout
completed.
3 Verify all earth bosses and studs tight and fitted with shake proof
washers and coated with protective grease. Check for any corrosion of
exposed part of earth electrodes.
4 Verify and confirm that all earthing conductors follow the minimum
size specified in approved installation drawings, and all earthing
conductors are properly installed and supported.
5 Verify all Earth Bars to be marked according to Earthing Categories.
6 All lightning conductors and air terminals installed as design drawings
and securely fixed and follow the most direct route to the earth and
are without sharp bends.
Confirm all lightning conductors are located away from any other
earthed equipment and do not come into contact with any other
equipment earths (except at the grid level).
7 Check that the I.S. earth bar, non-I.S earth bar and the electrical earth
bar are installed as per approved drawings.
8 Confirm all non-electrical equipment/structures (vessels, process
equipment, all pipe-racks etc.) are provided with earthing as detailed
on the approved installation drawings and specifications.
9 Confirm module steelwork is provided with equipotential earth
bonding connected to the Hull column top.
11
are clean.
12
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

EARTHING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION E33-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

NEUTRAL EARTHING RESISTOR E34-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Frequency
Resistance Rating (A/t)
Location IP Rating
Manufacturer Serial no.
Model No. Ref. Drawing nos.
a. NER GA, datasheet and connection diagram
b. Packing list
c. Location drawing /substation equipment layout
completed.
4 Verify equipment certification meets the area classification
requirements.
5 Verify all associated cables installed, identified, glanded and
terminated in accordance with the approved drawings.
7 Verify unit internally and externally clean and covers securely fastened
with all fixing screws installed.
8 Verify Earth connection is properly installed and secured as per project
specification.
9 Check resistor insulators.
10 Inspect the Neutral Earth Isolating switch.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

NEUTRAL EARTHING RESISTOR E34-A
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM E35-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
VSD Rating Frequency
Motor kW Voltage
Manufacturer Model
Location Serial no.
Ref. Drawing nos.
a) VSD datasheet and GA drawing
b) Packing list
c) Electrical room Equipment layout
Confirm all bolts and blanking plugs are fitted.
6 Verify Earthing is properly installed and secured as project documents
and vendor recommendation. Specifically check for any additional
recommendation on the grounding connection between the drive and
motor.
10 Verify and confirm that all unused cable entries are sealed using
proper sealing plugs.
Review equipment preservation records for equipment stored long
11
time prior to installation.
12 Labeling and warning signs correct and visible.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM E35-A
13

15
are clean.
16
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

HEATER CONTROL PANEL E36-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Rating
Frequency Location
Manufacturer Ref. Drawing nos.
Serial No. Model No.
a) Heater panel datasheet and GA drawing
b) Packing list
c) Electrical room Equipment layout
completed.
7 Check internal cleanliness, Ex d unit cover faces to be lightly greased.
Check push button / control for mechanical operation after Panel
8
installation.
Equipment installed and clearly identified as shown on the project
9
drawings, suitable Ex / IP cert. for location.
Verify Earthing is properly installed and secured as per project
10
documentation.
11 Sl. No Item Quantity Location
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

HEATER CONTROL PANEL E36-A
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

HIGH VOLTAGE MOTOR E37-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
KW Rating EX Rating / IP
FLC Insulation Class
Frequency Location
Voltage Ref. Drawing nos.
RPM Serial no.
Connection (Y/) Manufacturer
Fed from (MCC)
a) Motor datasheet and GA drawing
b) Packing list
c) Equipment layout
3 Confirm the motor classification (Ex / IP) suitable for the area
classification as per hazardous area drawing.
4 Check and confirm the non-drive end of the motor is not obstructed
and not facing/close to vents.
Ensure cable box covers are properly closed complete with correct
gaskets in place.
6 Verify motor terminations and star/delta links are correct as per Motor
connection data. Check especially for the separate neutral cable box
(where applicable) to ensure the winding connection is established as
per design and the connecting links are in place and tightened.
7 Ensure auxiliary cables - space heater cables/RTD/Thermistor
cables/Differential CT cables etc. are terminated as applicable.
sealing plugs.
specification and drawings.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

HIGH VOLTAGE MOTOR E37-A
11 Ensure vertical motors are provided with additional rain hood above
the fan cowl or separate rain canopy is installed.
12
storage location.

14
are clean.
15
externally clean.
If the motor is not expected to be pre-commissioned shortly, do proper preservation including
switching on the space heater as per preservation check sheet.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR E38-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Location
RPM Serial no.
Fed from (MCC)
a) Motor datasheet and GA drawing
b) Packing list
c) Equipment layout
3 Confirm the motor classification (Ex / IP) suitable for the area
classification as per hazardous area drawing.
Ensure cable box covers are properly closed complete with correct
gaskets in place.
6 Verify motor terminations and star/delta links are correct as per Motor
connection data.
7 Ensure auxiliary cables - space heater cables//Thermistor cables etc.
are terminated as applicable.
sealing plugs.
specification and drawings.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR E38-A
11 Ensure vertical motors are provided with additional rain hood above
the fan cowl or separate rain canopy is installed.
12 Identify the spares and special tools supplied, if any, and record the
storage location.

14
are clean.
15
externally clean.
If the motor is not expected to be pre-commissioned shortly, do proper preservation including
switching on the space heater as per preservation check sheet.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

ELECTRICAL HEATER E39-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
KW/HP Rating Voltage
Amperes Frequency
Manufacturer No. of Bundles
Ref. Drawing Nos. Model No.
Location Serial no.
a) Heater datasheet and GA drawing
b) Packing list
c) Equipment layout
completed.
4 Cables installed, identified, glanded and terminated to project design
drawings.
6 Check heater connections against vendor drawing.
7 Review equipment preservation records.
8 Equipment Ex / IP certification is suitable for the area.
specification.
10 All cable terminations correct to associated design drawings, check all
cable / wiring terminations for tightness.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

ELECTRICAL HEATER E39-A
16
are clean.
17
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACING E40-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Frequency
Heating temperature Location
Type of Tracer Distr. Board No.
Ref. Drawing nos. Area Classification
Manufacturer
a) Isometric drawing of the heat traced lines
b) Packing list
c) Vendor drawings for insulation, tracer installation details and
datasheet.
d) Single line drawings for the DB and the source switchgear
been completed.
3 Check nameplate details against approved drawings and data sheets.
4 Cables installed, identified, glanded and terminated according to
project design drawings.
5 Confirm all cable terminations are correct as per associated design
drawings.
Check all cable / wiring terminations for tightness.
6 Check for any mechanical damage to the tracing tapes, insulation,
junction boxes or DB.
7 Confirm equipment (tracing tape, JBs, DBs etc.) Ex / IP certification is
suitable for the area.
8 Confirm warning labels have been fitted on cladding as per
manufacturer's recommendations.
specification.
10 Check the heating tape installation against isometric drawings and
vendor drawings to confirm the installation is in line with design
documents.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACING E40-A

13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

IMPRESSED CURRENT CATHODIC PROTECTION E41-A
SYSTEM
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
TR Unit Rating (A) Voltage
Serial no. Type
a) ICCP system block-diagram, GA drawing and data sheet for TR
unit, and control panel.
b) Packing list
c) Layout drawing
d) Single line drawing for the source switchboard
completed.
4 Verify equipment name plates and confirm the equipment meets the
area classification and IP requirements.
5 Verify all associated cables installed, identified, glanded and
terminated in accordance with the approved drawings.
leakage on oil filled transformers, damaged terminal box, broken
handles etc.)
7 Verify unit internally and externally for cleanliness and confirm all
covers are securely fastened with all fixing screws installed.
8 Verify earth connection and confirm it is properly installed and secured
as per project specification. Check for any unintended current leakage
sources like copper earth rods/ bare copper earth wires, abandoned
buried steel pipes/structure etc.
9 Check installation of TR unit against vendor drawings.
10 Verify cable connections to the TR unit and cathode and anode
junction boxes against vendor drawings.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

IMPRESSED CURRENT CATHODIC PROTECTION E41-A
SYSTEM
11

13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

MOTOR OPERATED VALVE E42-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Frequency
KW/HP Rating Location
Valve size Overload setting
Ref. Drawing nos.
a) MOV datasheet and GA drawing
b) Packing list
c) Single line drawing for the source switchboard
completed.
4 Cables installed, identified, glanded and terminated to project design
drawings.
6 Check and confirm the cable slack and cable laying against the
movement of the valve and the same is not restricted by the cable
arrangement.
7 Equipment Ex / IP certification is suitable for the area.
specification.
9 All cable terminations correct to associated design drawings, check all
10 Confirm that all unused cable entries are sealed using appropriate
sealing plugs.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

MOTOR OPERATED VALVE E42-A
12 record the storage location.

11
are clean.
12
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

NORMAL LIGHTING (CIRCUIT / FIXTURES) E43-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Classification Circuit no.
Voltage Frequency
Circuit MCB rating Location
Connected load (W) Ref. Drawing nos.
Manufacturer
a) Lighting fixture drawing and installation details
b) Packing list
c) lighting layout and circuit block diagram
completed.
3 Inspection includes all associated junction boxes, cables and light
fittings.
4 Check the light fixture / fitting, Cables and that they are glanded,
terminated, installed and identified as shown on the approved
drawings.
5 Check the light fittings installed in hazardous areas are certified for use
in the area.
6 Verify that lighting fixtures, junction boxes and cables are clearly
identified by proper tags.
7 Check there is no mechanical damage to gaskets, seals of light fittings,
JB's etc.
8 Verify and confirm that the lighting fixture cleats/supports are properly
installed and secured.
sealing plugs.
10 Check that the earthing are properly installed and secured.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

NORMAL LIGHTING (CIRCUIT / FIXTURES) E43-A
storage location.

13
are clean.
14
externally clean.
Corrosion

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

EMERGENCY LIGHTING (CIRCUIT / FIXTURES) E44-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Frequency
Connected load (W) Ref. Drawing nos.
Manufacturer
a) Lighting fixture drawing and installation details
b) Packing list
c) lighting layout and circuit block diagram
completed.
3 Inspection includes all associated junction boxes, cables and light
fittings.
4 Check the light fixture / fitting, Cables and that they are glanded,
terminated, installed and identified as shown on the approved
drawings.
5 Check the light fittings installed in hazardous areas are certified for use
in the area.
6 Verify that lighting fixtures, junction boxes and cables are clearly
identified by proper tags.
7 Check there is no mechanical damage to gaskets, seals of light fittings,
JB's, battery, charger etc.
8 Verify and confirm that the lighting fixture cleats/supports are properly
installed and secured.
sealing plugs.
10 Check that the earthing are properly installed and secured.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

EMERGENCY LIGHTING (CIRCUIT / FIXTURES) E44-A
storage location.

13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

SOCKETS (WELDING/POWER/CONVENIENCE) E45-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Circuit no. Frequency
Ex / IP Rating Voltage
Serial no. Location
a) Socket outlet drawing and installation details
b) Packing list
c) Socket outlet layout and circuit block diagram
completed.
3 Verify socket outlet and associated cables / wiring installed, identified,
glanded and terminated in accordance with the approved drawings.
Verify completeness of ring circuits were applicable.
4 Check installation for any mechanical damage to the sockets/JBs etc.
5 Verify suitability of equipment for area classification.
6 Verify equipment earthing are properly installed and secured.
7 Verify and confirm that all unused cable entries are sealed using
proper sealing plugs.
8 Check mechanical interlocks of sockets (if fitted).
9
Identify the spares and special tools supplied (plugs, extension cables
etc.), if any, and record the storage location.

11
are clean.
12
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

SOCKETS (WELDING/POWER/CONVENIENCE) E45-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

NAVIGATION AID E46-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System/Subsystem no.
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
Documents required:
a) Navigational aid datasheet and GA drawing
b) Packing list
1
c) System block diagram/single line diagram
e) Check-sheet for solar panel (if applicable)
2
completed.
Verify any differences between nameplate details against approved
3
Check equipment for mechanical damages (dents/scratches, corrosion,
4 broken handles/glass covers, leaking battery, battery terminal damage,
bulging of battery casing etc.)
Verify equipment Identification and installation / layout correct to
5
project drawings, correct Ex / IP rating for location.
6 Verify and confirm all Exd equipment flanges are lightly greased.
Verify equipment earthing is properly installed and secured as per
7
project specification.
8 Verify main control panel installed properly
All associated cables and vendor supplied wiring are installed,
9
identified, glanded & terminated as described on approved drawings.
10
sealing plugs.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

NAVIGATION AID E46-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
11

12
are clean.

13
externally clean.
If installed, solar panel and associated equipment shall be checked against check sheet for solar
panel and attached with this check sheet

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

PUSHBUTTON STATION/SAFETY SWITCH E47-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
IP Rating Ex rating
Manufacturer Ammeter range
Model No. Location
Serial No. Ref. Drawing nos.
a) Equipment Layout drawing
b) Packing list
c) Vendor drawings and datasheet for the push button station.
2 Verify and confirm that all construction / installation activities have
been completed.
3 Equipment installed and clearly identified as shown on the project
drawings, suitable Ex / IP cert. for location.
4 Check for any mechanical damage.
5 Verify and confirm that correct glands are installed and all unused
cable entries are sealed using approved sealing plugs.
6 Verify cables are installed correctly, identified, glanded and terminated
as shown on the associated project drawings.
7 Confirm that the covers/doors are properly closed and are accessible
for maintenance. Exd unit cover faces to be lightly greased.
8 Check internal cleanliness and confirm the station is free of dust/debris
and loose wires.
9 Check push button / control switch for correct mechanical operation.
10 Verify and confirm that the push button station is properly supported
and accessible, padlocking facility is available.
11 Verify and confirm that the ammeter scale and range is correct for the
motor/starter rating and correct for the CT installed in the starter.
12 Verify and confirm that equipment earthing is properly installed and
secured as per project specification.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

PUSHBUTTON STATION/SAFETY SWITCH E47-A
15
are clean.
16
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

JUNCTION BOX E48-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area/Classification EX Class
IP Rating Location
Serial no. Type
a) Relevant layout drawing / block diagram
b) Typical installation drawing
completed.
3 Verify tag plate identification is correct, and 'Ex' rating clearly
identified (as appropriate).
4 Verify JB is suitable for the area classification; confirm IP rating as per
appropriate spec.
5 Verify JB is installed properly and securely as per equipment layout
drawing and typical installation details.
6 Confirm that JB is undamaged internally and externally.
7 Confirm that there is no unauthorized wiring or equipment fitted.
8 Confirm that sufficient access to door/lid for maintenance is available.
9 Verify and confirm that earthing is properly installed and secured as
per project specification and installation details.
10 Verify that all glands are properly fitted and all unused cable entries
are sealed using approved sealing plugs.
11 Check and confirm that all gaskets & seals are fitted correctly.
12 Confirm that all terminations are correct and in accordance with
relevant drawings.
13 Check and confirm that JB internals are free of dust and debris.
14 Ensure grease applied to flanges (Ex-d enclosures only).
15
storage location.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

JUNCTION BOX E48-A
Verify no dust inside Enclosure /Cabinet / Panel and insulation
17
surfaces are clean.
18
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

CABLE LADDER / TRAY E49-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tray / Ladder material System / Sub System no.
From To
a) Cable ladder/Tray layout of the corresponding area
b) Typical installation details of cable ladder/tray
been completed.
3 Verify spacing and clearances are as per layout drawing.
4 Confirm all the joints are properly completed with fishplates /
fabricated joints.
5 Verify and confirm that the ladders/trays are adequately supported as
per drawings.
7 Confirm spacers/separators are installed for segregation of sensitive
cables running along with disturbing cables inside the same
ladder/tray.
8 Check and confirm that the auxiliary supports are properly welded
and the field welding points are repainted properly (wire brush
cleaning and touch-up painting).
9 Ensure that the ladder and tray bends are as per drawings and any
site modifications are properly filed/protected to avoid damage to
cables.
11
surfaces are clean.
12
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

CABLE LADDER / TRAY E49-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

Inspection and Preservation Record for Motors E50-A
and Generators which are not in operation
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tray / Ladder material System / Sub System no.
From To
INSPECTION / TEST
Equipment Tag Winding IR value Space Heater Rotor turned Date

(ON/OFF) (Note-2)
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-III

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

FAN H01-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Equipment Type KW/HP
Ref. Drawing nos. RPM
Serial no.
1
completed.
Name plate / Tag no. plate fitted. Details correct to specification and
2
designs as specified in the Purchase Order
3 Installation correct to design drawings and specifications.
4 Impeller house inspection hatch installed.
5 Impeller rotates freely and clears of impeller housing and bird screen.
6 Impeller house clean.
7 Alignment checked.
8 Correct shim packs (minimum amount) and materials installed.
9 Alignment jack screws/ devices fitted and lubricated.
10 Electric motor drive connected & rotating direction check.
11 Belt tension check record details, ensure anti static belt type.
12 Grease nipples fitted charged and greased.
13 Inlet / outlet dust blinds fitted.
14 Maintenance access and facilities satisfactory.
15 Verify fan silencer correctly installed and supported as per design.
16 Verify earthing boss connection.
Equipment release note signed and punch list agreed, cleared or
17
recorded.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

DAMPERS H02-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System/ Subsystem no.
Equipment Type Location
Serial no.
1
completed.
Name plate / Tag no. plate fitted. Details correct to designs and
2
specification as specified in the Purchase Order. Record details.
3 Installation correct for direction of flow.
Check that maintenance access hatch is fitted and closes and seals
4
correctly.
5 Flaps open and close smoothly / properly.
6 Flaps adjustment is correct.
7 Check that grease nipples if installed, charged and cleared.
Check if fusible link device is fitted that flaps close on release. Check
8
rating of fusible link and record.
9 Actuator installed, check access for maintenance & adjustment.
Check that there is no mechanical damage / interference with flap
10
movement.
11 Check that "open/close" indicator is fitted correctly.
Check that correct type of gasket(s) to ductwork are installed and fitted
12
correctly.
13 Inlet / outlet dust blinds fitted and secured.
14 Check that there is adequate access for maintenance.
15 Check cleanliness condition.
16 Actuator protection correctly fitted.
18 Verify preservation measures carried out.
19
recorded.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

DAMPERS H02-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

AIR HANDLING UNIT / AIR CONDITIONING H03-A
UNIT
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Equipment Type KW/HP
Ref. Drawing nos. RPM
Serial no.
1
completed.
Name plate / Tag no. plate fitted, details correct to drawings and
specification. Certifying authority stamps in place, where necessary.
2
Verify inspection release note signed and all punch list items cleared.
3 Check that location is correct according to drawings.

4 Insulation correctly installed and joints sealed.
Adequate support(s) and minimum amount of shims used. Any anti
5
vibration mountings set correctly.
6 Heating/ Cooling battery/ coil fitted correctly.
Installation of integral components complete, resilient mountings
7 correctly fitted and set. Complete any component check sheet and
attach.
Check electrical and instrumentation interfaces are in accordance with
8
interfaces drawings and specifications.
9 Maintenance hatch (es) fitted and accessible.
Check that there is no mechanical damage and satisfactory cleanliness
10
throughout.
Check that cooling / heating connecting pipe work is fitted correctly and
11
flushed (Refer to vendor specification/requirement).
12 Check that sound attenuation is fitted correctly.
13 Check that volume and fire dampers are fitted correctly.
Check that drain incl. Water trap is fitted. Ensure drain tray is inclined
14
towards the drain point.
15 Flexible connection installed correctly.
Maintenance access and any SWL of mechanical handling facility is
16
satisfactory.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

AIR HANDLING UNIT / AIR CONDITIONING H03-A
UNIT
Check all filter elements installed correctly and adequate access for
18
maintenance.
19 Verify any preservation requirements.
20
recorded.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

DUCTWORK FOR VENTS / EXHAUST / H04-A
HEATERS
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Serial no.
1
completed.
2 Installation correct to drawings and specification.
3 Material grade and thickness correct for application.
4 Supports correct to drawings and adequate.
5 Inspection hatches in correct locations and accessible.
6 Internal and external condition clean, free from construction debris.
7 Supply / extract grills fitted correctly and sealed.
8 Bird screen fitted and weather protection secured.
9 Check that dust drains / blinds fitted correctly.
Check that test holes are fitted in correct position and accessible,
10
covers for test holes secured and sealed.
11 Check that any turning vanes are correctly fitted and secure.
12 Verify any preservation procedures are complete.
Check duct heaters are installed correctly, and are secured as per the
13
ductwork drawings.
14
recorded.

Designation Contractor Representative PMT Inspector Discipline Engineer
Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

DUCT LEAK TEST H05-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Serial no.
1
completed.
2 Duct line installed and supported correctly to drawings.
3 Maximum permitted leakage rate Liter/Sec
4 Duct static pressure reading Pa
5 Diameter of orifice mm
6 Diameter of tube, duct side mm
Reading of flow measuring device. Pa
7
Check flow measuring device calibration certificate validity.
8 Intermediate air flow leakage rate Liter/Sec
9 Intermediate air flow leakage rate Liter/Sec

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

DIFFUSERS / GRILLS / LOUVERS / HOODS H06-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Serial no.
1
completed.
Nameplate / Tag plate fitted, details correct to drawings and
2
specifications as specified in the Purchase Order.
3 Correct installation (Check orientation).
4 Vanes / Louvers secure
5 Adequate support.
6 Bolting and fixing secure.
8 Check internal/ external cleanliness, construction debris removed.
Check that correct gaskets and bolting are installed and fitted to
9
ductwork flange.
10 Check that there is no mechanical damage.
11 Installation is weather tight.
12 Verify any preservation is completed.
13
recorded.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

FILTERS / COALESCER H07-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Serial no.
1
completed.
2 Data plate complies with data sheet.
3 Nameplate / Tag plate fitted correctly.
4 Installations correct (Check orientation).
5 Adequate support(s).
7 Check internal cleanliness satisfactory.
8 Check that there is no mechanical damage.
9 Check drain connections are clear, correct size and slope.
10 Verify preservation is completed.
11
recorded.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

SOUND ATTENUATOR H08-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Serial no.
1
completed.
2 Data plate complies with data sheet and drawings.
3 Nameplate / Tag plate fitted.
4 Installation corrects (Check orientation).
5 Check internal cleanliness is satisfactory.
6 Check that baffles are properly fixed.
7 Check that sound attenuator is properly supported.
8 Check that correct gaskets and bolting to ductwork are fitted.
9 Check that attenuator is free from mechanical damage.
11 Check preservation is completed.
12
recorded.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

HVAC DUCT HEATER H09-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Serial no.
1
completed.
Cables installed, identified, glanded and terminated to project design
2
drawings.
Review equipment plate details against approved drawings and data
3
sheets.
4 Check heater controls to equipment drawing.
5 Review equipment preservation records.
6 Equipment Ex / IP certification is suitable for the system / area.
8 Check for mechanical damage.
All cable terminations correct to associated design drawings, check all
10
11 Labeling and warning signs correctly install and visible.
As built drawings marked up, release note signed and punch list
12
agreed, cleared or recorded any punch list items recorded.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING H21-A
(HVAC)
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 GENERAL
Check vendors instruction and ensure manual and part list are
1.1
available in good orders
2 INTAKE FILTER AND PRESSURISATION FANS
2.1 Check air inlet filter condition and ensure it is properly installed
2.2 Check inlet filter protecting guard
2.3 Check that inlet filter is of the approved type
Check pressurization fan nameplate and ensure that sufficient
2.4
information are provided
2.5 Check that fan impeller is of non-sparking type
2.6 Check pulley alignment and fan belt tension
2.7 Check fan bearing lubrication/greasing
Verify that electrical check on motor, cabling and fan starter has been
2.8
completed
2.9 Check fan casing mounting, flexible joints, vibration dampener
3 NON-RETURN ELECTRIC DAMPER NO

Check damper condition, blade material and ensure correct
3.1
installation
3.2 Verify that electrical check has been done
Test functioning of actuator, ensure no obstruction and verify that
3.3
the damper can be fully opened
3.4 Check that all blades are closely tightly
3.5 Check that external/remote indicator is visible
4 VOLUME DAMPER NO
Check damper condition, blade material and ensure correct
4.1
installation
Test operation of actuator, ensure no obstruction and verify that
4.2
damper can be fully opened
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

(HVAC)
4.3 Check that external/remote indicator is visible
5 FIRE DAMPER NO
Check damper condition, blade material and ensure correct rating
5.1
and correct installation
Test operation of actuator, ensure no obstruction and verify that
5.2
damper can be fully opened
5.3 Check closing of damper
5.4 Check fusible link if fitted
5.5 Check external/remote indicator is visible
6 DUCT HEATER
6.1 Verify that electrical check on heater and cable has been completed
7 AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT
7.1 Check package holding down bolts
7.2 Check that vibration dampers are provided if specified
7.3 Check motor and compressor holding down bolts
Check motor/compressor alignment if not close-coupled type of
7.4
coupling
Check that condenser tube fin material conforms to purchase
7.5
specifications
7.6 Check that tube fin is free from intermeshing and deformation
7.7 Check that system has been pressure tested and site test certificated
7.8 Check condenser fan holding down bolts
7.9 Check that safety guards are properly installed
Check refrigeration piping insulation, ensure that material conform to
7.10
specifications
7.11 Verify that electrical check has been completed
8 AIR HANDLING UNIT
8.1 Check nameplate and ensure informations are correct
8.2 Check air handling fan mounting bolts condition
8.3 Check flexible duct connectors are fire resistance type
8.4 Check fan pulley alignment and belt tension
8.5 Check mixing box, return fresh air damper installation
8.6 Check expansion cooling coil for any damage or intermeshing of fins
Verify that electrical check on motors, cabling and Motor Control
8.7
Center are completed
9 ELECTRICAL DUCT HEATER
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IV

(HVAC)
9.1 Check for any mechanical damage
9.2 Check that duct heater is correctly installed
Verify that insulation resistance and continuity test of heater and
9.3
cabling has been done
10 HVAC CONTROL PANEL
10.1 Visual inspection of control panel for any damage
10.2 Check holding down bolts of control panel
10.3 Check all indicating lights nameplate against approved drawings
10.4 Verify that electrical check has been completed
11 DUCTING
11.1 Check general condition of ducting
11.2 Check that coating/painting of ducting conforms to specifications
11.3 Check insulation materials conform to specifications
11.4 Check sealing materials conform to specifications
11.5 Check that each section of ducting is bonded
11.6 Check that flexible joints are provided as per drawing of fan, etc.

Mechanical check-sheet from vendor shall be attached with this (If any).

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
RECORD INDEXES
INSPECTION TEST RECORD - A

INSTRUMENT
INDEX INSPECTION TEST RECORD - A

I01-A INSTRUMENT CABLE INSTALLATION & TESTING
I03-A INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION CHECK
I04-A INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION CHECK
I05-A INSTRUMENT TUBING INSTALLATION & PRESSURE TESTING
I06-A INSTRUMENT PANEL (ELECTRONIC) INSTALLATION
I07-A INSTRUMENT JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION
PNEUMATIC INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL (ICP)/ESD STATION
I08-A
INSTALLATION
I09-A CV/SDV/BDV INSTALLATION & CALIBRATION
I10-A PSV INSPECTION & TEST
I13 - A MISCELLANEOUS PROCESS ANALYZER INSTALLATION& CALIBRATION
I14-A FIRE AND GAS (FGS) DEVICE CALIBRATION & INSTALLATION
I15-A CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION CHECK
I17-A FUSIBLE PLUG LOOP & PANEL INSTALLATION
I20-A WELL HEAD CONTROL PANEL (WHCP) INSTALLATION
I22-A HSSD (VESDA) SYSTEM INSTALLATION
I23-A METERING SKID INSTALLATION
I24-A CONDUIT INSTALLATION CHECK
I26-A TANK GAUGING SYSTEMS
I27-A MULTIPHASE FLOW METER (MPFM) INSTALLATION
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V

INSTRUMENT CABLE INSTALLATION AND TESTING I01-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Platform
Cable From Cable To
Cable Core/Size Voltage
System Number Sub System Number
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
The cable insulation resistance is to be checked using a 250V / 500 V Megger. (ACCORDING TO THE CABLE RATING)
1 Minimum acceptable resistance is 10 Meg Ohm, each core is to be tested against all other cores, and earth. The minimum
measured insulation resistance.
The cable continuity is to be tested using a suitable multimeter, set to Ohms range, maximum permissible resistance
2
should not exceed 12Ohms/km as per BS 5308-2: Instrumentation Cables Part 2.
INSTALLATION CHECK OK N/A P/L No.
1 Check the cables are laid properly in trays/ladder as per the cable routing diagrams.
In case of Intrinsically Safe (IS) or non-IS cables ensure that they are not laid/bunched
2
together and there is enough separation between them as well as other electrical cables.
Verify all cable are provided complete with cable gland/cable clampand cable tags as per
3
cable schedule
Checkcable gland as per design and installed with a complete gland kit comprising earth
4
tag& PVC shroud
Verify the cable to have the correct outer sheath as per cable schedule. Identification
5
markings/bands of I.S, Non I.S and FGS cable shall be as per cable schedule
6 Inspect terminal lug crimping, core markers, and core lay in termination chambers
7 Inspect cable dressing and verify placement of cable markers along length of cable
8 Verify placement of cable markers on both sides of bulkhead transits
9 Inspect cable physical protection devices, i.e. coaming, kick guards, etc
10 Instrument Cable Screen shall be terminated as per termination drawing.
Field device cable screen shall cut & tape inside the device housing & not to be grounded at
11
instrument device. To ensure no contact with the field device body.
Unused cables shall be taped and stowed inside the marshaling cabinet or terminate
12
as per terminationdrawing.
Check whether there is sufficient spare length of cable stowed, at both ends for future use.
13
(e.g. at Junction Box as well as at Marshalling Cabinet end)
For system interface cabling within the same room, to verify the following:
a) Termination as per vendor termination drawing
14
b) Cable tag/maker as per cable schedule
c) Cable routing as per cable routing drawing
Page 1 of 2
INSTRUMENT CABLE INSTALLATION AND TESTING I01-A
INSULATION & CONTINUITY TEST
Insulation Test Continuity Test
Pair / Triad Core to Core to Core to
Screen to Armor
Shield to
Core Ground Screen Shield Overall Shield to Overall Shield Individual Shield to
No Resistance
Individual Shield to Ground Ground
A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C
TEST EQUIPMENT
Type Manufacturer Model Serial Number Calibration Expiry Date
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Cable Schedule Drawing
2 JB Schedule Drawing
3 Cable Routing Drawing
4 Cable Installation Drawing
5 Termination Drawing

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V

INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION CHECK I03-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Manufacturer
Type Dial/Chart
Signal Rate Data Sheet
System Number Sub System Number
Model Serial Number
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (ERROR %)
Refer to Measurement Accuracy Table as per PTS 32.31.0032 Section 2.8, Class C (1% of adjustable span) or accuracy of
1
the reference meter whichever is lower.
PRE CALIBRATION CHECK OK N/A P/L No.
1 Check availability of calibration procedure
2 Check the calibration range for the transmitter against the data sheet
3 Check availability of the manufacturers calibration sheet
4 Visually inspect equipment for external damage
5 Verify nameplate tagging against data sheet
CALIBRATION
Transmitter
Rising Points Falling Points
Output
Output Current Output Current
% of span Input Current Error (% of span) Error (% of span)
(measured) (measured)
(ideal)
0
25
50
75
100
Switch
Contact Output Pneumatic Output
Set Point
Close Open Pressurized Depressurized
Rising Input
Falling Input
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Instrument Datasheet
2 Manufacturers Calibration Sheet
TEST EQUIPMENT
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V

INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION CHECK I03-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V

INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION CHECK I04-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Signal Range
Type Dial/Chart Range
Service Data Sheet
Serial Number Manufacturer
Model Number Sub System Number
System Number
Verify that devices are tested/calibrated and confirm the duration of calibration certificate is
1
still valid
2 Instrument is correctly mounted, elevated and positioned as per approved drawings
Ensure that instrument manifold are correctly oriented and installed properly as per vendor
3
drawings
4 Instrument name plate /service tag are correct as per approved drawing
5 Instrument is free of vibration
6 Instrument is clear from obstructions and accessible
Tubing (impulse, signal & hydraulic lines) are installed and properly supported (every 1.5m)
7
8 Vent line to safe location

Instrument complies with hazardous specification and IP rating. To ensure the IP
9 rating and hazardous area certification are engraved at the instrument body name
plate
10 Verify orifice plate is installed as per approved PTS standard/vendor drawings and approved
hook up drawings. Orientation of the jack nut is correctly done (for flange fitting only).
11 Check in line instrument installation is as per the Vendor Drawings.
Check all covers are fitted, seal are in good condition and spare entries are plugged
12
with certified plug as per instrument hazardous and IP rating
13 Check that instrument back and front cover are applied with copper grease
14 Instrument body are earthed properly
15 Ensure cable glanding are done properly
Ensure the instrument cable glands (with earth lug) are earthed to the instrument
16
body/support structure
17 Verify to ensure that all construction / installation activities have been completed
Ensure wiring termination is correctly done and proper ferrules (ring type) are connected,
18
screen drain wires are properly insulated
19 Verify core marker and cable tag are correctly installed as per instrument loop drawing
20 Correct size/type of cable glands fitted, cable tags attached, spare cable entries plugged off.
21 Verify no dust inside Enclosure /Cabinet / Panel and insulation surfaces are clean.
22 Verify Instruments & its Accessories /Electrical equipment/Panel externally clean.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Instrument Location Plan
2 Instrument Installation Detail
3 Hook Up Drawings
4 Vendor Drawings
5 PTS Standard Drawings
6 Instrument Loop Drawings
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V

INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION CHECK I04-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V

INSTRUMENT TUBING INSTALLATION & PRESSURE
I05-A
TESTING
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Signal Range
Type Dial/Chart Range
Service Data Sheet
Tubing MAWP Manufacturer
Model Number Sub System Number
System Number Serial Number
TEST PRESSURE & ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Service Test Acceptance Criteria Notes
Process
IMP
Impulse
Pressure test for pipe rating 150#
SPL Sample Line below can be with
pneumatic/water test (hydrotest)
Pressure Test Pressure drop not exceeding
at 1.5 times.
Hydraulic 1.5 times of the 68.9 mbar or one(1) psi per
HYD
Line maximum piping hour. Minimum scale division of
For 150# above, the test shall be
rating pressure test gauge or manometer used
using water (hydrotest) only
shall be one (1) psi
Transport because of safety concern using
Line high pressure pneumatic.
Instrument
Air/Gas
Supply Line
Leak Test
Pneumatic
SIG Test at pressure of 2 No visible leak N/A
Signal Line
barg
Impulse line, signal and test gas line installed and supported as per standard hook up
1
drawings and tubing routing layout
2 All dirt and cutting debris removed from tubing
3 Vent line to safe location
4 Instrument tube fittings and isolation valves correctly installed
5 Ensure proper instrument fittings are used as per hook up drawings
6 Tubing has no sign of damage or welding spots
Record Service Test:
Service
7 Test Pressure
Test Medium
Test Duration
Hydraulic line to be flushed with the hydraulic fluid. To meet NAS specification if water
8
based hydraulic fluid is used
9 Hydraulic line depressurized, capped and tagged after test
10 Pneumatic andimpulse lineblown clear and dry
11 Confirm line is correctly re-connected as per hook up drawings
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V

INSTRUMENT TUBING INSTALLATION & PRESSURE
I05-A
TESTING
PRESSURE TEST
Test Test Result
Instrument Tag Service Test Duration Date Tested
Medium Test Pressure OK N/A
TEST EQUIPMENT
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
3 Hook Up Drawings
4 Panel Drawings

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
INSTRUMENT PANEL (ELECTRONIC) INSTALLATION I06-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number EX Protection
System Number IP Rating
Sub System Number Manufacturer
Type Model Number
Service Serial Number
Area Classification
1 Verify the Material Installed as per Bill Of Material
2 Verify the Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) punchlist and close out report
3 Verify panel installation is as per Vendor Installation Drawings and procedure
4 Verify panel location and orientation is as per Location/Layout Drawings
5 Verify the door opening is clear
6 Verify the panel operation & maintenance accessibility is adequate
Verify the panel interfaces are connected as per Instrument and Vendor Termination
7
Drawings
Verify electrical items/instruments are glanded, cabled and terminated as per Termination
8
Drawings
9 Verify all cable screen/drain wire are terminated only at panel instrument/clean earth.
10 Verify that instrument earth bar is fully isolated from the panel and base frame
11 Verify the panel earth lugs are connected to the grounding/earth boss /network
12 Verify that all spare cable entries are plugged with the certified plugs.
Verify the laminated panel schematic and wiring drawings are available in the panel and as
13
built.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
3 Termination Drawings and Vendor Termination Drawings
4 Vendor Panel General Arrangement Drawings
5 Vendor Installation Drawings and Procedure

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
INSTRUMENT JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION I07-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Location Model Number
Certifying Authority
Check accessibility of junction box in order to ensure that ergonomically comfortable for any
2
maintenance work
3 Verify JB is installed securely and correctly as per equipment layout drawing
4 Inspect junction box for mechanical damage tagging, and attachment to supports
5 Verify tag plate identification correct, and 'Ex' rating clearly identified
6 Verify JB is suitable for the area classification, confirm IP rating as per datasheet
Verify all fitted equipment compliance to Ex certificate (Note: For Ex-rated junction boxes
7
only)
8 Check whether JB is provided with terminals as per the approved JB or terminal drawing
9 Check that all wires are terminated as per termination drawing
10 Verify that all screen wires are insulated and terminatedas per termination drawing
11 Inspect flange surfaces and apply copper grease compound to flange surfaces (if applicable)
12 Inspect glands and ensure that all glands are properly installed
13 Inspect spare gland entries are plugged with certified plug
14 Inspect seals on the JB door are fitted correctly.
15 Verify JB internals are free of dust and debris
16 Check earthing of junction box as per termination drawing
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 JB Installation Drawing
2 Typical Installation Drawing

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
PNEUMATIC INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL (ICP)/ESD

I08-A
STATION INSTALLATION
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Dial/Chart Range Model Number
Certifying Authority Type
Service Serial Number
Pneumatic Supply: Instr. Air Instr. Gas Panel Type: Pneumatic Pneumatic - Electronic
1 Verify the Material Receiving Report
2 Verify the Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) Report
3 Verify panel installation is as per Instrument Installation Drawings
4 Verify panel location and orientation is as per location drawing
7 Verify the panel utilities, vent and drain are connected as per Instrument Hook Up Drawing
8 Verify the panel interfaces are connected as per Instrument Hook Up Drawing
9 Verify electrical instruments are glanded, cabled and terminated at the JB
10 Verify the panel and junction box earth lugs are connected to the grounding boss / network
11 Verify that all spare tubing entries are plugged with the appropriate plugs.
12 Verify that all spare cable entries are plugged with the certified plugs.
13 Verify the laminated panel schematic drawings are available in the panel.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
3 Hook Up Drawings
4 Panel Drawings

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
CV/SDV/BDV INSTALLATION & CALIBRATION I09-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Data Sheet
Valve Type EX Rating
Service IP Rating
Line number Manufacturer
Temperature Model Number
(Operating/Design) Serial Number
Size and Rating System No.
P&ID Sub System No.
Positioner or I/P Converter Solenoid
(Brand and Model) (Brand and Model)
Pressure - kPag/Barg/Psig
Pressure- kPag/Barg/Psig
Actuating Medium Supply Instrument Air Instrument Gas Hydraulic

Pneumatic Hydraulic Electric Motor
Actuator Type Single Acting Single Acting
N/A
Double Acting Double Acting
1 Verify the Material Installed as per Bill Of Material
2 Verify the Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) punchlist and close out report
Verify the control valve / SDV / BDV / XV / MOV valve is installed as per Vendor Drawings
3
and Procedure following flow direction for single directional valve.
Verify the control valve / SDV / BDV / XV / MOV actuator is installed as per Vendor Drawings
4
and Procedure
Verify the control valve / SDV / BDV / XV pressure filter / regulator is installed in vertically
5
upright position
6 Verify the valve actuator control panel or positioner is accessible.
7 Verify the control valve is visible from the local controller (pneumatic controller only)
Verify the assembly is connected to the Instrument Gas / Air /Nitrogen Back Up Supply
8
Header
Verify the assembly vent is connected to the safe vent header (NOT Process Vent Header)
9
(only for instrument gas application)
10 Verify I05-A; Instrument Tubing Installation & Pressure Testing/Leak Test
11 Verify I07-A; Instrument Junction Box Installation has been done (only for pneumatic JB)
12 Verify Checksheet for electrical cable installation only applicable for MOV
13 Verify the assembly junction box is connected to the control system junction box
Verify the termination is done as per Vendor Termination Drawings and Instrument Loop
14
Drawings
15 Verify I01-A; Instrument Cable Installation & Testing Report
Verify the panel and junction box and glands earth lugs are connected to the grounding boss
16
/ network and structures.
CALIBRATION CHECK
% Span Input Positioner Output Positioner Control Valve Position
0
25
50
75
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
CV/SDV/BDV INSTALLATION & CALIBRATION I09-A

CALIBRATION CHECK
% Span Input Positioner Output Positioner Control Valve Position
100
Control Valve On/Off Valve ATC
Stroking Time ________sec. To specification. Yes ATO
TEST EQUIPMENT
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Hook Up Drawings
4 Termination Drawings and Vendor Termination Drawings
5 Vendor Actuator Control Schematic
6 Vendor Installation Drawings and Procedure
7 Instrument Valve Datasheet

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V

PSV INSPECTION & TEST I10-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Test Medium
Type Set Point (Pressure)
Service Manufacturer
Data Sheet Model Number
Test Pressure Serial Number
Test Pressure Applied Time System No.
Valve Size Sub System No.
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR SEAT LEAKAGE TEST
Test Percentage Acceptance Criteria
Valve remains close until 90% of Set Pressure as per API
Bubble rate shall be as per API 527
527
INSPECTION TEST & SEATLEAKAGE TEST OK N/A P/L No.
2 Verify equipment and tag plate is correct and accordance with data sheet
3 Body material is correct as per datasheet
4 Check PSVs are not damaged.
5 Pilot or spring is operated
Confirm the location is correct as shown on P&ID and layout drawing and installed correctly
6
7 Check that PSV lock wires are intact and sealed

Verify that PSV are tested and confirm the duration of calibration certificate is still
8
valid
Ensure that Pop test is conducted as per approved Instrument Test Procedure (ITP) (if
9
required)
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 PSV General Arrangement
2 PSV Datasheet

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
MISCELLANEOUS PROCESS ANALYZER INSTALLATION &

I13-A
CALIBRATION
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Data Sheet
System Number Dial/Chart Range
Sub System Number Signal Range
Service Manufacturer
Type Model Number
Area Classification Serial Number
1 Verify the Material Receiving Report / Fault Report are closed
3 Check interior for damage, cleanliness and remove packing
4 Verify to ensure that all construction/installation have been completed
Verify Analyzer (Sampling, Sample Pre-commissioning, Sample Commissioning) mechanical
5
installation as per drawing
Verify Analyzer Electrical Installation (Power, Signal, Heat Tracing& Grounding) as per
6
reference drawing
7 Verify Analyzer Instrument Installation (Tubing) as per reference drawing
Verify each Instrument Equipment is calibrated and confirm the duration of the calibration
9
certificate from vendor are still valid
Ensure that calibration is conducted as per approved instrument Calibration Test Procedure
10
ITP and record the reading as follow. (if required)
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Instrument Location Layout
2 Isometric Drawing
3 Instrument Cable Routing Layout
4 Vendor Installation Drawings
5 Vendor Electrical Termination Drawings
6 Vendor Instrumentation Drawings
7 Vendor General Arrangement Drawing
8 Electrical Cable Routing Layout Drawing
10 Instrument Hookup Details & Instrument Installation Details
11 Manufacturers Calibration Sheet/Certificate

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
FIRE AND GAS (FGS) DEVICE CALIBRATION & INSTALLATION I14-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Service
System Number Signal Range
Sub System Number Dial/Chart Range
Area Classification Data Sheet
IP rating Classifying Authority
Manufacturer Serial Number
Model Number Location
Type EX rating
Protected Zone
Type of Fire & Gas Heat Smoke Gas(Flammable/ Toxic) Breakglass Press Switch
Detection Device Flow Switch Flame Kill knob Fusible Plug Other:________
CALIBRATION & INSTALLATION CHECK OK N/A P/L No.
1 Devices free from mechanical damage, tag number plate attached and clearly visible.
2 Devices installed at correct locations and as per installation drawing.
Check the detectors view coverage as per installation drawings and not blocked by any
3
obstruction
4 Wiring termination correct, screen wires and grounding properly insulated.
Correct size/type/EX certification of cable glands fitted, cable tags attached, spare cable
5
entries plugged off with certified plug.
Associated junction boxes installed properly as per checksheet I07-A. Correct EX certified
6
junction box used.
7 Check/verify calibration certificate from manufacturer
8 Check that detector enclosure cover are applied with copper grease
9 Detector body are grounded properly
FUNCTION TEST
ACTIVATION CONTROLLER INDICATION MIMIC / DISPLAY INDICATION VISUALS & AUDIBLES
Heat
Flow Switch
Smoke
Flame
Gas(Flammable/ Toxic)
Kill knob
Breakglass
Fusible Plug
GAS DETECTORS CALIBRATION
20% LEL 40% LEL 60% LEL ___ % LEL OK N/A P/L
Calibration gas
concentration
10 PPM 20 PPM 50 PPM ___ PPM OK N/A P/L
Trigger each device with the appropriate stimuli and verify local and remote indication OK N/A P/L
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
FIRE AND GAS (FGS) DEVICE CALIBRATION & INSTALLATION I14-A

20% LEL / 10 PPM
40% LEL / 20 PPM
60% LEL / 50 PPM
% LEL / PPM
SHUTDOWN FIREWATER EXTINGUISHMENT

GPA / ASD DCS HVAC OTHERS
FUNCTION PUMP RELEASED
PAPA
SINGLE ZONE
2 OR/AND
MORE
MANUAL
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 FGS Detectors Location Layout
2 FGS Installation Details
3 Detector Calibration Certificate
4 Flammable/Toxic Calibration Gas Certificate
5 Detector Datasheet

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V

CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION CHECK I15-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Job Number Tray Type
Area Location
Manufacturer Sub System Number
System Number
1 Conformance to specifications and drawings.
2 Expansion joints properly installed.
3 All braces and supports adequate to handle weight of tray and cable.
4 Hold downs properly installed. Tray is anchored only in location shown on drawings.
5 No sharp edges to cut cable.
6 No obstruction to pulling off cable.
7 All covers, fire stoper and partitions installed.
8 All bonding jumpers installed.
9 Grounding installed and connected.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Location Plan
2 Cable Tray Installation Detail
3 Hook Up Drawings

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
FUSIBLE PLUG LOOP & PANEL INSTALLATION I17-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number IP rating
System Number EX rating
Service Model Number
Serial Number
Control Medium Instrument Air Instrument Gas Nitrogen
Type Pneumatic Pneumatic-Electronic
1 Verify to ensure that all construction / installation activities have been completed.
2 Verify the fusible plug installation as per fusible plug loop layout drawings.
3 Refer to I05-A: Instrument tubings installation and pressure tubing checksheet.
4 Refer to I01-A: Instrument cable and installation checksheet
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Instrument Fusible Plug Loop Layout
3 Hook Up Drawings

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
WELL HEAD CONTROL PANEL (WHCP) INSTALLATION I20-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Sub System Number Dial/Chart Range
Type Data Sheet
Manufacturer Model Number
Service EX rating
Serial Number
Pneumatic Supply: Instrument Air Instrument Gas
Panel: Pneumatic -Hydraulic Electronic Hydraulic Pneumatic Electronic Hydraulic
1 Verify the Material Receiving Report
2 Verify the Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) Report
3 Verify panel installation is as per Instrument Installation Drawings
4 Verify panel location and orientation is as per location drawing
7 Verify the panel utilities, vent and drain are connected as per Instrument Hook Up Drawing
8 Verify the panel interfaces are connected as per Instrument Hook Up Drawing
9 Verify electrical instruments are glanded, cabled and terminated at the JB
10 Verify the panel instrument adjustments are accessible
11 Verify the panel and junction box earth lugs are connected to the grounding boss / network
12 Verify that all spare tubing and cable entries are plugged with the appropriate plugs.
13 Verify the laminated panel schematic drawings are available in the panel.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
3 Hook Up Drawings
4 WHCP Drawings

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
HSSD (VESDA) SYSTEM INSTALLATION I22-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Sub System Number Protected Zone
Type Data Sheet
Service Classifying Authority
Area Classification EX rating
Serial Number Location
1 Devices free from mechanical damage, tag number plate attached and clearly visible.
2 Devices installed at correct locations and as per installation drawing.
Detector and the mounting bracket intact in the box & Is the detector securely locked onto
3
its mounting bracket.
Verify to ensure that all sampling air pipes firmly connected to the air inlet ports.Verify to
4
ensure that all sampling air pipes firmly connected to the air inlet ports.
Plug at the exhaust port been removed.Ensure that the exhaust
5
Pipe (if fitted) is NOT glued andfront cover been fitted correctly.
6 Wiring termination correct, screen wires and grounding properly insulated.
Correct size/type/EX certification of cable glands fitted, cable tags attached, spare cable
7
entries plugged off with certified plug.
Associated junction boxes installed properly as per check sheet I07-A. Correct EX certified
8
junction box used.
9 Detector body is grounded properly.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 HSSD (VESDA) Location Layout
2 HSSD (VESDA) Installation Details

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
METERING SKID INSTALLATION I23-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Manufacturer
System Number Model Number
Sub System Number Serial Number
Type Flow Range
Area
1 Verify that the skid is installed at correct location and orientation as per Layout Drawings
Verify that all mechanical installations are as per Vendor Drawings/Procedure and Piping
2
GA/Isometric
3 Verify that all the instrument installation are as per I04-A (Non skid installations)
4 Verify that all electrical installations and termination are as per Vendor Drawings
5 Verify that all instrument interface cable termination are as per the Vendor Drawings
7 Verify nameplate tagging against P&ID and name plate schedule
8 Check I06-A: Instrument Panel (Electronic) Installation checksheet
9 Check I01-A: Instrument Cable Installation and Testing checksheet
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Location Layout
2 Isometric and Piping GA Drawing
3 Instrument Cable Routing and Termination Drawings

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V

CONDUIT INSTALLATION CHECK I24-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Job Number Type
Area Location
Manufacturer Sub System Number
System Number
1 Supports and spacing as per specification and drawing.
2 Supports adjacent to terminal fittings.
3 Conduits clean, stub-ups protected, open ends plugged, damage during construction period.
4 Field bend radius corrected per specification and codes. Bends free of deformities.
5 Expansion joints as shown on drawings.
6 Installation neat and evenly spaced.
7 Spacing between instrument and power conduit as per specifications.
8 Spacing from hot pipes and from hot surfaces maintained.
9 Conduit permanently and effectively grounded.
Proper fittings installed with threads fully engaged, proper sealing compound used, no
10
wrench cuts, conduit ends have bushings and covers installed.
11 Seals and drains installed per drawing.
12 Aluminium, PVC or PVC coated conduits installed where specified on drawings.
13 Flexible conduit installed with proper bending radius and with standard fitting.
Metal junction boxes levelled and supported per drawings with proper hubs, locknuts and
14
bushing installed.
15 Seals poured.
16 Grounding installed and connected.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Location Plan
2 Cable Tray Installation Detail
3 Hook Up Drawings

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
TANK GAUGING SYSTEMS I26 - A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Area Classification
System Number Tank Local Indication
Sub System Number No of JB
No. of Tank Gauges IP rating
Type of Level Sensor Type of Signal
Manufacturer EX protection
Type of Temperature
Type of Sensor Radar Servo Float Displacer Other :_________
1 Verify the Material Receiving Report.
2 Verify the Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) Report.
3 Verify check sheets I01-A, I03-A, I04-A, I05-A, I06-A and I07-A are filled and signed off.
4 Verify interconnection between TGS and host system (DCS).
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
3 Termination Drawings
4 Panel Drawings
5 Vendor System Drawings

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-V
MULTIPHASE FLOW METER (MPFM) INSTALLATION I27-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Flow Range
System Number Manufacturer
Sub System Number Model Number
Type Serial Number
Area Classification
1 Verify the Material Receiving Report /Fault Report is closed.
Verify that the skid is installed at correct location as per Layout Drawings.
2
3 Verify that all mechanical installations are as per Vendor Drawings.

4 Verify that all electrical installations and hook-up are as per Vendor Drawings.
5 Verify that all instrument hook-ups are as per the Vendor Drawings.
6 Visually inspect equipment for external damage.
7 Verify nameplate tagging against P&ID.
Verify that all electrical checks (meggering) are carried out as per check sheet I01-A and
8
check sheets are signed off.
Verify that all instrumentation signal checks (continuity checks) are as per check sheet I01-A,
9
I11-B and check sheets are signed off.
10 All the tubings are leak tested as per check sheet I05-A.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Location Layout
2 Isometric Drawing
3 Instrument Cable Loading Layout

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
PRESSURE VESSEL M01-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Item
Description Ref Drawing
Sub System
Equipment and nameplate comply with Data Sheet
1
Nameplate installed correctly
2
Installation and holding down in accordance with drawings and
3 manufacturers instructions
Sliding feet are free & nut / bolt clearance set to correct gap / space
4
Vessels are level in accordance with manufacturers specification
5
Spare nozzles blanked off in accordance with specification
6
7 Vessel fittings, trims, platforms and access ladders are complete
8 Main piping / vent / drain connections complete and supported correctly
Instrument / electrical / tubing connections complete and secured correctly
9
Instruments, instrument stand pipes installed and drain points tied in as per
10 P&ID
Man-way access in accordance with the drawings and man-way cover

11 installation complete with correct gaskets / bolting
Vessel internals including filter, demister pads, etc. clean and installed in
accordance with latest drawings and specifications.
Note 1: Photographs to be taken to show ALL internal installations & vessel /

12 tank cleanliness level. Attach all photographs to this report.
Note 2: Vessel internal Inspections to be witnessed by PMT team and signed

for below
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

Internal Inspection Witness
Discipline Engineer have witnessed the internals of this vessel / tank and all
internals are acceptable as per drawings & specifications.
Name:_______________ Sign:_______________ Date:__________

Vessel internals including filter, demister pads, etc. clean and installed in
Note 1: Photographs to be taken to show ALL internal installations & vessel /

tank cleanliness level. Attach all photographs to this report.
Note 2: Vessel internal Inspections to be witnessed by PMT team and signed

for below

Discipline Engineer have witnessed the internals of this vessel / tank and all
internals are acceptable as per drawings & specifications.
Name:_______________ Sign:_______________ Date:__________
Internal Coating complete and undamaged.Note: Vessel internal coating

Inspections to be witnessed by PMT team and signed for belowInternal
Inspection Witness:Discipline Engineer have witnessed the internal coating
of this vessel / tank and all is acceptable as per drawings &
specifications.Name:_______________ Sign:_______________
Date:__________
Provision for removal of internals is acceptable

14
15 Vessel undamaged and external painting / insulation complete
16 All Valves and Instrumentation visible and accessible
17 Equipment Vendor Release Note signed and all punch list items cleared
18 Earthing Boss fitted and earth strap installed
19 Accessibility for maintenance is acceptable
Confirm all vessels weir plates are installed correctly & water side interface
filled with fresh water to confirm no leakage across weir plate interface.
20
Note: Vessel weir plate interface water leakage test
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

Inspections to be witnessed by PMT and signed for below
Weir Plate water interface leakage rate Inspection Witness:

Discipline Engineer have witnessed the weir plate water interface leakage
rate of this vessel / tank and all results are acceptable.
Name:_______________ Sign:_______________ Date:__________
21 Confirm vessel hydro-test completion & test certificates available

22 Check all PSVs installed, undamaged and seals intact
23 Verify all torque certificates on flanges and man ways
Note: It may not be necessary to close the man-way door due to 'B' scope commissioning checks. Verify
with Commissioning Team before closing.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
HEAT EXCHANGER (PLATE/S & T) M02-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
Check Equipment and Nameplate comply with Data Sheet
1
Confirm Nameplate installed correctly
2
Installation and Holding Down in accordance with drawings and Manufacturers
3 Instructions.
4 Check Exchanger is level in accordance with Manufacturers specification.

5 Check that Sliding feet are free & plate spray covers installed.
Bolting and gasket materials correct. Bolts torque to specification.
6
For plate exchangers, check end plate parallelism and plate compression bolt
7 torque is correct as per vendor's manual.
8 Any spare nozzles blanked off in accordance as per design specification.
9 Heater fittings, Trims, Platforms and access ladders are complete
10 Main piping / Vent / Drain connections complete and supported correctly.
11 Tube sheet and tube internals / externals clean and undamaged.
Shell internals / externals clean and undamaged and check that all unit
12 compartment / enclosure are clean and free from debris.
Adequate space for removal of tubes and maintenance. Pulling point installed
13 where necessary.
14 Verify that all electrical/instrument signal are completed.
15 Record preservation measures taken in preservation log.
17 External painting / Insulation complete as per design.
18 All valves and Instrumentation visible and accessible
20 Accessibility for Maintenance is acceptable
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
HEAT EXCHANGER (PLATE/S & T) M02-A

21 Equipment release note signed and punch list agreed, cleared or record.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
HEAT EXCHANGER (PCHE) M03-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Item Ref Drawing
Description
Sub System
1 Ensure that all construction / installation activities have been completed.
2 Name plate/tag details correct & in accordance with design data sheet.
Manufacturers test certificates & FAT documentation available.
3 Check base frame, drip pan, holding down bolts, shims, washers correctly
installed in correct location as per design specification.
4 Ensure PCHE is installed correctly as per design.
5 Ensure bolting and gasket materials correct. Bolts torque to specification
values.
6 Platform and access ladders are complete.
7 Ensure sliding support are free and slot direction as per design specifications.
8 Verify PCHE externals are clean and undamaged; check that all unit
compartment/enclosure are clean and free from debris
9 Ensure PCHE channels where accessible from inlet and outlet nozzles are clean
and free from debris.
10 Check PCHE operating pressure in the datasheet. The coolant operating
pressure shall higher than both:
- the coolant vapour pressure at the maximum exchanger process inlet
temperature, to ensure that the coolant does not boil during low flow or
turndown conditions
- the utility outlet pressure, to ensure that any leaks in the central utility water
cooler cannot cause sea water to enter the closed loop.

13 Check external painting / Insulation complete as per design.
14 Ensure accessibility and mechanical handling for maintenance is acceptable.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
HEAT EXCHANGER (PCHE) M03-A

SWL of handling facilities correct for equipment.
15 Record any preservation measures taken in the preservation log
16 Ensure PCHE lifting drawing and vendor procedure is available for proper
lifting.
17 Check equipment release note have been signed and punch list agreed,
cleared or recorded.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
GEARBOX M04-A
1 Check equipment against the purchase order - contract
2 Check manufacturers' instructions, drawings & certificates
Check and inspect - nameplate details against data sheet
3
Check and Inspect the following :
4.1 Holding down bolts and jacking screw/side ways and length wise
alignment /bolting
4.2 Check against soft foot installation
4 4.3 Check shim packs (no more than 3 shims per foot)
4.4 Washers installed properly
4.5 Check holding down bolts for proper (Vendor recommended) torque
5 Check shaft alignment - driver side

6 Check shaft alignment - load side
Check & inspect sump ie :
7.1 Cleanliness after flushing
7.2 Spray pipes in position and firmly bolted
7.3 Pumps & filters if fitted
7.4 Vent pipe and breather (if applicable)
7.5 Drain connections are clear and drain valve with blind fitted
7
7.6 Correct grade and level of lube-oil filled
7.7 Check that no oil leaks are existing
7.8 Check gear contact area and notice area percentage
7.9 Check gear back lash and compare with Vendor's recommendation
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
GEARBOX M04-A
Check and inspect bearing/shaft vibration and temperature monitoring
and protective system:
8.1 Check that all vibration pick-up and signal transmission
8 instrumentation is calibrated and functional checked
8.2 Check that temperature probes and signal transmission
instrumentation is calibrated and functional checked


Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
SAFETY RELIEF VALVE M05-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Check for physical damage to valve body
2 Check actual guide (adjusting) ring setting
3 Check actual nozzle ring setting
4 Check backpressure bellow (if present)
Check condition of the following
5.1 Gag pin
5.2 Lever
5.3 Adjusting bolt
5 5.4 Adjusting bolt locknut
5.5 Spring washers
5.6 Spindle
5.7 Gasket disc
5.8 Guide ring

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
Air Dryer Package M06-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Check equipment against the purchase order
Check manufacturers' instructions, drawings & certificates
2
Check and inspect - nameplate details against data sheet
3
Check and inspect holding down arrangements
4
5 Check for any damage

6 Check and inspect piping attachments for proper fitting and cleanliness
7 Check correct pre-filter is fitted and pre-filter is clean
8 Check dessicant for settlement
9 Check and inspect action of vessel changeover valves
10 Check relief valve settings and sight check the test certificate
11 Check the vessel changeover cycle timer is correctly set
12 Ensure dessicant is in good condition
13 Pressure test plant with air
14 Check calibration of pressure and temperature gauges
All flange bolting, torquing and gasket materials correct as per
15 manufacturers instructions.
Piping /Flexi hoses/ Vent / Drain connections complete, installed and
16 supported correctly, all valves accessible and operable.
All instrument /electrical / tubing installed and connected and
17 secured/supported correctly.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
Air Dryer Package M06-A

Verify earthing boss connection.
18
Verify that any relevant control panels or Junction box are installed
19 correctly. Cables and connection are furnished and completed.
20 Cooler installed and connected up correctly as per design.
Adequate access for operations and maintenance and mechanical handling

21 facilities.
Record any preservation measures taken in log.
22
Equipment release note signed and all punch items, cleared, agreed or
23
recorded.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

`
FILTER/STRAINER M07-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
2 Check manufacturers' instructions and documentation
3 Check and inspect - nameplate details and attachments
Verify strainer is properly installed in accordance with drawings and flow
4 direction
Check and Inspect the Element is :
5.1 As specified
5.2 Acceptable for initial commissioning and clean
5
5.3 Adequatly constructed for the duty and shall not corrode
5.4 Mesh type and Size is correct
6 Check and inspect that correct type of bolts and gaskets have been used
7 Check that sufficient space is available to replace filter elements
8 For inline filters, check that filter spool piece can be removed easily
Check that filters can be de-pressurized safely and can be drained
9
appropriately
10 Check that reading of differential pressure over filter is possible
11 Check that filter for liquids can bled off any trapped air
12 On & Off Skid Equipment / Piping / Tubing complete and secured correctly.
Piping / Vent / Drain connections, complete, installed and supported
13
correctly.
14 Change-over Valve fitted and operates correctly (duplex types).
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

`
FILTER/STRAINER M07-A
Adequate access and mechanical handling facilities for maintenance with
16 the correct SWL for equipment.
17 Record any preservation measures taken in log.


Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
PEDESTAL CRANE M08-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Check equipment against purchase order
2 Check manufacturers' instructions, drawings and test certificates
3 Check and inspect - nameplate details against data sheets
4 Installation is in accordance with drawings, specs & vendor instruction
5 Check crane boom and third party validation of crane certification
6 Check crane manufacturers test report for any work left to be carried out in the
fabrication yard
7 Fabrication NDT records for pedestal verified
8 Structural :
8.1 Check and inspect 'A' frame
8.1.1 General condition
8.1.2 Fitment of pins
8.1.3 Condition of sheaves
8.1.4 Condition of boom stops
8.2 Check and inspect boom

8.2.1 Fitment of pins
8.2.2 Bolts are tight
8.2.3 Condition of sheaves
8.2.4 Distortion of lacing
8.2.5 Distortion of main members
8.2.6 Welds
8.2.7 Boom rest
8.2.8 Boom maintenance access walkway fitted properly and all lubricating points
/ maintenance requiring areas are accessible
Page 1 of 6
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

9 Check and inspect cab:
9.1 Access ladder
9.2 Handrails
9.3 Cab and window wipers
9.4 Cab door
9.5 Drum guards
9.6 Drive guards
9.7 Hook load and radius chart
9.8 Load and radius indicators
9.9 Alarm horn
10 Running gear Check & Inspect:
10.1 Boom machinery pins
10.1.1 Boom machinery sheaves
10.1.2 Boom machinery bearings
10.1.3 Boom machinery drum
10.1.4 Main hoist block and hook c/w latch and rope 10.1.5 Whip hoist hook c/w
latch and rope connection
10.1.6 Sheave lubrication
10.1.7 Examine test certificates
10.2 Check and inspect ropes :

10.2.1 Boom line test certificate
10.2.2 Boom line condition and lubrication
10.2.3 Boom line spooling and anchorage
10.2.4 Main block line condition and lubrication
10.2.5 Main block line test certificate
10.2.6 Mainblock line spooling and anchorage
10.2.7 Whip line test certificate
10.2.8 Whip line condition and lubrication
10.2.9 Whip line spooling and anchorage
Page 2 of 6
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

10 Machinery
10.1 Check and inspect boom hoist :
10.1.1 Bearing condition and lubrication
10.1.2 Gear condition and lubrication
10.1.3 Clutch condition
10.1.4 Brake condition and adjustment
10.1.5 Controls
10.1.6 Indicators
10.1.7 Alarms
10.1.8 High elevation cut-out
10.2 Check and inspect main hoist :

10.2.5 Controls
10.2.6 Indicators
10.2.7 Alarms
10.2.8 Hook approach cut-out
10.3 Check and inspect Whip hoist:

10_1 10.3.3 Clutch condition

10.3.5 Controls
10.3.6 Indicators
Page 3 of 6
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

10.3.7 Alarms
10.3.8 Hook approach cut- out
10.4 Check and inspect slew gear :

10.4.5 Slew gear free from grit and foreign particles
10.4.6 Slewing ring bolt torque checked. State torque
10.4.7 Controls
10.4.8 Indicators
10.5 Check and inspect hydraulic system :

10.5.1 Pumps
10.5.2 Pump alignment
10.5.3 Lines, hoses and connections
10.5.4 Tanks and fittings including tank cleanliness
10.5.5 Valves and relays
10.5.6 Filters
10.5.7 Check that hydraulic system is fitted and connected in accordance with
manufactrer's P & ID's and that system has been flushed and cleaned
properly
10_2 10.6 Check and inspect electrical equipment :
Page 4 of 6
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

10.6.1 Motor holding down bolts are secure
10.6.2 Condition of slip rings
10.6.3 Condition of brushes
10.6.3 Cable connections
10.6.4 Clearance lights
10.6.5 Working lights
10.6.6 Cab lights
10.6.7 Horn
10.6.8 Boom lights
10.6.9 All associated E&I check sheets have been completed
10.7 Check and inspect safety equipment :

10.7.1 Radio
10.7.2 Life jacket
10.7.3 Breathing apparatus
10.7.4 Fire extenguisher
10.7.5 Check availability of all special tools as supplied by manufacturer
11 Verify safety catches on main and whip hoist hooks secure and satisfactory.
12 Verify all limit switches set for anti two block devices correct.
13 Verify boom rest alignment and wooden rest protectors.
14 Verify diesel engine re fuelling facilities satisfactory.
15 Verify drivers escape route
16 Verify the radio communications are correctly installed.
17 Verify preservation procedures (if required) are completed and recorded in
preservation log.
19 Check that all unit compartment / enclosure are clean and free from debris.
Page 5 of 6
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

Name
Signature
Date
Page 6 of 6
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
MONORAIL / TROLLEY HOIST M09-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Check for exernal damage
2 Confirm monorail beam location is correct
3 Ensure surrounding area is clean and free from debris
MONORAIL
5 Hoist beam safe work load marking (SWL) clear and visible.
Installation and holding down secure / storage system correct in accordance
6 with design and manufacture instructions and location correct.
Verify instrument / Electrical / Tubing & control system installed and secured
7 correctly.
HOIST
Manufacturers test certificates & FAT documentation available requirements.
9 Length of operating chain / load chain correct.
10 Swivel hook and sheaves rotate freely and lubricated.
11 Lubrication oils/greases completed, record lube type(s).
12 Paint working complete and satisfactory.
13 Transverse condition satisfactory, no obstruction.
14 Trolley condition, secure to correct width of beam, free moving.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
MONORAIL / TROLLEY HOIST M09-A

15 Hoist condition, satisfactory, operation freely.
16 Hook safety catch installed and operating satisfactory.
18 Maintenance access satisfactory/storage location satisfactory.
19 Verify preservation have been carried out and record in preservation log.
WINCH
22 Length of operating chain / load chain/ wire rope correct.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
GANTRY / BRIDGE CRANE M10-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Check manufacturer's instruction, ensure manual part list are available
Check and measure gauge distance of gantry girders and ensure that it is
2 within manufacturer's tolerance
Visual check of any damage of gantry and trolley
3
4 Check gantry drive gear box lubrication, top-up or refill

5 Check and lubricate open trolley gear drive of gantry
6 Check trolley gearbox lubrication, top-up or replace
Check and lubricate trolley drive open gear
7
Check that limit switch and mechanical stopper are installed at both ends of
8 the gantry girder
Check that the number and location of supports for gantry girders are as per
9 design drawing
Check and lubricate hoisting wire rope
10
11 Check and confirm rope end anchorage is correct

Check that when the hook is at its lowest position, at least 2 wraps of wire
12 rope on the hoist drum
13 Check block and hook for any distortion
14 Check trolley condition, secure to correct width of beam, free moving.
16 Equipment release note signed and punchlist agreed, cleared or record.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
GANTRY / BRIDGE CRANE M10-A


Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
FLARE M11-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Item
Sub System
Check name plate/tag details correct & in accordance with design data sheet.
1 Manufacturers test certificates & FAT documentation available.
Base frame, drip pan, holding down bolts, shims, washers correctly installed in
2 correct location as per design specification.
Confirm flare and flare tip pilot assembly has been installed and made secure to
3 manufacturer's instructions and as per design and is free of damage with no
outstanding punch list.
Confirm flare tip to flare pipework has been flushed, tested and correctly
4 installed, with bolts tightened in accordance to design.
5 Confirm the wind shield is correctly installed as per design.
6 Confirm the flare ignition cable and unit is installed as per design.
Confirm the maintenance access for flare tip removal is adequate, also platform
7 and handrails installed as per design.
Confirm provision has been made for fitting flare tip removal equipment.
8
FLARE TOWER
Confirm the flare tower structure is located and orientated correctly as per the
9 design, with the access ladder secure and damage free, and the structure is
coated to project specifications.
Confirm the flare tower piping is fully installed / supported and conforms to
10 project design and specification.
11 Confirm the cable is installed as per design and project specification.
12 Confirm the navigation and lighting as applicable, is installed as per design.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
FLARE M11-A
Confirm the flare ignition panel/equipment installed and connected
13
as per design.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
LIFEBOAT & DAVIT M12-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
Installation
1 Check for external damage
2 Confirm painting is per project specification.
Check details furnished on nameplate is correct as well the equipment Tag
3
Number
4 Confirm all preservation for transportation are removed
Confirm that final skid levelling, location and orientation is verified by QC
5 inspector (attach QC report)
Verify full inventory is carried out against vendor list and witnessed by client
6
authority
7 Ensure the surrounding area is clean and free from debris
Davit Inspection
1 The winch,motor and rope is installed and greased
2 The panel for winch motor and battery charger socket is installed
3 The servicing platform on davit is installed complete with guard rail
Lifeboat Inspection
1 Confirm boat orientation is installed correctly
The secure rope should be attached to the life boat all the time to prevent any
2 accidental release
3 The firewater ring line at the boat perimeter is installed
4 All the window is not damaged
5 The safety items inside the lifeboat are checked against the list
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
LIFEBOAT & DAVIT M12-A

6 The compressed air tank inside the boat are installed
The seat harness for lifeboat passenger are comply with the numbers of boat
7 passenger
8 When suspended, the boat should be free and not touching the platform edge
9 The propeller blade is not damage
10 The lifeboat body should be provided with reflective sticker
11 Preserve sensitive item on the boat e.g. firewater nozzle , from damage
Record into mechanical punchlist for any incompleteness and deviation found
12 during inspection

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
DIESEL GENERATOR M13-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Item
Sub System
1 Check equipment against purchase order - contract
Check manufacturers' instructions, drawings and certificates
2
Check and inspect - nameplate details against data
3
Check and Inspect the following :
4.1 Chocks if fitted
4.2 Shims
4 4.3 Check foundation condition, and that skid is installed level (use spirit level)
and holding down bolts are installed properly with appropriate torque
Check barring facilities. Bar engine over

5
Check & inspect the coupling alignment and if required check that the coupling
6 is greased appropriately
Check coupling guard for giving sufficient protection (i.e moving parts cannot
7 be reached and checked guard materials (non-sparking)
Check & inspect sump & crankcase for :
8.1 Cleanliness
8.2 Breather or vent pipe
8
8.3 Dipstick arrangement
8.4 Crankshaft deflections
Page 1 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

Check and inspect the fuel tank for :
9.1 Cleanliness
9.2 Overflow arrangement
9.3 Level gauges or sight glasses
9 9.4 Remote operated shut-off valve
9.5 Flame Arrestor
9.6 M 48-A for tank is complete
Checkfuel oil & lube oil lines have been flushed clean
10
Fuel supply & return lines including connections to engine/tank checked
11
Fuel priming system on engine checked
12
13 Check correct lube-oil temporary filters have been fitted. Check drain lines
14 Lub oil system filled with correct type & grade of oil
15 Check all cooling water lines have been flushed and all connections are tight
16 Check and inspect all connections to coolers are correct and tight
17 Engine radiator & cooling jackets are flushed clean
18 Recommended corrosion inhibitor is added to the cooling system
Test by hand using a bar the big-end and cross head bearings for axial
19
movement
Check and inspect:
20 20.1 Air lines between compressor, starting air vessel and engine
20.2 Batteries & connections to starter motor
21 Check and inspect the air inlet filters and auxiliary equipment
Check & inspect the exhaust system c/w insulation & fixing arrangement 21.1
22 If fitted, check free running of turbo charger and leak free connections of lube
oil lines
Check and inspect:
23.1 Starting air valves
23.2 Exhaust valves
23
23.3 Fuel valves
23.4 Cylinder lubricators can be manually operated
Check direction of rotation and that an indicator is available for rotation

24
direction
Page 2 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

Check that all safety and engine protective devices are fitted and functionally
25 checked
Check that equipment and skid earthing is installed in accordance with
26
specification
CHECK AND CONFIRM EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT ITEM(S) INSTALLATION FOR
GENERATOR
Check that all-internal and external hatches, doors, platforms and ladders
27 complete, are not obstructed and correct to vendor drawings.
Check all painting, trace heating and insulation has been completed and is
28 correct to specification and detailed drawings.
Verify that vents and drains system piping have been piped up correctly using
29 correct bolting and gaskets and that they are lead to correct location e.g.
closed drains etc.
Check that both Thermal and Acoustic insulation requirements for the
30 enclosure and all ancillary items for Diesel Generator unit is correct and has
been installed as per Vendors drawings.
31 Confirm all safety guards are fitted.

32 Equipment release note signed and all punch list items cleared.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
MIXERS & AGITATORS M14-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Item
Sub System
Check Motor and Agitator name plate/tag details correct & in accordance with
2 design data sheet. Manufacturers test certificates & FAT documentation
available.
Check base frame, drip pan, holding down bolts, shims, washers correctly
3 installed in correct location as per design specification.
Check equipment supply is correct as per layout drawing, clean and
4
undamaged.
5 Verify Impeller is correctly installed.
Check Impeller securely fastened to shaft, shaft bearing (s) correctly aligned
6 and impeller freely rotates.
7 Check all holding down bolts are fitted and tight.
Check shaft seal installed corrected correctly, any flushing system correctly
8
installed.
If gearbox is fitted, check preservation oil removed and filled with correct
9 grade and amount of oil (Record type / grade / quantity).
If pulleys are fitted -check correctly aligned. Record belt tension, verify anti
10 static type belt(s) used.
Where shaft couplings are fitted, check shaft alignment and record the
11 coupling alignment final value.
12 Ensure coupling guard is correctly fitted and non spark material and secured.
Confirm all associated pipe work including flexible pipe are connected
13 correctly, aligned & are damaged free.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
MIXERS & AGITATORS M14-A

15 Check all bearings lubricated in accordance with vendor recommendations.

Record lubricant used.
16 Complete preservation requirements and record in preservation log.
17 Check maintenance accessibility is adequate and SWL of any mechanical

maintenance equipment is satisfactory.
19 Check equipment release note is available and all punch list items cleared.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
ELECTRO-CHLORINATION UNIT M15-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
Check name plate details if correct & in accordance with design data sheet.
Check skid equipment, installation, base frame, drip pan, holding down bolts,
3 shims, washers correctly installed in correct location as per design
specification.
Verify if all transportation supports and aids removed, externally &
4 internally. Skids undamaged, clean and clear of debris.
Ensure that all the pipeworks connect to the equipment is correctly installed
5 and bolted in accordance to design.
6 Instrument / Electrical / Tubing connections installed and secured correctly.
7 Unit fittings, trims, platforms and access ladders are complete.
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH VENDOR
INSTRUCTIONS FOR :-
8.1 Sea water pre-filtering
8.2 Hypochlorite generator
8.3 Hydrogen degassing tank and also vented to safe place
8 8.4 Tank blower is installed
8.5 Transformer/Rectifier is installed and has no oil leak
8.6 Local control panel is not damage
8.7 Hypochlorite distribution pumps installed
8.8 All valves inside the skid are installed and operable
9 Verify that the unit is clean and undamaged

Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
ELECTRO-CHLORINATION UNIT M15-A

11 Equipment Release Note signed and all punch list items cleared.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
SANITARY TREATMENT UNIT M16-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Check equipment against purchase order - contract.
2 Check name plate details are correct & in accordance with design data sheet.
Check manufacturers test certificates & FAT documentation available
3
Verify skid equipment, installation, base frame, drip pan, holding down bolts,
4 shims, washers correctly installed in correct location as per design specification.
All transportation supports and aids removed, externally & internally. Skids
5 undamaged, clean and clear of debris.
Ensure that all the pipeworks connect to the equipment is correctly installed and
6 bolted in accordance to design.
Instrument / Electrical / Tubing connections complete and secured correctly (Refer
7 to E01-A and I01-A).
8 Unit fittings, trims, flat forms and access ladders are complete.
INDIVIDUAL COMPONNENTS INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH VENDOR
INSTRUCTION FOR :-
9.1 Surge tank
9.2 Macerator Pumps
9.3 Electrolytic Bookcell
9.4 Effluent Tank
9 9.5 Electrolytic Bookcell.
9.6 Effluent Tank
9.7 Hydraulic macerator (off skid).
9.8 Positive vent ejector (off skid)
9.9 Control panel
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
SANITARY TREATMENT UNIT M16-A

10 Check the unit is clean and undamage
11 Accessibility for maintenance in acceptable
13 Preservation procedures completed and recorded in preservation log.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
TEG REGENERATION M17-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1
completed.
2 This ITR to be used after TEG unit is re-assembled at final location.
Name plate details correct & in accordance with design data sheet.
Skid equipment, installation, base frame, drip pan, holding down bolts,
shims, washers correctly installed in correct location as per design
4 specification. Verify that all frame & any sub frames re-instated, installed
correctly to design and also any lifting devices removed.
All transportation supports and aids removed, externally & internally. Skids
5 undamaged, clean and clear of debris.
Ensure that all the pipeworks connect to the equipment is correctly installed
6 and bolted in accordance to design.
7 Instrument / Electrical / Tubing connections complete and secured correctly.
8 Unit Fittings, Trims, Platforms and Access ladders are complete.
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH VENDOR
INSTRUCTION AND ALIGNEMENT CHECKS COMPLETED FOR :-
9 GLYCOL STILL COLUMN.
10 GLYCOL STRIPPING COLUMN.
11 GLYCOL REFLUX CONDENSER.
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

12 GLYCOL - GLYCOL HEAT EXCHANGER (COLD).
13 GLYCOL - GLYCOL HEAT EXCHANGER (HOT).
14 GLYCOL STILL COLUMN VENT CONDENSER.
15 GLYCOL REBOILER HEAT EXCHANGER.
16 GLYCOL PUMPS - A,B,C & D.
17 pH NEUTRALIZER INJECTION PUMPS A & B.
18 ANTIFOAM CHEMICAL INJECTION PUMPS A& B.
19 GLYCOL SOCK FILTERS A & B.
20 GLYCOL CARBON FILTER.
21 ANTIFOAM CHEMICAL STORAGE TANK.
22 GLYCOL FLASH VESSEL.
23 GLYCOL REBOILER.
24 GLYCOL SURGE VESSEL.
All vessels/tanks and filters to be checked to ensure internals are correctly
25 fitted and unit is clean inside. Joint inspection required prior to boxing up
vessels/tanks & filters.
26 Vent from separators vented to safe non hazardous area.
27 Bolting / Gaskets correct materials. Bolts torqued to correct values.
PSVs installed, undamaged and seals intact. Attach copies of all calibration
28 certificates, showing set points and calibration dates.
29 Unit clean, paint and insulation satisfactory and undamaged.
Accessibility for maintenance is acceptable. SWL of lifting device
30
satisfactory.
33 Preservation procedures carried out and recorded in preservation log.
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP M18-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Verify compliance with purchase order
Check manufacturers' instructions, drawings and certificates
2
Check and inspect nameplate details (against Data sheets in Dossier)
3
Check if support structure is rigid, level and of adequate strength
4
Check access is sufficient to both removal & reinstallation of pump unit
5
Check overhead lifting device :
6.1 Sufficient head room to remove pump
6 6,2 S.W.L. of device is adequate to lift unit
6.3 Condition of block and tackle
Check pump caisson for :

7.1 Adequate depth and diameter to accept pump
7.2 Caisson is straight and vertical
7
7.3 No obstructions to snag pump
7.4 Caisson is free from mud, sand and debris
8 Check that pump and motor is free and can be rotated by hand.
Check discharge elbow/nozzle installed in accordance with design. Check for

9 misalignment of pipe / pump flanges, no imposed load on pump rising column.
Prior to installation of pump/motor check that electric cables are long enough
10 and without any damage
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

Check that cable termination to motor and glands are water and pressure tight
11 and are without any damage
Check that electric cables to motor do not foul pipes or rub against rough or
sharp edges. Cable is free from external applied loads and properly secured
12
with clamps against pump casing as recommended by the vendor installation
manual
Check that motor is fully filled with either inhibited distilated water or mineral
13 oil as appropriate and that mechanical seal is undamaged and leak free
Teaded joints on rotating element are tightened to the correct torque. Serious
14 damage is possible due to reaction torque during start/stopping
15 Check condition of suction mesh screen and its fixing arrangement
16 Check and inspect chemical dosing line to pump

Check that pump & riser pipe are installed satisfactorily inside caisson with
17 adequate pump suction to caisson clearance and all riser center liners fitted
properly
Check all pump and risers joints have correct gasket/jointing compund fitted
18 and all bolts, nuts and washers are of correct material & securely tighten
(torque to vendor's specification)
19 Air release valve, non return valve and PSV are fitted and functional checked
Motor cable is securely terminated in platform junction box with sufficient
20 spare length to allow installation flexibility
Electrical supply loop incorporates an ampere meter indicating normal amps
21 (blue) and motor deteriorating amps (red)
With the following information on the overall length of complete pump/ casing
assembly and overall length of pump caisson, check that the pump suction
22 submerged depth versus the lowest astronomical tide gives as a minimum the
required NPSR + 2 meters
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
PISTON DISPLACEMENT PUMP M19-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Check if compliance with purchase order
Check manufacturer's instruction, drawings and certificates
2
Check and inspect nameplate details (against data sheets in dossier)
3
Check base frame holding down bolts/ shims/ washers installed
4
5 Check support structure is rigid, level & of adequate strength

Examine suction and discharge pipework:
6.1 Freedom from strain
6 6.2 Adequate supports and pipe anchors at suction & discharge piping
6.3 location of pulsation dampers
6.4 Expansion allowance
Suction line and strainer has been flushed & flushing certificate reviewed
7 7.1 Safety relief valve outlet piping back to suction has been flushed
Check pulsation dampers:
8.1 Pressure rating
8 8.2 Pre-charge pressure
8.3 Pre-charge medium
9 Check pump lubrication

10 Check discharge relief valve and review test certificate
Check operation of mechanical lubricator and oil fill with appropriate type and
11
level
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

12 Check pump crankcase breather is clear
Check and inspect pump casing:
12.1 Correct type & number of packing rings
12.2 Correct location of lantern ring (if fitted)
12.3 Stuffing box gland follower is square with box face
12.4 Check gland lubrication /sealing fluid piping arrangement (if applicable)
12.5 Check all suction and discharge valves are moving free and holding
pressure without leakage. Check that there is no corrosion evidence on valve
assemblies
13
12.6 Valves and valve head are properly installed with correct gaskets and
holding down bolts are tightened to vendor recommended torque value
12.7 Check that pump casing drain is clean and free of any obstruction
12.8 Check that Piston rod cover plate is in place and properly secured
12.9 Ensure Crankshaft end play is checked and conform to vendor's
specification
12.10 Crankshaft main bearing and cross head free play is in accordance with
vendor recommendation. All bearings are clean and free from corrosion signs
Check the following (if applicable):14.1 Pump coupling alignment 14.2 V-belt
pulley alignment and tension14.3 Coupling guard
14
Ensure all rotating parts are lubricated before intial start up. These are to be in
15 accordance with manufacturer's instruction
16 Verify correct direction of rotation during test
Verify earthing boss connection.
18

20 Equipment release note signed and punch list agreed, cleared or recorded.
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
AIR COMPRESSOR M20-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
Check manufacturers' instructions, drawings & certificates
2
Check and inspect - nameplate details comply with data sheet
3
Check and inspect:
4.1 Holding down bolts
4 4.2 Shims
4.3 Washers
If V-belt driven, check & inspect:
5.1 Pulley alignment
5 5.2 V-belt tension
5.3 Pulley & Belt condition
5.4 Safety guard
For direct coupling, check & inspect:

6.1 Coupling alignment
6 6.2 Coupling bolt condition
6.3 Safety guard
Check & inspect compressor bearing
7.1 Cleanliness
7.2 Lube oil connection are clean and properly fitted
7
7.3 Correct lubrication
7.4 Lubrication rings are immersed in oil (if fitted)
Check & inspect rotor timing gears:

8.1 Free from damage
8 8.2 screw mesh correctly and smoothly
8.3 Lube oil connection are clean and properly fitted
Page 1 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

Check and inspect sump:
9.1 Cleanliness
9.2 Fastenenrs and locking arrangement are correct
9 9.3 Sump breather /vent pipe or safety valve is fitted
9.4 Drainage arrangements are adequate
9.5 Oil level
Check and inspect air line system:

10.1 Discharge air line is adequately supported and fitted to compressor without
imposing any strain to the equipment
10 10.2 Inlet filter is correctly located and the element is clean
10.3 The air inlet is taken from a classified safe area
10.4 Check the operation of the air filter differential pressure indicator
11 Check safety relief valves and review the test certificate

Check and inspect the compressor capacity control system. This shall be in
12 accordance with manufacturer's instruction, i.e., suction throttling arrangement,
variable speed, etc.
13 If water cooled, complete checklist for Heat Exchanger

14 If package includes an air dryer, complete check list for Air Dryer
If fitted, check and inspect the prefilter and after filter elements for damage and
15
cleanliness
Ensure the relevant electrical & instrument check lists have been completed for
all electrical and instrument within the package
16.1 Check the unoading/loading pressure are set correctly in accordance with
16 system specification (during the test run)
16.2 Check that no abnormalities occured during test run, i.e., noise, vibration,
temperature
Access clearance around skid/unit adequate for personnel and operational

activities. SWL marked clearly on any mechanical handling device with applicable
17
certification available.
Check that compressor and skid earthing is fitted in accordance with specification
18
Record preservation measures taken in preservation log.
19
Equipment release note signed and punch list agreed, cleared or record.
20
Page 2 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

Note: Verify correct direction of rotation during testing

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
DIESEL ENGINE M21-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
2 Check manufacturers' instructions, drawings and certificates
3 Check and inspect - nameplate details against data
4 Check and Inspect the following :

4.1 Chocks if fitted
4.2 Shims
4.3 Check foundation condition, and that skid is installed level (use spirit level)
and holding down bolts are installed properly with appropriate torque
5 Check barring facilities. Bar engine over

6 Check & inspect the coupling alignment and if required check that the coupling
is greased appropriately
7 Check coupling guard for giving sufficient protection (i.e moving parts cannot
be reached and checked guard materials (non-sparking)
8 Check & inspect sump & crankcase for :
8.1 Cleanliness
8.2 Breather or vent pipe
8.3 Dipstick arrangement
8.4 Crankshaft deflections
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
DIESEL ENGINE M21-A

9 Check and inspect the fuel tank for :
9.1 Cleanliness
9.2 Overflow arrangement
9.3 Level gauges or sight glasses
9.4 Remote operated shut-off valve
9.5 Flame Arrestor
9.6 M 48-A for tank is complete
10 Checkfuel oil & lube oil lines have been flushed clean
11 Fuel supply & return lines including connections to engine/tank checked
12 Fuel priming system on engine checked

13 Check correct lube-oil temporary filters have been fitted. Check drain lines
14 Lub oil system filled with correct type & grade of oil
15 Check all cooling water lines have been flushed and all connections are tight
16 Check and inspect all connections to coolers are correct and tight
17 Engine radiator & cooling jackets are flushed clean
18 Recommended corrosion inhibitor is added to the cooling system

19 Test by hand using a bar the big-end and cross head bearings for axial
movement
20 Check and inspect:
20.1 Air lines between compressor, starting air vessel and engine
20.2 Batteries & connections to starter motor
21 Check and inspect the air inlet filters and auxiliary equipment
22 Check & inspect the exhaust system c/w insulation & fixing arrangement 21.1 If
fitted, check free running of turbo charger and leak free connections of lube oil
lines

23.1 Starting air valves
23.2 Exhaust valves
23.3 Fuel valves
23.4 Cylinder lubricators can be manually operated
24 Check direction of rotation and that an indicator is available for rotation

direction
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
DIESEL ENGINE M21-A

25 Check that all safety and engine protective devices are fitted and functionally
checked
26 Check that equipment and skid earthing is installed in accordance with
specification
27 Confirm all safety guards are fitted.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
GAS TURBINE M22-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
FOUNDATION
Check that turbine base mounts are in correct orientation and free to move,
2 lubricate as necessary
Check Base Frame is undistorted. Check with piano wire along length and
3
width
COMBUSTION AIR INTAKE
4 Intake filter correctly supported and installed as per design.
5 Intake ducting correctly installed as per design.
6 Air Intake Silencer correctly supported and installed as per design.
GAS TURBINE EXHAUST
7 Exhaust silencer correctly installed and supported as per design.
ENCLOSURE VENTILATION AIR INTAKE
8 Intake filter correctly supported and installed as per design.
9 Intake ducting correctly installed as per design.
10 Air Intake Silencer correctly supported and installed
11 Confirm Fire damper correctly installed.
ENCLOSURE VENTILATION AIR OUTLET
12 Check Outlet ducting correctly installed
13 Check Outlet Silencer correctly supported and installed
14 Check Fire damper correctly installed.
15 Ventilation Air Outlet Fans correctly installed
Page 1 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
GAS TURBINE M22-A

GAS TURBINE ENCLOSURES
16 Enclosure correctly assembled, all penetrations sealed.
Perform smoke/air leakage test on enclosure under supervision of Suppliers
Representative Leakage rate acceptable to Suppliers representative.
17
Record leakage rate:
LUBE OIL BREATHER SYSTEM

18 Lube Oil Breather Coalescer and supply pipe work correctly installed
19 Lube Oil Breather Coalescer internals clean and elements installed
20 Lube Oil Breather Coalescer drain pipe work correctly installed
Lube Oil Breather pipe work downstream of Coalescer correctly installed &
21
supported
LUBE OIL SYSTEM
22 Lube Oil Reservoir internally is clean
23 Lube Oil Reservoir instrumentation has been correctly installed
24 Verify suction strainer on Main Lube Oil Pump is correct and installed.
25 Verify suction strainer on Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump is correct and installed.
26 Verify suction strainer on Emergency Lube Oil Pump correct and installed
27 Verify Lube Oil Pumps / Motor alignments, complete.
28 Cooling water supply and return pipe work to Lube Oil Cooler is correctly
installed
Ensure Lube Oil Filter elements installed. Verify filter change over
29 mechanism operates correctly.
30 Ensure Emergency Lube Oil Filter element installed.

31 Ensure Hydraulic Oil Filter element installed.
32 Ensure Lube Oil Reservoir strainer installed.
33 Check Lube Oil Reservoir.
Page 2 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
GAS TURBINE M22-A

DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM (IF DUAL FUEL)
Ensure Diesel Fuel Filter elements installed. Verify filter change over
34
mechanism operates correctly.
GAS FUEL SYSTEM
35 Ensure Filter element is installed.
GEARBOX: Perform checksheet for Gearbox as applicable in presence of Vendor
36 Check bearing shell half in upper casing for damage caused by debris
37 Check thrust bearing faces for damage caused by debris
Under the supervision of the Vendor's Representative, align the gearbox
with the gas turbine. Use only stainless shims up to a maximum thickness of
38
5mm. Use machined packing pieces as necessary. Complete appropriate
alignment check sheet.
Under the supervision of the Vendor Representative, align the alternator
with the gearbox. Use only stainless shims up to a maximum thickness of
39
5mm. Use machined packing pieces as necessary. Complete appropriate
alignment check sheet.
WATER WASH SKID
40 Verify Water Wash Pumps / Motor alignments and complete for each
pump.
41 Check internal cleanliness of Water Wash Water Tank
42 Check internal cleanliness of Wash Additive Tank
43 Check completeness of Wash Additive Pump
MISCELLANEOUS ADDITIONAL CHECKS
44 Confirm all earthing bosses fitted and earth straps installed
Confirm all enclosure doors operate correctly & any Castell Key
45 arrangements function correctly, & keys are available
46 Confirm correct installation of package Fire Protection system
Page 3 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
GAS TURBINE M22-A

Check all PSVs installed, undamaged and seals intact, complete appropriate
47 check sheet for PSVs

Name
Signature
Date
Page 4 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR M23-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Confirm that Compressor Package Unit has been installed in correct position
according to vendor instructions, is undamaged with skid location and
orientation correct.
2 Check all nameplate details correct, it is securely attached, readable and not
obscured and data conforms to information listed on this form
3 Check that a P.O. release note is available with a final agreed vendor punchlist
from FAT if applicable
4 Check that compressor jacking-screws have been installed to enable later
alignment of Compressor to its Drive unit
5 Confirm that correct type, material grade and thickness of shims at the
Compressor feet have been used.
6 Confirm that Compressor casing / body holding-down bolts are of the correct
type and grade and are tensioned correctly
7 Check that provision has been made at Compressor support feet for future
dowelling (or mechanical locking) of casing in position following completion of
hot-running alignment
8 Check alignment of both the suction and discharge pipework connections to
the Compressor casing flanges and ensure there is no misalignment on trial
assembly
9 Check and ensure that all suction and discharge lines are cleaned to required
piping specification. Note; Compressor suction lines may require chemical
cleaning / pickling (or mechanical cleaning) to achieve required cleanliness
levels.
10 Confirm that the correct type and grade flange gasket material has been used
at each Compressor flange connection location
11 Check all lube-oil pipework connections to compressor bearings.
Page 1 of 5
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

12 Check that Lube-oil filters are correct for system, are installed and clean
13 Check and inspect the Compressor bearings are clean, with no sign of damage
or surface markings and are correctly re-assembled.
14 Check that sight-glasses and/or flow-indicators are installed on the
Compressor lubrication circuit lines as required by detail drawings
15 Check Compressor rotor end to end float and also correct setting of the
Compressor Thrust bearing (if applicable). Ensure that all thrust washers and
bearings are clean and installed
16 Check that Compressor mechanical sealing system is correctly installed to
vendors recommendation ensuring that pristine clean-conditions exist at all
times due to extremely delicate nature of the seal parts.
17 For Dry-gas type sealing arrangement where applicable, ensure correct

assembly and cold-setting adjustment has been made to ensure correct seal-
face lift-off occurs during start-up and running of compressor. IMPORTANT:
Ensure that this seal setting is correctly locked as per seal manufacturers
detailed instructions.
18 Check the buffer-gas supply system and lines for the Dry-gas seals are clean
and clear and correctly installed. Blow through all lines prior to connecting up
to each compressor seal housing.
19 For compressors with seal-oil supply arrangement (if applicable) check that all
seal-oil supply and return pipework is correctly installed and internally clean.
Blow through all lines prior to connecting pipework up to each compressor
seal housing.
20 Check all associated Valves and Instrumentation are visible and accessible for
operation and maintenance
21 Check all sprinkler heads, rosettes and nozzles removed and plugged.
22 Confirm that System (Test Pack) is ready to be flushed and tested

23 Confirm that all Compressor casing earthing arrangements are installed to
specifications and that earth boss and earth-strap(s) is installed
24 Check and confirm that any Compressor casing vent(s) and drain(s) are
installed and piped away to correct locations in accordance with P&IDs and
assembly / installation drawings
25 Confirm that Compressor Instrument / Electrical /Tubing connections are
installed as per P&ID and are complete and secured correctly
Page 2 of 5
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

26 Confirm that all Compressor isolation valves, in-line strainers / filters and sight
glasses etc are all installed as per manufactures drawings
27 Ensure that coupling alignment check sheet is completed for the driver to
Compressor unit, taking into account any thermal growth / offsets as per
designed specification or manufacturers instructions / recommendations
28 During Compressor alignment checks ensure there is no imposed loading from
suction or discharge pipework onto Compressor casing flanges

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 5
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR M24-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Confirm that Compressor Package Unit has been installed in correct position
orientation correct
2 Check all nameplate details correct, it is securely attached, readable and not
obscured and data conforms to information listed on this form.
3 Check that a P.O. release note is available with a final agreed vendor punchlist
from FAT if applicable
4 Check that compressor jacking-screws have been installed to enable later
alignment of Compressor to its Drive unit.
5 Confirm that correct type, material grade and thickness of shims at the
Compressor feet have been used as recommended by vendor
6 Confirm that Compressor casing / body holding-down bolts are of the correct
type and grade and are tensioned correctly
7 Check that provision has been made at Compressor support feet for future
dowelling (or mechanical locking) of casing in position following completion of
hot-running alignment checks in commissioning phase
8 Check alignment of suction and discharge pipework connections to the
Compressor casing flanges and ensure no misalignment on trial assembly
9 Check and ensure that all suction and discharge lines are cleaned to required
piping specification. Note: Compressor suction lines may require chemical
cleaning / pickling (or mechanical cleaning) to achieve required cleanliness
levels
10 Check and confirm that suction and discharge pulsation dampeners where
installed have been cleaned and inspected
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

11 Check that for Nitrogen Filled Pulsation dampeners (if installed) are correctly
pre-charged to the required internal pressure as specified on data sheets. Note
use only correct purity of Nitrogen to charge and ensure that correct pre-charge
unit is available and used for this task.
12 Check all lube-oil pipework connections to compressor bearings
13 Check that Lube-oil filters are correct for system, are installed and clean
14 Check Compressor crankcase and ensure that all bearings, crank end and piston
end are installed correctly with correct clearances and that all connecting-rod
bolts are tightened and torqued correctly
15 Check piston head end-clearances are correct to specification
16 Check that all suction and discharge valves are correctly installed and confirm
that valve clearances are set correctly and shimmed as required
17 Check where applicable that rod packing and associated bushing/housings are
installed correctly, and have been tightened to vendors recommendations
18 Check where applicable that Rider Band wear-plates are installed correctly
and associated lubrication facilities (spray pipes/nozzles) are connected.
19 Check and inspect the Compressor Crankcase assembly is clean, with no sign of
damage to internal paint surfaces if applicable, and that all covers are correctly
re-assembled after final inspection.
20 Check that sight-glasses and/or flow-indicators are installed on the Compressor

lubrication circuit lines as required by detail drawings
21 For compressors with seal-oil supply arrangement (if applicable) check that all
seal-oil supply and return pipework is correctly installed and internally clean.
Blow through all lines prior to connecting pipework up to each compressor seal
housing
22 Check all associated external Valves and Instrumentation items are visible and
accessible for plant operation and maintenance
23 Confirm that all Compressor casing earthing arrangements are installed to
specifications and that earth boss and earth-strap(s) is installed.
24 Check and confirm that any Compressor casing vent(s) and drain(s) are installed
and piped away to correct locations in accordance with P&IDs and assembly /
installation drawings
25 Confirm that Compressor Instrument / Electrical /Tubing connections are
installed as per P&ID and are complete and secured correctly.
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

26 Confirm that all Compressor isolation valves, in-line strainers / filters and sight
glasses etc are all installed as per manufactures drawings
27 Ensure that coupling alignment is completed for the driver to Compressor unit,
taking into account any thermal growth / offsets as per designed specification
or manufacturers instructions / recommendations.
28 During Compressor alignment checks ensure there is no imposed loading from
suction or discharge pipework onto pump casing flanges
29 Check that coupling spacer unit from Driver unit to Compressor has been
installed correctly and that covers / guards are correctly installed
30 Confirm that access is available for future maintenance activities such as

crankshaft or piston removal etc. or entire Compressor casing removal
31 Check preservation measures.
32 Equipment release note signed and all punch list items cleared

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
CENTRIFUGAL PUMP M26-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Nameplate details correct, in accordance with drawings.
Check Baseframe holding down bolts / shims / washers installed Check
2 centerline coordinates and elevation
3 Check for and remove internal shipping preservatives
Ensure coupling alignment complete; record initial alignment & final
4 alignment (refer ITR-45A )
Check lubrication System.

5
Pump case vent / drain installed in accordance with drawings.
6
a) Suction / Discharge nozzles installed in accordance with drawings.
b) No mis-alignment of pipe / pump case flanges.
7
c) No imposed load on pump casing
8 Mechanical seal system installed in accordance with detail drawings.

Check that Instruments / Valves / Strainers are installed as per P&ID.
9
Confirm Electrical grounding installed as drawings.
10
11 Confirm all coupling guards are installed and secured.

Confirm that oil lubricator bottle is installed & free of damage (check glass for
12 cracks & lid for seal)
13 Confirm pump/motor is free to turn by hand, rotate weekly and document.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
CENTRIFUGAL PUMP M26-A

Check pump base has been levelled, properly grouted and foundation bolts
14 tightened - Check for voids.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
NITROGEN GAS GNERATOR M31-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
2 Check Installation and Holding down in accordance with drawings and
Manufacturers instructions
3 Check the General Arrangement Drawings for required maintenance access
space
4 Check equipment and nameplate comply with Data Sheets and nameplate
securely attached to unit
5 Main piping / vent / drain connections complete and supported correctly.
6 Instrument / Electrical / Tubing connections complete and secured correctly

7 Unit Fittings, Trims, Platforms and Access ladders are complete
8 Check that individual components are installed in accordance with Vendor

Instruction for following:
8.1 Coalescing Air Filters
8.2 Carbon Air Filters / Carbon Charge as per Vendor requirement
8.3 Nitrogen Module Separators
8.4 Nitrogen Receiver including Manway MH / Bolts / Gaskets
8.5 Local Control panel
9 Confirm vent line from separators vented to safe non-hazardous area

10 Confirm all Bolting / Gaskets are of correct materials
11 Check that PRV or PSVs are installed, undamaged and that test seals are intact
from recent calibration
12 Check that Unit is clean and undamaged
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
NITROGEN GAS GNERATOR M31-A

13 Confirm accessibility for maintenance in acceptable
14 Confirm all Earthing bosses fitted and Earth straps installed

15 Check Equipment Release Note signed and all punchlist items cleared

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
SEWAGE TREATMENT UNIT M32-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
2 Check availability of consumables
3 Check manufacturers' instructions, documentation & test certificates
4 Check equipment and nameplate comply with Data Sheets and nameplate
securely attached to unit
5.1 Alignment & Position
5.2 Holding down bolt arrangement & condition
5.3 Supply links and piping with proper support
5.4 By-pass arrangement
5.5 Drains and vents
5.6 Discharge pipe
6 Check and inspect internally:

6.1 Air piping and support
6.2 Porous ceramic air diffuses
6.3 Internal coating
7 Check and inspect comminutor:

7.1 Fitting & Alignment
7.2 Inlet screen and block in/drainage facilities to allow inlet screen
maintenance
8 Check and inspect blowers:
8.1 Fitting & Alignment
8.2 Inlet filters and block in/drainage facilities to allow filter maintenance
8.3 Outlet connection
9 Check and inspect the external paintwork
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
SEWAGE TREATMENT UNIT M32-A

10 Check manhole and nozzle gaskets
11 Unit tested for leaks
12 Check chemical tubes for dispensing arrangements
Note: Residual chlorine content of sewage to be checked during commissioning

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
WATER MAKER UNIT M33-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
2 Check installation against manufacturers installation documentation
space
4 Check nameplate details and attachment
5 Ensure that packaged unit is level and holding down bolts are adequately
tightened.
6 Check holding down bolts of all skid mounted equipment items are
adequately tightened.
7 Check that the electrical system is properly grounded and local panel
condition
8 Check that the instrument air is properly connected to the inlet of the filter
regulator
9 Check and inspect the following on the centrifugal pumps (Tag

Nos.:___________ ):
9.1 Rated suction & Discharge pressure
9.2 Pump Capacity
9.3 Specific Gravity /Product
9.4 Absorbed power (HP/KW)
9.5 Rated Speed (RPM)
9.6 Pump type/number of stages
9.7 Closed valve design pressure (at max. pump suction)
9.8 Pump casing design pressure /temperature
9.9 Pump coupling alignment (piping uncoupled)
9.10 Pump coupling bolting
9.11 Pump coupling guard

9.12 Check pump direction of rotation and ensure free rotation
9.13 Ensure proper lubricant for bearings as specified
Page 1 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

9.14 Check bearing oil for any water or dirt contamination, top-up or replace
as necessary
9.15 Bearings cleanliness after flushing
9.16 Bearings connections are clean and properly fitted
9.17 Bearing lubricant rings are free and immersed in lubricant
9.18 Pump casing drain is clear, valved and piping led to drain
9.19 Pump casing is clear and valve fitted
9.20 Packing rings have been performed & properly fitted
9.21 Correct type of packing
9.22 Location of lantern ring
9.23 Mechanical seals and "O" rings are to spec.
9.24 Gasket and studbolts for casing and flanges are to spec.
10 Check and inspect seal piping as well as clamp plates are square with stuffing
box
11 Check and inspect for correct type of temporary pump filters are fitted for
pre-commissioning
12 Check and inspect the following on the filters:13.1 Ensure that the filter is
properly installed with end cap "O" rings (inside the tube) in good condition
and small amount of lubricant 13.2 Filter element is as specified13.3 The filter
element is of adequate construction for the duty and will not corrode13.4
Correct type bolts and gaskets are used
13 Ensure housing is filled with filtered seawater only

14 Check and inspect the following on the piping :
14.1 Ensure raw seawater piping is not of cast iron and/or mild steel
14.2 Ensure incoming line sizes are not smaller than the connection fitting on
the system
14.3 Ensure no shut off valves are installed in the product line
15 Record any preservation measures taken in preservation log.

Page 2 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
space
4 Check nameplate details and attachment
5 Ensure that packaged unit is level and holding down bolts are adequately
tightened.
6 Check holding-down bolts of all skid mounted equipment items are
adequately tightened.
7 Check that the electrical system is properly grounded and local panel
condition
8 Check that the instrument air is properly connected to the inlet of the filter
regulator
9 Check and inspect the following on the centrifugal pumps (Tag
Nos.:___________ ):
9.1 Rated suction & Discharge pressure
9.2 Pump Capacity
9.3 Specific Gravity /Product
9.4 Absorbed power (HP/KW)
9.5 Rated Speed (RPM)
9.6 Pump type/number of stages
9.7 Closed valve design pressure (at max. pump suction)
9.8 Pump casing design pressure /temperature
9.9 Pump coupling alignment (piping uncoupled)
9.10 Pump coupling bolting
Page 1 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

9.11 Pump coupling guard
9.12 Check pump direction of rotation and ensure free rotation
9.13 Ensure proper lubricant for bearings as specified
9.14 Check bearing oil for any water or dirt contamination, top-up or replace
as necessary
9.15 Bearings cleanliness after flushing
9.16 Bearings connections are clean and properly fitted
9.17 Bearing lubricant rings are free and immersed in lubricant
9.18 Pump casing drain is clear, valved and piping led to drain
9.19 Pump casing is clear and valve fitted
9.20 Packing rings have been performed & properly fitted
9.21 Correct type of packing
9.22 Location of lantern ring
9.23 Mechanical seals and "O" rings are to spec.
9.24 Gasket and studbolts for casing and flanges are to spec.
10 Check and inspect seal piping as well as clamp plates are square with stuffing
box
11 Check and inspect for correct type of temporary pump filters are fitted for
pre-commissioning
12 Check and inspect the following on the filters:13.1 Ensure that the filter is
properly installed with end cap "O" rings (inside the tube) in good condition
and small amount of lubricant 13.2 Filter element is as specified13.3 The filter
element is of adequate construction for the duty and will not corrode13.4
Correct type bolts and gaskets are used
13 Ensure housing is filled with filtered seawater only

14 Check and inspect the following on the piping :
14.1 Ensure raw seawater piping is not of cast iron and/or mild steel
14.2 Ensure incoming line sizes are not smaller than the connection fitting on
the system
14.3 Ensure no shut off valves are installed in the product line
15 Record any preservation measures taken in preservation log.

Page 2 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI


Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 4
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
SUB-SEA EQUIPMENT M34-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
3 Check FAT reports and punchlist (if any)
4 Verify equipment package manual/dossier and relevant procedures are

provided by vendor
5 Check any preservation measures taken
6 Examine equipment package for any sign of external damage
7 Equipment release note signed and punch list agreed and recorded

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT M35-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Confirm Equipment and Nameplate complies with Data Sheet and design,
certifying authority stamp, where applicable.
2 Confirm that Equipment Package Unit has been installed in correct position
orientation correct
3 Check that a P.O. release note is available with a final agreed vendor
punchlist from FAT if applicable
4 Installation and Holding down arrangement in accordance with design and
manufacturers instruction and location correct.
5 Access / Clearance adequate for operation and maintenance, SWL of any
associated equipment correct.
6 Attached electrical, piping and instrumentation connections correct to
installation and interface design.
7 Confirm any PRV, PSV seals intact, correctly installed
8 Cleanliness & Painting condition satisfactory.
9 Carry out lubrication in accordance with suppliers recommendations,
record lubrication grades and quantities. Check Maneuvering by rotating
all working parts.
10 Verify that valves are installed and valves open/close freely.
11 Verify grounding, earthing boss connection is fitted and secured.
12 Verify preservation is carried out and recorded in the preservation log.
13 Confirm by boroscope inspection (where applicable) that pipework is free
of dirt and liquids.
14 Confirm internal bowl assembly correct as required (where applicable)
15 Check that temporary filters are in place and initial mesh grade fitted.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT M35-A


Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
VENDOR EQUIPMENT SKID M36-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Name plate/tag details correct, in accordance with manufacturers
data sheet. Test certificates & FAT documentation available.
2 Skid equipment,location, installation, base frame, drip pan, holding
down bolts, shims, washers correctly installed in correct location as
per design specification.
3 All transportation supports and aids removed, externally & internally.
Skids undamaged, clean and clear of debris.
4 Lifting lugs satisfactory
5 Jacking screws and brackets fitted where necessary for alignment of
on-skit equipment
6 Skids checked for level
7 Shimpacks between skid base & support pads satisfactory with
correct material used and no soft foot
8 Attached valves installed correctly, accessible undamaged and
operational.
9 Access clearance around skid adequate for personnel and
maintenance. SWL marked clearly on any unit with mechanical
handling device.
10 Ensure correct strainers/filters element installed and record type in
log.
11 Local on skid mounted control panels / JB's installed correctly, on skid
connections and cables are correct to specification & undamaged.
12 PSV's / PCV's installed and seal still intact; records available.
13 On skid equipment; motors, pumps, gearboxes, commpressor, piping,
tubing, cabling, instrumentation installed, secured and supported
correctly accordance to the design.
14 Confirm all associated pipe work including flexible pipe are connected
correctly, aligned & are damaged free.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
VENDOR EQUIPMENT SKID M36-A

17 Any on skids units with doors/manholes must be jointly inspected,
prior to closing and boxing up.
18 Record any preservation measures in place and recorded in
preservation log.
19 Skid/Equipment release note signed and punchlist agreed, cleared or
recorded.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
BASE PLATE M40-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Check equipment is installed according to the manufacturers
instructions. Ensure sea fastenings / shipping stops are removed.
2 Check base plate has been installed as per design.
3 Loosen off all pipework to the driven equipment and carry out soft foot
check.
4 Check that the base plate is level and elevation is correct to design.
5 Confirm that all fittings such as shims, hold down bolts, mounts have
been fitted correctly, (if specified on project design).
6 Base plate welded to deck with QC records available where required.
7 Base plate coated to design requirements.
9 All bolts and shims preserved by painting or by use of an approved
preservation method

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
LOAD TESTING OF LIFTING LUGS / MONORAILS M41-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
Safe Working Load (SWL) marking applied and visible. Verify correct SWL for
1 intended purpose. Vendor test certificates available.
2 Monorail end cleats/stops fitted & bolts tightened and locked.

3 Obstruction free in all directions of intended load travel.
4 Adequate supports provided for curved beams.
5 Sufficient lateral bracing provided.
6 Monorail Trolley travel smooth throughout length.
7 Supporting structure and Monorail / Lug calculations prepared / checked.
9 Material certificates recorded.
10 NDE completed, reports recorded.
TESTING REQUIREMENTS:-
(witnessed by Client / Certifying authority)
11 Test loads to be applied for a Min. (10) minutes prior to any measurements
being taken or as advised by Client / Cert. Authority
12 Test Method using the load cell / pad eyes.

Max. deflection mid span (mm)
13 Allowable mm Actual mm
Max. cantilever deflection (mm)
14 Allowable mm Actual mm
15 Permanent deformation of monorail / Lug after test :-
16 Permanent flange deformation after test :-
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
LOAD TESTING OF LIFTING LUGS / MONORAILS M41-A


Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
ELEVATORS M42-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
Name plate/tag details correct & in accordance with design data sheet.
2 Verify levels, alignment, orientation & installation correct as per design.
Confirm that the elevators internal coating and internal parts are clean and
3 installed in accordance with the designs and specifications.
5 Platform and access ladders are installed as per design.
Provision for removal of internals is acceptable and any mechanical handling
6 facility is correct to design. SWL clearly marked with applicable certification
available.
7 Verify external painting / insulation complete as per design specifications.
Confirm all associated pipe work including flexible pipe are connected correctly,
8 aligned & are damaged free.
10 Record any preservation measures in place & record in log.
11 Equipment release note signed and punch list agreed, cleared or recorded.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
VALVE INSTALLATION M43-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
Confirm that Valve nameplate complies with Data Sheet and nameplate securely
1 attached
Confirm valve location & orientation is correct to detail drawings
2
Check and confirm installation and bolting arrangement is in accordance with
3 required specification drawing and manufacturers instructions
Check access for operation is acceptable and there is sufficient clearance for
4 maintenance removal etc
Confirm that inlet and outlet piping to valve mating flanges are in parallel and
5 angular alignment with the correct gaskets installed. Ensure that on tightening
bolts no imposed stress is applied to valve.
Check all PSVs installed, undamaged and seals intact

6
Confirm alignment of block valves. Ensure lock / car-seals are applied to PSV root
7 valves as shown on the P&ID.
Ensure that hand wheel, lever or geared actuator is fitted and that valve can be
8 operated without undue strain across complete operating range
Confirm that valve actuator is installed satisfactory and that any interlock
9 mechanisms associated are fitted correctly. Ensure interlock keys are safely
stored.
10 Check Earth bonding strap is installed if required
Hand operated valves are to be stroked (open/closed) to confirm that valve is not
11 tight or seized
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
VALVE INSTALLATION M43-A

Check and confirm controller installation with vendor specifications.
12

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
PULSATION DAMPENER M44-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
1 Check that pulsation dampener conforms to the specifications
Check that pulsation dampener installation conforms to the specifications,
2 drawings and to the P&IDs
Check that the pulsation dampener is undamaged. Additionally, check the

3 ancillaries and any other components
Check the installation of pulsation dampener supports are in accordance with
4 the specifications and drawings
Check that there is a suitable access to pre-charge pulsation dampener.
5
Check that the pulsation dampener to pipe flange has been mounted square
6 to each other. Also that the bolting and gaskets are correct as per system
specifications
7 Check that all the bolts and fasteners are suitable lubricated
Check that the painting, the insulation and the trace-heating conform to the
8 specifications (if applicable)
9 Check for the correct tagging and / or labeling of pulsation dampener

10 Produce a set of marked-up drawings in accordance with the installation
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
PULSATION DAMPENER M44-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
COUPLING COLD ALIGNMENT M45-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
Sub System
INSPECTION / TEST
Notes:
If using laser alignment equipment, print results and attach to this ITR. Alignment of equipment included
in leak test must be completed prior to leak test.
MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS
Allowable Angular (or Gap or Face) misalignment: ............................ mm Total Indicator Reading
Allowable Offset (or Parallel) misalignment: ..................................... mm Total Indicator Reading
Length of Coupling Spacer: ................... mm +/_: ................... mm
Distance between Flange Faces (D.B.F.F): +/-:
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS, e.g. Allowable backlash for gear coupling with nylon sleeve, axial alignment for
vertical cantilever drives, etc.:
Page 3 of 11
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

INSPECTION / TEST
Page 4 of 11
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

INSPECTION / TEST
COUPLING COLD ALIGNMENT: COUPLED, RELATED PIPEWORK LOOSE

METHOD OF ALIGNMENT
:
USED
LOOKING IN DIRECTION OF :
FREE LENGTH OF COUPLER

:
SPACER
D.B.F.F. :
Page 5 of 11
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

INSPECTION / TEST
Test Equipment used
Type: ... Serial No.: . Calibration expiry date: .
RADIAL CONCENTRICITY OF EACH HALF COUPLING TO ITS OWN SHAFT

(Use for face/periphery and reverse alignment.)
mm mm
DRIVER DRIVEN
GAUGE No. 1 GAUGE No. 2
1 mm mm mm mm
mm mm
COUPLING GAP. FACE TO FACE. (AXIAL)

(use only for face/periphery method.)
mm
mm CLOCK GAUGES 3 & 4

mm
2
mm
Page 6 of 11
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

INSPECTION / TEST
RADIAL CONCENTRICITY COUPLING FLANGES TO EACH OTHER.
(use only for face/periphery and reverse alignment.)
DRIVER mm mm DRIVEN
GAUG E No. 5 GAUG E No. 6
3 mm mm mm mm
mm mm
COUPLING ALIGNMENT: COUPLED, RELATED PIPEWORK TIGHT

:
METHOD OF ALIGNMENT

USED

LOOKING IN DIRECTION OF :
FREE LENGTH OF COUPLER

:
SPACER
D.B.F.F. :
Page 7 of 11
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

INSPECTION / TEST
Test Equipment used
Type: ... Serial No.: . Calibration expiry date: .
RADIAL CONCENTRICITY OF EACH HALF COUPLING TO ITS OWN SHAFT

(Use for face/periphery and reverse alignment.)
mm mm
DRIVER DRIVEN
1 GAUGE No. 1
mm mm mm
GAUGE No. 2
mm
mm mm
COUPLING GAP. FACE TO FACE. (AXIAL)

(Use only for face/periphery method.)
mm
2
mm CLOCK GAUGES 3 & 4
mm
mm
Page 8 of 11
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

INSPECTION / TEST
RADIAL CONCENTRICITY COUPLING FLANGES TO EACH OTHER.
(Use only for face/periphery and reverse alignment.)
DRIVER mm mm DRIVEN
GAUGE No. 5 GAUGE No. 6
3
mm mm mm mm
mm mm
P/L
INSPECTION / TEST OK N/A No.
1 Compliance with Purchase Order
2 Check manufacturers' instructions, drawings and certificates
3 Coupling drawings are available at site
4 Check coupling details (against data sheets in dossier)
5 Inspect coupling membrance and intermediary for damage
Page 9 of 11
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI

INSPECTION / TEST
Piping Connection Loose
Radial 0 90 180 270
Clock A1
Clock A2
Radial misalignment
(A1-A2)/2 Horizontal =
Axial Vertical =
Clock B1
Clock B2 Axial misalignment
(B1-B2)/2 Horizontal =
Vertical =
Piping Connection Tight
Radial 0 90 180 270 Radial misalignment
Clock A1 Horizontal =
Clock A2 Verical =
(A1-A2)/2
Axial Axial misalignment
Clock B1 Horizontal =
Vertical =
Clock B2
(B1-B2)/2
Page 10 of 11
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI


Contractor
Designation Representative PCSB Inspector Discipline Engineer
Name
Signature
Date
Page 11 of 11
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
PIG TRAP M46-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
Ensure Name plate/tag details are correct and in accordance with design
1 data sheet. Manufacturers test certificates and FAT documentation are
available.
3 Check levels, alignment, orientation and installation to be as per design.
Ensure the following piping nozzles are provided:
- Bypass line nozzle
- Kicker line nozzle
- Balance line nozzle
4 - Pressurizing line nozzle
- Thermal relief line nozzle (If thermal relief valve is installed)
- Drain and Vent line nozzle
Check If the opening of the end closure is not in the vertical plane, i.e. on
vertical or sloped pig traps, the end closure shall be equipped with a
5
counterweight or hydraulic opening system or similar system to facilitate
safe and easy opening of the door.
Ensure the end closure have the following safety devices:
- A safety locking device to prevent opening of the door when the pig trap
is pressurised.
6
- A pressure safety device that when partially released will alert the
operator to a possible hazard unless pressure in the pig trap is relieved
completely.
7 Ensure temporary blinds are installed if the piping is not connected.
Confirm that the pig trap internal coating and internal parts are clean and
8 installed in accordance with the designs and specifications.
Ensure the pig trap fittings and the trims are installed as per design.
9
10 Verify earthing boss connection is in place.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
PIG TRAP M46-A

11 Ensure platform and access ladders are installed as per design.
Ensure accessibility and mechanical handling for maintenance is
12
acceptable.
Ensure Pig traps are undamaged and external painting / insulation
13 complete as per design specifications.
14
correctly, aligned and are free of damage.
16 Record any preservation measures taken in the preservation log.
17 Ensure U stamp is provided for end closure of the pig trap.
Ensure Pressure Test is carried out as per specification and recorded as
follow :-
Test Date:-
18 Test Medium:-
Duration of Test:-
Ambient Temperature:-
Test Pressure:-
Ensure the following certificates are available where applicable:
Material tests and welding inspections
Relief valve testing and Setting
19
Pressure and vacuum valve tests
Content Gauges (calibration)

Check equipment release note have been signed and punch list agreed,
21 cleared or recorded.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
STORAGE TANK M47-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
Equipment and nameplate comply with Data Sheet
1
Nameplate installed correctly
2
Sliding feet are free & nut / bolt clearance set to correct gap / space
4
Tanks are level in accordance with manufacturers specification
5
6 Spare nozzles blanked off in accordance with specification
7 Tank fittings, trims, platforms and access ladders are complete
8 Main piping / vent / drain connections complete and supported correctly
Instrument / electrical / tubing connections complete and secured
9
correctly
Instruments, instrument stand pipes installed and drain points tied in as
10 per P&ID
Man-way access in accordance with the drawings and man-way cover
11 installation complete with correct gaskets / bolting
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
STORAGE TANK M47-A

Tank internals including filter, demister pads, etc. clean and installed in
Note 1: Photographs to be taken to show ALL internal installations &

vessel / tank cleanliness level. Attach all photographs to this report.
Note 2: Tank internal Inspections to be witnessed by PMT team and

signed for below
12
Discipline Engineer have witnessed the internals of this vessel / tank and
all internals are acceptable as per drawings & specifications.
Name:_______________ Sign:_______________ Date:__________
Internal Coating complete and undamaged.
Note: Tank internal coating Inspections to be witnessed by PMT team and

signed for below
Internal Inspection Witness:

13
Discipline Engineer have witnessed the internal coating of this vessel /
tank and all is acceptable as per drawings & specifications.
Name:_______________ Sign:_______________ Date:__________
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
STORAGE TANK M47-A

14 Provision for removal of internals is acceptable
15 Tank undamaged and external painting / insulation complete
16 All Valves and Instrumentation visible and accessible
17 Equipment Vendor Release Note signed and all punch list items cleared
18 Earthing Boss fitted and earth strap installed
Confirm all vessels/tank weir plates are installed correctly & water side
interface filled with fresh water to confirm no leakage across weir plate
interface.
Note: Vessel/Tank weir plate interface water leakage test Inspections to

be witnessed by PMT and signed for below
20
Weir Plate water interface leakage rate Inspection Witness:
Discipline Engineer have witnessed the weir plate water interface leakage
rate of this vessel / tank and all results are acceptable.
Name:_______________ Sign:_______________ Date:__________
21 Confirm tank hydro-test completion & test certificates available

23 Verify all torque certificates on flanges and man ways
Note: It may not be necessary to close the man-way door due to 'B' scope commissioning checks. Verify
with Commissioning Team before closing.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
LUBRICATING LOG M48-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number/Make Location
Type of lubricant Inspection Date
System/Sub System
1 Equipment and nameplate comply with Data Sheet
Lubricate equipment with the correct viscosity lubricant.
Lubricant Used : _____________________
Lubricant Viscosity : ______________________
2 Lubricant Quantity : _______________________
Lubricant Physical Appearance (Color): _____________________
Lubricant storage; covered or open space

3
Record quantity of lubricating oil for the following activities:
3.1 Initial Charge :_______
4 3.2 Flushing :___________
3.3 Start-up : __________
3.4 Operation & Maintenance : ________
Proper storage/positioning of drums should be exercised to eliminate

5
condensation (lube oil drums should be positioned horizontally)

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
TURBO EXPANDER/BOOSTER COMPRESSOR M50-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag Number Location
Sub System
Verify to ensure that all construction/installation activities have been
1
completed.
Name plate/tag details correct & in accordance with design data
2 sheet.
3 Alignment jack screws/ devices fitted correctly.
Base frame, drip pan, holding down bolts, shims, washers correctly
4
installed in correct location as per design specification.
Skid Unit location, orientation, level and alignment correctly installed
5
as per design and specification
Ensure coupling alignment check are complete and within supplier
6
tolerances.
Sight glasses checked, visible and accessible for maintenance. Drains
7
and vents routed correctly.
Verify seal system correctly installed and connected to the compressor
8
as per design.
Crankcase and packing vent and drain clear and piped up, spark
9
arrestors checked as per design details, where applicable.
10 correctly, aligned with correct bolt / gasket / torque value & damaged
free as per design/specification.
11 Grease nipples fitted, charged and clear. Record grease type use.
13 Verify that the suction / discharge silencer correctly installed.
Verify that strainers/filter element install correctly. Joint verification
14
inspection required.
15 Check all interface connection correct as per design.
16 Verify all safety and shut down devices installed as per design.
17 Verify that all electrical / instrument signal are completed.
Verify that fire water mist cabinet is located and tubed correctly into
18
compressor skid as per design, with all cylinder fully charged.
Verify adequate clear access for maintenance and mechanical handling
19
facilities. SWL correct marked for equipment.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-VI
TURBO EXPANDER/BOOSTER COMPRESSOR M50-A

P/L
INSPECTION / TEST OK N/A No.
Record any preservation measures taken and note in the preservation
20
log.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

PIPING WORK COMPLETION P01-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Test Package No Test Pressure
System Test Medium
Sub System Test Duration
Location Test Date
Check that piping is constructed and installed according to the latest
1
AFC revision of P & ID and isometric drawing and support drawings.
To ensure that any welded pipe supports (cleats) shall be welded and
2
completed before PWHT / Hydrotest of the system .
Check that materials used are as per specification with reference to
2
their heat no., certificates, and reference isometrics.
Check that piping routing including pipe supports does not obstruct the
3
access for emergency escape and maintenance
Check piping line is sloping if shown in P&ID / Isometrics (ex: flare line)
4
Ensure maintenance accessibility for valves, psv, sample point,
5
corrosion probe etc. .
Ensure also that there is sufficient clearance for on-line retrieval / tool
6
usage of retrievable devices
Check that flange rating is correct especially at class break and code
7
brake (ex: API-6A to ASME B 31.3) as indicated in P&ID and isometric..
Ensure that isolation gaskets have been installed as approved in the
8
isometric for dissimilar flange material
Check that the installation of piping with rayloc hub connectors has
9
been carried pout correctly without imposing any strain.
Check that new gaskets are installed prior to system hydrotest as per
10
specification
Check that flange joint is properly aligned & within acceptable
11
tolerance. Refer to P-06A.
Check bolts and nuts are adequately tightened and of correct length.
12
Refer to P-07A .
Check that required high point vent and low point drain points are
13
provided for system hydro.
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

Inspect all valves and ensure that the type, size, rating, material and
flow directions are correct. End covers of valves shall only be removed
14
immediately before installation and it shall be checked that the valve is
clean.
Check filter / strainer body and inspect internal element for damages.
15 Ensure that the opening of strainer element is accessible and sufficient
space is there to remove / re-install the element
Check that filter / strainer element material and mesh size are correct.
17
.
Check that pipe supports are constructed and installed according to
18
drawings. .
19 Check that welded joint has been completely inspected.
Check that actuated valve (SDV, ESD, BDV type, but not the Control
20
Valves) is correctly installed.
Check that piping penetrations are constructed according to drawings
21 with sufficient stiffening plates and adequate sealing wherever
specified, and physically ensure that the pipe do not vibrate.
22 Check that all piping special items are installed properly.
Check that spectacle blinds spades / spacer are provided and installed
23
at location and position as per P&ID
Check that exposed portion of spectacle blinds are coated to avoid
24
corrosion.
Check that all hydrocarbon instrument drains lead (piped / tubed) to
25
the proper drain system, as per the P&ID.
Verify that check valves and globe valves are installed in their correct
26
flow direction.
27 Check that lines are labeled at visible locations.
All chain wheels and extended spindles required for specified valves
28 have been installed as per drawing, and are accessible for operation,
and ensure they are not obstructing the pathway.
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

29 Ensure system PSV is installed & calibrated.
Check the spring hanger condition and is in locked position if required.
For locked position / unlocked position during hydro test, refer to foot
30
notes in the respective piping isometric drawing &/or follow the
manufacturer instructions.
Check that the forces and movements on equipment nozzles are within
31 acceptable limits. This is particularly important for rotating equipment
and glass lined equipment.
Check that the installation of any glass lined or GRE piping has been
32
carried out correctly without imposing any strain.
Check that personal protection for uninsulated hot product line as per
33
P & ID and Isometric drawing.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII
PRE-TEST P02-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
System Test Medium
Location Test Date
Verify to ensure that all piping construction / installation activities as
1 per approved test package limit have been completed including all pipe
supports.
2 Ensure that the test package can be applied.
All weld inspection and NDE are complete and traceability and history
3
records complete and cleared by QA/QC Dept.
Ensure that Conformity Line Check has been performed as per the test
4
package.
5 Ensure that test package including the attachment is completed.
All high point vents and low point drains are installed (add temporary
6
vents and drains for testing if any is required).
7 All Check Valves to be removed or tied back.
Ball valves are to be half-opened during test and fully opened for
8
flushing.
Globe, butterfly and gate valves are to be fully opened for testing and
9
flushing.
All temporary equipment stops, spades, bobbin pieces and supports for
10
pressure test are installed.
All instruments relief valves, bursting discs, orifice plates and specified
11
control valves have been removed for pressure test.
12 All orifice flanges to be blinded off.
Essential supports to be fitted and springs and bellows to be gagged
13
during test.
Check that all sprinkler heads, rosettes and nozzles have been removed
14
and connections plugged.
Preliminary Piping Punch List is raised and all categories "A" items
15
cleared prior to Pressure Test.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII
PRE-TEST P02-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

FLUSHING P03-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Test Package No Flushing Flow rate
System Flushing Medium
Sub System Flush Duration
Location Flushing Date
INSPECTION / TEST OK N/A P/L
No
Verify to ensure that all piping construction / installation activities as per
1 approved test package limit have been completed including all pipe
supports.
All weld inspection and NDE are complete and traceability and history
2
records complete and cleared by QA/QC Dept.
3 Ensure that Conformity Line Check has been performed
Check that injection point and drain out point are completed as per test
2
pack mark-up.
Ensure that water quality is as per CSP-22 water quality requirements for
3
applicable pipe materials.
4 Equipment is bypassed and spectacle blinded.
5 Valve status in accordance with flushing and testing procedure in CSP 22.
6 Ensure all low point drains and high vent points are flushed.
7 Ensure that all piping lines in this test package have been flushed
8 Ensure that piping system has been drained out and followed by drying.
Protection / preservation required and completed - if not immediately
9
followed by hydro testing of same piping flushed.
Record data as below:-
Injection Point Flow rate Drain Point Result
10
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

FLUSHING P03-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

PRESSURE TEST P04-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
System Test Medium
Location Test Date
Verify to ensure that all piping construction / installation activities as
1
per test package limit have been completed.
2 Ensure that water flushing ( P03A) has been completed
Pre-Test preparation is complete and P02-A is attached together with
3
P&ID where test limits are clearly marked.
Preliminary Piping Punch List is attached and all "A" items on line are
4
clear and have been signed off.
5 Calibration Certificates for Recorders and Gauges are attached.
6 Instruments as stated in CSP 22 are removed.
7 Test Temporaries are installed.
8 Permit to Work or HSE authorization is in place.
9 Release for Pressure Test.
Record data as below as per CSP 22:-
Pressure Temperature Remark
0%
10 25%
50%
75%
100%
11 Pressure test complete.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

BLOWING/DRYING P05-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Test Package No Blowing Pressure
System Blowing Medium
Sub System Blowing Duration
Location Blowing Date
1 Verify to ensure that pressure test (P04A) has been completed
2 Ensure that water flushing ( P03A) has been completed
Ensure that the test medium has been drained upon completion of the
3
hydrotest.
4 Ensure that no water is trapped in the system
5 Ensure that blowing medium/ compressed air humidity is -30 Deg
6 Ensure that all the blowing point humidity is -10 Deg.
7 Permit to Work or HSE authorization is in place.
Record data as below:-
Blowing Injt Blowing Point Humidity Result

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

FLANGES ALIGNMENT P06-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
System Test Medium
Location
Ensure that gaskets are examined to be new, clean, damage-free
1
and of correct type and size.
Ensure that all of stud bolt are loosed and free stress during
2
inspection
3 Flange faces are examined to be clean and damage-free.
Measure vertical /facing alignment at two position ( i.e. A: smallest
4
gap between flanges , B: Largest gap between flanges )
5 Measure eccentricity/horizontal alignment as table as bellow
A A : Smallest gap between flanges B: Largest gap between flanges

C: Eccentricity
C
B
Measurement
Flange Eccentricity Details of
Line Flange Alignment
Nozzle Description (mm) Gasket installed
No. Rating (mm)
Number / Type
A B C
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

FLANGES ALIGNMENT P06-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

BOLT TENSIONING/TORQUING P07-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Test Package No Tool Model
System Pump Type
Sub System Serial Number
Location Test Date
Check Stud Bolt and nut for diameter, type of threads, material,
1
coating and condition in-line with isometric drawings.
2 Lubricate the Stud Bolt threads and nut face
3 Check that nuts are fitted correctly
Tighten sequentially according to procedure and for the required
4
torque.
5 Ensure that stud bolt length is sufficient as per standards.
6 Check lock nuts if required
COMMENT (S) AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII
CHEMICAL CLEANING P08-A

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Test Package No Test /Oper Press
System Chemical Med
Location Test Date
Verify to ensure that all construction / installation activities have
1
been completed.
2 Marked up drawing / P&ID is attached.
3 Equipment is by-passed and blinded.
Ensure the Pickling and Passivation Procedure is approved for
4 external welds and the internal surfaces /welds of all Stainless
Steel/Duplex Stainless Steel/Super Duplex Stainless Steel piping.
5 De greasing works completed as per approved procedure
6 De scaling work completed as per approved procedure
7 Passivation work completed as per approved procedure
8 Ensure that piping system proper drained and dried.
9 Laboratory analysis details are satisfactory and attached.
10 System / equipment is reinstated as per approved procedure.
11 Verification of filters as required
Ensure the preservation (1 bar of N2) to be performed upon
12
chemical cleaning completion.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

CHEMICAL CLEANING P08-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII
INSPECTION TEST RECORD (ITR) - B

RE-INSTATEMENT WORKS P09-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
System no. Test Medium
Location Test Date
A No
Flushing and hydrostatic testing have been satisfactorily completed
1 and recorded. Check that drying of lines is complete. Verify that all in
line units have been reinstated as per latest P &ID
Correct bolts and gaskets are installed at all mechanical joints. Bolts
2
are torqued / tensioned to correct specification.
Check all manual valves are in opened position (recommended) and
3
smoothly turned.
All temporary spades, bobbins, vents and drains have been removed,
4
and openings closed in accordance with specification.
Support Gags are removed where applicable (it may be required to
5
leave some in place for removal offshore).
All process blinds, spades, valves and inline equipment have been
6
correctly installed as per P&ID.
Check/ ensure that lines are resting firmly/ properly on its support
7
(not floating)
Extended spindles and chain wheels for specified valves have been
8
correctly installed.
All locking devices and interlocks for specified valves have been
9
Piping, instruments, mechanical equipment and specialty items are
10 reinstated in accordance with the P&ID. Verify the items against pre-
test list.
11 Verify earthing strap / connection if required.
12 Verify the Base Line Survey for Corrosion Management completed
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

RE-INSTALLATION WORKS P09-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

SERVICE TEST P10-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Test Package No Test /Op Press
System Test Medium
Location Test Date
Verify to ensure that all construction / installation activities have
1
been completed.
2 Confirm Test Pack Line List is attached.
3 Ensure that the ITR P01-A have been signed.
4 Ensure Punch List Category-A has been completed and signed.
5 Pre-Test Flushing has been carried out and P03-A is attached.
6 Calibration Certificates are attached.
7 Permit to Work or HSE Authorization is in place.
8 Ensure number of leaks identified:
9 Ensure Service Test complete.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

PIPE PAINTING / COATING/MARKING P11-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Test Package No Painting Material
System Painting Code
Sub System
Location
1 Verify to ensure that all piping activities have been completed.
2 Ensure that all piping ITRs have been completed and available.
3 Sharp edges are removed prior to application.
4 All masking are completed.
5 Piping supports are painted
6 Spot painting are performed.
Dry film thickness is checked to be correct.
7 Record details:-
8 Record any defective area(s) on Punch List.

9 Attached drawing(s) with highlighted piping sections are checked.
10 Line numbering is according to P & ID.
11 Flow direction is according to P & ID.
12 Color coding is according to project requirements.
13 Tagging of manual operated valves is correct.
14 All safety / warning signs are in correct locations.
Note: This painting / coating is also applicable to SS/DSS/SDSS
piping as per project paint spec.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

PIPE INSULATION P12-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Test Package No Insulation Material
System Insulation Code
Sub System
Location
Check that insulation installation in accordance with specification
1 and AFC drawings.
Check that insulation sealing is completed to prevent the ingress of

2
water or moisture
Check that access point is provided in accordance with specification
3 for corrosion monitoring.
Ensure that insulation will be installed after NDT hydrotest and

4 painting are completed. Perform paint touch-up if required.
Check the direction of flow/color coding is indicated on the

5 insulation cladding.
Ensure that oil grease, rust, other foreign matters are removed
6 from the piping outer surface prior to installation of insulation.
Check that longitudinal joint between segments is staggered.

7
Ensure that all the insulation system is provided with 15 mm
diameter drain hole for every 3 meters length and/or follow the
8
approved project insulation spec.
Check that personal protection items such as open guard, shield,

9 wire mesh or railings do not obstruct operational access.
Ensure that removable insulation for flanges & valve shall be

10 suitable for quick removal and for quick reinstallation.
11 Produce a defect list for issuance of punch list.

Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

PIPE INSULATION P12-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VII

CRITICAL VALVE SEAT TEST CERTIFICATE P13-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Test Package Valve Type
No
System Valve Rating
Sub System Test Pressure
Location
1 Ensure the valve FAT reports are available.
2 Ensure that critical valve testing procedure is approved.
3 Valve has been seat leak tested as per approved procedure.
Recorded on calibrated pressure recorder for 30 (thirty) minutes
4
duration.
5 Valve has passed test with no (ZERO) passage of test medium.
6 All charts & Calibration Certificates for test equipment are attached.
Ensure the valves are properly preserved and packing upon
7
completion of testing.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

ESCAPE ROUTES AND SIGNS S01-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
1 Quantity of signs are correct
2 Condition of signs are satisfactory
3 Signs installed in accordance with drawings and specification
4 Signs clearly visible from all directions
5 Correct type of signs fitted at each location

6 Escape routes clearly identified and free from obstruction.
Escape routes painted in accordance with relevant specification & deck
7
layout drawings.
Emergency escape route deck plans located at all deck levels in
8
accordance with relevant drawings.
9 Non-skid surfaces completed in accordance with specification.
Escape routes signs in accordance with specification and located in
10
Emergency exit signs in accordance with specification and located in
11
Warning signs in accordance with specification and located in
12
Alarm signs in accordance with specification and located in accordance
13
with relevant drawings.
Life boat / raft signs in accordance with specification and located in
14
Muster station signs in accordance with specification and located in
15
Fire point signs in accordance with specification and located in
16
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

ESCAPE ROUTES AND SIGNS S01-A
17 Emergency lighting correctly located along escape routes.
Manual call points (MAC's) in accordance with specification and located
18
in accordance with relevant drawings.
Platform status lamps and sounders in accordance with specification
19
and located in accordance with relevant drawings.
CO2 sounders and beacons sounders in accordance with specification
20
and located in accordance with relevant drawings.
General area alarms (noisy areas) in accordance with specification and
21
located in accordance with relevant drawings.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

SAFETY SHOWER / EYEWASH S02-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
2 Check manufacturers' instructions, drawings and certificates checked
3 Check and inspect name plate details against data sheet
4 Verify installation is in accordance with drawings and specification
5 Unit adequately supported
6 Operating instructions are fitted and visible
7 Unobstructed access to equipment
8 Connections to potable water system completed
9 Connections to drain system completed
10 Equipment clean and undamaged
11 Shower drains installed as required.
12 Operating sign installed.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT S03-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
2 Check nameplate details against data sheet
3 Life Jackets/ Work Vest/ Safety Equipment Cabinets.
Storage cabinet in accordance with specification and located in
4
accordance with relevant safety layout drawing.
Cabinet equipment inventory in accordance with specification and
5
attached signs.
6 Signs fitted in accordance with specification.
7 Ring Life buoy.
Life Buoy type and construction in accordance with specification (refer
8
to SOLAS) requirements.
Life buoys correctly installed, and located in accordance with relevant
9
safety layout drawings.
Life buoy fitted with length of buoyant safety line not less than 2 x
10 distance of mounting position to sea level, in accordance with
specification.
11 Light marker fitted.
Smoke Marker fitted (where appropriate, only required on 25% of
12
platform stock).

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

BREATHING APPARATUS S04-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
Confirm BA set is compliant with specification, and located in
2
accordance with relevant drawings/spec.
3 Confirm cylinder test date is easily visible and current.
4 Confirm satisfactory condition of regulator hoses.
5 Confirm satisfactory condition of face piece and valve assembly.
6 Confirm satisfactory condition of face piece head-harness assembly.
Check and confirm contents gauge indicates within 'green' sector (1800
7
liters).
8 Confirm audible warning device fitted and serviceable.
9 Confirm satisfactory condition of harness.
10 Confirm storage container is undamaged and securely mounted in wall.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

FIRE HOSES AND MONITORS S05-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
2 FIRE HOSE REELS
Confirm hose reel station is compliant with specification, and is located
3
as indicated by the safety equipment layout drawing.
4 Confirm that hose reel, hose, S/O valve etc are undamaged.
Confirm tag plate is in accordance with specification, and is correct for
5
the location.
6 Confirm satisfactory condition of face piece head-harness assembly.
Check and confirm contents gauge indicates within 'green' sector (1800
7
liters).
8 Confirm hose reel is connected correctly to firewater ring main.
9 FIRE / FOAMWATER MONITORS
Confirm monitor station is compliant with specification, and located as
10
indicated by the safety equipment layout drawing.
Confirm monitor is securely fitted, and connected to Fire/Foam water
11
ring main as appropriate (dependant on location and service).
Confirm that monitor, S/O valve, and Isolation valve lubricated and are
12
undamaged.
13
the location.
Confirm that monitor is facing correct direction and that range of
14
movement is correct for the location.
15
movement is correct for the location.
For automatic (oscillating) monitors, confirm free range of movement
16
to stated horizontal and vertical limits of movement.
17 Confirm that spray field is not obstructed.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

FIRE HOSES AND MONITORS S05-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

PORTABLE AND WHEELED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS S06-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
1 Check Fire Extinguisher against purchase order; confirm quantities
Serial / Model No.:-
Extinguisher Type:-
Extinguisher Colour:-
2
Specification / Data sheet No.:-
Size:-
Weight:-
Confirm extinguisher is compliant with specification and is located in
3
accordance with Safety Layout Diagram.
4 Confirm extinguisher is correctly mounted (as appropriate).
5 Confirm extinguisher is fully charged.
6 Confirm extinguisher carries a valid inspection and test certificate.
Confirm no obvious damage to extinguisher, and that no leaks are
7
evident.
Confirm that release (telltale) indicator is fitted and indicates that
8
extinguisher is unused.
Confirm fire extinguishers have a pressure gauge fitted with dial gauge
9
indicating pressure
Confirm portable fire extinguisher is correctly mounted (as
10
appropriate) and should not be obstructed.
Wheeled fire extinguisher to be provided with canvas-type protective
11
cover.
Wheeled fire extinguisher units shall have tow wheels (non-sparking)
12
for transport and to support the extinguisher upright.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

PORTABLE AND WHEELED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS S06-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

FIREMAN OUTFIT CABINET S07-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
2 FIREMANS OUTFIT CABINET
Confirm design is in accordance with specification, and is located and
3 installed in accordance with specification and relevant safety layout
drawing.
4 Confirm tag plate details are correct
Confirm inventory of contents are undamaged, and in accordance with
5
specification.
Confirm First-Aid Box is included and complete in accordance with
6
specification.
Confirm Airpack (BA) is included and is tested and complete in
7
accordance with specification.
8 FIREFIGHTING SUITS
Confirm suits are in accordance with specification, and that locker is
9 located in accordance with the specification and relevant safety layout
drawing.
10 Confirm all suit items are in new condition and are undamaged.
Confirm inventory for each suit 'set' is complete in accordance with
11
specification and that size of suits is generally adequate for all people.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

MISCELLANEOUS SAFETY EQUIPMENT S08-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
2 KNOTTED ROPES
Confirm design is in accordance with specification, and it is located and
3 installed at all life raft stations in accordance with specification and
relevant safety layout drawing.
Check knotted rope data sheet and confirm minimum length =
4
Check knotted rope and record length =
5 Confirm storage bin provided for each rope.
6 ELSA (Emergency Life Support Apparatus).
Confirm all ELSA's are in accordance with specification, and are located
7 / stored in accordance with the details contained in the relevant safety
equipment layout drawing.
8 Confirm that all ELSA's are in a serviceable condition.
9 SAFETY GLOVES
Confirm supplied gloves are compliant with specification and located in
10
accordance with project requirement.
11 FIRE BLANKETS
Confirm fire blankets are compliant with specification, and are located
12 in process areas in accordance with the relevant safety equipment
layout drawing.
13 Confirm storage container is undamaged.
FIRST AID KIT:
- 5 Triangular bandages 130cm x 90cm x 90cm
- Sterile eye pads
- Non-sterile 4x4 gauze pads
- Sterile 4x4 gauze pads
14 - Sterile 10x10 gauze pads
- Elastic bandage
- 4 Roller bandages 7.5 cm
- 4 Roller bandages 3 cm.
- 4 Roller bandages 2.5 cm
- Cold pack compress gel
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

- Burn sheet/dressing
- Pairs of gloves (disposable/ non sterile)
- Stainless steel bandage scissors
- Adhesive tape
- Sterile multi-trauma dressing/gauze
- Alcohol prep pads
- Cetavlon
- Cotton buds
- Barrier device for CPR (pocket mask, face shield)
- Elastoplasts/sterile adhesive dressing
- Safety pin for triangular bandages
- Thermometer
- First aid manual
- Waterproof waste bag
Inventory of box contents (checklist)
Confirm that first aid kits are compliant with inventory/specification,
15 and are located according to the relevant safety equipment layout
drawings.
16 Confirm storage container is undamaged.
17 FLASHLIGHTS/EMERGENCY LIGHTS
Confirm that flashlights supplied are compliant with specification and
18 are located in accordance with the relevant safety equipment layout
drawing.
Confirm flashlight suitable for hazardous areas (Class 1, Group D, and
19
Division 1).
Confirm holding bracket and guard for flashlight are included and are
20
undamaged.
Confirm that emergency lights are compliant with specification and are
21
located in accordance with relevant safety equipment layout drawing.
22 OXYGEN RESUSCITATORS
Confirm that all portable resuscitators are compliant with specification,
23 and are located in accordance with the relevant safety equipment
layout drawing.
Located in accordance with the relevant safety equipment layout
24
drawing 23 Confirm oxygen cylinder test date is visible and current.
25 LITTER BASKET
Confirm that litter basket is located according to the relevant safety
26
equipment layout drawings.
27 Confirm that litter basket is undamaged.
28 STRETCHER
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

Confirm that stretcher is located correctly according to the relevant
29
safety equipment layout drawings.
30 Confirm that stretcher is undamaged.
31 Confirm that stretcher is easily accessible.
32 PORTABLE COMBUSTABLE GAS INDICATORS/ CALIBRATION KITS
- Confirm that gas indicators or calibration kits are located in
33
accordance to the relevant safety equipment layout drawings.
- Confirm that gas indicators or calibration kits are undamaged.
Has audible, visual and vibrating alarms if STEL or TWA levels
34 are exceeded
- STEL and TWA levels are set as per approved specification
- Portable gas detectors to be tested, calibrated and certified
35 SAFETY EQUIPMENT CABINET
Confirm that safety equipment cabinet is compliant with inventory
36 /specification, and is located according to the relevant safety
equipment layout drawing.
37 Confirm safety equipment cabinet is undamaged.
38 Confirm that safety equipment cabinet is easily accessible.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

LIFE RAFTS S09-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
Confirm design is in accordance with specification, and it is located and
1 installed at all life raft stations in accordance with specification and
relevant safety layout drawing.
2 Liferaft in satisfactory condition
3 Confirm water-tight container is secure and undamaged.
Confirm inventory of life raft is in accordance with specification and
4
SOLAS requirements (E.P.I.R.B. & Portable VHF Radio).
5 Confirm inflation cylinder is securely fitted, and is undamaged.
Confirm inflation cylinder is fully charged, and has a valid and current
6
test date stamp.
Confirm life raft launching cradle is compliant with specification (BRA-
7
SK-M-0034/1) and is undamaged.
8 Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon (EPIRB).
9 Confirm EPIRB is compliant with specification and is serviceable.
10 Portable VHF Radio.
Confirm Portable VHF radio is compliant with specification, and is
11
undamaged.
12 Confirm that a valid test/cal date label is attached.
13 Confirm batteries are fitted, and undamaged.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

FIREWATER/FOAM SYSTEM S10-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
Confirm firewater/foam system equipment is compliant with approved
2 specification, and is located as indicated by the Escape Route, Fire
Fighting, Safety and Life Saving Equipment layout drawing.
FIREWATER PUMP
3 Ref. Specification/ Datasheet No.:
4 Ensure that the Mechanical ITR-A for Firewater Pump is completed.

Name plate/tag details correct & in accordance with approved design
5 data sheet. Manufacturers test certificates & FAT documentation
available.
6 Ensure firewater pump is dedicated for firefighting purposes.
7 Check access to Firewater pump.
FIREWATER RING MAIN
Check that piping is constructed according to the latest AFC (Approved

for Construction) revision of P & ID and isometric drawing. Check
9
couplings, vents and drains, hangers and supports, piping penetration
is as per approved project specification.
10 Ensure Piping ITR-A for Firewater Ring Main is completed.
11 Check that materials used are as per approved piping specification.
12 Check piping for signs of damage.
Check and inspect NDE records and attach NDE clearance certificate
13
from quality control.
14 Check that lines are correctly marked with flow direction.
Check that any junctions of dissimilar metals liable to cause galvanic
15
corrosion are correctly insulated.
Check and inspect that piping systems do not obstruct escape ways and
16 emergency exits/ accesses.
17 Check and inspect all valves are as per approved P&ID for:
Page 1 of 4
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

- Type
- Rating
- Certified fire-safe (where stipulated)
- In line correct to the direction of flow
- Position indicators are correctly orientated and, where remote
signaling position is included, that the correct signals are
displayed
- Correct type of hand-wheel or activation lever and locking
devices fitted (where required)
- Operate smoothly through the designated limits and are
lubricated with the correct lubricant for their particular
application
- Valve schedule and checklists are complete and accurate
- No visible external damage
- Adequate access for operation and maintenance
- Purpose and operating instructions are provided
18 Check location and operation of all pressure- reducing valves.
19 Check that flow switch is installed in line with flow direction.
Check flow switch/ pressure switch indicates open circuit for no-flow
20
condition and closed circuit for flow condition.
21 Check sensitivity of flow switch and damper action to suit.
22 Check for signs of external damage of flow and pressure switch.
Check that access is adequate for inspection and maintenance
23
operations.
FIRE WATER/ FOAM HOSE REELS (INDOOR AND OUTDOOR)
25 Confirm that hose reel, hose, shut off valve etc. are undamaged.
Confirm tag plate is in accordance with approved specification, and is
26
correct for the location.
FIRE WATER/ FOAM MONITORS AND HYDRANTS
27
Ref. Specification/ Datasheet No.:
Confirm monitor/ hydrant is securely fitted, and connected to Fire
28
water /Foam ring main as appropriate.
Confirm that monitor/ hydrant, shut off valve, and Isolation valve
29
lubricated and are undamaged.
30
the location.
31
movement is correct for the location. Check rotation and elevation
Page 2 of 4
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

capability of monitors.
For automatic (oscillating) monitors, confirm free range of movement
32
to stated horizontal and vertical limits of movement.
33 For remote control monitors, check remote control capability.
34 Confirm that spray field is not obstructed.
Check monitor gear box is filled to its correct level with manufacturer's
35
specified lubricant (applicable for oscillating electrical monitor).
Ensure the availability of hydrant hose (applicable for hydrants) and its
36 location is as per layout. Check couplings of each hose and any
equipment to be connected with them.
FOAM TANK
37
38 Ensure foam tank provided with level indicator.
Check foam (AFFF/ ARFFF) tank is filled to the correct level with
39
manufacturer's specified foam agent
SPRINKLER SYSTEM
40
Check sprinkler heads and ensure the frangible bulbs are of correct
41
temperature rating for the system.
Ensure that the sprinkler and/ or spray head (particularly the frangible
41 bulb) is completely clean and free of paint or other coatings other than
the original manufacturers finish.
Open sprinkler valve and inspect the condition of its interior and
ensure that the movement of the valve clapper is free and that the
42 clapper hinge is lubricated with the approved lubricant. Re-install the
sprinkler valve (Note: Ensure spare sprinkler heads are available prior
to any tests being performed on the sprinkler system)
DELUGE SYSTEM
43
Ensure that the deluge spray heads are correctly installed and no
44
external damage.
45 Check that deluge spray heads have correct orifice size and spray angle
WATER MIST SYSTEM
46
Check presence of nozzle caps (if specified in the approved
47
specifications).
48 Check location of all nozzles.
FIRE ALARM PANEL (LQ AND BUILDINGS)
49
Ref. Specification/ Datasheet No.
50 Ensure Fire Alarm Panel is available for LQ and Non-Process Buildings.
Page 3 of 4
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

For onshore buildings, check connection to BOMBA.
Ensure the correct annunciation and resultant executive action of all
51
remote signals at the main Fire and Gas Panel.

COMMENT(S) AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: (List the approved specification and datasheet
reference number)

Name
Signature
Date
Page 4 of 4
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

FIRE SUPPRESSION/TOTAL FLOODING SYSTEM S11-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
1 Check equipment as per Purchase Order
2 Ensure nozzles are not blocked.
Ensure warning signs posted at the entrance to, and inside of, area
3
protected by total flooding systems.
Check pre-discharge alarm (visual and audio) on total flooding systems
4
is provided and allows time to safely exit the area before discharge.
Check extinguishing agent storage container (pressure, piping
5
connections)
Ensure fire suppression/ total flooding system is connected to the fire
6
panel (including status display).

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

ESCAPE AND EVACUATION EQUIPMENT S12-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
1 Check equipment as per Purchase Order
ESCAPE ROUTES AND MUSTER AREA
2
Ref Drawing No:
3 Escape routes clearly marked and free from obstruction.
Escape routes painted in accordance with approved specification & deck
4
layout drawings.
Emergency escape route deck plans displayed at all deck levels in
5
6 Non-skid surfaces completed as per specification.
Ensure muster area is clearly marked (signage and painting) and free
7
from obstruction
8 Emergency lighting correctly located along escape routes.
9 Ensure muster area location and space provision is as per drawings
Ensure Escape Route, Fire Fighting, Safety and Life Saving Equipment
10
layout is displayed at each deck
Safety sign is displayed in accordance with specification and located in
11
ESCAPE AND EVACUATION EQUIPMENT
Ref Drawing No:
12
Ensure the following items compliant with approved specification, and
is located as indicated by the Escape Route, Fire Fighting, Safety and
Life Saving Equipment layout drawing.
Life Jackets
Ref. Specification/ Datasheet No:
- Cabinet equipment inventory in accordance with specification

13 - Cabinet is labeled for LIFE JACKET
- Donning instructions for life jacket is permanently attached to
the inside of the doors/ lids of the life jacket cabinets
- Life jackets shall be labelled LIFE JACKET and PLATFORM
NAME
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

- Ensure life jacket is of USCG Type 1 Personal Floatation Device
(PFD)
- Life jacket to include:
o Whistle and lanyard
o Seawater illuminating light
o Lifting straps and oral inflation system
o Reflective strips
Workvest
- Cabinet equipment inventory in accordance with specification

- Storage cabinet is labeled for WORKVEST
- Donning instructions for work vest is permanently attached to
14
the inside of the doors/ lids of the life jacket cabinets
- Work vest shall be labelled WORKVEST and PLATFORM
NAME
- Ensure work vest is of USCG Type V Personal Floatation Device
(PFD)
- Work vest is provided with adjustable strap
Knotted Ropes/ Rope Ladder
- Check knotted rope data sheet and confirm minimum length =
- Check knotted rope and record length =
15 - Confirm storage bin provided for each rope.
- Ensure ladder rung is with nonslip coating/ surface
- Ladder rungs equally spaced between 300 380 mm apart and
secured in such a manner that they will remain horizontal.
- Visual inspection of rope and ladder rung conditions
Quick Descent Device
16
Fire Blanket
17
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)/ Breathing Apparatus (BA)
- Check pressure gauge of available breathing air in the cylinder.

18 - Ensure airpacks are MSHA/ NIOSH certified positive pressure
type rated for 30 minutes.
- SCBA to include
o Cylinder
o Valve assembly (spring loaded exhalation valve,
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

breathing valve, pressure demand regulator),
o High pressure hose
o Audible low pressure warning device
o Face piece
o Harness
- SCBA air compressor is supplied with air purification equipment
for recharging SCBA unit.
- Compressor to be included with Breathing Air Test Kit and
method for securing cylinder being charged to compressor skid.
- Compressor is suitable to be powered from emergency power 3
phase.
Manual Call Points
19 - Ensure Manual Call Points are installed as per layout and is
visible.
- Ensure Manual Call Points are connected to the fire panel
Visual and Audio Alarms
20 - Ensure Visual and Audio Alarms are installed as per layout and is
visible.
- Ensure Visual and Audio Alarms are connected to the fire panel

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

LEV S13-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
Verify to ensure that all construction / installation activities for LEV and
1
stack have been completed as per drawing
2 Ensure hood can be completely pulled closed and opened
Ensure that there is no abnormal sound present when LEV is switched
3
on
4 Ensure lighting has been installed
5 Ensure LEVs are labeled as per drawing.
Ensure that flexible ducts are installed in a way that it allows steady
6
uninterrupted flow i.e. no unnecessary heavy bends and dents
Confirm that there is no holes, dents or other signs of physical damage
7
on ducting; both below and above ceiling.
Check that test holes are fitted in correct position and accessible,
8
covers for test holes secured and sealed.
9 Ensure that baseline testing has been conducted
Confirm that the baseline testing covers capture/ face velocity, hood
10 static pressure, duct static pressure, hood velocity pressure, transport
velocity, air cleaner/ filter efficiency, fan capacity and fan efficiency
Confirm that the result of baseline testing is within +/- 10% of design
11
values

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

SICKBAY S14-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
Verify to ensure that all construction have been completed as per
1
drawing
2 Signage at entrance
3 Lighting
4 Entrance door open sideways
5 Bottom clearance of doors does not exceed 0.6 cm
6 Windows with curtains
7 All electrical sockets tested and functioning
8 Water supply to all faucets and shower heads
9 Water heater / warm water supply
10 Floor drains doesnt show signs of clog
11 Telephone
12 HVAC functioning
13 Bed screen curtain rail
14 Mirror
15 Fixture for oxygen tank
16 Hospital Bed
17 Examination couch
18 Biological waste bin
19 Clinical scales
20 Height measure
21 Stainless steel cabinets
22 AED
23 Refrigerator
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

SICKBAY S14-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-VIII

DECK INTEGRATED FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM S15-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
1
completed.
Confirm DIFFS is compliant with approved specification and layout
2
3 Ensure certification by manufacturer is available.
Ensure that the pop-up nozzles are closed and installed flushed with
4
the helideck surface.
Ensure the piping distribution system is connected with the pop-up
5
nozzles.
6 If foam system is used, ensure foam skid is connected and filled.
7 Ensure nozzles can pop-up.
8 Ensure the DIFFS activation button is installed at accessible area.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ST01-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area No Ref Drawing
Sub System Location

1 Installation of girder & nodes frame are completed as per IFC drawing
2 Primary structural frame complete as per IFC drawing
3 Secondary structure frame completed as per IFC drawing
4 Blast wall & firewall completed as per IFC drawing
5 Deck structure completed as per IFC drawing
6 Install deck coming as per IFC drawing
7 All stiffeners installed as per drawing
8 Service platforms & walkways pipe rack installed correctly
9 Deck drains installed
10 Deck & wall penetrations installed as per IFC drawing
11 Grating complete and installed correctly
12 Monorails installed as per IFC drawing
13 Pad eyes/lifting lugs installed as per IFC drawing
14 All of rotating equipment sub bases are completed as per IFC drawing
15 Ladders installed to drawings
16 Stairs installed to drawings
17 Handrails installed and secured
18 All hatches complete to drawings
19 Flare boom completed install as per IFC drawing
20 Access platform complete as per IFC drawing
21 NDT completed

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

STRUCTURE PAINTING ST02-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area No Ref Drawing
Sub System Location

1 All surfaces clean and dry prior to application
2 Sharp edges-removed prior to application
3 All masking completed and safety 3. measures taken
Visual control performed during application, record below ambient and humidity
4
during
5 Spot painting performed
6 Piping supports completed
7 Penetrations correctly coated
8 Bulkhead joints correctly coated
9 Structural interfaces correctly coated
10 Dry film thickness checked correct. Record details
11 Record any defective area(s) on punch list
Details of paint type as below:
Date of application :
Curing time : (Hrs)
12
Percentage of relative humidity: (%)
Start of application : (Hrs)
Completion of application : (Hrs)
13 Attach drawings, highlighted with areas checked

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

PASSIVE FIRE PROTECTION ST03-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area No Ref Drawing
Sub System Location

1 Installed as per design drawings and specification, record type and thickness
2 Ensure that surface preparation as per specification
3 Ensure that passive fire protection as per specification
Check protection coverings for passive fire protection damage installed where
4
necessary.
Verify adequate access for maintenance of equipment that has been passive fire
5
protection coated
Verify passive fire protection where exposed to mechanical damage has been
6
protected
7 Attach drawing(s), highlighted with areas checked

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

STRUCTURAL JACKET ST04-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area No Ref Drawing
Sub System Location

1 Primary framing fabricated as per IFC drawing
2 Elevation truss fabricated as per IFC drawing
3 Conductor guide fabricated as per IFC drawing.
4 Stairways installed as per IFC drawings.
5 Shock cell and shear fender installed as per IFC drawings.
6 Rigging platform installed as per AFC drawings.
7 Cap plate and leg diaphragm closure installed as per IFC drawings
8 Flooding system test and functional as per specification
9 Flooding system test and functional as per specification
Ensure that Cathodic Protection (ANODE) are installed as IFC per drawing &
10
specification
11 Lifting pad eyes and Trunion installed as per IFC drawings

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

RISER ST05-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area No Ref Drawing
Sub System Location

1 Riser is fabricated according to the AFC drawing
2 Flanges used are as per specification.
3 All welded joints and NDT have been completed.
Bolts and nuts at riser clamp adequately tightened, correct length and
4
coating as per specification
5 Riser coatings are as per specification
6 Riser clamp secure and installed at correct elevation as per drawings.
7 Riser dimensions are as per drawings
8 Bend radius are as per drawings.
9 Coating at riser clamps are as per specification.
10 Hydrotest and Flushing completed
11 Draying and internal cleaning completed
12 Gauging Pig have been performed

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

I & J TUBE ST06-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area No Ref Drawing
Sub System Location

1 I & J Tube is fabricated according to the IFC drawing.
2 Flanges used are as per specification
3 All welded joints have been completed.
Bolts and nuts at I-Tube clamp adequately tightened, correct length and coating as
4
per specification.
5 I & J Tube coatings are as per specification
6
I & J Tube clamp secure and installed at correct elevation as per d IFC drawings.
7 I & J Tube dimensions are as per IFC drawings.
8 Coating at I & J Tube clamps are as per specification

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

TELECOM TOWER ST07-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area No Ref Drawing
Sub System Location

1 Telecom tower fabricated & installed as per IFC dwg
2 Fall arrest/ climbing cage as per IFC dwg
3 Safety rail as per IFC dwg
4 Maintenance platform as per IFC dwg
5 Lightning rod as per IFC dwg
6 Aviation warning light installed as per specification
7 Ensure that antenna alignment not exceed +- 1.5 Deg at 64 km/in wind speed
8 Painting as per specification

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

JACKET PRE-LOADOUT ST08-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area No Ref Drawing
Sub System Location

GENERAL
Fabricator to ensure that the structural details of the WDDP-A jacket is in
accordance with the company structural standards unless noted otherwise.
o Structural details
o Handrails
o Grating Flooring
o Stair Platforms
All surface cut areas, rough edges and protrusions along the jacket are to be
ground smooth.
FABRICATOR is to ensure that all internal and external handrail/prism fitting to not
impede or interfere with proposed access points to equipment and control units.
Check if the identification markings are clearly painted at the top elevation of the
jacket for offshore identification:
o Legs B3 and B4
o Legs C3 and C4
1 Check all grating welds/clips are firmly secured.
Inspect the upending padeyes-based on the information provided by the
CONTRACTOR.
o Location
o Details (as per technical design provided by the CONTRACTOR)
Compare padeyes to the shackle sizes that are provided.
Identify the position, where the topside hinged ladder would land.
Check all shackles actual pin diameter/holes size.
Compare weight control reports provided by the FABRICATION with the design
calculations provided by the CONTRACTOR.
Check for the adequate protection against damage of the paint from rigging, tie
down and during installation.
Inspect the cathodic anode clash with CONTRACTORs rigging and installation aids.
Check additional marking/paint at EL(-)25394 at Leg A1& B1 and marking at EL(-)
64673 at leg A3 and B3 as per section 2.4.10 for jacket upending.
Check marking on pile sleeve.
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

Pile sleeve should be checked for leaks (Positive Pressure- Bulging Diaphragm).
1 Check all installation aids details as per drawing.
Inspect the installation riggings and aids are clear from any structural obstruction.
FLOODING AND VENTING SYSTEM
The following are checked to be in accordance with the COMPANY specifications:

o High Pressure Tubing Bundles
o Actuated Ball Valves (Jackets)
o Manually Operated Ball Valves (Jackets)
Inspect the position if the Vent/Deballast Manifold which is located on jacket legs
and Quick Control Panel (QCP) which both are located at sea deck on jacket leg B3.
All positions of Flood Valve Actuator tubings and ROV Operated valve are to be
checked i.e. closed properly prior loadout at the relative elevations as per
COMPANYS design:
a. Flood Valve Actuator tubings Valve
2 i. EL(-)TBA at Legs B3,B4 & C4
ii. EL(-)45750 for Skirt Sleeve B1-4, C1-4, B1-1a & C1-1a
iii. EL(-)28600 for Buoyancy Tank TB-3 & TC-3.
b. ROV Operated Valves
i. EL(-)17800 at Legs B3,C3,B4&C4
ii. EL(-)44750 for skirt Sleeve B1-4, C1-4,B1-1a &C1-1a
iii. EL(-)27600 for Buoyancy Tank TB-3 & TC-3.
FABRICATOR is to ensure that all supports (E.g. stubs,etc) are clear from any
structural obstruction.
FABRICATOR is to secure all straps that are on the jacket in order to prevent them
from sliding down the jacket legs or braces during installation.
Check if the Flooding System and the Hydraulic Actuated Flooding Valve on the
Vent/ Deballast Manifold S.S tubes on B3 are directly connected to the upending
QCP.
GROUTING SYSTEM
FABRICATOR to inspect all piping routes, to grout stations and pipe spacing should
be no greater than 2m (2000mm).
FABRICATOR to confirm the positions and number of supports between the

3
grouting lines which is 0.15m (150mm) apart and measured from the weld toe.
Check the grout stations to see if the grouting lines are positioned properly and
the color coding matches the AFC drawings no: WDDP-A W-1165-001 Rev.1. The
grout connection station should be accessible by the jacket seadeck walkway.
Page 2 of 6
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

a. Grout Connection Station
i. Located at Leg B3-for all Skirt Sleeve (B1-4, C1-4, B1-1a & C1-1a)
b. Color Coding
i. Primary Line-Green
ii. Secondary Line-Yellow
iii. Tertiary Line-Red
Inspect the 2 quick connect hose connector that is being used at the grout station
3
(Specified by the CONTRACTOR and installed by the FABRICATOR).
Check the tertiary line at the pile sleeve along with the 2 Male R.O.V hose
connector and determine that the position is at the outer region of the York Plate on
the pile sleeve. ROV holding handles installed for ROV to hold during handling the
valves.
FABRICATOR to check tertiary pipe supports and is clear from any structural
obstruction.
GROUTING PACKER & PILE GRIPPER INFLATION SYSTEM
Inspect the Pile Gripper inflation port that is provided with the secondary inflation
line system and to determine if it is ROV accessible to the surface inflation hose.
Inspect the Grout Packer inflation port that is provided with the secondary
inflation line system and to determine if it is ROV accessible to the surface inflation
hose.
Ensure that low heat application at the welds in the packer area is used in
4 accordance with the manufacturers fitting instructions.
Check the position of the ROV secondary hot-tap inflation port and ensure that it is
installed facing outward of the jacket that will allow the facilitation of the ROV
operations.
FABRICATOR is to fully test and commission the Grout Packer Inflation System, Pile
Gripper System together with air lines, grout lines and flooding lines and flooding
lines at the yard and to be witnessed by the CONTRACTOR.
The Quick Connect Panel (QCP) for the grout packer & pile gripper inflation should
be accessible by the walkway on jacket sea deck to jacket leg B3.
BOAT LANDING
Check boatlanding pre-installed rigging make-up, arrangement, ID and tie-down (if
any)
5
Check any potential interference when installing boatlanding to jacket.
Boat landing trail fit shall be performed by FABRICATOR and witnessed by
CONTRACTOR.
BOAT LANDING-POST LOADOUT
Witness MPI padeyes and shackles after lifting (if required)
6
Check for damages during loadout.
Check and inspect lifting riggings after lifting.
JACKET POST LOADOUT
7
Check all sea fastenings.
Page 3 of 6
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

Confirm load out arrangement with all parties involved.
Check for positive pressure in the pile sleeves and identify if there are any leaks
(Bulging Diaphragms). If a gauge is accessible, check the gauge reading.
Review quantities of all ship loose items for the jacket.
Placement of ship loose items on the barge and is properly secured.
Go through all dimensional trial-fit, As-Built and NDT reports (paper exercise)
submitted by the FABRICATOR.
Check for damages during load out process.
Check the Quick Connect Panel (QCP) position that it does not interface with
rigging arrangement.
Checks launch rigging and wiring plan as per drawing.
Inspect all rigging arrangements and check if there is any interface with the launch
7
lug during the launching process.
Check all stoppers at rocker arms. To be cut off after jacket is loaded out onto the
barge.
Check the location of the Centre of Gravity (COG)to be marked on the jacket leg.
Check the ESDV Service Platform sharp edges and protruding members are fully
protected from rigging arrangement.
Check all installation aids for load out operation are removed.
OIC to mark self jacket launch distance on the skid beam and jacket launch cradle
after completion of sea fastening.
OIC to check all the rigging aids are properly installed and clear from any
obstruction.
SKIRT PILES
Check roundness of pile top, middle and end sections.
Check piles length and diameter.
Ensure that the marking on Pile Sleeve are clearly marked:
o B1-4 and C1-4
o B1-1a and C1-1a
Check stoppers-dimensions, details and location.
8 Paint mark at internal& external wall at top and bottom of
pile 500mm wide with a white high intensity reflective paint on all skirt piles P1 and
P2 skirt sleeve B1-4, C1-4, B1-1a&C1-1a and numbering shall start on all skirt piles P1
skirt sleeve B1-4, C1-4, B1-1a&C1-1a as Dwg No. TBA
Grind flush longitudinal seam welds 10ft from top of skirt pile
Skirt piles white paint mark at interval:
o 0-10m : 1m interval
o 10m onwards: 250mm interval
POST LOAD-OUT PILES
Confirm position and arrangement of all piles as per approved transportation
9
drawing.
Ballast for tow conditions (prior/concurrent/after lashing to hold piles
Page 4 of 6
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

in places).
Overall dimensional trial fit, as built and NDT reports (paper exercise) submitted by
yard.
9 Review quantity of shiploose.
Shiploose placement and securing.
Identify and check location of navigation light on pile barge.
Check pile upending frame condition for any damage during loadout.
OTHER SHIPLOOSE ITEMS ON JACKET & PILES BARGE
10
Platform a joint inspector with all parties (FABRICATION/CONTRACTOR/COMPANY)
on every quantity of shiploose items such as bolts, nuts and spares.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 5 of 6
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

JACKET POST LOADOUT ST09-A
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area No Ref Drawing
Sub System Location

GENERAL CHECKLIST ITEMS ON JACKET LAUNCH BARGE & PILES BARGE: POST
LOADOUT
Check for barge emergency lines are installed complete with Norwegian buoy and
located at accessible location.
Check navigation lights are operational.
Check condition of emergency towing line operational (if any).
1 Check and confirm all manholes are closed prior to sailaway.
Check barge condition for any damage prior to sailaway.
Check ballast pattern as per approved transportation study and identify draft mark
at bow and stern of the barge.
Brief personnel in charge for sailaway i.e Tug boat captain and crews on passage
plan and Emergency Response Plan (ERP).
Check weather forecast prior sailaway.
DRILLING DECK
Check overall dimension especially deck leg spacing (as-built).
Check stabbing cone OD to be verified.
Check level/vertical height length dimension (as-built).
Check pre-installed lifting rigging make-up, layout, and I.D. and tie-down
arrangement.
Check padeyes as-built-NDT reports.
Position of bottom Deck leg seam weld especially relative to top stub piles(as
built).
Review ship loose arrangement layout on top of deck for potential interferences
2
when rigging up and de-rigging lifting slings (if applicable).
Stairway hinged up and secured under deck. Vertical ladder from access deck to
jacket seadeck secured on access deck.
Check all bolted connections secured.
Check grating clip secured.
Review any structure/piping/cable tray protruding 1.5 meter radius around design
elevation of deck that may interfere with stabbing point or any permanent structure
at the jacket.
Check dimensions of stabbing cones and painted on each deck leg for offshore
identification i.e B1, B2, C1&C2.
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX

Check installation aid ( control bollards, padeyes, guides and bumpers)
orientation/location/dimension/weld details (if applicable)
Check adequate protection against paint damage from rigging, lifting and etc.
Trial fit shiploose handrail and components and review piece marks on handrail.
Review each installation task sheet and identify any non-compliance with IFC
drawings.
Check the padlock installed at the security door by fabricator, function test and
SGR Rep to keep the key (to access prior installation at field later-if applicable)
Review any structure that may interfere with riggings, aids and derrick barge crane
boom during lifting and setting deck, e.g. boom rest, exhaust stack, vent/flare boom
2
and etc.
Check and confirm all storage tanks at Deck are empty (i.e. without water, diesel
or any chemical liquids inside).
Overall as built trail fit (paper exercise).
Check & confirm the counter-weight as recommended by engineering analysis,

placed at right location, secured & pre-slug with valid certification (if applicable)
Paint marks all lifting padeyes with ID (B1, B2, C1, C2) secure crane boom with
wires at permanent boom rest.
Ladder installed & secured properly at temporary access location.
Review final as built weight & COG location against calculation.
The remaining length of pre-installed boat landing swing rope to secured to cellar
deck. (if applicable)
DRILLING DESK POST LOADOUT
MPI padeyes and shackles after lifting (if applicable).
Sea fastening inspection.
Review all shiploose items, placement and securing (if applicable).
3 Confirm loadout arrangement/orientation
Check for damages during loadout.
Protection of equipment or weak structure/piping, e.g. exhaust duct and etc. (if
applicable).
Ballast for tow conditions (prior to start of welding tie-down).
Page 2 of 6
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix I-IX


Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELECOMMUNICATION PANEL
T06-A
/CABINET INSTALLATION
Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
Sys Number Sys Description
INSTRUMENT DATA
Tag Number System Number Manufacturer
Type Location Model Number
Service Area Serial Number
IP rating Unit Temp. Class
EX rating Gas Group
SUPPORT INSTALLATION OK N/A P/L

1 Fabrication as per detailed drawing
2 Fixing points correct size and orientation
3 Location/Elevation as per layout
4 Fixing on concrete secured
5 Fixing on structural steel secured
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION OK N/A P/L
1 Confirm panel installed correctly as per layout drawing, and undamaged
2 Confirm I.S Earth Bar and Safety Earth is installed
3 Confirm sufficient access to panel door entries for maintenance accessibility
4 Confirm that all panel earthing is in accordance with earthing philosophy
5 Confirm all glanding correct and appropriate to cables fitted
6 Confirm spare gland entries are plugged correctly
7 Confirm sufficient segregation for different voltage levels
8 Confirm gaskets & seals fitted correctly, and undamaged
9 Confirm swing frame (where fitted) hinge pins are securely fastened
Confirm that all cables to doors and swing frames are of sufficient length to
10
avoid tension
11 Confirm all terminal secure
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELECOMMUNICATION PANEL
T06-A
/CABINET INSTALLATION
Check the segregation of IS and non-IS wiring in the panel. Verify that all
12 screens and unused cores are made off and earth according to the wiring
diagram
13 Confirm trunking (where fitted) secure and lids fitted
14 Confirms panel internals are free of dust or debris
15 Recommended grease applied to flanges (Ex-d enclosures only)
Confirm barrier units are correctly mounted, labeled and segregated from none
16
IS sources
Confirm that the cables connecting the earth bars are connect size and
17
undamaged
18
completed
19 Paintwork correct
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
TEST EQUIPMENT
Calibration
Type Manufacturer Model Serial Number
Expiry Date
OBSERVATION / REMARKS

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELECOMMUNICATION JUNCTION BOX

T07-A
INSTALLATION
Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
INSTRUMENT DATA
EX rating Gas Group
SUPPORT INSTALLATION OK N/A P/L

1 Fabrication as per detailed drawing
2 Fixing points correct size and orientation
3 Location/Elevation as per layout
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION OK N/A P/L
1
completed
Inspect junction box for mechanical damage, individual tagging, and
2
attachment to supports
3 Verify tag plate identification correct, and 'Ex' rating clearly identified
Verify JB is suitable for the area classification, confirm IP rating as per
4
datasheet
5 Verify all fitted equipment compliance to Ex certificate (Note: For Ex-rated
6 junction boxes box
Open junction only)and verify that wires are terminated as per termination
7 diagram
Verify that all screen wires are insulated and terminated
8 Inspect flange surfaces and apply copper grease compound to flange surfaces
9 Inspect glands and ensure that all glands are properly installed
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELECOMMUNICATION JUNCTION BOX

T07-A
INSTALLATION
10 Inspect sufficient access to door/lid for maintenance
11 Inspect spare gland entries are plugged correctly
12 Inspect gaskets & seals fitted correctly, and undamaged
13 Verify JB internals are free of dust and debris
14 Verify that all spare cable entries are plugged with the appropriate plugs
15 Check earthing of junction box as per earthing philosophy
16 Verify JB is installed securely and correctly as per equipment layout drawing

REFERENCE DRAWINGS
TEST EQUIPMENT

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
VHF FM INSTALLATION & TESTING T08-A

Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
INSTRUMENT DATA
Type Location Model
Service Area Number
Serial Number
EX rating Gas Group
GENERAL CHECKS OK N/A P/L

1 Check name plate details against to data sheet
2 Verify enclosure classification and ensure suitable for the area
3 Identification label fixed
EQUIPMENT INSPECTION OK N/A P/L
1 Location as per the layout drawing
2 All accessories installed and correct
3 Antenna installed at correct elevation and direction
4 No physical damage to installed items
5 Earthing installed as per drawings and all connections are tightened
6 properly
Tag number correct
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
TEST EQUIPMENT
Calibration Expiry
Date
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
VHF FM INSTALLATION & TESTING T08-A

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELECOMMUNICATION
VHF AM INSTALLATION & TESTING T09-A

Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
INSTRUMENT DATA
EX rating Gas Group

2 All accessories installed and correct
3 Antenna installed at correct elevation and direction
5 Earthing installed as per drawings and all connections are tightened properly
6 Tag number correct
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
TEST EQUIPMENT
Calibration
Expiry Date
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELECOMMUNICATION
VHF AM INSTALLATION & TESTING T09-A

Name
Signature
Date
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELECOMMUNICATION
LAN/WAN SYSTEM INSTALLATION T10-A

Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
INSTRUMENT DATA
EX rating Gas Group

1 FOPP, SWR, Socket Outlet location & mounting correct
2 Check each RJ45 plug according to ANSI / TIA EIA 568A or B Color coding and
3 Switching
terminationhubs have correct number of ports
4 Outlet continuity tested
6 Earthing installed as per the drawing and all connections properly tightened
7 Identification tag correct
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
TEST EQUIPMENT
Calibration
Expiry Date
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELECOMMUNICATION
LAN/WAN SYSTEM INSTALLATION T10-A

Name
Signature
Date
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X

TELECOMMUNICATION CABLE INSTALLATION &
T01-A
TESTING
Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
CABLE DATA
Tag Number System No:
Cable Schedule Cable Type: No. of Cores:
From:
No: To:

1
completed
2 Check cable code & size correct
3 Check cable identity and tag number correct
4 Check glanding correct
Verify cabinet and/or joint box cover seals undamaged and unused cable entries
5
plugged correctly
Make sure cable is tested as per the vendors instructions (attach any test results
6
if applicable)
INSTALLATION CHECK OK N/A P/L

1
completed
2 Check interior for damage, cleanliness and remove packing
Verify each Instrument Equipment is calibrated and confirm the duration of the
5
calibration certificate from vendor are still valid
Ensure that calibration is conducted as per approved instrument Calibration Test
6
Procedure ITP and record the reading as follow (if required)
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X

TELECOMMUNICATION CABLE INSTALLATION &
T01-A
TESTING
TEST EQUIPMENT
Type Manufacturer Model Serial Number Calibration

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATION AND TESTING T02-A

Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
CABLE DATA
Tag Number System No:
Cable Schedule Cable Type: No. of
From:
No: To: Cores:

2 completed
Check cable code & size correct
3 Cable identity and tag number correct
4 Glanding correct
Cabinet and/or joint box cover seals undamaged and unused cable entries
5
plugged correctly
Cable to be tested as per the vendors instructions (attach any test results if
6
applicable)
OTDR & CONTINUITY TESTS OK N/A P/L
1 OTDR checked before laying of cable
2 Fiber OTDR (for UG Cables) & continuity checked after laying the cable
3 OTDR and point to point continuity check after termination
4 Final OTDR test results attached
TERMINATION CHECKS:
FIELD DEVICE TO PATCH PANEL OK N/A P/L
1 Fibers terminated correctly at device
2 Fibers terminated correctly at patch Panel
3 Gland earth tab connected to patch panel
4 Fiber identification correct
PATCH PANEL TO PATCH PANEL /CONTROL PANEL OK N/A P/L
5 Fiber terminated correctly at patch panel
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATION AND TESTING T02-A

6 Fiber cores terminated correctly at patch Panel/control panel
7 Gland earth tab connected to earth panel
8 Fiber identification in patch panel/control panel correct
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1
2
3
4
TEST EQUIPMENT
Calibration
Expiry Date

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELECOMMUNICATION
CCTV & PIR INTRUSION DETECTION

T03-A
SYSTEM INSTALLATION
Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
Sys
Sys Number
Description
INSTRUMENT DATA
EX rating Gas Group

1 Camera location & mounting correct
2 Control unit & monitor installed
3 Terminal box is fixed properly
4 Camera is fixed & aligned as per corresponding drawing
5 Control & power connection to pan /Tilt/Zoom camera are done properly
7 Earthing installed as per the drawing and all connections are properly
tightened
8 Identification tag correct
9 Unused cable entries are blanked off with correct type of plugs
10 No unauthorised modifications on electrical enclosures
11 General condition of enclosure is satisfactory
Enclosure glass parts and glass to metal sealing gasket and/or compounds are
12
satisfactory
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELECOMMUNICATION
CCTV & PIR INTRUSION DETECTION

T03-A
SYSTEM INSTALLATION
Enclosure flange faces are clean and undamaged and gaskets, if any, any are
13
satisfactory
14 Flange gap dimensions are within maximal values permitted
Obstructions adjacent to flame proof flanged joints are within minimum
15
distance stipulated for specific gas group (IIA=10mm, IIB=30mm, IIC=40mm)
16 Breathing and draining devices are satisfactory
Equipment is adequately protected against corrosion, weather, vibration and
17
other adverse factors
18 No undue accumulation of dust and dirt
19 Where applicable, sealing is satisfactory
Enclosure lids are satisfactory with suitable gasket (where applicable) and
20
fixing screws / bolts tightened and IP rating is maintained
21 Installation complies with hazardous area classification requirements
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
TEST EQUIPMENT
Calibration
Expiry Date

Name
Signature
Date
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
PAGA SYSTEM INSTALLATION T04-A

Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
Sys
Sys Number
Description
INSTRUMENT DATA
EX rating Gas Group

2 Presence & connection of the corresponding key board correct
4 Loud speaker location & mounting correct
5 Talk-back location & mounting correct
6 Beacon light location & mounting correct
7 Earthing done as per the drawing and all connections are properly tightened
8 Verify Tag numbers of each component are correct as per the drawing
9 Elevation and orientation correct as per the drawing
10 Verify all components installed are suitable for the area in which it is located
11 Verify installation of each circuit components against layout drawing
12 All components are properly secured
13 Lamp rating, type, color and position are correct
14 Printed circuit boards are clean and undamaged (if visible only)
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
PAGA SYSTEM INSTALLATION T04-A

18
satisfactory
19
satisfactory
20 Flange gap dimensions are within maximal values permitted
Obstructions adjacent to flame proof flanged joints are within minimum distance
21
stipulated for specific gas group (IIA=10mm, IIB=30mm, IIC=40mm)
23
Enclosure lids are satisfactory with suitable gasket (where applicable) and fixing
26
screws / bolts tightened and IP rating is maintained
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
TEST EQUIPMENT
Completed by Verified by Accepted by

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X

INDOOR/OUTDOOR TELEPHONE
T05-A
INSTALLATION
Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
INSTRUMENT DATA
EX rating Gas Group

1 Telephone location & mounting correct
2 Telephone socket location and mounting correct
4 Equipment as installed is clear of obstruction and accessible
5 The equipment is free of vibration
6 The equipment is properly supported and secure
7 Verify installation of sound proof enclosure, where applicable
8 Earthing installed as per the drawing and all connections are properly
9 tightened
Verify identification tag is correct
13
satisfactory
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X

INDOOR/OUTDOOR TELEPHONE
T05-A
INSTALLATION
14
satisfactory
16
Enclosure lids are satisfactory with suitable gasket (where applicable) and
19
fixing screws / bolts tightened and IP rating is maintained
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
TEST EQUIPMENT
Calibration
Expiry Date

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
9.0 APPENDIX II: ITR B (PRE-COMMISSIONING)
9.1 APPENDIX II-I: Architecture (A)- NA
9.2 APPENDIX II-II: Civil (C)- NA
9.3 APPENDIX II-III: Electrical (E)
9.4 APPENDIX II-IV: HVAC (H)
9.5 APPENDIX II-V: Instrumentation (I)
9.6 APPENDIX II-VI: Mechanical (M)
9.7 APPENDIX II-VII: Piping (P)
9.8 APPENDIX II-VIII: Safety (S)
9.9 APPENDIX II-IX: Structural (ST)- NA
9.10 APPENDIX II-X: Telecommunication (T)

CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

GAS TURBINE GENERATOR E01-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System/Sub System no.
Frequency Voltage
Manufacturer Rating
Serial No. Location
a) Completed and signed off construction check-sheet and punch
list status
b) Precom check-sheet for generator feeder
c) Precom check-sheet for CTs installed (if any)
d) Precom check-sheets for all associated power & control cables
and bus-ducts
e) Precom check-sheet for substation grounding and NER
f) Turbine pre-commissioning check sheets from mechanical
g) Generator GA drawing, datasheet and FAT report
h) Key single line diagram
2 Verify and confirm that there's no mechanical damage. Check
especially for damage to terminal boxes/bus-duct flanges, bushing
cracks, oil leaks, corrosion, painting damage etc.
3 Check generator main cable supports and terminations.
4 Check and confirm air intake and exhaust are free of obstructions.
5 Check all CT secondary connections are secure and correct to the latest
drawings. Check all temporary links have been removed and all
shorting links (especially CT links) are in the correct position.
6 Confirm that the generator star point and skid grounding are intact.
7 Carry out IR test on the following circuits. (Test voltage shall be 500V
DC for LV (up to 1kV) system and 5kV DC for HV (3.3kV and above)
system. Attach report.
Description IR (M)
Alternator Stator Winding
Exciter Stator Winding
Diode Bridge Assembly (Short out diodes)
Space heater circuits
Insulated Bearings
Minimum insulation value shall be 10*(kV+1) M.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

GAS TURBINE GENERATOR E01-B
8 Perform polarization index test on main windings. Calculate PI by
dividing resistance measurement at the 10th minute by the 1st minute.
Time IR (M)
Start
15 sec
30sec
1 min
2 min
4 min
6 min
8 min
10 min
PI (R10/R1)
Minimum acceptable value for PI is 2. However, PI values and IR shall
be compared with the corresponding values from FAT report and any
major deviations between the values need to be investigated prior to
energisation.
9 Confirm all vendor static tests have been completed satisfactorily.
Attach results.
10 Function- test the generator UCP to the vendor's pre-commissioning
procedure.
11 Perform additional pre-commissioning test as per vendor
recommendation, if any, and attach results to this check sheet.
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

MICRO TURBINE GENERATOR E02-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Voltage
Manufacturer Rating
Serial no. Location
list status
b) Precom check-sheet for MTG feeder
and bus-ducts
e) MTG GA drawing, datasheet and FAT report
f) Key single line diagram
Check especially for damage to terminal boxes, signs of moisture
ingress, oil leaks, corrosion, painting damage etc.
6 Check the condition of starting battery and run a battery capacity
check.
7 Carry out IR test on the windings and power circuits. (Test voltage shall
be 500V DC). Attach report.
8 Perform pre-commissioning checks as per vendor recommendations
and attach reports.
10
are clean.
11
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

MICRO TURBINE GENERATOR E02-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

GAS ENGINE GENERATOR E03-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Voltage
Manufacturer Rating
Serial no. Location
list status
and bus-ducts
f) Engine pre-commissioning check sheets from mechanical
bushing cracks, oil leaks, corrosion, painting damage etc.
7 Carry out IR test on the following circuits. Test voltage shall be 500V
DC. Attach report.
Description IR (M)
Diode ridge Assebly (Short out diodes)
Insulated Bearings
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

GAS ENGINE GENERATOR E03-B
Time IR (M)
Start
15 sec
30sec
1 min
2 min
4 min
6 min
8 min
10 min
PI (R10/R1)

energisation.
Attach results.
procedure.
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

DIESEL ENGINE GENERATOR E04-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Voltage
Manufacturer Rating
Serial no. Location
list status
and bus-ducts
f) Engine pre-commissioning check sheets from mechanical
bushing cracks, oil leaks, corrosion, painting damage etc.
7 Carry out IR test on the following circuits. Test voltage shall be 500V
DC. Attach report.
Description IR (M)
Diode Bridge Assembly (Short outdiodes)
Spae heater circuits
Insulated Bearings
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

DIESEL ENGINE GENERATOR E04-B
Time IR (M)
Start
15 sec
30sec
1 min
2 min
4 min
6m
8min
10min
PI (R10/R1)

energisation.
Attach results.
procedure.
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

SOLAR PANEL E07-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Output Voltage Power Rating
Manufacturer Battery AH
Type Location
a) Solar power system block diagram, schematic diagram and
datasheet
b) Approved FAT report
c) Completed and signed-off construction check-sheets for the
solar panel, battery and the control panel with punch list status
d) Precom check-sheets for all associated power and control
cables
e) Precom check-sheets for associated battery
3 Verify mechanical operation of all switches
4 Confirm incoming power feed for proper termination of conductors
5 Ensure equipment grounding is intact
6 Perform insulation resistance test on power, control and auxiliary
circuits. (Ensure that all electronic components and circuits are
disconnected and excluded from the IR test)
7 Verify the functionality of all meters and indicating lamps
8 Reconnect all cables, remove any temporary test links installed and put
back all the shorting links to design condition at the completion of the
pre-commissioning tests.
10
are clean.
11
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

SOLAR PANEL E07-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

ELECTRICAL NETWORK MONITORING AND E08-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
a) ENMC system architecture and Functional Description System
b) ENMC panel GA drawings and schematic drawings
c) ENMC block diagram and interconnection drawings
d) Approved FAT report
e) Completed and signed-off construction check-sheet with punch
list status
3 Verify all power supply sources readings for correct input ratings.
Power supply for each module shall be accordance to the ENMC system
approved specification.
4 Conduct system status check for all ENMC modules i.e. processors,
communication modules, power supply module, processors modules,
communication modules and I/O modules.
LEDs status indication at all modules shall be observed for any
abnormalities.
5 Communication test with Generator/switchgears/switchboards/MCC
a) Verify designated programming/user map downloaded to each
Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED)
b) Verify status readings on each Human Man Interface (HMI) i.e.
GA, SLD and ENMC Network pages against actual status/reading
on device
c) Verify command function from HMI and monitor correct
response at receiving end (IED)
6 Communication test with third party equipment
a) DCS/PMCS
b) CSS/SIS
c) UPS
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

ELECTRICAL NETWORK MONITORING AND E08-B
7 Data Log and Alarm Notification Test
a) Simulate basic communication break down and trip alarm from
each I/O device and verify correct notification displayed on
ENMC screen and engineering work station (EWS)
b) Verify alarm summary triggered/simulated at HMI
8 Multiple Network HMI communication test i.e. testing with
EWS/DCS/PMCS.
a) Browse thru ENMC from EWS. ENMC HMI display at EWS should
run without errors (Level-2)
b) Browse thru ENMC from PMCS/DCS (Level-3). ENMC HMI display
at PMCS/DCS should run without errors
9 ENMC redundancy test (simulate failure of modules and verify
redundancy function of back-up module)
a) Power supply redundancy test
b) ENMC processor module redundancy test
c) ENMC communication modules redundancy test
d) ENMC DI/AI module redundancy test
10 Simulation test of ENMC functions- Refer to manufacturers SAT

procedure. Attach the test report to this check-sheet.
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

TRANSFORMER (DRY) E09-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Rated kVA Frequency
Voltage Primary Vector Group
Insulation class Area Classification
Manufacturer Location
Model/Sl No Ref. Drawing nos.
list status
b) Precom check-sheet for the outgoing transformer feeder
c) Precom check-sheet for incoming feeder from transformer
d) Precom check-sheet for CTs installed (if any)
e) Precom check-sheets for all associated power and control
cables and bus-ducts
f) Precom check-sheet for substation grounding and NER
g) Transformer GA drawing, datasheet and FAT report
bushing cracks, corrosion, painting damage etc.
3 Confirm that the transformer tank and core are properly grounded.
4 Perform polarization index test. Take insulation resistance
measurements from high voltage side to low voltage side and ground,
from low voltage side to high voltage side and ground, and from high
voltage side & low voltage side to ground. Calculate PI by dividing
resistance measurement at the 10th minute by the 1st minute. Test
voltage shall be 500V DC for LV (up to 1kV) system, 2.5kV DC for HV up
to 4.2kV system voltage and 5kV DC for HV above 4.2kV of system
voltage.
Time H-LE L-HE H-L

Start
15 sec
30sec
1 min
2 min
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

TRANSFORMER (DRY) E09-B
4 min
6 min
8 min
10 min
PI (R10/R1)
Minimum acceptable value for PI is 2 and minimum insulation value

shall be 100 M on HV side and 10 M on LV side. However, PI values
and IR shall be compared with the corresponding values from FAT
report and any major deviations between the values need to be
investigated prior to energisation.
5 Remove jumpers from P.I. Test and reconnect all high-voltage, low-
voltage and neutral connections, low-voltage control systems, fan
systems and meters connected to the transformer winding and core.
6 Conduct winding resistance tests for the transformer and compare
with the values from FAT report. Any abnormalities to be investigated.
Further the values between phases shall not vary by more than 20%.
7 Confirm tap setting is correct to manufacturer's specification/load flow
recommendations.
8 Ensure all transformer covers and guards are fitted.
9 Confirm all related red-line drawings are completed.
11
are clean.
12
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

TRANSFORMER (OIL FILLED) E10-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Rated kVA Frequency
Voltage Primary Vector Group
Insulation class Area Classification
Model/Sl No Ref. Drawing nos.
list status
d) Precom check-sheet for CTs installed (if any)
f) Precom check-sheet for substation grounding and NER
g) Transformer GA drawing, datasheet and FAT report
2 Verify and confirm that there's no mechanical damage. (damage to
terminal boxes/bus-duct-flanges/ radiators/conservator tank, bushing
cracks, corrosion, painting damage, oil leak etc.)
Check and confirm drain tap is ok, vent is free, silica gel Ok and oil level
is correct.
3 Confirm that the transformer case and core are properly grounded.
4 Check the position of conservator valve (applicable to conservator type
transformers only).
5 Confirm that radiators upper and lower valves are secured in the
correct position (applicable for tanks with detachable radiators).
6 Check the silica gel breather color and confirm the breather is still ok
(only applicable to transformers equipped with breather).
7 Check the thermometer and reset the maximum temperature
indicator.
8 Using a portable oil dielectric tester perform a Dielectric Breakdown
Voltage Test on the transformer insulating fluid. (Applicable for
conservator type transformers only).
Test shall be performed with equipment with a gap of 2.5mm
between electrodes and the sample shall be tested for 6 times to
breakdown voltage. The dielectric breakdown voltage shall be
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

arithmetic mean of the 6 breakdown voltages and shall not be below
30kV. Reference shall be made to PTS 63.10.08.11 for further
details of the test.
Test No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Average
Value
Should the dielectric test fail, necessary corrective action (e.g. oil
Filtering) shall be undertaken until acceptable test results are obtained
9 Perform polarization index test. Take insulation resistance
measurements from high voltage side to low voltage side and ground,
from low voltage side to high voltage side and ground, and from high
voltage side & low voltage side to ground. Calculate PI by dividing
resistance measurement at the 10th minute by the 1st minute. Test
voltage shall be 500V DC for LV (up to 1kV) system, 2.5kV DC for HV up
to 4.2kV system voltage and 5kV DC for HV above 4.2kV of system
voltage.
Time H-LE L-HE E-HL

Start
15 sec
30sec
1 min
2 min
4 min
6 min
8 min
10 min
PI (R10/R1)

shall be 75 M. However, PI values and IR shall be compared with the
corresponding values from FAT report and any major deviations
between the values need to be investigated prior to energisation.
10 Remove jumpers from P.I. Test and reconnect all high-voltage, low-
voltage and neutral connections, low-voltage control systems, fan
systems and meters connected to the transformer winding and core.
11 Conduct winding resistance tests for the transformer and compare
with the values from FAT report. Any abnormalities to be investigated.
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

12 Confirm tap setting is correct to manufacturer's specification/load flow
recommendations.
13 Ensure all transformer covers and guards are fitted.
14 Keep the transformer energized at no-load for a minimum of 24 hours
(Soak test) at the end of the pre-commissioning.
17
are clean.
18
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARD E11-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Voltage
a) Completed and signed off construction check-sheet and punch list
status
b) Precom check-sheet for CTs installed
c) Precom check-sheet for VTs installed
d) Precom check-sheet for circuit breakers and contactors
e) Precom check-sheets for all associated power and control cables
and bus-ducts
f) FAT report
g) Key single line diagram
2 Verify that no voltage source is connected to the bus.
3 Verify and confirm that there's no mechanical damage. Check especially
for damage to terminal boxes/bus-duct flanges, bushing cracks,
corrosion, sign of water ingress / moisture condensation, painting
damage etc.
4 Inspect all doors, panels and sections for corrosion, dents, scratches,
correct fit and missing hardware.
5 Switchboard earthing intact
6 Perform following physical tests
Circuit labeling correct
Operation of safety shutters
Interlocking facilities, mechanical/electrical
Mechanical position indicators, indicating lights
Insulating bushings and barriers in place
Cable box and terminations in good condition
Alignment of main and auxiliary contacts are ok
Verify that fuse and circuit break types / sizes correspond to project
drawings.
Check and confirm cleanliness of switchgear prior to electrical testing.
Verify correct circuit breaker and PT cubicle shutter installation and
operation.
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

7 Perform contact resistance test (Ductor test) for all bolted connections
and attach the test record to this check sheet.
Check the torque markings on the bolted connections. Adjust, if
required, prior to ductor test.
Resistances should be in micro-ohms. For identical connections, the

measured values shall not differ by more than 20% from each other for
different phases in same circuit. Further the test results to be
compared against factory test values and any variation more than 20%
from factory test results shall be investigated.
8 Perform IR test on the switchboard incomer and bus-bar. Test voltage
shall be 2.5kV DC for HV up to 4.2kV system voltage and 5kV DC for HV
above 4.2kV of system voltage.
R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
Minimum acceptable insulation value shall be 200 M.
9 Perform Hi-Pot test on the bus-bar with all the circuit breakers (except
bus-tie) OPEN and record the leakage current. Test Duration 1 minute
Test Voltage (select from table below)
Test voltage applied shall be only 75% of the value in the table
below if Hi-pot test had already been conducted earlier during FAT.
Max
Systm 3.6 .2 12 17.5 24 36
Voltage
Test
0 20 28 38 50 70
Voltage
Leakage current
R-YBE Y-RBE B-RYE Remarks
Difference in leakage currents shall not differ by more than 20% for
different phases in same circuit. Further, the test results to be
compared against factory test values and any variation of more than
20% from the factory test results shall be investigated.
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

10 Repeat the IR test after hi-pot test and record values.
R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
11 Reconnect all electronic equipment after insulation resistance and hi-
pot testing. Re-install PT drawers, fuses and all relays.
12 Perform the following functional tests on all circuits (separate sheets to
be attached for individual circuit for physical and functional tests)
Mechanical closing and tripping
Electrical closing local/remote
Electrical tripping local/remote
Alarm indications local/remote
Anti-condensation heater working. Temperature set at 25oC
13 Test all DCS interface I/Os.
14 Test F&G/SDS/Load Shedding permissive / trip (where applicable).
15 Check all associated metering has been tested and attach records.
19
are clean.
20
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER / CONTACTOR E12-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Switchboard No. Location
Rating (A) Manufacturer
Voltage Model No
Frequency Serial No
a) FAT report
b) Switchboard single line diagram
2 Remove circuit breaker and inspect physical and mechanical condition.
No loose or missing parts. No dust or foreign matters. No excessive
deformation or wear. Inspect the primary disconnect finger shutters
for signs of wear and erosion.
3 Insulation Resistance test (Before Vacuum Integrity Test) Breaker
OPEN
R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
4 Vacuum Integrity test:
Test duration 1 Minute.
Test voltage (select from table below)

Max.
System 3.6 7.2 12 17.5 24 36
Voltage
Test
10 20 28 38 50 70
Voltage
Leakage current
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

5 Insulation Resistance Test (After Vacuum Integrity Test) Breaker OPEN

R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
6
Insulation Resistance Test (After Vacuum Integrity Test) Breaker
CLOSED

R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
7 Contact resistance test (Ductor Test) for breaker / contactor contacts.
Test point Contact Resistance Remarks

R
Y
B
Difference in contact resistance shall not differ by more than 20% for
different phases of the same breaker/contactor.
8 Prove all Electrical, Mechanical and Earthing Interlocks.
9 Check operation of padlocking facilities, mechanical interlocks,
including safety shutters.
10 Where applicable, confirm protection settings are correct to schedule.
12
are clean.
13
externally clean.
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III


Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

HIGH VOLTAGE CONTACTOR / MOTOR STARTER E13-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Voltage Model No
Frequency Serial No
a) Precom check-sheet for CTs installed
b) Precom check-sheet for VTs installed
c) Precom check-sheet for related circuit breakers and contactors
d) FAT report
e) Switchboard single line diagram
2 Check mechanical operation of all circuit breaker mechanisms.
3 Check ratings of all control fuses, MCB's, power fuses and contactors
are correct.
4 Check operation of electrical and mechanical interlocks.
5 Check operation of all padlocking facilities.
6 Check all cable terminations including main power cable.
7 Confirm all associated CT's and VT's have been tested.
8 Confirm, where applicable, CB overload protection settings are correct.
9 Check and confirm the protection relay is set correct to schedule -
attach Records.
10 Check all metering has been tested where applicable - attach Vendor
records.
11 Function test control circuit to schematic diagram including remote
start / stops.
12 Test all external interface I/O's.
13 Test F&G / IDS / Load Shedding permissive / trip (if applicable).
14 Ensure all temporary links / jumpers have been removed and all links
(special attention to CT links) restored to original condition.
17
are clean.
18
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

HIGH VOLTAGE CONTACTOR / MOTOR STARTER E13-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARD / MCC E14-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Voltage
list status
b) Precom check-sheet for CTs installed
c) Precom check-sheet for VTs installed
d) Precom check-sheet for circuit breakers and contactors
f) FAT report
g) Key single line diagram
2 Verify that no voltage source is connected to the bus.
corrosion, sign of water ingress / moisture condensation, painting
damage etc.
5 Switchboard earthing intact
6 Perform following physical tests
Circuit labeling correct
Operation of safety shutters
Interlocking facilities, mechanical/electrical
Mechanical position indicators, indicating lights
Insulating bushings and barriers in place
Cable box and terminations in good condition
Alignment of main and auxiliary contacts are ok
Verify that fuse and circuit break types / sizes correspond to project
drawings.
Check and confirm cleanliness of switchgear prior to electrical testing.
Verify correct circuit breaker and PT cubicle (if applicable) shutter
installation and operation.
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

7 Perform contact resistance test (Ductor test) for all bolted connections
and attach the test record to this check sheet.
Check the torque markings on the bolted connections. Adjust, if
required, prior to ductor test.
measured values shall not differ by more than 20% from each other for
different phases in same circuit. Further the test results to be
compared against factory test values and any variation more than 20%
from factory test results shall be investigated.
shall be 500 V DC.
R-YBNE
Y-RBNE
B-RYNE
N-RYB
Minimum acceptable insulation value shall be 20 M. Compare the IR
test values against those of FAT. Any deviation of more than 20% from
FAT report need to be investigated.
9 Reconnect all electronic equipment after insulation resistance and. Re-
install fuses and all relays.
10 Perform the following functional tests on all circuits (separate sheets to
be attached for individual circuit for physical and functional tests)
Mechanical closing and tripping
Electrical closing local/remote
Electrical tripping local/remote
Alarm indications local/remote
Anti-condensation heater working. Temperature set at 25oC
11 Test all DCS interface I/Os.
12 Test F&G/SDS/Load Shedding permissive / trip (where applicable).
13 Check all associated metering has been tested and attach records.
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

17
are clean.
18
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER/CONTACTOR E15-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Model No
Frequency Serial No
a) FAT report
b) Switchboard single line diagram
2 Check operation of padlocking facilities, mechanical interlocks,
including safety shutters.
3 Where applicable, confirm protection settings are correct to schedule.
4 Remove circuit breaker and inspect physical and mechanical condition.
No loose or missing parts. No dust or foreign matters. No excessive
deformation or wear. Inspect the primary disconnect finger shutters
for signs of wear and erosion.
5 Record circuit breaker as-found operations counter reading
6 Confirm breaker rating plug matches current sensors. Confirm rating
plug and current sensors conform to project drawings.
7 Insulation Resistance test (Breaker OPEN)
R-YBNE
Y-RBNE
B-RYNE
N-RYB
test values against those of FAT. Any deviation of more than 20% from
FAT report need to be investigated.
8 Insulation Resistance test (Breaker CLOSED)
R-YBNE
Y-RBNE
B-RYNE
N-RY
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER/CONTACTOR E15-B
9 Contact resistance test (Ductor Test) for breaker / contactor contacts
Test point Contact Resistance Remarks

R
Y
B
N
Difference in contact resistance shall not be more than 20% for
different phases of the same breaker/contactor.
10 Prove all Electrical, Mechanical and Earthing Interlocks.
12
are clean.
13
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

LOW VOLTAGE CONTACTOR / MOTOR STARTER E16-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Model No
Frequency Serial No
a) Precom check-sheet for CTs installed
b) Precom check-sheet for VTs installed
c) Precom check-sheet for related circuit breakers and contactors
d) FAT report
e) Switchboard single line diagram
2 Check mechanical operation of all circuit breaker mechanisms.
3 Check ratings of all control fuses, MCB's, power fuses and contactors
are correct.
4 Check operation of electrical and mechanical interlocks.
5 Check operation of all padlocking facilities.
6 Check all cable terminations including main power cable.
7 Confirm all associated CT's and VT's have been tested.
8 Confirm, where applicable, CB overload protection settings are correct.
9 Check and confirm the protection relay is set correct to schedule -
attach Records.
10 Check all metering has been tested where applicable - attach Vendor
records.
11 Function test control circuit to schematic diagram including remote
start / stops.
Perform earth loop impedance for motor feeders without CBCT. The
12
earth loop impedance shall not be more than 1.
13 Test all external interface I/O's.
14 Test F&G / IDS / Load Shedding permissive / trip (if applicable).
15 Ensure all temporary links / jumpers have been removed and all links
(special attention to CT links) restored to original condition.
18
are clean.
19
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

LOW VOLTAGE CONTACTOR / MOTOR STARTER E16-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

PROTECTION RELAY E17-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Model No
Frequency Serial No
a) Switchboard single line diagram
b) Schematic diagram
c) FAT report
2 Visually inspect the relay for any damage.
3 Confirm relevant vendor factory tests are complete and
documentation available.
4 Confirm all connections are correct, secured and there are no open
circuits.
5 Confirm relay identification is correct to design schedule.
6 Carry out appropriate primary/secondary injection tests and confirm
satisfactory operation of protection and lock-out relays and attach
results.
7 Adjust the relay settings according to the latest revision of relay setting
chart.
8 On completion of tests, confirm that all wiring has been re-instated, all
'frigs' and short circuits removed and relay settings re-set to design
schedule.
9 Confirm all relay front covers have been re-instated and seals attached.
10 Confirm relevant calibration stickers with test date are placed on the
relays.
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

PROTECTION RELAY E17-B
Relay calibration and testing shall be performed by COMPANY approved, competent third party.
Relay calibration report and test results approved by the competent person to be attached to this
check sheet.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

CURRENT TRANSFORMER E18-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Model No
Frequency Serial No
c) FAT report
2 Visually inspect the CT for any damage.
4 Confirm all connections are correct, secure and CT mounted correctly.
5 Confirm CT class and ratio is correct to design data and as per
schematic drawings.
6 Confirm CT primary polarity is correct (P1 / P2).
7 Confirm CT secondary connections are correct (S1 / S2).
8 Prove CT polarity (Flick Test) if applicable and carry out ratio checks to
confirm CT tolerance.
9 Confirm all CT links are in correct position
10 Confirm all secondary wiring is connected and there are no open
circuits.
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER E19-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Model No
Frequency Serial No
c) FAT report
2 Visually inspect the VT for any damage.
4 Confirm all connections are correct, secure and VT mounted correctly.
5 Confirm the VT ratio correct as per the latest schematic drawings.
6 Confirm primary and secondary fuses/MCBs are correctly rated and
installed.
7 Check earthing and confirm continuity of scraping earth.
8 Carry out 1 kV IR test on VT windings. Minimum acceptable value
10M
Pri (Sec.-E) _________ Ohms Sec (Pri.-E) _________ Ohms
9 Confirm winding continuity:-
Primary: ________ Ohms Secondary: _________ Ohms
10 Confirm all VT links are in correct position

11 Prove VT ratio / phasing are correct
14
are clean.
15
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER E19-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

Integrated Motor Control System (IMCS) E20-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
a) IMCS system architecture and Functional Description System
b) IMCS panel GA drawings and schematic drawings
c) IMCS block diagram and interconnection drawings
d) Approved FAT report
e) Completed and signed-off construction check-sheet with punch
list status
3 Verify all power supply sources readings for correct input ratings.
Power supply for each module shall be accordance to the IMCS system
approved specification.
4 Conduct system status check for all IMCS modules i.e. processors,
communication modules, power supply module, processors modules,
communication modules and I/O modules. LEDs status indication at all
modules shall be observed for any abnormalities
5 Communication test with switchgears/switchboards/MCC
a) Verify designated programming/user map downloaded to each
Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED)
b) Verify status readings on each Human Man Interface (HMI) i.e.
GA, SLD and IMCS Network pages against actual status/reading
on device
c) Verify command function from HMI and monitor correct
response at receiving end (IED)
6 Communication test with third party equipment
a) DCS/PMCS
b) CSS/SIS
c) Generator
d) UPS
e) Navigation Aid system
f) Compressors
g) HVAC
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

Integrated Motor Control System (IMCS) E20-B
7 Data Log and Alarm Notification Test
a) Simulate basic communication break down and trip alarm from
each IED and verify correct notification displayed on IMCS
screen and engineering work station (EWS)
b) Verify basic data logging and trending (loads current/voltage)
observed at IMCS HMI
c) Verify alarm summary triggered/simulated at HMI
8 Multiple Network HMI communication test i.e. testing with
EWS/OWS/Laptop
a) Browse thru IMCS from EWS. IMCS HMI display at EWS should
run without errors
b) Browse thru IMCS from OWS. IMCS HMI display at OWS should
run without errors
c) Browse thru IMCS from Laptop. IMCS HMI display at laptop
should run without errors
IMCS redundancy test (simulate failure of modules and verify
redundancy function of back-up module)
a) Power supply redundancy test
b) IMCS processor module redundancy test
c) IMCS communication modules redundancy test
d) IMCS DI/AI module redundancy test
10 Simulation test of IMCS functions- Refer to manufacturers SAT

procedure. Attach the test report to this check-sheet.
11 Reconnect all cables, remove any temporary test links installed and
put back all the shorting links to design condition at the completion of
the pre-commissioning tests.
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

TRANSMISSION LINE E21-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Conductor size System/Sub System no.
From To
Location Operating Voltage
Ref. Drawing nos. Capacity
a) Transmission line datasheet
c) Completed and signed-off construction check-sheet with punch
list status
3
Perform IR test
Test voltage _____________
R-Y R-B Y-B R-E Y-E B-E Remarks
4 Perform Hi-Pot test
Test Voltage - _____________ Test Duration - ___________
R-YBE Y-RBE B-RYE RYB-E Remarks
5 Line resistance test
R-Y R-B Y-B Remarks
6 Check Earthing system

i. Earth pits tested
ii. Earth connections checked
iii. Earth connections checked
iv. Static earth wire checked
v. Structure/Guy wire earthing checked
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

TRANSMISSION LINE E21-B
7 Refer to manufacturer specific tests and complete the pre-
commissioning of the lines as per vendor recommendations.
9
are clean.
10
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

HIGH VOLTAGE CABLE E22-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System no.
Cable Core/Size Sub System no.
Cable to Cable from
a) Cable datasheet
list status
2 Confirm proper installation of joints and terminations (stress cones).
3 Confirm proper shield/armor grounding, cable support and termination
of conductors.
4 Disconnect cable conductors at both ends. Hi-pot testing to be
performed at the MCC / SWGR end of the cable. Make sure that the
field end conductors are adequately separated to prevent corona
discharge. If corona still exists, conductors may be taped, covered with
clear plastic bags, or a corona ring or shield be used.
5 Perform shield conductor resistance test using ohm meter. Shield shall
be continuous.
Subsequently, measure IR for phase to phase conductor while other
conductor and shield are grounded. Refer PTS 63.10.08.11 for suitable
test voltage and acceptable insulation reading.
R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE

7 Perform a DC high potential (Hi-pot) test. Individually test each
conductor with all other conductors grounded as well as all shields are
grounded. Hold the test at final test voltage for 3 minutes. Record
leakage current for every minute once test voltage achieved. Note:
Tester will taking sometime to ramp-up to final test voltage. Values
should be in micro amps. Hi-pot test shall include the termination kits
and joints.
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

Test Voltage (select from table below).

Test voltage applied shall be only 75% of the value in the table below if
Hi-pot test had already been conducted earlier during FAT.
Max.
System 3.6 7.2 12 17.5 24 36
Voltage
Test
10 20 28 38 50 70
Voltage
Test record
Time Leakage current (A)
Volts Remarks
(Minutes) R-YBE Y-RBE B-RYE
1
2
3
Discharge all conductors to ground for a minimum of 15 minutes after

each test.
8 Repeat IR test after Hi-pot test is completed.

R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE

9 Confirm the both ends of the each phase "R" conductor are correctly
marked by ringing out. Do the same for phase "Y" and phase "B".
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

10 Reconnect all conductors such that both ends of the phase "R"
conductor connect to the phase "R" termination points. Do the same
for phase "Y" and phase "B". Torque all bolts to recommended
manufacturer's standards. Record torque setting and mark the bolts.
End 'A' _________ Nm
End 'B' _________ Nm
11 Ensure all termination box covers and guards are correctly re-fitted and
identified as HV.

13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

SUBMARINE CABLE E23-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System no.
Cable Core/Size Sub System no.
Cable to Cable from
a) Cable datasheet
list status
2 Confirm proper installation of joints and terminations (stress cones).
of conductors.
4 Disconnect cable conductors at both ends. Hi-pot testing to be
performed at the MCC / SWGR end of the cable. Make sure that the
field end conductors are adequately separated to prevent corona
discharge. If corona still exists, conductors may be taped, covered with
clear plastic bags, or a corona ring or shield be used.
5 Perform shield conductor resistance test using ohm meter. Shield shall
be continuous.
Subsequently, measure IR for phase to phase conductor while other
conductor and shield are grounded. Refer PTS 63.10.08.11 for suitable
test voltage and acceptable insulation reading.

R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE

7 Perform a DC high potential (Hi-pot) test. Individually test each
conductor with all other conductors grounded as well as all shields are
grounded. Hold the test at final test voltage for 3 minutes. Record
leakage current for every minute once test voltage achieved. Note:
Tester will taking sometime to ramp-up to final test voltage. Values
should be in micro amps. Hi-pot test shall include the termination kits
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

SUBMARINE CABLE E23-B
and joints.
Volts Remarks
1
2
3
each test.
8 Repeat IR test after Hi-pot test is completed.
R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE

End 'A' _________ Nm
End 'B' _________ Nm
11 Ensure all termination box covers and guards are correctly refitted and
identified.
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

BUS DUCT E24-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System/ Sub System no.
Amperes Bus bar Rating
Frequency Location
Manufacturer Ref. Drawing Nos.
Type Voltage
a) Bus duct datasheet
list status
2 Confirm proper installation of joints and end terminations including
wall pass through and phase cross overs as per drawing.
3 Disconnect bus bar conductors at both ends. Hi-pot testing to be
performed at the MCC / SWGR end of the cable. The bus bar ends may
be taped, covered with clear plastic bags, or a corona ring or shield be
used to prevent corona discharge.
4 Perform earth continuity of the earthing conductor (metallic enclosure
for metal enclosed bus ducts or the separate ground conductor in case
of cast resin type bus ducts) using ohm meter. Earth conductor shall be
continuous.
(IR) of each bus bar with all other bus bars and ground conductor
grounded.
Subsequently, measure IR for phase to phase. Refer PTS 63.10.08.11
for suitable test voltage and acceptable insulation reading (Data for
cables may be used).
R-YBNE
Y-RBNE
B-RYNE

6 Perform a DC high potential (Hi-pot) test NOT applicable for LV bus
duct. Individually test each conductor with all other conductors
grounded as well as all shields are grounded. Hold the test at final test
voltage for 3 minutes. Record leakage current for every minute once
test voltage achieved. Note: Tester will taking sometime to ramp-up to
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

BUS DUCT E24-B
final test voltage. Values should be in micro amps. Hi-pot test shall
include the termination kits and joints.
Volts Remarks
1
2
3
each test.
7 Repeat IR test after Hi-pot test is completed. NOT applicable for LV bus
duct.
R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
End 'A' _________ Nm
End 'B' _________ Nm
10 Ensure all termination box covers and guards are correctly refitted and
identified.
12
are clean.
13
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

LOW VOLTAGE CABLE E25-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Cable size Voltage level
a) Cable datasheet
list status
2 Confirm proper installation of joints and terminations.
of conductors.
Refer PTS 63.10.08.11 for suitable test voltage and acceptable
insulation reading.

R-YBNE
Y-RBNE
B-RYNE

End 'A' _________ Nm

End 'B' _________ Nm
7 Ensure all termination box covers and guards are correctly refitted.
9
are clean.
10
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

LOW VOLTAGE CABLE E25-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

CAPACITOR BANK AND SERIES REACTOR E26-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System no.
kVAR Sub System no.
Frequency Voltage
Location No. of steps
Model / Type Manufacturer
a) Capacitor Bank and reactor datasheet and GA drawing
b) Single line diagram of associated switchgear
list status.
d) FAT report
2 Verify the cleanliness of panel internals and confirm the panel is free
from dust, dirt, all loose wires, packing material etc.
3 Confirm earthing of the panel is intact.
4 Conduct insulation resistance test between phases and phase to
ground using a 500V megger.

R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
Minimum acceptable IR is 10 M.
5 Energize the control circuit and confirm the capacitor bank controller
settings are correct.
7 Confirm all red line drawings are completed.
9
are clean.
10
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

CAPACITOR BANK AND SERIES REACTOR E26-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

AC UPS E28-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Rating Frequency
Model No. Location
a. UPS Datasheet, GA drawing and schematic diagram
b. Single line diagram of associated MCC
c. Completed and signed-off check-sheets as follows:
d. Construction check-sheet for the subject UPS and punch list
status
e. Precom check-sheets for all associated power and control
cables
f. Precom check sheet for the relevant feeder at MCC
g. FAT report
2 Inspect UPS for any physical damage (dents, broken
handles/switches/indication lamp lenses etc.)
5 Perform resistance measurements through all UPS bolted electrical
connections using a low resistance ohmmeter (Ducter test)
8 Simulate all alarm/trip/indication functions from/to external sources as
applicable.
a. CSS system
b. PMCS/DCS
c. Fire & Gas System
d. HVAC system
e. Battery Safety switch to trip battery MCCB
f. IMCS/ENMC
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

AC UPS E28-B
12
are clean.
13
externally clean.
Testing shall in general be performed as per vendor start-up procedures. Above tests are minimum
requirements and any additional tests done as per vendor start-up procedure may be appended to
the above test records.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

DC CHARGER E29-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Rating Frequency
Model No. Location
a. Charger Datasheet, GA drawing and schematic diagram
d. Construction check-sheet for the subject charger and punch list
status
e. Precom check-sheets for all associated power and control cables
g. FAT report
2 Inspect charger for any physical damage (dents, broken
5 Perform resistance measurements through all bolted electrical
applicable.
a. CSS system
b. PMCS/DCS
d. HVAC system
f. IMCS/ENMC
9 Conduct earth fault detection and indication (for floating system) test
by earthing various outgoing circuits.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

DC CHARGER E29-B
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.
Testing shall in general be performed as per vendor start-up procedures. Above tests are minimum

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

ELECTRICAL POWER UNIT (EPU) E30-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Rating Frequency
Model No. Location
a. EPU Datasheet, GA drawing and schematic diagram
b. Single line diagram of associated MCC which feeds the EPU
d. Construction check-sheet for the subject EPU and punch list status
e. Precom check-sheets for all associated power and control cables
g. FAT report
2 Inspect EPU for any physical damage (dents, broken
5 Perform resistance measurements through all bolted electrical
disconnected and excluded from the IR test). Attach report.
applicable.
a. CSS system
b. PMCS/DCS
d. HVAC system
f. IMCS/ENMC
9 Conduct earth fault detection and indication (for floating system) test
by earthing various outgoing circuits.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

ELECTRICAL POWER UNIT (EPU) E30-B
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.
Testing shall in general be performed as per vendor procedures. Above tests are minimum

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

BATTERY E31-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Ampere Hour No. of cells
System Voltage Electrolyte
Type of Battery Boost Voltage
Float Voltage Location
b. UPS/Charger drawings showing battery connection
c. Completed and signed-off construction check-sheet for the subject
battery and punch list status
d. Precom check-sheets for all associated power and control cables
e. FAT report of battery (if applicable) or charge / discharge test
report of prototype.
2 Inspect batteries for physical and mechanical condition.
3 Verify and confirm battery room / enclosure ventilation is working
correctly.
cabinets.
5 Verify correct electrolyte levels of each cell (not applicable for sealed
battery).
6 Check Specific Gravity of each battery cell (not applicable for sealed
battery).
7 Measure inter-cell connection resistance and voltage. Resistance levels
should be within manufacturer's specifications and should not vary by
more than 10% from the overall average of the bank.
Cell # Voltage Resistance Cell # Voltage Resistance
Inter-cell resistance value from manufacturer _____________ Ohm

Nominal cell voltage _____________Volt
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

BATTERY E31-B
10
are clean.
11
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION BOARD E32-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Bus bar rating Frequency
Voltage Location
Manufacturer IP Rating
Model No. Serial no.
Ref. Drawing nos.
a. LV Distribution board datasheet and single line diagram
b. Completed and signed-off construction check-sheet for the subject
distribution board and punch list status
c. Precom check-sheets for all CTs and protection relays installed in
the distribution board
e. FAT report
2 Confirm padlocking facilities available on panel. Verify and confirm the
door interlock with the incomer is functioning.
3 Check incoming power feed for proper termination of conductors per
project specifications. Verify tightness of bolts using a torque wrench if
applicable and record the torque values and mark the bolts.
4 Ensure equipment grounding is complete.
5
Perform IR test on the distribution board incomer and bus-bar at 500V.
Minimum acceptable value of IR is 10M. All outgoing circuits OPEN.

R-YBNE
Y-RBE
B-RYN
6 Perform Hi-Pot test
Test Voltage - 2kV Test Duration 1 minute
Repeat IR test after Hi-pot test.

R-YBNE
Y-RBNE
B-RYNE
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

7 Check rating of each MCB / RCD against circuit power requirements
and distribution panel schedule.
8 Check OPEN and CLOSE operation of each MCB / RCD and incoming
isolator/MCCB.
9 Confirm phasing of internal wiring is correct.
10 Adjust the MCCB (with adjustable settings) thermal settings to design
values.
10 Confirm circuit protection is as per distribution schedule and circuit
diagram is available within the board.
11 Confirm outgoing circuits are isolated.
12 Perform insulation resistance of the circuit (including first JB with rest
of the circuit and all fittings disconnected) test at 500V and record the
IR values. Minimum resistance shall be 10M.
Ckt. No R-E Y-E B-E R-Y R-B Y-B R-N Y-N B-N
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

13 Perform trip test on RCDs. Verify the tripping current of the RCD using
an RCD tester and record the values. For DBs without any RCD installed
either at incomer or outgoing, measure and record earth loop
impedance values. Earth loop impedance shall not be more than 1 for
MCBs rated 16A and below and not more than 0.5 for MCBs rated
above 16A.
Circuit MCB RCD Rating Tripping Earth loop

Number Rating (A) (mA) value (mA) impedance ()
14 Replace all covers / guards and bolts.

16 Confirm that the red Line mark-up drawings are completed.
17
Record any defects/shortcomings in the system punch-list
18
are clean.
19
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

EARTHING & LIGHTNING PROTECTION E33-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area System no.
Location Sub System no.
Ref. Drawing nos. Main Grid Conductor Size
a. Completed and signed-off construction check-sheets.
b. Earthing layout
2 Confirm Earth continuity and earth resistance. (100 % for

generator/transformer star point earthing, all
generator/transformer/switchboard body earthing, 10% for all process
plant electrical equipment body (motors, heaters etc.) and 5% for all
process plant non-electrical equipment body (vessels, steel structures,
columns etc.)
SL.No. Equipment Tag Earth Earth loop Remarks

continuity resistance
For offshore the measurement shall be done between the equipment

body and the platform steel structure.
For onshore, the measurement shall be between the equipment body
and the earth grid.
3
Measure individual earth electrode resistance. (Only applicable for on-shore projects)
Electrode No Resistance Electrode No Resistance Electrode No Resistance
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

EARTHING & LIGHTNING PROTECTION E33-B
4 Measure earth grid resistance (Only applicable for on-shore projects)
Description Resistance Remarks

Overall plant grid* Max-1
Electrical grid* Max-1
Lightning grid Max-10
* No separate instrument grid

Measurement of electrical grid resistance shall be done with the
lightning grid isolated and one of the electrical electrodes also isolated.
Measurement of lightning grid resistance shall be done with the
electrical grid isolated and one of the lightning electrodes also isolated.
6
are clean.
7
externally clean.
Reference shall be made to PTS 63.10.08.11 for the testing methods.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

NEUTRAL EARTHING RESISTOR E34-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Frequency
Resistance Rating (A/t)
Location IP Rating
a. Completed and signed-off construction check-sheets of the NER.
b. Completed and signed-off pre-commissioning check-sheet for the
connecting cables.
c. Completed and signed-off pre-commissioning check-sheet for the
CT installed in the NER (if any).
d. Datasheet and GA drawing of NER
e. FAT report of the NER
2 Remove earth connection and perform insulation resistance tests of
NER and Isolator/MCCB (if installed). Test voltage shall be 500V DC for
LV (up to 1kV) system, 2.5kV DC for HV up to 4.2kV system voltage and
5kV DC for HV above 4.2kV of system voltage. Minimum resistance
shall be 10(kV+1) M-kV is the system voltage.
Equipment Test Voltage Insulation resistance

NER
Isolator/MCCB
The test results shall be compared against FAT report and any deviation
of more than 20% shall be investigated for any damage during
transportation or moisture ingress.
3
Test OHMIC value of resistor and verify against the nameplate.
Name Plate value() Tested value() Remarks
4 If fitted, test continuity of isolator/MCCB

5 Confirm all cables are reconnected after the tests.
6 Confirm as-built/red line drawings are complete and enclosed within
the commissioning handover dossier.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

NEUTRAL EARTHING RESISTOR E34-B
8
are clean.
9
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE E35-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System no.
VSD Rating Frequency
Motor kW Voltage
Manufacturer Model
Location Serial no.
Sub System no. Ref. Drawing Nos.
a. VSD datasheet and schematic diagram
b. Completed and signed-off construction check-sheet for the subject
VSD and punch list status
c. Precom check-sheets for all CTs, VTs and protection relays installed
inside the VSD
e. FAT report
3 Ensure equipment grounding is complete and is intact.
4 Ensure the type of cable used including the earthing arrangements is as
per vendor recommendations. Confirm toroid filters (if applicable) are
fitted as per recommendations.
5 Confirm control I/O wiring and / or Device-net / Control-net wiring is
correct per project drawings.
6
Perform IR test on the power circuits. Test voltage shall be 500V DC for LV
(up to 1kV) system, 2.5kV DC for HV up to 4.2kV system voltage and 5kV
DC for HV above 4.2kV of system voltage. Minimum resistance shall be
10(kV+1) M-kV is the system voltage.
Test point Insulation Rsitance Remarks

R-YBNE
Y-RBNE
B-RYNE
7 Ensure motor cable is disconnected from VFD output terminals.
8 Check that moisture has not condensed inside of drive enclosure.
9 Confirm that all Start / Stop switches connected to I/O terminals and / or
Start / Stop Device-net commands are in the Stop state.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE E35-B
10 Energize the VFD incoming power feed and verify correct AC input
voltage.
____________ Volts
11 Confirm the VFD configuration parameters have been entered. Backup
final version of drive program file if a laptop is used. Record configuration
parameters in a separate sheet.
12 Confirm VFD configured minimum and maximum speed (frequency) is
within limits of coupled load i.e. minimum and maximum pump/motor
speed.
13 Confirm Device-net / Control-net communications are successful.
14 Confirm Master Control ESD Relay is energized.
15 Startup VFD and test without motor as per VSD vendors
recommendations.
16 Confirm as-built/red line drawings are complete and enclosed within the
commissioning handover dossier.
18
are clean.
19
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

HEATER CONTROL PANEL E36-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Rating
Frequency Location
Serial No. Model No.
a. Heater Control Panel datasheet and schematic diagram
b. Completed and signed-off construction check-sheet and punch list
status
c. Precom check-sheets for all CTs, VTs and protection relays
installed
e. FAT report
3 Ensure equipment grounding is complete and is intact.
4 Ensure the type of cable used including the earthing arrangements is as
per vendor recommendations.
5 Confirm control I/O wiring is correct per project drawings.
6 Perform IR test on the power circuits at 500V DC. Minimum acceptable
value of IR is 10M. All outgoing circuits OPEN.

R-YBNE
Y-RBNE
B-RYNE
7 Ensure heater cable is disconnected from the control panel output
terminals.
8 Check that moisture has not condensed inside of the heater panel
enclosure.
9 Confirm that all Start / Stop switches connected to I/O terminals and /
or Start / Stop commands are in the Stop state.
10 Energize the heater panel incoming power feed and verify correct AC
input voltage.
____________ Volts
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

HEATER CONTROL PANEL E36-B
11 Confirm the heater control panel configuration parameters have been
entered as per vendor recommendations. Backup final version of drive
program file if a laptop is used. Record configuration parameters in a
separate sheet.
12 Confirm operation of Master Control ESD Relay by simulation of ESD
signal.
13 Perform additional pre-commissioning checks required, if any, as per
manufacturer instructions.
14 Confirm as-built/red line drawings are complete and enclosed within
the commissioning handover dossier.
16
are clean.
17
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

HIGH VOLTAGE MOTOR E37-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Location
RPM Serial no.
Fed from (MCC) Time te (For Exe motors)
a. Motor Datasheet
d. Completed and signed-off construction check-sheet for the
subject motor and punch list status
cables
f. Precom check sheet for the relevant starter
g. Precom check-sheet for the relevant RCU/Safety switch
h. FAT report / Routine test report
i. Hazardous area certificate (if applicable)
2 Confirm motor, space heater and associated equipment has been de-
energized and locked out / tagged out in accordance with permit to
work procedures.
3 Confirm correct application of manufacturers lubricant, if required.
4 Ensure all motor terminal box covers and guards are fitted and all
gaskets are in place.
5 Uncouple the motor and rotate the shaft manually and confirm the
shaft is freely rotating (no damage to bearings) and the fan blades are
not rubbing against the body/fan cowl.
6 Test and record ground resistance between motor and local ground
system. Max 1.0 .
Ground resistance between motor and ground system _____
Page 1 of 4
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

7 Perform insulation resistance test of windings including the cables from
MCC side. Test voltage shall be 2.5kV DC for voltages up to 4.2kV
system and 5kV DC for above 4.2kV system.

R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
Perform polarization index test. Take insulation resistance

measurements of the windings after disconnecting the cables.
Calculate PI by dividing resistance value at the 10th minute by the 1st
minute.
Time RYB-G
Start
1 min
10 min
PI (R10/R1)

10(kV+1) M. However, PI values and IR should be compared with the
corresponding values from FAT report and any major deviations (more
than 20%) need to be investigated prior to energisation.
8 Test and record insulation resistance of space heater, where
applicable. Test voltage shall be 500V DC.
Insulation resistance __________ M
Minimum acceptable value is 10M.
9 Confirm the respective starter has been tested and relays set.
Associated power and control cables have been tested and pre-
commissioning check sheets completed.
Confirm the RCU and safety switch for the motor has been tested and
pre-commissioned. Check-sheet completed and available.
10 Select test position and function check starter control circuits.
Page 2 of 4
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

11 Select service position and conduct bump test on the motor uncoupled
from the driven machine to confirm the correct direction of rotation
and if required adjust the phase connection.
12 Carry out no-load run for a minimum period of 4 hours or until
temperature readings stabilizes.
Time Temperature (o C) Remarks

(min) Ambient Frame/ Bearing
winding DE NDE
0
5
10
20
30
40
50
60
75
90
120
150
180
210
240
Starting current
No Load current
Starting Time
Normal running speed
Coasting /Stopping time
13
Record setting for Winding and bearing temperature protection.
Settings Alarm Trip Remarks

Winding
Bearing
Page 3 of 4
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

14
Repeat the insulation resistance test and record the IR values.

R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
15 Confirm red-line drawing is completed.
17
are clean.
18
externally clean.
Vibration measurements shall also be taken and results attached to this check-sheet.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 4 of 4
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR E38-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Location
RPM Serial no.
a. Motor Datasheet
d. Completed and signed-off construction check-sheet for the
subject motor and punch list status
cables
f. Precom check sheet for the relevant starter
g. Precom check-sheet for the relevant RCU/Safety switch
h. FAT report / Routine test report
i. Hazardous area certificate (if applicable)
2 Confirm motor, space heater and associated equipment has been de-
energized and locked out / tagged out in accordance with project
specification and permit to work procedures.
3 Confirm correct application of manufacturers lubricant, if required.
4 Ensure all motor terminal box covers and guards are fitted and all
gaskets are in place.
5 Uncouple the motor and rotate the shaft manually and confirm the
shaft is freely rotating (no serious damage to bearings) and the fan
blades are not rubbing against the body/fan cowl.
6 Test and record ground resistance between motor and local ground
system. Max 1.0
Tested resistance value _______
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

7 Perform insulation resistance test of windings including the cables from
MCC side. Test voltage shall be 500V DC.
R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
Note:-
For motors were only three terminals are available (star/delta
connection is made internally and only one end of the winding is
brought out), the IR test shall be conducted from individual phase to
ground.
Perform polarization index test. Perform insulation resistance

measurements of the windings after disconnecting the cables.
Calculate PI by dividing resistance measurement at the 10th minute by
the 1st minute.
Time RYB-E
Start
1 min
10 min
PI (R10/R1)
Minimum acceptable value for PI is 2 and minimum insulation value 20

M. However, PI values and IR shall be compared with the
corresponding values from FAT report and any major deviations (more
than 20%) need to be investigated prior to energisation.
9 Select test position and function check starter control circuits.
10 Select service position and conduct bump test on the motor uncoupled
from the driven machine to confirm the correct direction of rotation
and if required adjust the phase connection.
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

11 Carry out no-load run for a minimum period of 30 min or until
temperature readings stabilizes.
Time Temperature No-Load
(min) Ambient Frame Bearing current
DE NDE
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Starting current
No Load current
Starting Time
12 Repeat the insulation resistance test and record the IR values.
R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
13 Confirm red-line drawing is completed.
15
are clean.
16
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

ELECTRIC HEATER E39-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Amperes Frequency
Location Serial no.
a. Heater Datasheet
c. Completed and signed-off construction check-sheet for the
subject heater and punch list status
d. Precom check-sheets for all associated power and control
cables
e. Precom check sheet for the relevant starter/feeder/heater
control panel
f. Precom check-sheet for the relevant RCU/Safety switch (if
installed)
g. FAT report / Routine test report
h. Hazardous area certificate (if applicable)
2 Confirm heater has been properly grounded.
Test and record ground resistance between heater and local ground
system. Max 1.0 Ohm.
________ Ohm
3 Measure and record heating element resistances.
Element Resistance () Remarks
4 Perform insulation resistance test at 500 V and record the IR values.

Minimum resistance shall be 10M
Bundle R-YBE Y-RBE B-RYE Remarks
1
2
3
4
5 Ensure all heater terminal box covers and guards are fitted.
6 Confirm all red-line drawings are completed.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

ELECTRIC HEATER E39-B
8
are clean.
9
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACING E40-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Frequency
Oper. Temperature Location
Type of Tracer Overload setting
Ref. Drawing nos. Distr. Board No.
Manufacturer Area Classification
a) Completed and signed-off construction checksheet for the
tracing system and punch list status
b) Precom check-sheet for the associated DBs
c) Precom check-sheet for associated power/control cables
d) Vendor datasheet and installation drawing for the tracing system
3 Confirm continuity of trace heating tape is satisfactory.
4 Carry out IR test on heat tracing circuit including the tracing tape.
Install the end seal and take the IR value. Later soak the end seal in
water for 1 hour and measure the IR again for one minute and record
the value at the end of 1 minute.
In case of SLSR type tracer tapes, DO NOT megger between phases.
Test voltage shall be 500V DC and min. acceptable IR value 10M.
IR value before soaking end seal in water ________M
IR value after soaking end seal in water ________ M
5 Confirm rating of each MCB / RCD against design drawings.

6 Check all cover and guards are present and no bolts missing.
7 Make safe tape and isolate as appropriate.
9 Confirm all red line drawings are completed.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACING E40-B
11
are clean.
12
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

IMPRESSED CURRENT CATHODIC PROTECTION E41-B
SYSTEM
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Serial no. Model No.
a) Completed and signed-off construction checksheet for the ICCP
system and punch list status
b) Precom check-sheet for associated power/control cables
c) Vendor datasheet and wiring diagram for the ICCP system
d) List of protected equipment / structures
2 Perform insulation resistance test of the TR unit at 500 V and record
the IR values. Minimum resistance shall be 10M. All cables to anode
and cathode junction boxes shall be removed / isolated during the test.
________M
3 Perform ratio test on the transformer and record the results.

4 Perform continuity test between protected structures (pipe line, tank etc.) and unprotected
structures (electrical conduits, unprotected pipes, etc.) by fixed cell-moving ground method
or by point to point method. The purpose is to confirm that all protected structures are
electrically continuous while nearby unprotected structures are electrically isolated from the
protected structures.
Voltage - mV Continuity Voltage - mV

Name Continuity
(fixed cell method) (Yes/No/ (Point - Point
(Yes/No/)
Eqpt-1 Eqpt-2 Eqpt-1 Eqpt-2 Inconclusive) method)
If the difference in voltmeter reading between two structures is less than 2mV, they are
considered to be electrically continuous. If the difference in reading is more than 10mV they
are electrically isolated and if the reading is between 2mV and 10mV, the testing is
inconclusive and a point to point test to be conducted for such structures.
6 Confirm red-line drawings are completed.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

IMPRESSED CURRENT CATHODIC PROTECTION E41-B
SYSTEM
8
are clean.
9
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

MOTOR OPERATED VALVE (ACTUATOR) E42-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Frequency
Ref. Drawing nos.
a. MOV Datasheet
b. Single line diagram of associated switchboard
c. Completed and signed-off construction check-sheet for the
subject MOV and punch list status
d. Precom check-sheets for all associated power and control
cables
e. Precom check sheet for the relevant feeder
f. Precom check-sheet for the relevant RCU/Safety switch
g. FAT report / Routine test report
h. Hazardous area certificate (if applicable)
2
Perform insulation resistance test at 500V and record the IR values.
Minimum resistance shall be 10M.
Test point Insulation Resistanc Remarks

R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
3 Perform winding resistance measurement. Compare the value with

FAT/routine test results and any deviation of more than 20% shall be
investigated.
4 Perform function test of the MOV from local and from remote (if
remote control is provided). Remote control from DCS shall also be
tested either by forcing the DCS output signal or by manual control
from DCS.
5 Verify the operation of limit switch.
6 Verify the operation of torque switch.
7 Ensure red-line drawings are completed.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

MOTOR OPERATED VALVE (ACTUATOR) E42-B
9
are clean.
10
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

NORMAL LIGHTING (CIRCUIT/FIXTURES) E43-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System no.
Area Classification Sub System no.
Voltage Circuit no.
Circuit MCB rating Frequency
Connected load (W) Location
a. Single line diagram of associated DB
b. Completed and signed-off construction check-sheet for the
subject circuit and fixtures.
c. Precom check-sheets for all associated power cables
d. Precom check sheet for the relevant feeder in DB
e. Hazardous area certificate of the fixture/JB (if applicable)
2 Visually inspect the fixtures for any damage (broken glass, denting of
fixture etc.)
3 Perform earth continuity checks.
4 Ensure MCB is correctly rated and connected within the distribution
board. Check circuit continuity.
5 Energize the circuit and confirm all luminaires function correctly.
6 Check the operation of photo-cell (where installed) by simulating the
day/night conditions. Check the operation of the timer (where
installed. Confirm the operation and functionality of the photo-cell by-
pass switch.
9
are clean.
10
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

EMERGENCY LIGHTING (CIRCUIT/FIXTURES) E44-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System no.
Area Classification Sub System no.
Voltage Circuit no.
Circuit MCB rating Frequency
Connected load (W) Location
subject circuit and fixtures.
e. Hazardous area certificate of the fixture/JB (if applicable)
2 Visually inspect the fixtures for any damage (broken glass, denting of
fixture etc.)
3 Perform earth continuity checks
5 Energize the circuit and confirm all luminaires function correctly.
6 Check the operation of photo-cell (where installed) by simulating the
day/night conditions. Check the operation of the timer (where
installed. Confirm the operation and functionality of the photo-cell by
pass switch.
7 Switch-off the circuit MCB/switch and confirm that the battery is NOT
powering the fixture. Simulate main power failure (switch-off the
feeder to the DB at MCC) with the circuit MCBs and switches ON and
confirm battery is backing up the fixtures.
10
are clean.
11
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

EMERGENCY LIGHTING (CIRCUIT/FIXTURES) E44-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

SOCKET OUTLET E45-B
(WELDING/POWER/CONVENIENT)
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Frequency
subject circuit and socket.
e. Hazardous area certificate of the socket/JB (if applicable)
2 Visually inspect the sockets for any damage (broken pins/ covers etc.)
3 Perform earth continuity checks
5 Perform insulation resistance test at 500V and record the IR values.
Minimum resistance shall be 10M.

R-YBNE
YRBNE
B-RYNE
6 Energize the circuit ad check voltage / polarity at each socket.
9
are clean.
10
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

SOCKET OUTLET E45-B
(WELDING/POWER/CONVENIENT)

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III

PUSH BUTTON STATION / SAFETY SWITCH E47-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
IP Rating Ex rating
Manufacturer Ammeter range
Model No. Location
Serial No. Ref. Drawing nos.
a. Completed and signed-off construction check-sheet for the subject
push button station/ safety switch and punch list status.
b. Completed and signed-off pre-commissioning check-sheet for the
corresponding motor starter
c. Control schematic for the associated starter
d. Precom check-sheets for all associated control cables
e. FAT report.
2 Check point to point panel wiring per project drawings.
3 Check and confirm grounding connections are in place.
4 Perform insulation resistance test on the control wiring using a 500 V
megger.
IR test result ________ M
Minimum acceptable value is 10 M.
5 Prove mechanical operation of switches, isolators, pushbutton, etc.
6 Perform function check of the push button station through the motor
starter with starter in test position.
9
are clean.
10
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-III
Page 2 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

FAN H01-B
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Check name plate and ensure correct information is provided.
2 Turn fan impeller and motor to ensure free rotation.
3 Check fan bearing lubrication/greasing.
4 Check fan casing mounting, flexible joints and vibration dampener.
5 Check pulley alignment and fan belt tension.
Verify that electrical check on motor, cabling and fan starter has been
6
completed.
Measurement
Fan Performance Unit Design Actual
Details
Volume Rate m/s
Fan Speed rpm
Static Pressure
7
Inlet Pa
Outlet Pa
Total Pa
Motor Speed rpm
Running Current Amps
Mechanical check-sheets from the vendor shall be attached with this (if any).

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

AIR HANDLING UNIT / AIR CONDITIONING UNIT H03-B
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Check that unit is airtight with no air leaks through joints and access
1
doors.
2 Confirm operation of local start stop control station.
Complete tests of internal items of equipment as appropriate.
Air Filters
Fan shut off Dampers
3 Fan
Electric Heaters
Fire damper
Volume damper
4 Check Filter / Coalescer Unit.
5 Check Cooling Coil (water).
6 Check Heating coil (electricity).
7 Check name plate and ensure information is correct.
Check flexible duct connectors are installed correctly and as per
8
specification.
9 Check mixing box and return fresh air damper installation.
Verify that electrical check on motors, cabling and motor control
10
center are completed.
Mechanical check sheets from the vendor shall be attached with this (if any).

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

HVAC STATIC PRESSURE TEST H10-B
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Ensure that the Ductwork installation is in accordance with the current
1
GA Drawing(s) and CCN's are closed out.
Confirm Mechanical Completion Records are all complete and no
2
subsequent damage has occurred.
3 Ensure all blanks have been removed.
Ensure all dampers are in the open position i.e. control, shut off,
4
manual and fire dampers.
5 Check that all access hatches are closed.
Test holes (with sealing covers) in ducting for air flow measurements
6
provided.
7 Preservation removed.
8 Execute H20-B.
Mechanical check-sheets from vendor shall be attached with this (if any).

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

HVAC Fire Damper and Panel H11-B
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Confirm electrical power supply to Fire Damper Panel.
With IPS/F&G signal to damper
Does damper fully OPEN - Verify OPEN LIMIT SWITCH (GSO).
2
Does Damper fully CLOSE in 2 seconds on loss of signal - Verify CLOSE
LIMIT SWITCH (GSC).
From Fire Damper Panel
Does Damper fully CLOSE on opening of HCV (Hand Control Valve) to
remove air supply.
3
Does Damper fully OPEN on provision of bottled air supply to Panel
and operation of Black Start override HOV (Hand Operated
Valves)(remove padlocks to open)
Simulate fracture of Azeotopic Frangible Tube/Bulb (unscrew valve or
4 switch)
Does Damper fully CLOSE.
5 Damper reset to normal operating mode after test.
6 Check fusible link is fitted.
Mechanical check-sheet from the vendor shall be attached with this (if any).

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

HVAC DAMPER AND PANEL H12-B
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Dampers Panel (Tag No.)
1 Confirm electrical power supply to each Damper panel.
Check Dampers fully OPEN - Verify OPEN LIMIT SWITCH (GSO).
Fan and System Shut Off Dampers (Tag No.)
Simulate Fan Operating and check damper OPENS from HVAC Control
Panel.
2 On Fan/System shutdown, check Damper CLOSES from signal inhibit
Verify CLOSED LIMIT SWITCH (GSC).
With fan running and Dampers closed, check for effective shut off
(minimal air loss).
Gas Tight Dampers (Tag No.)
Simulate F&G Signal to Damper and check damper fully OPENS - verify
3 OPEN LIMIT SWITCH (GSO).
With loss of signal, check that damper fully CLOSES with 2 seconds -
Verify CLOSED LIMIT SWITCH (GSC)
Modulating Control (Tag No.)
Operating Dampers from HVAC Control Panel with 4-20mA check air
4
volume through Dampers conform to design requirements - Verify
OPEN/CLOSED LIMIT SWITCHS.
Pressure Control Dampers (Tag No.)
5
Damper correctly Marked after adjustment (Bolt adjust painted)
Volume Control Dampers (Tag No.)
6 Check operating handle not obstructed through full travel, locking
device secure and correctly marked.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

HVAC MIST ELIMINATOR AND AIR FILTER H13-B
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Check the following for Mist Eliminator:
Drain clear from debris
1
Pipe free flowing
Drain trap primed.
2 Check filter elements are clean and preservation has been removed.
3 For filters, check DP gauge fitted. Min/Max readings indicated.
Check DP gauge and switches are correctly connected to indicate
4 pressure drop across the whole unit and simulate alarm condition
(check at HVAC Panel)
5 Check inlet filter protecting guard.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

HVAC DX SYSTEM H14-B
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Air Cooled Condensing Units: Initial Checks
Check that air inlet/outlet are clean and free from obstructions.
Ensure the cooling coils are not damaged and as per specification.
Check that all electrical circuits are complete.
1 Check that refrigerant circuit is complete and has been leak tested and
charged for start-up.
Check refrigerant piping insulation as per specification.
Check oil levels on refrigerant compressors.
Ensure preservation has been removed.
Air Cooled Chiller: Initial Checks
Check chilled water piping installed as per drawings.
Check piping flushed clean and leak tested.
Check chiller motor rotation correct.
Check chemical water treatment complete.
Check chiller water tank and water pump install correctly complete
with correct connection /tie-in.
Check that direct drive fan assembly rotates freely and fan impeller
2 blades are not damaged and pitch and angles are correct.
Ensure the cooling coils are not damaged and installed as per
specification.
Check that all electrical circuits are complete.
Check that refrigerant circuit is completed and has been leak tested
and charged for start-up.
Check refrigerant piping insulation as per specification.
Check oil levels on refrigerant compressors.
Ensure preservation has been removed.
Start-Up and Operation Procedures.
Provide 415V supply to the HVAC Control Panel.
Ensure Compressor crankcase heaters have been energised, for at least
3
24 hours prior to starting the compressor.
Confirm operation of local start stop control station.
Select AHU controller for a low value setpoint temperature compared
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV
to return air temperature and check that the 24V AV signal is present.
Check that HP/LP pressure switch is set to the following:
a) Low Pressure Cut Out
b) Oil Pressure
c) High Pressure Cut Out
Simulate conditions on the unit to provide trips to AHU unit controller
as follows:
a) Dirty filter (pressure switch)
b) Air Flow sensor
c) Compressor high and low level trips.
d) Check control logic activities inhibits and controller readout
displays trip action.
e) Run unit at design set point and check for automatic operation
within design limits.
Mechanical check-sheet from the vendor shall be attached with this ( if any).

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

HVAC FANS / MOTORS H15-B
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System /Subsystem no.
INSPECTION / TEST
Test Duct Duct Design Traverse Velocity (m/s) Actual % of Static Remarks
point size area air velocity req. pressure in
ref. mm m velocity m/s velocity duct Pa
no m/s
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

Mechanical Check-sheet from the vendor shall be attached with this (if any).

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

HVAC DUCT BALANCE SHEET H16-B
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System/Sub-system no.
INSPECTION / TEST
Test Point Design Actual % or Static Remarks
Ref. no. Location Duct size Duct Velocity m/s Flowrate Velocity Flowrate req. pressure
mm area m m/s m/s m/s volume at TP Pa
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

HVAC AREA PRESSURE TEST SHEET H17-B
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System no.
Sub-system no.
Supply Air System Extract Air System Module/Area Air change rate Module press. Wrt
volume Atmos
Area Class Fan Design Actual % of Fan Design Actual % of Gross Nett Design Actual Req. Actual Pa
Module no. air air design no. air air design m m Pa
m/s m/s m/s m/s
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

HVAC DUCT HEATER H18-B
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Heater:
1
Confirm ITR A sheet is completed.
2 Confirm control equipment correctly installed.
3 Confirm correct function of high temperature alarms and trips.
4 Simulate low air flow and confirm low air flow trip functions correctly.
5 Confirm external trips function correctly (ie; PSD/PCS etc.)
Energise circuit and record the following:-
6 Cold : __________________________Amps
Hot : ___________________________ Amps
Confirm heater response is satisfactory over temperature control
7
range.
8 Make safe heater and lock off supply at source.
Dehumidifiers:-
9 Carry out visual check on the installation and duct works for correct
connection and for any general signs of damage for dehumidifier.
Check and ensure the incoming supply cable and control cables have
10
been correctly installed and terminated.
Ensure all components in the dehumidifier are properly secured and in
11
good order.
Ensure all fuses are of correct rating and all thermal overload relays are
12
of correct setting.
Ensure all fans and motors are free from obstruction and able to rotate
13
freely.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

HVAC RECIRCULATION PUMP H19-B
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Check that the skid is clean and all components are free from damage.
2 Confirm that all preservation has been removed.
Lube oil system flushing complete and that all temporaries have been
3
removed.
Lube oil system filled with correct grade of lubricant and to correct
4
level.
Seal oil system filled with correct grade of lubricant and to correct
5
level.
6 Check Lube and Seal Oil systems for leaks.
7 Confirm Motor start/stop station operates locally.
8 Confirm all guards are reinstated and secure.
Confirm that the correct lubrication has been applied to the bearings,
9
seal glands and gearbox.
Confirm forced lubrication system complete, flushed and ready for
10
service.
11 Confirm that equipment PSV's are installed.
12 Confirm the suction strainers are installed and clean.
13 Check pump discharge is protected against over pressurization.
14 Confirm that the Earth Bonding strap is intact.
15 Suction Primary System complete and ready for service.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

HVAC TANK H20-B
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Pre Start-Up Checks.
Confirm that all associated Construction checksheets are signed off
2 prior to starting any work. Confirm that the content of the accepted
punchlists are complete and no subsequent damage has occurred.
Check that the equipment is clean and all external components are
3
installed.
5 Check that the sliding support is free to move.
6 Confirm all connections are complete and to vendors drawings.
Confirm Pressure Relief facilities are installed and interlocks are
7
installed.
Confirm that all valves are greased and free to operate and all spare
8
valves have flange connections blinded off.
Confirm Tank/vessel Internals have been installed in accordance with
9
Vendor drawings.
10 Confirm all manway covers bolted up correctly with correct gaskets.
11 Earth Bonding straps complete.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix II-IV

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING H21-B
(HVAC)
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System /Subsystem no.

Confirm that all associated Construction checksheets (ITR-A) are
1
signed off prior to starting any work.
Confirm that the content of the accepted punch-lists will not impede
2
commissioning
3 Hand rotate fan impeller and motor to ensure free rotation
Check that all instrument functional test had been done, i.e., limit
4
switch
5 Check closing of damper
6 Test dampers at least four (4) times with 100 percent success rate
Check that all electrical checks had been carried out successfully
7
including baring the motor and compressor to ensure free rotation
8 Turn condenser fan and ensure free rotation
Check that refrigeration system is vacuumed and charged with
9
refrigerant
Mechanical check-sheet from vendor shall be attached with this.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
PNEUMATIC INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL I08-B

(ICP)/ESD STATION TEST
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Platform/
Plant name
INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL (ICP) DATA
Tag Number Signal Range Manufacturer
Type Dial/Chart Model Number
Service Range
Data Sheet Serial Number
IP rating EX rating
Pneumatic Supply: Instr. Air Instr. Gas Panel Type: P PE
P: Pneumatic, E: Electronic
PRE-COMMISSIONING CHECK OK N/A P/L
Verify I08-A: Pneumatic Instrument Control Panel (ICP)/ESD Station Installation No
1
Check sheet
2 Verify the availability of ICP Vendor Pre-commissioning / SAT Procedure
Verify all tubing connected to the panel have been pressure tested as per
3
check sheet I05-A
Verify all cables connected to the panel have been meggered / insulation
4
tested as per I01-A
5 Verify the instrument air is connected to the panel air / gas supply line
6 Verify the required electric power supply is connected to the panel
Verify the required pressure is adjusted on the pneumatic supply and control
7
lines
8 Verify the pneumatic time delays are set to the specified duration
Verify the individual function of the pneumatic / electronic switch input to the
9
control outputs
Verify the pressure outputs due to the actuation of process shutdown
10
pushbutton at panel
1
PNEUMATIC INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL I08-B

Verify the pressure outputs due to the actuation of emergency shutdown
11
pushbutton at panel
Verify the output pressure switch contacts every time shutdown function is
12
triggered
13 Verify no dust inside Enclosure /Cabinet / Panel and insulation surfaces are
clean.
14 Verify Instruments & its Accessories /Electrical equipment/Panel externally
clean.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Cause & Effect Matrix
2 Panel Schematic Drawings

2
Name
Signature
Date
3
INSTRUMENT CLOSE LOOP CHECK I11-B

NON FIELDBUS FIELDBUS(Note1)
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Platform/
Plant name
INSTRUMENT DATA
Controller
Signal Range Manufacturer
Tag Number
Initiator Tag Dial/Chart Model
Number Range Number
Service Data Sheet Serial Number
Loop Line of Equip Loop Diag No
Number
Controller No Final Element
Valve Action
Action Tag number
PRE COMMISSIONINGCHECK OK N/A P/L
Verify the device calibration check sheet I03-A & Installation check sheet I04-A
1
has been completed.
Verify the cable has been installed terminated and tested as per Cable
2
Installation & Testing check sheet I-01A completed.
Verify loop details are correct against Project / Vendor information
3 i.e. P & ID's, I/O schedule, Data sheet / Instrument index / Alarm & Trip schedule
(including Rack / Slot / Channel location for all I/O devices).
3 Verify the calibration certificate of the test equipment

Verify each Instrument is calibrated, accepted and confirm the duration of the
6
calibration certificate is still valid.
Test and ensure that loop is configured and functioning as per Control Narrative
8
(Controller Action Auto Manual changeover, split range etc.)
1

clean.
clean.
TEST EQUIPMENT
LOOP TEST
INSTRUMENTS INCLUDED IN THIS LOOP CHECK
Tag No Tag No Tag No
ANALOG TRANSMITTER(Note2)
MODEL NO: SERIAL NO:
TRANSMITTER TAG NO: LOCAL INSTR.TAG PANEL DCS Tag No:
(RANGE: ) NO : INSTR.TAG
Input (HART / FF) Output Reading NO:Reading Reading
0%
Reading
50%
100%
DIGITAL SWITCH(Note2)
PANEL
DCS Tag
LOCAL SWITCH/TRIP ALARM TAG VALVE ACTION TAG LEVEL OF SHUTDOWN
No:
AMPLIFIER TAG NO: NO : NO:
SET POINT READING ACTION ALARM

HH
H
2

L
LL
ANALOG CONTROLLER(Note3)
Controller Tag No: I/P Valve Valve
LIMIT SWITCH DCS
Transducer Positioner Position
Output
0%
50%
100%
FIELDBUS CHECKLIST(Note 1)
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus shall be tested using a proven Fieldbus Wiring Monitor that can test
the voltage, signal levels and wiring noise. The test shall comply with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
System Engineering Guidelines (AG-181)
SEGMENT MEASUREMENT DATA ACCEPTANCE VALUES
Voltage 9.0V Minimum
Lowest Device Signal 150-1200mV A
Lowest Device Signal Address N/A
Lowest Device Signal Date/Time N/A
Avg Fieldbus Frequency Noise (9- 75mV Maximum
40kHz)
Peak Fieldbus Frequency Noise (9- 75mV Maximum
40kHz)
Peak Fieldbus Frequency Noise N/A
Date/Time
Avg Low Frequency Noise (50Hz- 150mV Maximum
4kHz)Low Frequency Noise (50Hz-
Peak 150mV Maximum
4kHz)Low Frequency Noise
Peak N/A
Date/Time
Avg High Frequency Noise (50Hz- 150mV Maximum
4kHz)High Frequency Noise (50Hz-
Peak 150mV Maximum
4kHz)High Frequency Noise
Peak N/A
Date/Time
Shield Short No Shorts
LAS Address N/A
Most Recent Add/Drop Address N/A
Device Add or Drop None Added/Dropped
3

Date/Time of Device Add/Drop N/A
Number of Active Devices N/A
N/A
DEVICE MEASUREMENTS N/A
Device Address N/A
Signal Level 150-1200mV
Added/Dropped Not Added/Dropped
Retransmits 0
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Control Narrative (if applicable)
2 Shutdown Narrative (if applicable)
3 Hook Up Drawings
4 Logic Diagram
5 Cause & Effect Matrix Diagram
6 Alarm List
7 Panel Drawings
8 LoopDrawings
10 Test Equipment Certificate
11 Calibration Certificate

Name
4
Signature
Date
5
MISCELLANEOUS PROCESS ANALYZER TEST I13-B

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL
Platform/
Plant name
ANALYZER DATA
Tag Number SignalRange Manufacturer
Type Dial/Chart Model
Service RangeSheet
Data Number
Serial Number
Area
Classification
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Check the performance requirement from the datasheet of respective analyzers
PRE COMMISSIONING CHECK OK N/A P/L
1 Verify the analyzer has been installed as per check sheet I13-A and completed
Functional check of the instrument, flow computer, HMI and interface of the
2
host system based on vendors SAT procedure
3 Visually inspect equipment for any external damage
TEST EQUIPMENT/CALIBRATION GAS DATA
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Analyzer Datasheet
2 Vendor SAT procedure
3 Manufacturer Calibration Cert (including Calibration gas)
4 Vendor Drawings
1
MISCELLANEOUS PROCESS ANALYZER TEST I13-B

Name
Signature
Date
2
FIRE & GAS DEVICE LOOP TEST I16-B

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL
Platform/
Plant name
Sys
Sys Number
Description
FIRE & GAS DEVICE DATA
Type of Detector Heat Smoke Flame Gas Break glass Other (To specify):_______________
Method of
Classifying Authority Model Number
detection
Area Protected EX Protection Serial Number
IP rating Data Sheet Loop Drawing
1 Verify completeness of factory acceptance report of Fire & Gas systems
2 Verify the device calibration & installation check sheet I14-A has been completed
Verify the cable has been installed terminated and tested as per check sheet I-
3
01A and completed
Verify the Junction Boxes has been installed as per check sheet I-07A and
4
completed
Verify the device has been calibrated and installed as per check sheet I14-A and
5
completed
6 Verify the correct electric power supply is connected to the Fire and Gas panel
7 Verify all tools/equipment/test kits for the loop test are available
Verify local indication/display (if applicable), are correctly activated upon testing
8
of the loop
Verify all the indication/display in FGS Panel are correctly activated upon testing
9
of the loop
Verify the indication/display in DCS (if applicable) are correctly activated upon
10
testing of the loop
Verify the indication/display and actions in Shutdown Systems (if applicable) are
11
correctly activated upon testing of the loop as per cause and effect matrix
1
FIRE & GAS DEVICE LOOP TEST I16-B

REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Loop Drawings
2 Instrument Location Drawings
3 FGS Cause & Effect Matrix (if applicable)
4 Vendor Drawings

Name
Signature
Date
2
CAUSE AND EFFECT MATRIX (CEM) TESTING I18-B

AND VERIFICATION
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL
Platform/
Plant name
System System
Number Description
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Functionality as per approved CEM
1 Verify completion of installation, pre commissioning and commissioning of SIS
2 and FGS
Verify loops
CEM is the final approved revision
3 Perform CEM testing and verification as per final approved revision of CEM
clean. 5 Verify Instruments & its Accessories /Electrical equipment/Panel externally
clean. REFERENCE DRAWINGS
3 Hook Up Drawings
4 Panel Drawings
5 CEM Process & FGS

Name
Signature
Date
1
WELL HEAD CONTROL PANEL (WHCP) TEST I20-B

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL
Platform/
Plant name
Well Head Control Panel (WHCP) DATA
Service Range
IP rating EX rating
Pneumatic Supply: Instr. Air Instr. Gas Panel Type: P-H EH PEH
P: Pneumatic, E: Electronic, H:Hydraulic

1 Verify I20-A: Well Head Control Panel (WHCP) Check sheet
2 Verify the availability of WHCP Vendor Pre-commissioning Procedure
3 Inspect WHCP hydraulic reservoir and verify it is filled up with the right hydraulic.
Verify all cables connected to the panel have been meggered / insulation tested
4
as per I01-A
5 Verify the instrument air is connected to the panel air / gas supply line
6 Verify the required electric power supply is connected to the panel
7 Verify the accumulators are pre-charged to the specified pressure
8 Verify the required pressure is adjusted on the pneumatic supply and control lines
9 Verify the required pressure is adjusted on the hydraulic pump discharge lines
10 Verify the hydraulic reservoir pneumatic low level functions to stop the pump
11 Verify the pneumatic time delays are set to the specified duration
12 Verify the opening and closing sequence and timing of the WV, SSV and SCSSV
Verify the flow line pneumatic Hi-Lo pilots are functioning to close WV / SSV and
13
providing indications
Verify the individual opening & closing of WV, SSV and SCSSV from the local
14
pushbutton
WELL HEAD CONTROL PANEL (WHCP) TEST I20-B

15 Verify the individual opening & closing of WV, SSV and SCSSV from the solenoid
valve
16 Verify the closing all of WV and SSV from the total surface local pushbutton
Verify the closing all of WV, SSV and SCSSV from the total sub-surface local
17
pushbutton
18 Verify the closing all of WV and SSV from the total surface solenoid valve
Verify the closing all of WV, SSV and SCSSV from the total sub-surface solenoid
19
valve
20 Verify no dust inside Enclosure /Cabinet / Panel and insulation surfaces are clean
21 Verify Instruments & its Accessories /Electrical equipment/Panel externally clean
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
3 Hook Up Drawings
4 WHCP Drawings

Name
Signature
Date
HSSD (VESDA) LOOP TEST I22-B

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL
Platform/
Plant name
Sys Number
HSSD (VESDA) DEVICE DATA

Tag Number Location
Sub System Protected Zone
Type
NNNNNNONONu Data Sheet
mber
Service Classifying
Area Authority
EX rating
Classification
Serial Number
1 Verify installation check sheet I22-A has been completed
Verify the cable has been installed terminated and tested as per check sheet
2
I-01A and completed
Verify the Junction Boxes has been installed as per check sheet I-07A and
3
completed
Confirm all Cabling / Terminations / Earthing /Pipework conforms to project
4 specifications and is correctly installed as per Loop drawings and Hook up
diagrams.
5 Verify the correct electric power supply is connected
7 Verify local indication/display are correctly activated upon testing of the loop
Verify all the indication/display in FGS Panel are correctly activated upon testing
8
of the loop
9
testing of the loop
10
1
HSSD (VESDA) LOOP TEST I22-B

11 Verify no dust inside Enclosure /Cabinet / Panel and insulation surfaces are clean
12 Verify Instruments & its Accessories /Electrical equipment/Panel externally clean
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 HSSD (VESDA) Installation Details
HSSD (VESDA) Vendor Calibration Certificate
2 HSSD (VESDA) Loop Drawings
4 Vendor Drawings

Name
Signature
Date
2
METERING SKID TEST I23-B

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL
Platform/
Plant name
METERING SKID DATA
Tag Number Flow Range Manufacturer
Type Pressure Model
Rating Number
Area Protected Serial Number
1 Verify the skid has been installed as per check sheet I23-A and completed
2
host system based on vendors SAT procedure
1 Vendor SAT Procedure
2 Vendor Drawings

Name
Signature
Date
1

TANK GAUGING SYSTEMS I26 - B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
T Type of Sensor Radar Servo Float Displacer Other (To specify):_________________
No. of Tank
No of JB Manufacturer
Gauges
Type of Level
IP rating Ex protection
Sensor
Area Type of Type of
Classification Signal Temperature
Tank Local Interconnect Sensor
Indication ion (Field to
PRETGS)
COMMISSIONING CHECK OK N/A P/L No
Verify the complete tank gauging system has been installed as per ITR I26-A and
1
completed.
2 Functional check of the instrument, TGS, HMI and interface of the host system.
3 Visually inspect equipment for any external damage.
Check and ensure Tank Strapping Table is configured in the tank gauge for the
4
respective tanks.
5 Ensure all parameterization are carried out as per Vendor requirements.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Loop Drawings
3 Tank Strapping Table
4 P&ID
5 Vendor Drawings

TANK GAUGING SYSTEMS I26 - B

Designation Contractor Representative PCSB Inspector Commissioning
Company PETRONAS Carigali Engineer
PETRONAS Carigali
Name
Signature
Date

MULTIPHASE FLOW METER (MPFM) TESTING I27 - B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Type Model Number
Area
Serial Number
Classification
PRE COMMISSIONING CHECK OK N/A P/L No
1 Verify the skid has been installed as per ITR I27-A and completed
Verify that re-instatement are carried out as Piping installation ITR for re-
2
instatement and ITR are signed off
3
host system
clean
clean
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Location Layout
2 Isometric Drawing

Designation Contractor Representative PCSB Inspector Commissioning
Company PETRONAS Carigali Engineer
PETRONAS
Name Carigali
Signature
Date
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PRESSURE VESSEL M01-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System/Subsystem No.

Confirm that all associated construction work packs are signed off
punchlists are complete and no subsequent damage has occurred.
2
installed.
5 Check that all spades & spec. blinds are in the correct orientation.
6 Confirm all connections are complete and to vendors drawings.
7
installed.
8
Confirm vessel Internals have been installed in accordance with
9
Vendor drawings and specifications.
10 Confirm all manway covers bolted up correctly with correct gaskets.
11 Earth Bonding straps complete.
Confirm Vessels internal have been inspected by Commissioning and
12
Final Closure certificate has been attached
Review the manufacturers recommendation for preparation to start
13 and confirm that no conflicts arise between that document and the
commissioning procedure.
COMMENT(S) AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:

Designation Contractor Representative PMTInspector Commissioning Engineer
Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

HEAT EXCHANGER (PLATE / S&T) M02-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Verify ITR 02 -A is complete.
2 Check equipment for damage.
3 Pressure relief valves installed as per project drawing.
Pressure relief valves have valid certification and are set to the
4
correct values.
5 Verify sliding supports are free to move.
6 Check all valves associated with the heat exchanger for operability.
Check all spec blinds and spades are fitted and are in the correct
7
orientation.
8 Verify earthing strap is fitted.
9 If required, check hydrotest is done successfully
commissioning procedure

Designation Contractor Representative PMT Inspector Commissioning Engineer
Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

HEAT EXCHANGER (PCHE) M03-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Verify ITR03 -A is complete.
Prior to installation of PCHE, verify that the piping system has been
2 flush to NACE 6 or project cleanliness specification. Check that
Cooling water quality is per PCHE manufacturers requirement
3 Check PCHE to be free from any visual damage.
4 Ensure that pressure relief valves installed as per project drawing.
Check pressure relief valves have valid certification and are set to
5
the correct values.
Check all spectacle blinds and spades are fitted and are in the correct
8
orientation.
If there is dissimilar flange connection between PCHE nozzle and
10
piping nozzle, the joint shall be equipped with insulation kit
11 Attach vendors FAT report if any

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GEARBOX M04-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

prior to starting any work. Confirm that the content of the accepted
1 punch-lists will not impede commissioning. Confirm all certifying
authority exception items complete or transferred to punch-list.
2 Confirm preservation has been removed.
Check and confirm gearbox has been properly flushed. If not, carry
3 out items 4, 5 and 6.
Install filter screens at oil inlets to gearbox and flush pipework (If
4 applicable).
On completion of pipework flushing flush through gearbox, inspect
5 and clean filter screens at regular intervals until satisfied with
cleanliness (If applicable).
On completion of flushing the lube oil system remove temporary
6 screens and fill gearbox to correct level (If applicable).
7 Check driver rotation is correct.
8 Confirm coupling and guard fitted.
9 Carry out Gear Tooth contact test.
Carry out any manufacturers recommended pre-start checks i.e. oil
10 level in sump.
Run on-load and record readings at regular intervals of :
a) Oil pressure at each bearing.
b) Oil inlet temperature.
11 c) Oil outlet / sump temperature.
d) Vibration levels
Record results. Confirm results are in accordance with
manufacturer's specifications.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

RELIEF VALVE M05-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Location (state line no. or equipment).
2 Record nameplate details.
Check manufacturer's documentation (installation instructions and
3
drawings).
Check:
4 a) Valves installed in accordance with construction drawings.
b) Valve oriented correctly for direction of flow.
5 Check valve test certificate. Attach copy.
Check that provision exists for the easy removal of the valve from
6
the system.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

AIR DRYER M06-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Vendors instruction, manual and part list are available.
2 Check equipment for any damage.
3 Check that the on-skid piping and supports are adequate.

Verify the drier towers are filled to the correct level with the
4
recommended medium.
5 Check all valves have been exercised and are operable.
Check that the system exhaust is correctly installed as per approved
6
drawings.
7 Check that the correct moisture analyzer is installed.
Check that the pre-filters and after filters are clean and correctly
8
installed.
Check and ensure that the interconnections for utility air and drains
9
are complete.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

FILTER / STRAINER M07-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Confirm that all construction packs are signed off prior to starting
any work. Confirm that the content of the accepted punch-lists will
1
not impede commissioning. Check that the filter/coalescer is
externally clean and all components are free from damage.
3 Check that the Insulation is undamaged.

Confirm that all valves are greased and free to operate, with no
4
handle clashes.
Confirm that internals are clean and undamaged and correct to
5
specification.
6 Confirm that system/equipment PSV's are installed.
Confirm fittings and connections are complete as per vendor
7
drawing.
8 Confirm vendor pre-start up checks complete.
9 Confirm commissioning spares available for filter change.

Confirm that correct number of elements has been fitted for start up
11
and that piping has been properly torqued up.
Ensure leak test has been completed after fitting of elements and
12
purge skid with nitrogen (where applicable)
13 Check filter media is filled, distributed and at correct level.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PEDESTAL CRANE M08-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System/Subsystem
No.

Confirm that all associated construction packs are signed off prior to
1 starting any work. Confirm that the content of the accepted punch-
lists will not impede commissioning.
Check that the crane is clean and all components are free from
2
damage.
Confirm that all instrument, electrical pre-start up checks are
4
complete.
Confirm that the correct lubrication has been applied in accordance
5
with the vendor's specifications.
6 Check that all fuel / oil / air filters are fitted.
Confirm that adequate lighting and means of communication are
7
available.
Confirm that all portable firefighting equipment is installed in
8
nominated locations.
9 Carry out Vendor pre-start up preparations are complete.
Function test all crane movements, controls, protection in
accordance with Vendor Commissioning Instructions Enter following
10 information:-
Vendor Document No.
Section No.
Confirm required Load Test Rules with Certifying Authority is
11
available.
Load test the crane in accordance with vendor instructions and
12
required rules.
Attach copies of certificates and vendor commissioning checks to
13
this function test certificate.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PEDESTAL CRANE M08-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

MONORAIL/TROLLEY HOIST M09-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Confirm that all associated "A" ITR's are signed off prior to starting
1
any work.
Check load test certificate validation prior to commencement of
2
Commissioning activities.
3 Check that S.W.L. is clearly marked on equipment.
Ensure that no obstacles, i.e. piping, scaffolding or any other local
4
operations which will impede Hoist/monorail test operations
Check end stops are securely fitted to runway beams & that they will
5
locate against rubber buffer on end carriages.
6 Check that equipment is adequately lubricated.
Ensure that all manufacturers static checks have been completed
7
prior to commencing Commissioning activities.
8 Complete load test with CA.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GANTRY/BRIDGE CRANE M10-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1
any work.
Check load test certificate validation prior to commencement of
2
Commissioning activities.
3 Check that S.W.L. is clearly marked on equipment.
4 Check that any testing requirement is successfully carried out

5
operations which will impede Gantry/Bridge crane operations
Perform functional test such as:
Lower block and lift block without load and test at least three
times the overhoist cut off switch function
Move trolley to and fro the entire gantry and test at least
6 three times the limit switches at hook end
Move gantry to and fro the entire girder and test at least
three times the limit switches at hook end
Lift rated load and test brake capacity, check lifting speed
Move the load around
Test party witnessed load test
7 Perform test at 125 percent load (load at mid-span of gantry)
and issue certificate of witness
8 Document all test and checks performed

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

FLARE/FLARE TIPS M11-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1
any work.
Unit installed according to vendor instructions, with location and
2 orientation correct, holding down arrangement complete and secure.
Preservation removed and all facilities clean

3
All instruments, safety devices and alarms tested and ready for
4 service.
Check flare tip is installed to relevant PIDs/vendor specification.

5
Check flare tip to flare pipe valve bolted up to spec. w/correct size of
6 bolt & torque value)
7 Check wind shield is correctly oriented to drawings and spec.
8 Check flare pilot assembly is complete supply system.
Check pilot gas and ignition pipework flushed and dried.

9
Check access for flare tip removal is adequate.
10
Check flare tip for damage.
11
Carry out Vendor recommended pre-start up checks in accordance
12 with Vendor Start Up and Operating Manual.
Confirm equipment is ready for dynamic commissioning as specified

13 on relevant dynamic commissioning procedure
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

FLARE/FLARE TIPS M11-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

LIFEBOAT AND DAVIT M12-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Life Boat
Conduct thorough visual inspection of boat, davit, winch, and falls,
1
checking for damage, deterioration and deficiencies since onshore
certification.
2 Check the diesel and water level inside tanks are correct.
3 Check the motor and start system.

Confirm that all loose equipment and safety gear supplied with the
4 lifeboat is stowed in accordance with the equipment stowage
drawing as detailed in the O & M Manual
This System requires final inspection and acceptance by Certifying
5
Authority and Operations.
Winch
6 Ensure the gearbox is clean and filled with correct lubrication and to
correct level.
Ensure the wire cables are properly installed and free of any damage
7
and correct length.
Check reeving of fall ropes and release wire. ( Falls must be reeved
8 under tension and adjusted to support boat in a level attitude so
that the short pendants are connectable).
9 Ensure that power is available to the electric motor.
Check correct operation of brake release mechanism,
10
counterweights and rewind handle.
11 Check the reliability of all limit switches to guarantee repeatability.
Ensure all pendant cables used for maintenance are properly
12
connected.
Check that with the brake released, the falls payout from the winch
13
with a pull of less than 75 kg applied to the falls at the drum.
14 Confirm operation of the over hoist cut-out switches.
15 Confirm correct direction of rotation of winch motor.
16 Confirm correct operation of winch start and stop buttons.

While in position, check Lifeboat for water tightness.
17
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

LIFEBOAT AND DAVIT M12-B
18 Check the operation of the bilge pump.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GENERATOR M13-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Construction check sheets ITR M13-A are complete & no subsequent
1
damage to the equipment occurred.
Check that Valve interlocks are installed (if applicable) and the
3
system operates as designed. Ensure keys are safely located.
Confirm for ventilation and cooling fans. Attached electrical fan test
4
run record
5 Check manufacturers instruction, manual and part list
6 Check skid weld down or hold down bolts

Check holding down bolts of turbine or engine, gearbox, and
7
generator
8 Check vibration dampers installed (if applicable)
9 Remove any temporary stopper or shipping braces

Verify that ITR B for Gas Turbine as generator driver is complete
10
and signed off -for turbine generator driven
11 Check gearbox hold down bolts
12 Check gearbox lube oil for water or dirt contamination
13 Check relief valve is set correctly

Check alignment of gearbox and generator in accordance with
14
vendors instruction
15 Check lubrication/ greasing of generator bearing
Confirm that all electrical checks on generator, switch and cabling
16
has been completed
Ensure generator skid is level against its location to facilitate good
17
alignment of driver and generator skid
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GENERATOR M13-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

MIXERS AND AGITATORS M14-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

starting any work. Confirm that the content of the accepted punch-
1
lists will not impede commissioning. Confirm all certifying authority
exception items complete or transferred to punch-list.
Check that the skid is clean and all components are free from
2
damage.
4 Confirm that all valves are greased and free to operate.
5 Confirm that agitator mounting is secure.

Confirm that power is isolated and that all shafts are free to turn by
6
hand.
Confirm Motor start/stop station operates locally after uncoupled
7
motor run.
8 Confirm all guards are installed and secure.
Confirm that the correct lubrication has been applied to the bearings
9
and gearbox.
10 Confirm that the shaft-tank seal is intact and undamaged.

Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

MIXERS AND AGITATORS M14-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

ELECTRO-CHLORINATION UNIT M15-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Check that the filter/coalescer is externally clean and all components
1
are free from damage.
3 Check that the Insulation is undamaged.

Confirm that all valves are greased and free to operate, with no
4
handle clashes.
Confirm that vessel internals are clean and undamaged and correct
5
to specification. Execution of M01-B & M049-B have been completed.
6 Confirm man-way is secured.
7 Confirm that system/equipment PSV's are installed.

Confirm fittings and connections are complete as per vendor drawing
8
and specification.
10 Check filter media is filled, distributed and at correct level.

11
starting any work.
12
commissioning.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

SANITARY TREATMENT UNIT M16-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Mechanically complete and no subsequent damage occurred.
2
orientation correct, holding down arrangement complete and secure.
3 Preservation removed and all facilities clean.
All manual and control valves properly installed, tested, greased and
4
ready for service.
5
service.
6 Electrical grounding installed as per specification.
7 Piping, tubing and cable connections complete and correct .
8 Relief valves fitted, tagged and certified with valid calibration date .
9 Lubricants filled and to vendors specification

10
starting any work.
11
commissioning
12
with Vendor Start Up and Operating Manual
13
on relevant dynamic commissioning procedure

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GAS DEHYDRATION UNIT M17-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Mechanically complete and no subsequent damage occurred.
2
orientation correct, holding down arrangement complete and secure.
3 Preservation removed and all facilities clean.
All manual and control valves properly installed, tested, greased and
4
ready for service.
Ensure the following:-
i. Gassing of the Glycol Dehydration system up to Inlet MOVs on the
Gas Metering Skid is done together with the gassing up of the Gas
5 compression system.
ii. Glycol Regeneration System has been started and is operating
independently (isolated from the Glycol Contactor) and ready to
feed lean TEG to the Glycol Contactor
6 Moisture Analyzer has been calibrated and is ready to be taken on line

7
service.
8 Electrical grounding installed as per specification.
9 Piping, tubing and cable connections complete and correct .
10 Relief valves fitted, tagged and certified with valid calibration date .
11 Lubricants filled and to vendors specification
12 Unit rotates freely (manually).

Couplings, belts and guards installed correctly.
13
Verify that all electrical installations are correct and ready for
14 service: power cables, control cables, lighting systems, DC systems
15 starting any work
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GAS DEHYDRATION UNIT M17-B
16
commissioning
17
with Vendor Start Up and Operating Manual
18

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP M18-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Verify ITR M18- A is complete and signed off
2 Check Preservation is removed.
3 Check that piping system is completed according to P & ID
4 Check Pump discharge is protected against over pressure.

If applicable, Check chemical dosing piping provided at pump suction
5
area
6 Check motor to pump alignment
7 Check that unit is free to rotate by hand

Check that cable termination to motor and glands are water and
8
pressure tight and are without any damage
Check that electric cables to motor do not foul pipes or rub against
rough or sharp edges. Cable is free from external applied loads and
9
properly secured with clamps against pump casing as recommended
by the vendor installation manual
Check that motor is fully filled with either inhibited distillated or
10 mineral oil as appropriate and that mechanical seal is undamaged
and leak free
Treaded joints on rotating elements are tightened to the correct
11
torque
12 Check condition of suction mesh screen and its fixing arrangement
Check that pump and riser pipe are installed satisfactorily inside
13 caisson with adequate pump suction to caisson clearance and all
riser center liners fitted properly
Check all pump and risers joints have correct gasket/jointing
14 compound fitted and all bolts, nuts and washers are of correct
material and securely tighten (torque to vendors specification)
Air release valve, non return valve and PSV are fitted and functional
15
checked
Motor cable is securely terminated in platform junction box with
16
sufficient spare length to allow installation flexibility
Electrical supply loop incorporates an ampere meter indicating
17
normal amps (blue) and motor deteriorating amps (red)
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP M18-B
With the information on overall length of complete pump casing
assembly and overall length of pump caisson, check that the pump
18
suction submerged depth versus the lowest astronomical tide gives
as a minimum the required NPSR + 2 meters
19 Perform no-load test

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVEN PUMP (PD) M19-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

prior to starting any work. Confirm that the content of the accepted
1
punchlists will not impede commissioning. Confirm all certifying
authority exception items complete or transferred to punchlist.
Check that the skid is clean and all components are free from
2
damage.
4 Confirm that all valves are greased and free to operate.

Lube oil system flushing complete and that all temporaries have
5
been removed.
6 Confirm with Electrical commissioning that power is available.
Perform the uncoupled motor run and record:
a) direction of motor rotation,
b) bearing temperatures and
7 c) Vibration Levels.
Results are to be in accordance with manufacture specification and

recorded on Electrical E-03B.
Confirm alignment is acceptable and meets specification prior to
8
reinstating coupling after uncoupled motor run.
9 Confirm all guards are reinstated and secure.
Confirm that the correct lubrication has been applied to the
10
bearings, seal glands and gearbox.
11 Confirm that equipment PSV's are installed.
12 Confirm the suction strainers are installed and clean.
13 Check pump discharge is protected against over pressurization.

For submersible pumps, confirm motors cooling water system
installed correctly, water/inhibitor mix filled to correct level,
15
hypochlorite dosing lines complete, and vacuum breaker valves
installed & in service.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVEN PUMP (PD) M19-B
and confirm that no conflicts arise between that document and the
16


Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

AIR COMPRESSOR M20-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Verify ITR M20 -A is complete.
Verify the sump has been drained and refilled with correct grade
3
lubricant.
Verify pressure relief valves are fitted to the intermediate and
4
discharge stages of the compressor.
5 Verify air intake filters are clean and fitted properly.
6 Verify all valves have been exercised and are operable.

Verify if motor has been tested and solo run per Electrical
8
requirement; attach record
Confirm that alignment is satisfactory done between driver and air
9
compressor; check record
10 Attach vendors FAT report
11


Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

DIESEL ENGINE M21-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 starting any work. Confirm that the content of the accepted punch-
lists will not impede commissioning.
2 Preservation removed and all facilities clean
3 Confirm that all shafts are free to turn by hand / barring device.
Confirm that all pumps suction strainer and filters are installed and
4
clean.
5 Confirm that alignments have been completed.
Confirm that all pumps under this package are mechanically ready
6
for start up and functional test.
Cooling System:
a) Confirm that the engine cooling water system is complete,
7 correct coolant mixture is filled up to required level and level
gauges are installed.
b) Confirm gearbox cooling water connections are complete.
Air Start System:
a) Check the air and electrical starting system has been
installed and is ready for the functional test.
8
b) Check that the air suction strainer is fitted & clean.
c) Check and ensure that starter system instrument air
reservoir is fully charged.
Lube Oil System:
a) Check that the lube oil system is complete, new filter
elements installed, all components are free from damage,
and filter changeover valve is operational.
9
b) Check lube oil tank is filled with correct grade & quantity of
lube oil.
c) Check engine crank case lube oil heater connection is
complete / operational.
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

DIESEL ENGINE M21-B
Fuel System:
a) Check that the diesel fuel tank & feed lines to the engine
have been installed correctly, flushed clean, new & correct
filter elements installed, and ready for operation with all
instrumentation in service.
10
b) Check diesel tank filled with clean & correct grade of diesel.
c) Check filling, overflow and drain lines are adequate and
installed to specification.
d) Check Remote shut-off valves are fitted and clearly identified
outside engine compartment.
Air Intake System:
11 a) Confirm that the air intake filtration system is clean and filter
elements are securely installed.
Turbo Charger:
a) Confirm Turbo Charger is installed correctly.
b) Confirm sealing arrangements are in accordance with
manufactures instructions.
12
c) Operate lube oil priming pump and observe oil issuing from
oil drain line (If oil supply line is from engine).
d) Confirm oil level is correct.
e) Confirm Vent line is not obstructed.
Air Start:
a) Confirm system is in accordance to manufactures
13
instructions.
b) Pressurize the system and check for leaks
Exhaust System:
a) Confirm the exhaust bellows are undamaged.
b) Confirm the exhaust insulation is correct to specification and
14 undamaged.
c) Confirm that if sliding supports are installed they are free to
move.
d) Check if the flame arrestor is installed.
Gear Box:
15 a) Confirm that M04-B for the Gear Box is completed
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

DIESEL ENGINE M21-B
Overall Checks:
a) Confirm if applicable, that the package enclosure is intact,
undamaged, doors operational, ventilation system dampers
operable and fire & gas system is operable.
b) Conform that all instruments and engine controls are
operable.
16 c) Confirm that BPCS input / output functions are operable.
d) Check that all the pre start up checks and preparation has
been carried out as per the diesel engine / gear box vendor's
recommendation.
e) Confirm the package is ready for dynamic commissioning as
specified on relevant SCP function test certificates.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GAS TURBINE M22-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Lube oil system
Design of the lube oil system is adequate for the gas turbine:
Flow rate of lube oil is sufficient
1 Pressure form pump is sufficient
Heat duty of lube oil cooler is sufficient
Lube oil meets OEM requirements
2 Piping is complete and installed as per P&ID
Piping is undamaged, supports are secure and thermal insulation
3
undamaged
4 Lube oil relieve valve and sight pop test certificate available
5 Lube oil level is at normal run down level
6 Lube oil filters are installed
7 Commissioning strainers are installed
8 Lube oil heater is functional
9 Lube oil piping has undergone acid cleaning and flushing
10 Lube oil piping has undergone hydrotest
11 Lube oil pump rotates in the right direction
12 Pump-motor coupling is protected with coupling guard
13 Continuity and resistance check conducted for wiring/cabling
14 Pump rotation check conducted
15 All related instruments are in place
16 Earthing system cables and connections are secure and undamaged
Page 1 of 7
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GAS TURBINE M22-B
Starter system
Variable Frequency Drive Motor:
1 The controls and instrumentation of electric motor is functional

Continuity check and resistance check conducted on relevant wiring
2
and cabling
3 Current supply to VFD in accordance to OEM recommendation
5 Rotational check and solo run of motor conducted
6 All instrumentation are installed and calibrated
Hydraulic system:
1 There is no observable leakage

The grade of oil used for the hydraulic starter system is in
2
accordance to manufacturer's specifications
3 The hydraulic pump is functional and rotates in the correct direction
4 The controls and instrumentation of hydraulic system is functional

5
and cabling
6 All instruments are installed and calibrated
8 Hydraulic oil pressure is sufficient
Pneumatic system:
1 The air pressure supplied is adequate

3 The controls and instrumentation of pneumatic system is functional
4
and cabling
5 All instruments/transducers installed and calibrated.
Page 2 of 7
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GAS TURBINE M22-B
Fuel gas system
1 Gas filter is installed correctly
2 Fuel gas heater capacity is within the required limits
3 Vent off pipe leads to a safe area
4 All shutoff valves are fully functional
5 Fuel gas demister is functional

The controls and instrumentation for the fuel gas system is
6
functional
7
and cabling
All instruments/transducers are in place and terminal box covers are
8
correctly secured
Control system
1 All cables and wirings are connected to the right places
2 Hot loop check has been conducted
3 Continuity check/resistance check conducted
4 Latest version of control software is uploaded
5 Setting and constants of control system verified.
Instrumentation
1 All necessary transducers/gauges have been correctly installed
2 All transmitters have been recalibrated
3 All field instruments have been recalibrated
4 Function check carried out for all protection devices
5 Protection devices calibrated and verified
Page 3 of 7
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GAS TURBINE M22-B
6 Communication of vibration monitoring system is functional
7 Water wash system

Wash water detergent is in accordance to manufacturer's
8
specifications
9 Pump and motor cart provided and functional
10 All pipework is complete, undamaged and supports are secure

11
and cabling
12
correctly secured
13 Drainage system functional
15 Enclosure ventilation system
16 Air filters have been installed correctly
17 Gas detector has been installed
18 Differential pressure gauge has been installed
19 Bearings of ventilation fans have been greased

Dampers and louvers of air intake is functional and installed
20
correctly
Package enclosure is intact, undamaged, dorrs operational, door
21 handles with lock are in good condition, door limit switches are
installed correctly
22 Electric fans are functional
Combustion air system
1 The air intake filters have been installed correctly
2 Gas detector has been installed
3 Exhaust insulation is intact

Exhaust ducting is complete and sliding supports have been adjusted
4
for thermal expansion
5 Acoustic insulation is intact
Page 4 of 7
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GAS TURBINE M22-B
6 Water seal pot is filled with water
7 Exhaust collector drainage is not clogged

8
and cabling
9
correctly secured
Utility air system
1 Air filter has been correctly installed

The pressure measurements across the gas turbine falls within
3
expected limits when utility air system is pressurized
4 Pressurized air supply has been connected to utility air system
5 Fire and gas protection system
6 Gas detectors have been installed
7 IR flame detectors have been installed
8 Thermal/heat detectors have been installed
9 Fire dampers are functional

Water mist system is functional:
10 Water tank is filled
Nitrogen pressure sufficient
11 Fire monitor layout have been reviewed
12
and cabling
13
correctly secured
Skid and base
1 Levelness of skid falls within required codes and standards

The thickness of the shimmings are in accordance to required codes
2
and standards
Page 5 of 7
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GAS TURBINE M22-B
Thickness of the bearing pads are in accordance to required codes
3
and standards
4 The torque of the inter-skid tie bolts are adequate
Vibration monitoring system

All vibration probes/ transducers/ accelerometers are installed
1
correctly and functional
2 All instrumentation calibrated
3 Keyphasors have been set
4 Loop check on vibration monitoring system carried out
Miscellaneous checks
1 Mechanical completion certificate available
2 Pre-commissioning, commissioning and start up procedure available
3 Operating and maintenance manual available
4 FAT reports and records available
5 All MOCs have been implemented and documentation up to date
6 All construction packs signed off
7 Inventory checklist has been conducted

Content of all the accepted punch-lists will not impede
8
commissioning
9 Vendor supplied certification has been checked
10 Permit to work available for all relevant pre-commissioning activities

Walk around performed to visually examine completeness of
11
installation
12 Equipment have been properly preserved
Electrical power supply for various drives, heating and controls have
13
been installed correctly.
14 Inlet guide vanes move freely when forced manually
15 Bump test for rotor end test has been conducted
16 The bleed air piping has been installed correctly
17 Unit is piping stress free
Page 6 of 7
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GAS TURBINE M22-B
Crank test
1 Tool box talk conducted
2 PTW issued and approved
3 All checklists and records available
4 All subsystem checks/miscellaneous checks have been conducted
5 Power supply is connected to necessary subsystems
6 Pressurized air supply connected to utility air system
7 All unit permissives indicate readiness for crank test
8 Enclosure ventilation system is operational
9 Electrical fans are rotating in the correct direction
10 Lube oil system is operational
11 Lube oil pump is rotating in the correct direction
12 Confirm that turbine/starter system rotates in the right direction

Confirm that the instrument measurements are within expected
13
limits
14 No excessive vibration/noise is observed

Name
Signature
Date
Page 7 of 7
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR M23-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

starting any work. Confirm that the content of the accepted punch-
1
lists will not impede commissioning. Confirm all certifying authority
exception items complete or transferred to punch-list.
Confirm preservation removed and the preservation has been
2
carried out in accordance with manufactures procedure.
Visual check the entire compressor skid is complete as per drawing
3
and ensure all connections are secured and intact
Inspect compressor and confirm / record: -
Cleanliness satisfactory
4
Condition of joint faces satisfactory
No damage is found after sea transportation
Check equipment alignment. If alignment values deviate from OEM
5
recommended values, repeat alignment
Auxiliary gearbox (if applicable)
a. Check that all vibration probes/ transducers, accelerometers
and temperature sensors are installed correctly, calibrated
and functional
6 b. Ensure that lubrication oil is of correct type and of sufficient
quantity. Refer to gearbox OEM manual for correct lubrication
and quantity to be used
c. Ensure that coupling and coupling guards are installed
correctly
Page 1 of 5
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Lube oil System
a. Prior to filling lube oil system inspect Lube Oil Tank for
Cleanliness and record on FM001 Function Test Certificate.
b. Confirm that lube oil piping is complete as per P & ID,
supports secure and thermal insulation undamaged
c. Ensure that lube oil piping provided by fabricator has
undergone acid cleaning, flushing and hydrotested
d. Ensure that lube oil relieve valve has been tested and
checked
e. Check that lube oil pump-motor train coupling is guarded by
7
coupling guard
f. Perform rotational check for lube oil pump
g. Verify that continuity check and resistance check has been
conducted for the necessary wiring & cabling
h. Check that all instruments are installed correctly as per P& ID
i. Check that earthing system cables and connections are
secured and undamaged
j. Check lube oil system is complete. Check instrumentations
are installed correctly and as per drawing. Check belt tension
and alignment is complete
Flushing of Lube Oil System:
a. Perform final flushing with bypassing the connection to
bearing
b. Ensure reservoir/ lube oil tank is filled with clean lube oil
c. Ensure that separation air is supplied to labyrinth seal before
performing flushing
d. Run the AC LO pump at normal operating condition. During
this period, piping/equipment hammering should NOT be
carried out
e. Reservoir heaters can be turned ON to accelerate flushing
f. Inspect filter screen after the first hour of flushing. Clear the
filter screen and re-install back to repeat the flushing
8
activities. Automatic particle counter can also be used to
determine cleanliness of lubricant
g. Repeat flushing until screens are clean or the samples are
acceptable as per OEM recommendation
h. Remove filter screens once flushing is complete
i. After ensuring the interconnecting piping for lube oil system
is clean, perform one more round of flushing with complete
circuit to the bearing. Install mesh screen/API screen at the
main bearing lube oil supply pipework. The screen installation
must be as close as possible to the bearing connection.
j. Repeat step c-h
k. Remove mesh screens once flushing is complete
Page 2 of 5
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Check lube oil cooler system is functional. Check lube oil cooler fan
is functional. Perform 2-hour test run on the fan and observe if
9
motor is running normally at within rated speed. Record vibration
and noise level and ensure levels are within acceptable limit.
Seal Gas System:
a. Check seal gas supply availability and confirm that seal gas
filter is clean
b. Confirm there is no liquid in seal gas system
10
c. Perform stroke check on seal gas supply shutdown valve
d. Ensure pressure at main seal gas supply header and alternate
seal gas supply header is adequate and as per OEM settings.
Adjust seal gas supply if necessary
Instrumentation & Control:
a. Perform loop test on all instrumentations against platforms
DCS control
b. Set points for controllers, switches, and transmitters shall be
set and verified against OEM and Process settings
c. Confirm that all temperature sensors are installed correctly,
11
calibrated and functional
d. Perform functional test for all alarm and trip set systems
e. Ensure that all connections to module control panel (MCP)
have been established and function correctly
f. Ensure field instrumentations provide correct feedback to
MCP display/ HMI monitor
Conduct loop check on vibration monitoring system and ensure that
12
all readings are correctly displayed at MCP
Check that surge control valve can be positioned corresponding to
13
the external order signal (25%, 50%, 75% and 100%) opening
Confirm on the travel time of the anti-surge valves full stroke from
14
CLOSE position to OPEN position
15 Ensure that compressor suction strainer is installed correctly
Page 3 of 5
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Perform functionality check on process after coolers
a. Fin Fan Coolers
a.1. Energize fan motors and start motor and fan. Ensure fan is
running at designated speed
a.2. Check fan and motor rotation
a.3. Monitor operation of motor and fan and ensure that both are
running normally without abnormal noise or vibration
a.4. Simulate high vibration to ensure the motor vibration
protection function is working. Re-start motor and fan to
16
confirm normal operation
b. Cooling water system
b.1. Ensure that required corrosion inhibitor is applied. Refer to
project requirement on corrosion inhibitor specification
b.2. Introduce seawater to seawater/fresh water heat exchanger
b.3. Run cooling medium/ cooling water pump
b.4. Confirm level in cooling water surge tank/expansion tank
b.5. Confirm that flow and temperature of water cooling system
is operating as per design
Verify compressor discharge relief valves are fitted and have valid
17
test certificates
18 Check all couplings and guards are fitted.
Turn ON supply for buffer air for compressor. Check supply
19 pressure for buffer air is as per OEM recommendation. Adjust supply
if necessary.
Supply lube oil to compressor package. Check supply pressure is
sufficient as per requirement. Adjust lube oil supply pressure setting
20
to ensure sufficient lube oil supply is achieved by the main lube oil
pump and emergency lube oil pump.
Page 4 of 5
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Turn ON seal gas supply to compressor. Check seal gas pressure
build-up period. Ensure that the period is within acceptable range. If
21 the period is beyond normal range, check for any leakage.
Otherwise, check supply pressure and flow at compressor skid and
confirm they are as per requirement. Adjust if necessary

Name
Signature
Date
Page 5 of 5
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GAS ENGINE & RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR M24-B
PACKAGE
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

CAUTION: Ensure that equipment including the associated piping, fittings, valves and
instrumentation are physically installed, leveled and aligned as required by the
appropriate recommendations. All electrical equipment and wiring is completed and
the unit is ready to be powered up. A thorough physical inspection with reference to
the P&IDs, piping arrangements, wiring diagrams and sub vendor installation
manuals would be required for this purpose
General Checks
1 Make a walk-through inspection around the equipment and check for any damages
2 Check the entire compressor skid and ensure all connections are secured and intact
3 Check that all couplings and guards are fitted
Check that the compressor vents and drains are complete and spades / spectacle blinds
4
are fitted in the right orientation
5 Verify set-point values for various switches or other instrumentations as per data sheet
Skid and Base Structure
1 Check skid weld down/hold down bolts

2 Check engine, gearbox and compressor hold down bolts
3 Perform skid levelness and soft foot check as recommended by OEM. Record readings
4 Check that vibration dampeners (if required) is installed and tightened
Check alignment between compressor-to-driver or compressor-to-auxiliary gearbox
5 (whichever applicable). Verify that the values are within vendor acceptable values and
record readings
6 Check distance piece pre-loading reports
7 Remove any temporary stopper/shipping braces and etc
8 Check for visual oil leakage
Gas Engine
1 Check radiator water level; ensure that coolant additives are filled with the correct ratio
2 Check radiator fan, pulley alignment, belt tension and bearing lubrication
3 Check the coolant level. Add coolant if necessary
4 Check crankcase oil for contamination; check oil level
Check for leaks at the following components; crankshaft seals, crankcase, engine oil
5
filters, plugs for the engine oil gallery, sensors and valve covers
6 Check the tubes, tee pieces and clamps on the crankcase breathers
Page 1 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
7 Check the air cleaner service indicators. Service the air cleaner filter element if necessary
8 Check that lube oil level control is installed at correct elevation
9 Check any external bearing lubrication/greasing
10 Check engine barring arrangement and bar engine over
11 Check air intake filter element for cleanliness
12 Check air intake flame arrestor
13 Check exhaust of gas starter is discharged to vent line
Check that engine is provided with a spark arresting silencer and exhaust pipe is fully
14
insulated
15 Check turbo charger is covered with removable insulation blanket
16 Check and test run pre-post lube oil pump
17 Check coupling guard; ensure that it is non-sparking type
18 Check engine cooling water pump, pulley alignment, belt tension and water piping
Check the cooling system for leaks or loose connections. Check the condition of all the
19
pipes for the cooling system and ensure that all connections are properly clamped
20 Remove spark plugs and manual crank engine
Engine Fuel System
Inspect the fuel lines for loose fittings and leaks. Ensure that the fuel lines are properly
1
clamped
2 Ensure the fuel is supplied to the engine at the correct pressure for the application
3 Check fuel gas filter element conditions and replace if necessary
Check fuel gas shutdown valve and ensure vent is discharged to a safe area (with flame
4
arrestor installed).
Auxiliary Gear Box
Check that all vibration probes, transducers, accelerometers and temperature sensors are
1
installed correctly, calibrated and functional
2 Ensure that lubrication oil is of correct type and of sufficient quantity
3 Ensure that coupling guards are in place
4 Check gearbox lube oil for water or dirt contamination; top-up or replace
5 Check gearbox lube oil pipe and relief valve setting
6 Turn gearbox input shaft to ensure it rotates freely
Compressor
1 Check suction strainer conditions
2 Check and set the crosshead feeler gauge clearance
3 Check that the on-skid piping and supports are adequate
4 Check lube oil pump strainer conditions
5 Check main lube oil filter conditions
6 Check oil separator coalescing filter conditions
7 Check lube / seal / injection / bearings / slide valve oil connections as per P&IDs
8 Check that sufficient vents and drains are provided
9 Check seal vent line properly vented to a safe area
10 Check containment seal drain line connected to seal pot
11 Fill oil separator with correct lubrication oil grade
Page 2 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
12 Check and switch on the lube oil heater(s)
13 Circulate lube oil system and verify cleanliness
14 Check lube oil level at oil separator check for any leaks
15 Check that the correct breather element is clean
16 Check that the correct torque value has been applied
17 Check rod packing
18 Check the coupling bolts
19 Check the crosshead guide support
Check the crankcase and crossheads for cleanliness and ensure the crankcase is properly
20
vented
Check line up of vent and drain system of cylinder stuffing box and cylinder compartment
21
distance pieces
Check line up of purging system to cylinder stuffing box gland or cylinder compartment
22
distance pieces
23 Check the barring gear for correct functioning
24 Check crankshaft deflection before and after coupling-up of driver
Check the suction and discharge valve assembly and valve housing for cleanliness and
25 check valve lift. Check that valves are assembled correctly. If valve unloaders are
mounted, check correct functioning and sequence
Check the piston travel clearance at both sides of each cylinder and piston/piston rod run-
26
out
27 Check cylinder and suction volume bottle for cleanliness
If clearance pockets for capacity control are installed, check proper functioning of this
28
device
Check cleanliness of the piston-rod seals at the cylinder stuffing box and the cylinder
29
compartment distance pieces
If the compressor is driven by means of V-belts, check the correct tension of these belts
30
and the pulley alignment
Check whether safety devices are properly installed and in accordance with the data
31 sheets and flow diagram. Check that the safety/relief valve is installed and check set
pressure
32 Check that the crankcase contains oil up to the correct level
Check that the lubricator is filled with oil and check proper supply to all lubricated points
33
by rotating the crank by hand
If an intermediate bearing is installed, check that the bearing housing contains oil or
34
grease, and check for correct oil level
If cylinders are cooled by thermosyphon cooling, check that the reservoir and cylinders
35
are filled with glycol and check for correct level in the reservoir
Check the proper functioning of all safety devices. Safety devices that cannot be tested
36
when machine is not running should be checked during initial run
Page 3 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
Lube Oil System
Confirm that lube oil piping is complete as per P&IDs; all supports are secured and
1
thermal insulation undamaged
Ensure that lube oil piping provided by fabricator has:
2 Undergone acid cleaning and flushing.
Undergone hydrotest
3 Check lube oil relieve valve and sight pop test certificate
4 Check that the lube oil filters are installed correctly at the lube oil flushing circuit
5 Ensure that sufficient filter elements are available
Perform lube oil flushing to ensure the entire system is clean. Ensure that lube oil particle
6
and water content is in accordance to ISO 4406 or NAS 1638
Fill lube oil into lube oil tank; ensure that the grade of lube oil is in accordance to OEM
1.
specification.
7 Check that the lube oil level is at normal level; top-up if required
8 Check that commissioning strainers are installed correctly
9 Check that the lube oil heater is operational (only for internal skid).
10 Check that the pump-motor coupling is guarded by coupling guard
Verify that continuity check and resistance check has been conducted for the necessary
11
wiring and cabling
12 Perform rotational check for lube oil pump
13 Check that all instruments are in place
14 Check that earthing system cables and connections are secure and undamaged
Lube oil cooling system:
15 Ensure that flow rate of lube oil is sufficient for cooling purposes.
Ensure that pressure from pump is sufficient for cooling purposes.
Electrical system
Inspect the wiring for the following conditions;

i. Loose connections
1 ii. Wiring that is worn or frayed
iii. Inspect the gauge panel and control panel for good condition. Reset any alarm or
shut off components
Verify that a complete operational test on all control, logic and power circuits have been
2
carried out
Instrument/Control System
1 Verify instrument/control system is complete as per P&IDs.

Verify that leak and loop check between local control panel and on-skid instrument have
2
been done
3 Conduct loop check between UCP and skid junction box
4 Check UCP and junction box grounding
5 Conduct function check for UCP
6 Dry test control panel and confirm start up valve opening sequence and timing
7 Carry out trip/fault simulation test for all safeguarding instruments.
Page 4 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
Verify that electrical check on compressor pre-lube pump motor cable and MCC has been
8
completed
9 Verify the instrumentation set points (control, alarm and fault) with site conditions
10 Verify that stroke test and Modbus check have been completed
Seal Gas System
Check that system piping/tubing/instruments and other items are in healthy conditions
1 and fitted in correct position.
2 Verify that the system has been cleaned, flushed and blown with clean dry air.
3 Check that control valve of seal gas system has been function tested.
4 Check seal gas supply and seal gas filter is clean
Ensure main seal gas supply and alternate seal gas supply pressure is adequate as per
5 OEM settings. Adjust supply if necessary
Vibration Monitoring System
Check that all vibration probes/transducers/accelerometers are installed correctly,

1 calibrated and functional.
2 Ensure that all keyphasors have been set correctly.

3 Conduct loop check on vibration monitoring system
Cooling Water System (for compressor aftercoolers)
1 Check line-up of cooling water system and that it is in accordance with flow diagram.
2 Check that the cooling water system has been properly flushed and is clean.
3 Run cooling medium/cooling water pump
4 Confirm level in cooling water surge tank/expansion tank.
5 Confirm that flow and temperature of water cooling system is operating as per designed.
Page 5 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
Skid Piping
1 Check process piping is constructed according to P&IDs.

Ensure all lines have been tested and that radiographic examination and stress relief
2 (where applicable) is complete
Ensure that the correct specification valve has been installed, greased (if applicable), will
3 easily open and close and sufficient packing is installed so that the packing gland nuts can
be further tightened if required
Ensure that check valves have been installed in the correct direction and if the internals
4 have been removed for hydrotesting or line flushing, they have been reinstalled
Ensure that all control valves are installed in the correct direction, are in their fail-safe
5 position and their bypasses are closed
Check safety valve installation, locking system tag, sight pop test certificates to confirm
6 correct setting
Ensure that all strainers (permanent or temporary) are installed in the correct direction
7 and that the strainer element or basket has been reinstalled in all strainers
Check that the correct number of studs and nuts are used on all flanges, that the nuts are
8 all tight and that at least two threads of the studs are showing past the nut
Check that the piping is supported as per the drawings and anchors; guides and shoes are
9 correctly installed
Check for sufficient clearance between piping to allow for movement and expansion during
10 start up
11 Ensure all blinds and jump overs installed during hydro testing are removed
12 Ensure oil and coolant level are correct
Ensure all vent and drain connections have been unplugged and all hydro test fluid
13 drained out and lines have been blown dry. Replace all vents and drain plugs or caps
Ensure all threaded connection on pipe, vessel and instruments are plugged. Observe the
14 plastic temporary shipping caps and covers; remove and replace them with the correct
metal plug or cap
15 Check temporary/permanent suction strainer installed in spool

16 Conduct piping leak check
17 Purge the piping system with nitrogen
Page 6 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
Instrument Air
Close all instrument isolation valves and purge lines using instrument air to check for
1
instrument air availability
Slowly open the instrument air inlet valve and blow out through a vent or available spare
2
nozzle at the other extreme end
3 Close the vent, pressurize and blow out once again
The isolation valves may be opened after ensuring that the instrument air lines are free
4
from moisture and dirt
Instrument and Actuated Valves
1 Stroke all automatic valves (SDV, BDV, PCV, LCV and etc.)
2 Check all instrument isolation valves are opened
3 Check PSU isolation valves are opened
Air Inlet System
1 Ensure that the air inlet piping and the air filters are in place
2 Ensure that all clamps and connections are secured
Scrubbers and Pulsation Bottles
1 Ensure that the internals are properly installed

2 Ensure that the piping and instrumentation is installed as per P&IDs
For each suction scrubber vessel, fully open the liquid level controller isolation valves and
3 ensure that the bypass valves are fully closed. Check that the controller is correctly
controlling the level for each level
4 Check the manual isolation for scrubber liquid drain is opened
5 Check pulsation bottles supports are loosen for hot alignment
Cooler
Check that the cooler fan motors are turning in the correct direction and the assembly is
1
free to rotate
2 Check that the fan blades are installed correctly and are not damaged
3 Ensure that the louvers are in fully open position
Drain
1 For manual drains, ensure all valves are shut

2 For automatic drains with level control valves, ensure that the isolation valves are open
Liquid drain lines, including those beyond the skid limits, should be inspected to ascertain
3
that they are open
Page 7 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
Gas Supply
1 Confirm that there is adequate supply of gas at required suction pressure

Nitrogen Purging of the Unit
CAUTION: The entire system must be purged to ensure an explosive air/hydrocarbon

mix is avoided
Ensure nitrogen purging has been carried out for the unit prior to initial start-up, or any
1
invasive maintenance or if unit being left in stand-by mode.
Leak Testing
Leak testing should be performed on all hydrocarbon containing pipe-work and equipment
1
as part of the installation and pre-commissioning process
Starting System
1 Ensure that the barring device is fully disengaged

2 Drain moisture and sediment from the air tank and from any other piping
3 Check the air pressure before starting
4 Open the air supply valve for the starting motor
Page 8 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
Name
Signature
Date
Page 9 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

MOTOR DRIVEN RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR M25-B
PACKAGE
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

CAUTION: Ensure that equipment including the associated piping, fittings, valves and
instrumentation are physically installed, leveled and aligned as required by the
appropriate recommendations. All electrical equipment and wiring is completed and
the unit is ready to be powered up. A thorough physical inspection with reference to
the P&IDs, piping arrangements, wiring diagrams and sub vendor installation
manuals would be required for this purpose
General Checks
1 Make a walk-through inspection around the equipment and check for any damages
2 Check the entire compressor skid and ensure all connections are secured and intact
Check that the compressor vents and drains are complete and spades / spectacle blinds
4
are fitted in the right orientation
5 Verify set-point values for various switches or other instrumentations as per data sheet
1 Check skid weld down/hold down bolts

2 Check motor, gearbox (if provided) and compressor hold down bolts
3 Perform skid levelness and soft foot check as recommended by OEM. Record readings
4 Check that vibration dampeners (if required) is installed and tightened
Check alignment between compressor-to-driver or compressor-to-auxiliary gearbox
5 (whichever applicable). Verify that the values are within vendor acceptable values and
record readings
7 Remove any temporary stopper/shipping braces and etc.
8 Check for visual oil leakage and any external damage
Motor
1 Ensure motor rotational direction is correct

2 Check any external bearing lubrication/greasing
3 Check that lube oil level is at correct elevation
4 Check and test run pre-post lube oil pump
5 Check coupling guard; ensure that it is non-sparking type
Ensure that Electrical and Instrument interface to HMI (Local Control Panel) is establish
6
and functioning properly
Page 1 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
Auxiliary Gear Box (If fitted)
Check that all vibration probes, transducers, accelerometers and temperature sensors are
1
installed correctly, calibrated and functional
2 Ensure that lubrication oil is of correct type and of sufficient quantity
3 Ensure that coupling guards are in place
4 Check gearbox lube oil for water or dirt contamination; top-up or replace
5 Check gearbox lube oil pipe and relief valve setting
6 Turn gearbox input shaft to ensure it rotates freely
Compressor

4 Check lube oil pump strainer conditions
5 Check main lube oil filter conditions
6 Check oil separator coalescing filter conditions
7 Check lube / seal / injection / bearings / slide valve oil connections as per P&IDs
11 Fill oil separator with correct lubrication oil grade
12 Check and switch on the lube oil heater(s)- if applicable
13 Circulate lube oil system and verify cleanliness
14 Check lube oil level at oil separator check for any leaks
17 Check rod packing
18 Check the coupling bolts if all have the same weight and as per manufacturer specification
Check the crankcase and crossheads for cleanliness and ensure the crankcase is properly
20
vented
Check line up of vent and drain system of cylinder stuffing box and cylinder compartment
21
distance pieces
Check line up of purging system to cylinder stuffing box gland or cylinder compartment
22
distance pieces
23 Check crankshaft deflection before and after coupling-up of driver
Check the suction and discharge valve assembly and valve housing for cleanliness and
24 check valve lift. Check that valves are assembled correctly. If valve unloaders are
mounted, check correct functioning and sequence
Page 2 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
Check the piston travel clearance at both sides of each cylinder and piston/piston rod run-
25
out is as per manufacturer specification
26 Check cylinder and suction volume bottle for cleanliness
If clearance pockets for capacity control are installed, check proper functioning of this
27
device
Check cleanliness of the piston-rod seals at the cylinder stuffing box and the cylinder
28
compartment distance pieces
Check whether safety devices are properly installed and in accordance with the data
29 sheets and flow diagram. Check that the safety/relief valve is installed and check set
pressure
30 Check that the crankcase contains oil up to the correct level
33 Check that the lubricator is filled with oil
If an intermediate bearing is installed, check that the bearing housing contains oil or
34
grease, and check for correct oil level
If cylinders are cooled by thermosyphon cooling, check that the reservoir and cylinders
35
are filled with glycol and check for correct level in the reservoir
Check the proper functioning of all safety devices. Safety devices that cannot be tested
36
when machine is not running should be checked during initial run
Lube Oil System
Confirm that lube oil piping is complete as per P&IDs; all supports are secured and
1
thermal insulation undamaged
Ensure that lube oil piping provided by fabricator has:
2 Undergone acid cleaning and flushing.
Undergone hydrotest
3 Check lube oil relief valve and sight pop test certificate
4 Check that the lube oil filters are installed correctly at the lube oil flushing circuit
5 Ensure that sufficient filter elements are available
Perform lube oil flushing to ensure the entire system is clean. Ensure that lube oil particle
6
and water content is in accordance to ISO 4406 or NAS 1638
Fill lube oil into lube oil tank; ensure that the grade of lube oil is in accordance to OEM
7
specification.
8 Check that the lube oil level is at normal level; top-up if required
9 Check that commissioning strainers are installed correctly
10 Check that the lube oil heater is operational (only for internal skid).
11 Check that the pump-motor coupling is guarded by coupling guard
Verify that continuity check and resistance check has been conducted for the necessary
12
wiring and cabling
13 Perform rotational check for lube oil pump
14 Check that all instruments are in place
15 Check that earthing system cables and connections are secure and undamaged
Lube oil cooling system:
16 Ensure that flow rate of lube oil is sufficient for cooling purposes.
Ensure that pressure from pump is sufficient for cooling purposes.
Page 3 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
Electrical system

shut off components
2
carried out

2
been done
8
completed


Page 4 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
Electrical system

shut off components
2
carried out

2
been done
8
completed


Page 5 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
Electrical system

shut off components
2
carried out

2
been done
8
completed


Page 6 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
Skid Piping

Ensure all lines have been tested and that radiographic examination and stress relief
2 (where applicable) is complete
Ensure that the correct specification valve has been installed, greased (if applicable), will
3 easily open and close and sufficient packing is installed so that the packing gland nuts can
be further tightened if required
Ensure that check valves have been installed in the correct direction and if the internals
4 have been removed for hydrotesting or line flushing, they have been reinstalled
Ensure that all control valves are installed in the correct direction, are in their fail-safe
5 position and their bypasses are closed
Check safety valve installation, locking system tag, sight pop test certificates to confirm
6 correct setting
Ensure that all strainers (permanent or temporary) are installed in the correct direction
7 and that the strainer element or basket has been reinstalled in all strainers
Check that the correct number of studs and nuts are used on all flanges, that the nuts are
8 all tight and that at least two threads of the studs are showing past the nut
Check that the piping is supported as per the drawings and anchors; guides and shoes are
9 correctly installed
Check for sufficient clearance between piping to allow for movement and expansion during
10 start up
11 Ensure all blinds and jump overs installed during hydro testing are removed
12 Ensure oil and coolant level are correct
Ensure all vent and drain connections have been unplugged and all hydro test fluid
13 drained out and lines have been blown dry. Replace all vents and drain plugs or caps
Ensure all threaded connection on pipe, vessel and instruments are plugged. Observe the
14 plastic temporary shipping caps and covers; remove and replace them with the correct
metal plug or cap
Page 7 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
Instrument Air
Close all instrument isolation valves and purge lines using instrument air to check for
1
instrument air availability
Slowly open the instrument air inlet valve and blow out through a vent or available spare
2
nozzle at the other extreme end
The isolation valves may be opened after ensuring that the instrument air lines are free
4
from moisture and dirt
Air Inlet System
1 Ensure that the air inlet piping and the air filters are in place
2 Ensure that all clamps and connections are secured
Scrubbers and Pulsation Bottles

2 Ensure that the piping and instrumentation is installed as per P&IDs
For each suction scrubber vessel, fully open the liquid level controller isolation valves and
3 ensure that the bypass valves are fully closed. Check that the controller is correctly
controlling the level for each level
Cooler
Check that the cooler fan motors are turning in the correct direction and the assembly is
1
free to rotate
2 Check that the fan blades are installed correctly and are not damaged
3 Ensure that the louvers are in fully open position
Drain

2 For automatic drains with level control valves, ensure that the isolation valves are open
Liquid drain lines, including those beyond the skid limits, should be inspected to ascertain
3
that they are open
Gas Supply
1 Confirm that there is adequate supply of gas at required suction pressure
Page 8 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PACKAGE
CAUTION: The entire system must be purged to ensure an explosive air/hydrocarbon

mix is avoided
Ensure nitrogen purging has been carried out for the unit prior to initial start-up, or any
1
invasive maintenance or if unit being left in stand-by mode.
Leak Testing
Leak testing should be performed on all hydrocarbon containing pipe-work and equipment
1
as part of the installation and pre-commissioning process

Name
Signature
Date
Page 9 of 9
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVEN CENTRIFUGAL PUMP M26-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Mechanical Rotating Subsystem
1 Remove all remaining preservation material from the pump set

Check pump shaft seal/packings type, make and model are as per
datasheet. Ensure pumps API Plan for Mechanical Seal System is
2 installed properly. Make certain that the mechanical seal has been
correctly set and the drive collar setscrews tightened. Check the
mechanical seal setting spacer is at unlock position
Check that the pump or motor shaft can rotates freely by hand.
3
Rotate the coupling 2 or 3 times slowly
4 Check the leveling and soft foot
Make sure that the baseplate is correctly fixed by checking the ALL
5
holding down bolts is torqued to correct value.
6 Check pump, gearbox and motor holding down bolts
Check distance between shaft ends (DBSE) is as per stated on
7
General Arrangement (GA) drawing
Check shaft alignment reading is within tolerance. Perform
8 alignment if readings deviate from tolerance. Record the alignment
readings after check or re-alignment
9 Fit the hub bolts and locking washers by tighten it evenly
Lube oil system (if any) and mechanical seal system piping have
10 been flushed and meet the cleanliness requirement as per ISO 4406
or NAS 1638
Check level of buffer / burrier fluid tank for mechanical seal system
11
(if any)
Check motor and pump bearings are lubricated in accordance with
12
manufacturers instructions
Make sure that the volute casing and suction piping is completely full
13
of liquid by priming the pump
Mechanical Piping Subsystem
1 Check all piping connection has been reinstated
2 Check piping alignment to the pump nozzle has been performed
Page 1 of 4
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Ensure recycle line, ARV (if any) have been installed correctland
3
check the setting of the ARV
Ensure suction and discharge piping has been hydrostatic tested,
4
flushed clean and blown dry
Check suction strainer have been installed correctly and the mesh
5
size is correct as per P&ID
Check all bolted flanged connections are tight and make certain that
6
all external connections have been made and function properly
Visually check all associated valves and piping are correctly installed
7 with appropriate gaskets, and adequately supported. Ensure all
valves are operational. Any temporary blanks are removed
Electrical Subsystem Inspection
Check motor hold-down bolts. Be certain that the driver (motor) is
1 properly installed in connection with the instructions provided by the
manufacturer
Check all electrical connections are correct and secure in the various
2
terminal boxes, all in accordance with manufacturers wiring diagram
Check the motor winding insulation resistance test using appropriate
3
Megger
Verify that electrical check on motor, cabling and motor control
center has been done. Carry out static electrical checks of all circuits.
4
Check supply voltages are correct. Check the setting of control, alarm
and trip conditions
5 Ensure Remote Control Unit (RCU) has been connected to the motor
Just before the running test for the units driven by electric motor, the
motor to be run for a moment to check for correct shaft rotation of
6
the pump unit (Rotational check) through RCU (Local start-stop
button)
Ensure all electrical grounding have been installed properly and
7
tested
If the motor heaters are fitted and with the power available, they
8
should be left ON when the machine is out of service
Instrumentation Subsystem Inspection
All gauges at pump, motor, sealing system and other auxiliary
1
systems have been calibrated and installed properly
Check that all control and any instrumentation connections are
2
complete
Vibration and bearing temperature (if any) sensor /detection on the
3
pump and motor have been wired and looped checked
Page 2 of 4
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Motor Solo Run Test
Remove the coupling spacer and confirm that coupling bolts are not
1
fitted
2 Check motor shaft is free to turn by hand
3 For safety, temporarily fit coupling guard
4 Arrange for electrical power to be made available to motor

Start-up motor, check the direction of rotation is correct by referring
5
to the general arrangement drawing or the rotation arrow on pump
Run motor for 2 hours, carry out the following checks and record the
6
data accordingly:
Check motor ampere
Check for vibration using vibration meter.
Check for excessive noise using decibel meter
Check temperature of motor bearings using temperature gun

Check temperature rise of motor windings using temperature
gun
7 Stop motor and isolate it from electrical supply
After the motor solo run test, re-check alignment and install
8
coupling
Pump Test Run
1 Ensure coupling and coupling guard is fitted

Perform test run for the pump to confirm pump functionality.
Recommended duration for the test is 2 hours. If the designed
2
pumping medium is not available, check with OEM suitable test
medium can be used
3 Observe any abnormal noise, vibration. Record vibration data
Perform preservation for offshore transportation according to OEM
4 procedure and PTS70.10.70.11 - The Preservation of Old and New
Equipment and Piping Standing Idle
Page 3 of 4
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII


Name
Signature
Date
Page 4 of 4
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

GAS ENGINE DRIVEN CENTRIFUGAL PUMP M27-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Mechanical Rotating Subsystem

Check pump shaft seal/packings type, make and model are as per
datasheet. Ensure pumps API Plan for Mechanical Seal System is
2 installed properly. Make certain that the mechanical seal has been
correctly set and the drive collar setscrews tightened. Check the
mechanical seal setting spacer is at unlock position
Check that the pump shaft can rotates freely by hand. Rotate the
3
coupling 2 or 3 times slowly
4 Check the leveling and soft foot condition
Make sure that the baseplate is correctly fixed by checking the ALL
5
holding down bolts is torqued to correct value.
6 Check pump, gearbox and engine holding down bolts
Check distance between shaft ends (DBSE) is as per stated on
7
General Arrangement (GA) drawing or manufacturer specification
Check shaft alignment reading is within tolerance. Perform
8 alignment if readings deviate from tolerance. Record the alignment
readings after check or re-alignment
9 Fit the hub bolts and locking washers by tighten it evenly
Lube oil system (if any) and mechanical seal system piping have
10 been flushed and meet the cleanliness requirement as per ISO 4406
or NAS 1638
Check level of buffer/barrier fluid tank for mechanical seal system (if
11
any)
Check engine and pump bearings are lubricated in accordance with
12
13
of liquid by priming the pump
Mechanical Piping Subsystem
1 Check all piping connection has been reinstated
2 Check piping alignment to the pump nozzle has been performed
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Ensure recycle line, ARV (if any) have been installed correctly and
3
check the setting of the ARV
Ensure suction and discharge piping has been hydrostatic tested,
8
flushed clean and blown dry
Check suction strainer have been installed correctly and the mesh
9
size is correct as per P&ID
Check all bolted flanged connections are tight and make certain that
10
all external connections have been made and function properly
11 with appropriate gaskets, and adequately supported. Ensure all
valves are operational. Any temporary blanks are removed
Electrical Subsystem Inspection
Check all electrical connections are correct and secure in the various
1
terminal boxes, all in accordance with manufacturers wiring diagram
Ensure all electrical grounding have been installed properly and
2
tested
Ensure that all Electrical deliverables is obtained; signed off with no
3
critical punch list that will impede commissioning is recorded
Instrumentation Subsystem Inspection
All gauges at pump, sealing system and other auxiliary systems
1
have been calibrated and installed properly
Check that all control and any instrumentation connections are
2
complete
Vibration and bearing temperature (if any) sensor /detection on the
3
pump and engine have been wired and looped checked
Engine Solo Run Test
Remove the coupling spacer and confirm that coupling bolts are not
1
fitted
2 For safety, temporarily fit coupling guard
Run engine for 1-2 hours, carry out the following checks and record
3
the data accordingly:
Check movement of engine shaft
Check for vibration using vibration meter.
Check for excessive noise using decibel meter
Check temperature of engine bearings using temperature gun

After the engine solo run test, re-check alignment and install
4
coupling
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Pump Test Run
1 Ensure coupling and coupling guard is fitted

Perform test run for the pump to confirm pump functionality.
Recommended duration for the test is 2 hours. If the designed
2
pumping medium is not available, check with OEM suitable test
medium can be used
3 Observe any abnormal noise, vibration. Record vibration data
Perform preservation for offshore transportation according to OEM
4 procedure and PTS70.10.70.11 - The Preservation of Old and New
Equipment and Piping Standing Idle

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Fire Pump (Diesel engine driven) M28-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Confirm that the Construction checksheet is completed prior to
1 starting any work. Confirm that the content of the accepted
punchlist will not impede the commissioning work
Confirm that the preservation measures have been removed from
2
the engine and auxiliary equipment
3 Confirm that shaft alignment has been completed
Confirm that all pumps under this package are mechanically ready
4
for start-up and function test
Confirm that engine cooling water system is complete, filled with
5 correct mixture of coolant to required level and level gauges are
fitted
Confirm that gearbox connection is complete and pre-commissioning
6
checksheet is signed off
Hydraulic Start System
7 Confirm that hydraulic and electrical system has been installed and
ready for functional test
Confirm that the hydraulic pump oil suction strainer is fitted and
8
clean
Check and ensure that starter system hydraulic oil reservoir is fully
9
charged with correct oil
Check pre-charge Nitrogen pressure in each hydraulic accumulator
10
bladder
Use hand pump to fully charge each of the hydraulic oil accumulator
11
to the correct working pressure
Lube Oil System
Check that the lube oil system is complete, new filter elements
12
installed , all component are free from damage and filter changeover
valve is operational
13 Check lube oil tank is filled with correct grade & quantity of lube oil
Check engine crank case lube oil heater connection is complete /
14
operational
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Fuel System
Check that the diesel fuel tank & feed lines to the engine have been
15
installed correctly, flushed clean , new & correct filter elements
installed and ready for operation with all instrumentation in service
16 Check diesel tank filled with clean diesel
Check filing, overflow and drain lines are adequate and installed to
17
specification
Check Remote shut -off valves are fitted and clearly identified
18
outside engine compartment
Air Intake System
19 Confirm that the air intake filtration system is clean and filter
elements are securely
Turbo Charger
20
Confirm Turbo Charger is free to rotate
Confirm sealing arrangement are in accordance with manufacturer's
21
instructions
Operate lube oil priming pump and observe oil issuing from oil drain
22
line (If oil supply line is from engine)
23 Confirm oil level is correct
24 Confirm Vent line is not obstructed

Air start
25
Pressurize the system and check for leaks
Exhaust system
26
Confirm exhaust bellows are undamaged
Confirm the exhaust insulation is correct to specification and
27
undamaged
28 Confirm that if sliding supports are installed they are free to move
29 Check if the flame arrestor is installed

Gear box
30
Confirm the gear box installation is completed
Check that all the pre-start up checks and preparation has been
31 carried out as per the diesel engine / gear box vendor's
recommendation
Review the manufacturer's recommendations for preparation to start
33 Attached diesel engine performance test record
Record into mechanical punchlist for any incompleteness and
34
deviation found during inspection
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII


Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

CHEMICAL METERING PUMP M29-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Check vendors instruction, ensure that manual and part list are
1
available
2 Check equipment for any damage
3 Check for any sign of lack of preservation
4 Check pump holding down bolts
5 Check that pump material is as per specification
6 Check pump suction filter/strainer element (if provided)
7 Check pump discharge relief valve and test certificate
8 Check that discharge valve direction is correct

Check that lubricant for pump is correct type.
9
Lubricant type:
Check that pressure gauge provided for the pump is of the correct
10
range and has over pressure protection
If electric motor, verify that electrical check on motor, cabling, and
11
Motor Control Center has been done
If pneumatic, check that air supply pressure is correct and lubricator
12
is provided (If required)
13 Verify that coupling /belt rating is sufficient
14 Check alignment of coupling/pulley or belt tension

15
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

CHEMICAL METERING PUMP M29-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

CHEMICAL INJECTION PACKAGE M30-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Check vendors instruction, ensure that manual and part list are
1
available
2 Check equipment for any damage
3 Check skid holding down bolts
4 Complete checksheet M01-A & B for all storage /mixing tank
5 Check and test mixing pump according to vendors procedure

Check that circulation and fill piping are as per P & ID and approved
6
drawing
Check and test chemical metering pumps accordingly to vendors
7
instruction
Check that chemical header, discharge tubing are as per P & ID and
8
approved drawing
9 Leak check discharge tubing
10 Check and test mixer according to vendor procedure
11 Document all test and checks performed


Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

NITROGEN GAS GENERATOR M31-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Check manufacturers drawing, dossier, associated equipment
1
catalogs and test certificates
2 Check vessel hold down bolts
3 Check that nameplate with details are provided
4 Check for any damage or dent

Check that internal & external painting are in accordance to
5
approved specification
6 Check loading of molecular sieves and its cleanliness before charging
Check vessel internal for cleanliness and issue final closure
7
certificate
Check relief valve installation, interlocking system and sight test
8
certificate
9 Check pressure test is completed and test certificate is signed off
Check proper function of Programmable Logic Controls and the
10
sequence of opening for PSA valves
Check level instruments, level gauges and pressure gauges are
11
properly installed
12 Check level switches are set at correct level
13 Test the functioning of actuated valves

Carry out pre-commissioning test as per vendors manufacturing
14
procedure; Check for any abnormalities
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

NITROGEN GAS GENERATOR M31-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

SEWAGE TREATMENT UNIT M32-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Confirm ITR-A completed and signed off. Essential punch list cleared
2 Confirm preservation has been removed
3 Verify and check for any external damage

Confirm all instrument:
a. Confirm tubing connection tight and leak-free
4 b. Confirm cable entry and termination is correct, neat,
appropriately glanded, no excessive bend radius and properly
earthed.
Confirm all piping:
a. Confirm piping adequately supported
b. Confirm all flange joints properly mated with appropriate
5 gaskets and leak-free (refer flange management procedure
doc.)
c. Insulations are correctly installed and not damage.
6 Confirm M01-B tank closure completed and signed off
7 Confirm Macerator pump test completed

Record into mechanical punchlist for any incompleteness and
8
deviation found during inspection
9
procedure; Check for any abnormalities

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

WATER MAKER UNIT M33-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Vendors instruction, manual and part list are available.
2 Check equipment for any damage.
3 Check that the on-skid piping and supports to be adequate.

Check high pressure pump lube oil for any water or dirt
4
contamination; top up or replace.
Turn high pressure pump and motor shaft in the correct direction to
5
ensure free rotation.
6 Check lubrication / greasing of motor bearing; top-up if required.
Check that the correct grade of lube oil has been filled into the pump
7
crankcase.
8 Check pump-to-motor alignment and align if required.
9 Check filters nameplates are provided with correct information.
10 Check the pressure rating of filter / strainer is correct.
11 Check all valves attached to the filter / strainers are not damaged.
12 Check that the correct specification of the filter is installed.

Check chemical storage tank nameplate is provided with the correct
13
information.
Check sight glass on storage tank is located at the correct level and
14
easily visible.
15 Check plugs or blanks fitted to drain valves on storage tank.
Check nameplate is provided with correct information on media filter
16
tank.
17 Check plugs or blanks fitted to drain valves on filter tank.
Check that the correct media has been filled as per vendor
18
specifications in filter tank.
Check and ensure that the interconnection for instrument air,
process pipeline, drains etc. is completed on the package.
19
NOTE: Please refer to vendors operations manual for exact
instructions.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

WATER MAKER UNIT M33-B
20
procedure; Check for any abnormalities. Record test parameters

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

SUBSEA EQUIPMENT PACKAGE M34-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Verify equipment against purchase order, record details
Verify that check-sheets and relevant procedures are provided by
3
vendor
Verify that vendor System Integration Test (SIT) has been

4 satisfactorily done and all document related to the test were
provided by the vendor; attach System Integration Test (SIT)
document
Document all test and checks performed by the vendor and attach
5
accordingly

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT M35-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Items installed, calibrated and designed according to attached
1
Project Design Specification.
2 Verify that ITR-A is signed off prior to starting any work
Check that control panel equipment is completely installed and
3
functioning
4 Confirm the driver /gearbox/driven equipment is correctly aligned
Carry out manufacturers recommended Pre-commissioning and
5
Start-up checks
6 Carry out manufacturers recommended No-load test (if applicable)

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

VENDORS PACKAGED EQUIPMENT (SKID) M36-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

Construction check sheets are complete & no subsequent damage
1
occurred.
2 Confirm preservation removed.
3 All valves have been exercised and are operable.
4 Lube / Seal systems are flushed to spec.

Lube / Seal systems have been filled to the correct level with the
5
correct specified lubricant.
Fuel system complete, new filters fitted & system flushed to
6
specification.
Cooling system complete flushed and filled with correct coolant
7
mixture.
Ensure that all manufacturers static checks have been completed
8
prior to commencing commissioning activities.
Check gearbox is complete, clean and filled with the correct grade
9
lubricant.
10 Sum drained and refilled with the correct grade lubricant.
11 Gas sealing system is complete.
12 All temporary screens and filters have been removed.
13 Filters are clean and have the correct elements fitted.

Check that all vents and drains are complete and all spades / spec
14
blinds are fitted in the correct orientation.
15 Equipment vibration mounts are free and set correctly.
Separate paring discs are set correctly to the manufacturer's
16
specification.
Vessels are clean and filled to the correct level with the correct fluid
17
specified.
18 Confirm dampers are correctly charged.
Equipment is free to rotate and direction of rotation is clearly
19
marked.
Check all guards are fitted, skid is clean and free from debris prior to
20
orientation.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

VENDORS PACKAGED EQUIPMENT (SKID) M36-B
Check all support systems and auxiliary equipment are complete and
21
available.
Ensure permanent / temporary fire detection / protection systems
22
are installed and operable.
Ensure that all manufacturers installation / commissioning pre-start
23
up check list have been completed.
24 Confirm ground bonding completed.
Carry out manufacturers recommended Pre-commissioning
25
procedure and test

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

ACID GAS REMOVAL UNIT M37-B
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
Tag no. System no./Subsystem no.
1 COMPLETE PACKAGE Location
Make & Model Reference Drawing
Serial No
Capacity
Unit Test Ref/Date
2 DRIVER
Make & Model
Serial No.
Capacity
HP (KW)
Rated Speed
Voltage/Current
V-belt spec/Coupling
3 DRIVEN
Make & Model
Serial No
Capacity
HP (KW)
4 INTERMEDIATE
Make & Model
Serial No
Gear Ratio
HP (KW)
INSPECTION/TEST OK N/A P/L No
Mechanically complete and no subsequent damage occurred.
1
2
The Instrument air package is tested, operational and connected to all
3
the relevant pneumatic instruments.
4 The Nitrogen package is tested and operational
Ensure field operating tools are available for Commissioning and Start-
5 up, e.g., Manual Valves Operating Key, SDV Junction box Keys,
Instruments Manifold Venting Keys
All LO/LC valves are as per their required positions as per P&ID and
6
confirm status of all manual isolation valves, Padlock keys to be
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Project No.
Project Title
available at all the times for emergencies.
All manual valves are lined up in their normal operating position (esp.
7
PSVs upstream).
All Restriction Orifices / Flow Orifice are in their correct positions and
8 their respective data sheets are cross checked for the Orifice hole ID
size.
All spectacle blinds, spacers/spades are in the normal operating
9
position and recorded in the spade list.
10 Catalysts are loaded in respective catalyst bed
11 All Membrane units filled with respective Membranes
Static Equipment have been internally inspected, Internals are installed
12
and M049-B completed
Ensure strainers on suction of all rotating equipment are installed
13
correctly.
Ensure start-up mesh is installed upstream of all strainers on suction of
14
Pumps and Compressors.
Correct grade of lube Oil is filled up to operating levels for pumping
15
equipment & Instrument Air compressor.
Lube oil and Seal Oil lines are flushed and cleaned properly and the
16
lines are ensured to be free from debris
All Panel / Cabinet / Console Installation and pre-commissioning
17
Acceptance check sheets completed, certified and signed off
Power Supply Voltage to each Panels, Cabinets, Consoles are correct as
18
per Project Specifications
Check all instruments are lined up through their root valves and
19
manifolds
20 All relief valves and pressure regulating valves are calibrated
21 Ensure all package SAT successfully carried out (where applicable)
Complete function check of all fire, gas and safeguarding systems are
22 carried out and all items shown on Cause & Effect Drawings shall be
tested and proven to ensure shut down protection is in place.
ESD Push buttons are in Reset (Live) Positions (unless special
23
maintenance case)
24 Ensure that all DCS, ESD and F&G systems are functional.
All ESD, PSD, EDV and control valves are in their fail-safe (de-energized)
25
position and in Auto Mode
26 Control Logic Philosophy operational as per Project Design
27 Communications with Safeguarding System correct as per Project
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Project No.
Project Title
Specifications
28 INHIBIT LOGBOOK in place to monitor the status of INHIBITS.
Ensure Electrical power is available to all the field electrically operated
29
equipment, control room, substation systems and all the consumers.
All Motors have undergone pre-commissioning tests Solo Dynamic Run
30
and relevant test sheets are completed
31 Redundant Power Supply operating correctly
32 UPS system tested and available
Emergency Diesel Generator Package is available for backup power
33
supply.

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

MERCURY REMOVAL UNIT M38-B
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
P&ID No.
Tag no. System no. /Subs-system No.
Make & Model
Serial No
Capacity
Unit Test Ref/Date
2 DRIVER
Make & Model
Serial No.
Capacity
HP (KW)
Rated Speed
Voltage/Current
3 DRIVEN
Make & Model
Serial No
Capacity
HP (KW)
4 INTERMEDIATE
Make & Model
Serial No
Gear Ratio
HP (KW)
INSPECTION/TEST OK N/A P/L No
Mechanically complete and no subsequent damage occurred.
1
2
3
Ensure field operating tools are available for Operation personnel for
5 the start-up, e.g., Manual Valves Operating Key, SDV Junction box Keys,
and Instruments Manifold Venting Keys.
6
confirm status of all manual isolation valves, Padlock keys to be
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Project No.
Project Title
7
PSVs upstream).
size.
9
10 Catalysts are loaded in respective Mercury Removal bed.
11
and M049-B is completed.
12
Power Supply Voltage to each Panels, Cabinets, Consoles are correct as
13
per Project Specifications.
14
manifolds.
15 All relief valves and pressure regulating valves are calibrated.
16 Ensure all package SAT successfully carried out (where applicable).
18
maintenance case)
19 Ensure that all DCS, ESD and F&G systems are functional.
20
Communications with Safeguarding System correct as per Project
22
Specifications
24
27
supply.
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

Project No.
Project Title

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

FIN FAN COOLER M39-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Check ITR M39-A has been completed.
2 Check vendors instruction, manuals and part list are available.
4 Check that sufficient vents and drains are provided.
5 Pressure relief valves installed as per project drawing.

Pressure relief valves have valid certification and are set to the
6
correct values.
Check all spec blinds and spades are fitted and are in the correct
9
orientation.
10 Check nameplate details are correct.
Check fan shaft bearing lubrication and ensure that remote greasing
11
points are provided.
Check tube, fin and header materials conform to purchase
12
specifications.
13 Check that tube fin is free of intermeshing and deformation.
14 Check coupling alignment and bolting.
15 Check fan blade angle and ensure correct tightness of blade bolting.
16 Rotate fan by hand to ensure that shaft and drive run freely.
Check the clearance between the fan tip and the fan ring (fan tip
17
clearance).
Check the belt tension is in accordance to the manufacturers
18
specifications.
19 Check motor / gearbox coupling alignment and bolting.
20 Check grease bearing.
21 Check that vibration switch is installed at the correct location.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

FIN FAN COOLER M39-B
22 Turn Motor shaft by hand to ensure free rotation.
Start fan driver motor and check driver as outlined in the
23
manufacturers instructions.
24 Check for any excessive vibration.
During the cooling fan running, record all the data for RPM, bearing
25
temperature and vibration.
26 Check COOLER and HEATER condition
27 Check that the correct rating is as per the nameplate.
28 Check that the correct cable rating has been installed.


Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

ELEVATOR M42-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Check ITR M42-A has been completed.
2 Check vendors instruction, manuals and part list are available.

6 with Vendor Start Up and Operating Manual.

7


Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PULSATION DAMPENER M44-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Ensure ITR M44-A has been completed and signed off
Charge damper per manufacturer's specification and according to
2
specifications.
3 Record recommended pre-charge pressure in bar g
Carry out manufacturers recommended Pre-commissioning
4
procedure and test
5 Record any exceptions found

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

COUPLING COLD ALIGNMENT M45-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

1 Vendor test documentation complete & available.
Confirm manufacturers figures for coupling alignment, record
2
specified cold offsets below in comments box or attach record sheet.
3 Carry out soft foot check and record.
4 Check all pipework is complete.
5 Loosen off all pipework to the driven equipment.
6 Split coupling, remove spacer (if fitted), bolts and guard.

Verify flange alignment is complete. Tighten up all pipework and
recheck radial concentricity of each half coupling, axial alignment
and radial concentricity.
7
Coupling spacer free length = ______________ mm
DBFF = _____________ mm
Vendor specified cold offset:
8 Install Coupling and guard. Tension bolts as per spec.
9 Record distance between shaft ends.

If Laser alignment device is to be used, ensure alignment device is
10
properly calibrated
Record alignment reading
11 As found: ____
Final :____
Perform final dowelling for Centrifugal Compressor once final
12
alignment is achieved with vendor assistance
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

COUPLING COLD ALIGNMENT M45-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PIG TRAP M46-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

punchlists are complete and no subsequent damage has occurred
2
installed
3 Confirm that all preservation accessories have been removed.

Check that all spades and spectacle blinds are in the correct
5
orientation.
6 Confirm all connections are complete and as per vendors drawings.
Confirm two pig signalers are installed one on each side of pig trap
7
valve.
If isolating joints are used in pig trap system the isolating joints
shall be located so that no excessive bending moments are applied
8 to the joint. Pipe supports between the overbend and the isolating
joint shall be electrically isolated.
Ensure Pig receivers are located so that they are orientated with
their end closures pointing away from personnel areas and critical
9
items of equipment, i.e. those containing hydrocarbons and/or toxic
mmaterialmaterial or in safety service.
material or in safety service
Check the requirements for pig handling depend on the type and
mass of pig and the pipeline size: normal pigs with a mass less than
30 kg may be manually loaded into or out of the pig traps; typically,
10 this will be the case in pipelines of nominal diameter 300 mm and
smaller.
Pig loading trolleys, cassettes or baskets enable heavier pigs to be
properly loaded, aligned and retrieved from pig traps.
Ensure enough space is provided beyond the end closure door of the
11
pig trap for pig handling.
12
installed.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

PIG TRAP M46-B
13
Confirm pig trap Internals have been installed in accordance with
14
Vendor drawings and specifications
Confirm pig trap internal have been inspected by Commissioning and
16
Final Closure certificate has been attached.
17 up and confirm that no conflicts arise between that document and
the commissioning procedure.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

STORAGE TANK M47-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION

punchlists are complete and no subsequent damage has occurred
2
installed
Ensure that storage tank hydrostatic pressure testing has been
3
performed.
Ensure all piping system connecting to the storage tanks and their
4
associated facilities have been pressure tested.
Reinstatement test shall be performed to confirm all joints including
5
isolation valves, relief valves, and block valves are leak free.
Ensure all piping system connecting to the storage tanks and their
6 associated facilities have been properly drained, flushed and dry to
ensure no debris/foreign objects are left in the system.
Check all spacers and/or spectacle blinds are in the correct positions
7
and all temporary blinds are removed.
8 Ensure relief valves are tested and installed.
Check all controls and instruments have undergone testing and
9
confirmed to be functional and ready for service.
Ensure TGS (Tank Gauging System) and level transmitters are
10
calibrated and ready for operation.
Ensure all firefighting facilities as per below are ready for operation:
- Fire water system
11
- Fire foam system
- Firefighting equipment
Verify biocide and corrosion inhibitor injection (if applicable) are in
12
place as per vendor recommendation.
13 Ensure all temporary connections are removed.
Check instruments devices, MOVs, alarms, have all been calibrated
14
and ready for operation.
Ensure all electrical devices such as Retractable Grounding Assembly
15
RGA, Catholic protection, earthling are ready for service.
Ensure FGS (Fire and Gas System) and DCS (Distributed Control
16
System) have been tested and checked.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

STORAGE TANK M47-B
For floating roof storage tanks ensure degassing boot is in service in
17 order to eliminate the traces of gases in the liquid phase before
entering the storage tank.
Confirm all manway covers are bolted up correctly with correct
18
gaskets.
Confirm Vessels internal have been inspected and Final Closure
20
certificate has been attached.
21 up and confirm that no conflicts arise between that document and
the commissioning procedure.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

FINAL CLOSURE CERTIFICATE M49-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Manufacturer Pressure Rating
Model No.
Serial No.
Vessel or Tank has now been fully installed and has been inspected
1
by the designated Contractor, Operations and Inspecting Agency
Vessel or Tank is confirmed as being in accordance with the relevant
design documents and in full compliance with all the requirements as
2
specified in the relevant project documents.
All internal parts and sub-assemblies associated / applicable to this

Vessel or Tank have been installed correctly with respect to all the
3
drawings, confirming elevations
All items on the Vessel / Tank punchlist have been duly completed
4
Tank is clean and dry and all temporary equipment, lighting,
5 scaffolding, rags, trash, debris have been removed from Vessel/Tank
All proper manway gaskets and bolts are supplied and proper torque
6 specification applied.
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE ABOVE VESSEL/ TANK HAS BEEN INSPECTED INTERNALLY AND FOUND TO
BE SATISFACTORY. THE VESSEL/TANK MANWAY OR MANHOLE MAY NOW BE CLOSED.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII
TURBO EXPANDAR & BOOSTER M50-B

COMPRESSOR PACKAGE
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System/Subsystem
No.
Manufacturer Pressure Rating
Model No.
Serial No.
INSPECTION / TEST OK N/A P/L
No
CAUTION: Ensure that equipment including the associated piping, fittings,
valves and instrumentation are physically installed, leveled and aligned as
required by the appropriate recommendations. All electrical equipment and
wiring is completed and the unit is ready to be powered up. A thorough physical
inspection with reference to the P&IDs, piping arrangements, wiring diagrams
and sub vendor installation manuals would be required for this purpose.
General Checks
Make a walk-through inspection around the equipment and

1
check for any damages
Check the entire compressor skid and ensure all connections
2
are secured and intact
Check that the compressor vents and drains are complete and
4
spades / spectacle blinds are fitted in the right orientation
Verify set-point values for various switches or other
5
instrumentations as per data sheet.
1 Check skid weld down/hold down bolts.

Check The turbo expander, gearbox and compressor hold down
2
bolts
Perform skid levelness and soft foot check as recommended by
3
OEM. Record readings.
Check that vibration dampeners (if required) is installed and
4
tightened
6 Remove any temporary stopper/shipping braces and etc.
Turbo Expander/Booster Compressor

Page 1 of 7
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

COMPRESSOR PACKAGE
9 Check rod packing
10 Check the coupling bolts
Check the suction and discharge valve assembly and valve
housing for cleanliness and check valve lift. Check that valves
12
are assembled correctly. If valve unloaders are mounted, check
correct functioning and sequence
If clearance pockets for capacity control are installed, check
13
proper functioning of this device
Verification of expander SDV (quick-closing valve) operation
14
and timing
15 Stroking and Verification of Turbo Expander bypass Valve.
Verification of compressor surge control valve operation and
16
timing
Check whether safety devices are properly installed and in
17 accordance with the data sheets and flow diagram. Check that
the safety/relief valve is installed and check set pressure
Check the proper functioning of all safety devices. Safety
18 devices that cannot be tested when machine is not running
should be checked during initial run
Electrical system

iii. Inspect the gauge panel and control panel for good
condition. Reset any alarm or shut off components
Verify that a complete operational test on all control, logic and
2
power circuits have been carried out

Verify that leak and loop check between local control panel and
2
on-skid instrument have been done
Dry test control panel and confirm start up valve opening
6
sequence and timing
Carry out trip/fault simulation test for all safeguarding
7
instruments.
Verify that electrical check on compressor pre-lube pump
8
motor cable and MCC has been completed
9 Verify the instrumentation set points (control, alarm and fault)
Page 2 of 7
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

COMPRESSOR PACKAGE
with site conditions.
10 Verify that stroke test and Modbus check have been completed.
Active Magnetic Bearing(AMB)
1 2
Start Up logic testing by simulation
Final tuning and calibration of the optional magnetic bearing
2 3
control systems
Dry Gas Seal System
Check that system piping/tubing/instruments and other items

1 are in healthy conditions and fitted in correct position.
Verify that the system has been cleaned, flushed and blown
2 with clean dry air.
Check that control valve of seal gas system has been function
3 tested.
4 Check seal gas supply and seal gas filter is clean

Ensure main seal gas supply and alternate seal gas supply
5 pressure is adequate as per OEM settings. Adjust supply if
necessary
Check that all vibration probes/transducers/accelerometers are

1 installed correctly, calibrated and functional.

Skid Piping

Ensure all lines have been tested and that radiographic
2 examination and stress relief (where applicable) is complete
Ensure that the correct specification valve has been installed,
greased (if applicable), will easily open and close and sufficient
3 packing is installed so that the packing gland nuts can be
further tightened if required
Ensure that check valves have been installed in the correct
4 direction and if the internals have been removed for hydro
testing or line flushing, they have been reinstalled
Ensure that all control valves are installed in the correct
5 direction, are in their fail-safe position and their bypasses are
closed
6 Check safety valve installation, locking system tag, sight pop
Page 3 of 7
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

COMPRESSOR PACKAGE
test certificates to confirm correct setting
Ensure that all strainers (permanent or temporary) are installed
7 in the correct direction and that the strainer element or basket
has been reinstalled in all strainers
Check that the correct number of studs and nuts are used on all
8 flanges, that the nuts are all tight and that at least two threads
of the studs are showing past the nut
Check that the piping is supported as per the drawings and
9 anchors; guides and shoes are correctly installed
Check for sufficient clearance between piping to allow for
10 movement and expansion during start up
Ensure all blinds and jump overs installed during hydro testing
11 are removed
Ensure all vent and drain connections have been unplugged and
12 all hydro test fluid drained out and lines have been blown dry.
Replace all vents and drain plugs or caps
Ensure all threaded connection on pipe, vessel and instruments

are plugged. Observe the plastic temporary shipping caps and
13 covers; remove and replace them with the correct metal plug or
cap

Instrument Air
Close all instrument isolation valves and purge lines using

1
instrument air to check for instrument air availability
Slowly open the instrument air inlet valve and blow out through
2
a vent or available spare nozzle at the other extreme end
The isolation valves may be opened after ensuring that the
4
instrument air lines are free from moisture and dirt
All alarm and shutdown functions will be simulated to verify
5
proper operation of the annunciator display
6 Verification of functionality of the PLC or DCS program
7 Confirmation of all start-up permissives
8 Verification of start-up sequence
9 Verification of all speed, temperature and pressure transmitters
Verification of shut-down capabilities via ESD switches and
10
DCS commands.
11 C & E Matrix verification.
Page 4 of 7
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

COMPRESSOR PACKAGE
Scrubbers

Ensure that the piping and instrumentation is installed as per
1
P&IDs
For each suction scrubber vessel, fully open the liquid level
controller isolation valves and ensure that the bypass valves are
2
fully closed. Check that the controller is correctly controlling the
level for each level
Drain

For automatic drains with level control valves, ensure that the
2
isolation valves are open
Liquid drain lines, including those beyond the skid limits, should
3
be inspected to ascertain that they are open
Gas Supply
Confirm that there is adequate supply of gas at required suction

1
pressure
CAUTION: The entire system must be purged to ensure an explosive

air/hydrocarbon mix is avoided
Ensure nitrogen purging has been carried out for the unit
1 prior to initial start-up, or any invasive maintenance or if unit
being left in stand-by mode.
Leak Testing
Leak testing should be performed on all hydrocarbon

1 containing pipe-work and equipment as part of the
installation and pre-commissioning process
Starting System
Drain moisture and sediment from the TE & BC casing and

1
from any other piping
2 Check the air pressure before starting
3 Open the air supply valve for the starting motor.
Page 5 of 7
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

COMPRESSOR PACKAGE

Designation Contractor PMT Inspector Commissioning
Representative Engineer
Name
Signature
Date
Page 6 of 7
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

RE-INSTATEMENT LEAK TEST P04-B1
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Location Test Date
A No
Flushing and hydrostatic testing have been satisfactorily completed
1 and recorded. Check that drying of lines is complete. Verify that all in
line units have been reinstated as per latest P &ID
Correct bolts and gaskets are installed at all mechanical joints. Bolts
2
are torqued / tensioned to correct specification.
Check all manual valves are in opened position (recommended) and
3
smoothly turned.
All temporary spades, bobbins, vents and drains have been removed,
4
and openings closed in accordance with specification.
Support Gags are removed where applicable (it may be required to
5
leave some in place for removal offshore).
All process blinds, spades, valves and inline equipment have been
6
correctly installed as per P&ID.
Check/ ensure that lines are resting firmly/ properly on its support
7
(not floating)
Extended spindles and chain wheels for specified valves have been
8
All locking devices and interlocks for specified valves have been
9
Piping, instruments, mechanical equipment and specialty items are
10 reinstated in accordance with the P&ID. Verify the items against pre-
test list.
11 Verify earthing strap / connection if required.
12 Verify the Base Line Survey for Corrosion Management completed
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

RE-INSTATEMENT LEAK TEST P04-B2

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII
INSPECTION TEST RECORD (ITR) - C

REINSTATEMENT LEAK TEST P04-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
System Test Medium
Location Test Date
The Leak Test has been Completed and Accepted as per company
1
Procedure.
Leak Test Result :-
Leak Rate = ..Scf/yr
2
Maximum permitted Leak Rate = . Scf/yr (Standard cubic feet per
year).
The completed System has been depressurized and all signs and
3
barriers have been removed.
All test equipment has been removed and line re-instated using
4
witness joint procedure.
5 All associated P & IDs have been red lined As-Built.
The completed system shall be preserved with Nitrogen (N) gas at one
6
(1) barg of pressure.
COMPLETED BY VERIFIED BY CONFIRMED BY

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

WITNESSED JOINT P14-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Test Package No Isometric Dwg
System Flanges Tag
Sub System
Location
Prior to conducting reinstatement leak test, the following checks will
1 be made:
Flange faces examined and seen to be clean and damage free.
2 Gaskets are correct type and size.
Nuts and stud bolts examined and seen to be undamaged and correct
3
size and type.
4 Flange faces parallel.
5 Joint pulled up evenly on diametrically opposing stud bolts.
6 All nuts pulled up to required tightness.
7 No visible damage to gasket when joint completed.
8 Minimum allowable of two threads through each nut.
9 No excessive length of stud bolt protruding through each nut.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

FLANGES MANAGEMENT P06-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Location Test Date
Verify the check sheet P06-A ( Flanges Alignment) and P09-A (Bolt
1
tensioning/Tourqing) have been completed and approved
Correct bolts and gaskets are installed at all flanges joints. Bolts are
2
torqued / tensioned to correct specification and certified
All the flanges have been tagged, identified in data based ensure that the
following items are corrected.
All of Flanges data: Flange connection number.
Drawing number.
Isometric Line Number.
Sub-system No:
Alignment Check (date and signature).
Cleanliness Check after hydrotest or flushing (date and
3 signature).
Gasket type and rating.
Bolt type, diameter and length.
Brand of lubricant applied.
Used tool (number and type).
Torque value or tensioning pressure (when applicable).
Date of execution.
Name of the operator.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

FLANGES MANAGEMENT P06-B

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

SERVICE TEST P10-B
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Test Package No Test/OP Pressure
System Test Medium
Location Test Date
1
completed.
The Service Test has been Completed and Accepted as per company
2
Procedure.
Service Test Result :-
3
Leak Rate :
The completed System has been depressurized and all signs and
4
barriers have been removed.
All test equipment has been removed and line re-instated using
5
witness joint procedure.
6 All associated P & IDs have been red lined As-Built.
Service Test record the following:
Duration Op/Tp Press Temperature Remark

0 Min
7
15 Min
30 Min
45 Min
60 Min

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
LUBE OIL FLUSHING P15-B

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Test Package No Flushing Flow rate
System Lube Oil Brand
Sub System Flushing Duration
Location Flushing Date
Marked up drawing / P&ID attached equipment / bearing bypassed and
1
blinded.
2 Pipe / equipment chemically cleaned / de scaled.
3 Correct type of flushing medium used.
4 Laboratory analysis satisfactory, details attached.
5 Correct cleanliness level as documented.
6 Oil reservoir clean after flushing.
7 New, correct filters installed.
8 System / equipment labeled.
9 System / equipment re-instated.
10 System / equipment blinded off.
11 Record the number and size of particles after the four-hour run.
12 Install fine mesh filter screens at oil inlets to all bearing.
13 Verify removal of filter screens and temporary filters.
14 Preservation carried out and recorded in preservation log.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1

SAFETY SHOWER / EYEWASH S02-B
Project No.
Project Title
INFORMATION
Tag no. System no.
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos.
Ensure A check list and A punch list items completed & no subsequent
1
damage occurred.
2 Check portable eye wash stations are filed with sterilized water.
Check water quality (cleanliness) of the shower/ eyewash station
3
(piped).
4 Test the functioning of each shower station.
5 Test the functioning of eye wash stations.
COMPLETED BY VERIFIED BY ACCEPTED

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1

SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT S03-B
Project No.
Project Title
INFORMATION
Tag no. System/Subsyste
m No.

1
damage occurred.
Conduct thorough visual inspection of survival equipment, checking
2 for damage, deterioration and deficiencies since onshore
certification.
Confirm that all loose item supplied with the survival equipment is in
3 accordance with the equipment drawing as detailed in the O & M
Manual

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1

FIREWATER/ FOAM SYSTEM S10-B
Project No.
Project Title
INFORMATION
Tag no. System no.
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
1
damage occurred.
Check location / quantities of firefighting equipment is as per Escape
2 Route, Fire Fighting, Safety and Life Saving Equipment layout
drawings.
FIREWATER PUMP
3 Ensure Mechanical ITR-B for Diesel Engine Fire Pump is completed.
Name plate/tag details correct & in accordance with approved design
4 data sheet. Manufacturers test certificates & SAT documentation
available.
FIREWATER RING MAIN
5 Ensure Piping ITR B for Firewater Ring Main is completed.
6 Check piping/ ring main for signs of damage.
Ensure system flushing is conducted as per flushing procedures.
7 (Ensure gauges liable to be damaged at test pressure and during
flushing operations are removed and stored in instrument store).
8 Check flow at drains and any test connections.
9 Complete Certificate of Flushing after performing flushing operation.
Conduct hydrostatic testing as per approved project specifications and
record details of the hydrostatic test report. Attach copies of:
- Isometric sketch showing as built condition, test limits and
scope
10
- Test equipment calibration certificates
- Certificate of pressure test
- Pressure chart and temperature chart
- Test report
(List the approved specification and datasheet reference number)
Page 1 of 2

FIREWATER/ FOAM SYSTEM S10-B

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2

FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM/ TOTAL FLOODING S11-B
SYSTEM
Project No.
Project Title
INFORMATION
Tag no. System no.
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
1
damage occurred.
Check fire suppression/ total flooding system is connected to the fire

2
panel (including status display).

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1

DECK INTEGRATED FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM S15-B
Project No.
Project Title
INFORMATION
Tag no. System no.
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
1
damage occurred.
Ensure Fire and Gas Device Loop Test (Instrument ITR I16-B) is
2
completed for DIFFS

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
CCTV T03-B
Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
Sys
Sys Number
Description
GENERAL INFORMATION
OK N/A P/L
1 Confirm that all preservation materials have been removed.
2 Confirm pan function operates correctly.
3 Confirm tilt function operates correctly.
4 Confirm zoom and focus function from as per specification range.
5 Confirm auto iris properly functioning. (if applicable)
6 Confirm variable speed function correct. (if applicable)
7 Confirm pre-set position properly functioning. (if applicable)
8 Confirm wiper / wash unit properly functioning. (if applicable)
OTHER OBSERVATION / REMARKS

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
PAGA SYSTEM/ECHO STATION/STROBELIGHT T04-B

Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
Sys
Sys Number
Description
INSTRUMENT DATA
EX rating Gas Group
DEVICE INSPECTION & TESTING (LOADSPEAKER & STROBELIGHT) OK N/A P/L

1 Confirm that all preservation materials have been removed
2 Confirm orientation of speakers acceptable.
3 Confirm transformer tap selected as specified.
4 Confirm sound output level acceptable.
5 Confirm sound output acceptable.
6 Confirm beacons / lights operate correctly when energised.
7 Confirm beacons / lights flashing frequency correct.
8 Confirm beacons / lights go off when de-energized.
9 Confirm beacons flashing without any obstruction.
DEVICE INSPECTION & TESTING (LOUDSPEAKER & STROBE LIGHT) OK N/A P/L
Confirm station / ext. number correct against Facility Telephone Directory. Ext.
2 No:_______
3 Confirm acoustic
No:______& hood installation
connection requirement.key board correct
of the corresponding
4 Confirm dial tone when hand set off the hook.
5 Confirm ring back on dialing other extension.
6 Confirm speech quality and sound level acceptable.
7 Confirm incoming call causes ringing and Flashing Light/Beacon (if applicable).
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
PAGA SYSTEM/ECHO STATION/STROBELIGHT T04-B

Confirm flashing Light / Beacon extinguishes when incoming call is answered (if
8
applicable).
9 Confirm any other features on the phone operate satisfactorily.
10 Confirm audible alert operates satisfactorily.
11 Confirm headset operates satisfactorily.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELEPHONE/LAN PORT VERIFICATION& CABLE TEST T05-B

Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
Sys
Sys Number
Description
INSTRUMENT DATA
EX rating Gas Group
OK N/A P/L
1 Confirm correct colour code according to TIA/EIA - 568 B STANDARD
2 Confirm (link) cable is run less than 90 metres in total.
Cable testing result.
TEST RESULT PASS FAIL
Wire Map Test

3 Attenuation
NEXT ( Near End
Crosstalk)
RL (Return Loss)
ACR (Attenuation to
Crosstalk)
DEVICE INSPECTION & TESTING

1 Confirm that all preservation materials have been removed
Confirm station / extension number correct against Facility Telephone Directory.
2 Ext No.
3 Confirm (link) cable is run less than 90 metres in total.

4 Confirm acoustic hood installation requirement.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELEPHONE/LAN PORT VERIFICATION& CABLE TEST T05-B

7 Confirm speech quality and sound level acceptable
3 Confirm acoustic hood installation requirement.
6 Confirm speech quality and sound level acceptable.
9 Confirm headset operates satisfactorily.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELECOMMUNICATION PANEL T06-B

Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
Sys
Sys Number
Description
INSTRUMENT DATA
EX rating Gas Group
OK N/A P/L
1 Prove manual operation of isolators, switches, pushbuttons.
2 Confirm local indicators operate correctly and lamps are correctly rated
3 Energise panel supplies and check voltage as per requirement.
4 Energise the cooling fan and confirm the operation of the thermostat.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
RADIO COMMUNICATION TEST T11-B

Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
Sys
Sys Number
Description
INSTRUMENT DATA
EX rating Gas Group
OK N/A P/L
1 Check the radio frequencies have been set as per specification
2 Ensure correct sequence channel setting.
Test simplex/duplex communication between portable to portable/portable to
3
base station
Ensure portable/base station able to receive signal with quality signal & clear
4
voice for every channel
5 All the radio features function as per requirement (if applicable).

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELECOMS FIBRE OPTIC CABLES TEST T12-B

Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
Sys
Sys Number
Description
GENERAL INFORMATION
1 Cable from
2 Cable to
3 Pair /Core & Size
4 Cable type
5 Termination drawing
OK N/A P/L
Perform cable length measurement fiber fracture inspection and construction
1
defect inspection using Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR).
2 Perform connector integrity test using OTDR.
Cable attenuation loss measurement from both ends of cable with optical power
3 loss test set. (if applicable)
4 Attached OTDR & power loss test result (if applicable) for reference.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
TEST EQUIPMENT
Calibration
Expiry Date
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
TELECOMS FIBRE OPTIC CABLES TEST T12-B


Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev.01
Appendix I-X
ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM T13-B

Project No.
Project Title
Platform/
Plant name
Sys
Sys Number
Description
GENERAL INFORMATION
OK N/A P/L
2 Follow manufacturer's recommendations for system check out.
Confirm all visual indicators at master station and remote stations are
3
operational.
4 Confirm all remote volume controls operate satisfactorily.
5 Confirm orientation of speakers acceptable.
6 Confirm transformer tap selected as specified (if applicable).
7 Confirm sound output quality acceptable.
8 Confirm visual output quality acceptable.
9 Full panel test & system functionally will cover under commissioning procedure
OTHER OBSERVATION / REMARKS

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
10.0 APPENDIX III: ITR- C (COMMISSIONING)
10.1 APPENDIX III-I: Architecture (A)- NA
10.2 APPENDIX III-II: Civil (C)- NA
10.3 APPENDIX III-III: Electrical (E)
10.4 APPENDIX III-IV: HVAC (H)
10.5 APPENDIX III-V: Instrumentation (I)
10.6 APPENDIX III-VI: Mechanical (M)
10.7 APPENDIX III-VII: Piping (P)
10.8 APPENDIX III-VIII: Safety (S)
10.9 APPENDIX III-IX: Structural (ST)- NA
10.10 APPENDIX III-X: Telecommunication (T)

CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

GAS TURBINE GENERATOR E01-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Voltage
Manufacturer Rating
Serial No. Location
a) Precom check-sheet and punch list status for turbine,
alternator and all related auxiliary systems
b) Precom check-sheet for the generator Incoming feeder
d) Generator control panel schematic diagram
e) Pre-commissioning check sheets for ENMC system
f) Start-up/commissioning procedure
g) FAT report
Description IR (M)
Minimum insulation value shall be 10*(kV+1) M. Compare the

results with those obtained during pre-commissioning. Any variation
of more than 20% needs to be investigated prior to start-up.
IR test on the following circuits shall be conducted after consultation

with OEM with regard to test voltage, procedure and acceptable IR
values.
Description IR (M)
Diode Bridge Assembly (Short out
diodes)
Insulated Bearings
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

GAS TURBINE GENERATOR E01-C
3 Perform all functional checks of protection system (electrical and
mechanical) including ESD and record results.
4 Start-up the GTG as per start-up procedure / manufacturer
instructions and perform load test as per requirements of
PTS63.10.08.11. Test results to be attached to this check sheet.

- This check sheet shall be used as the cover sheet for detailed start-up and commissioning tests
conducted on the GTG.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

MICRO TURBINE GENERATOR E02-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Location
Manufacturer Power Rating
Ref. Drawing nos Serial no.
Type Voltage
a) Precom check-sheet and punch list status for MTG and all
related auxiliary systems
b) Precom check-sheet for the MTG Incoming feeder
d) Start-up/commissioning procedure
e) FAT report
mechanical) including ESD and record results
3 Start-up the MTG as per start-up procedure / manufacturer
5
surfaces are clean.
6
externally clean.
conducted on the MTG.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

GAS ENGINE GENERATOR E03-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Location
Ref. Drawing nos Serial no.
Type Voltage
a) Precom check-sheet and punch list status for engine,
g) FAT report
Description IR (M)


values.
Description IR (M)
diodes)
Insulated Bearings
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

GAS ENGINE GENERATOR E03-C
4 Start-up the GEG as per start-up procedure / manufacturer

6
surfaces are clean.
7
externally clean.
conducted on the GEG.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

DIESEL ENGINE GENERATOR E04-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Location
Type Voltage
a) Precom check-sheet and punch list status for the engine,
g) FAT report
Description IR (M)


values.
Description IR (M)
diodes)
Insulated Bearings
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

DIESEL ENGINE GENERATOR E04-C
4 Start-up the DEG as per start-up procedure / manufacturer
6
surfaces are clean.
7
externally clean.
conducted on the DEG.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

SOLAR PANEL E07-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Location
Type Voltage
a. Solar panel Datasheet and manufacturers operating manual
b. Completed and signed-off pre-com check-sheet and punch list
status
c. FAT report / Routine test report
2 Perform functional test of the solar panel and the charge controller
system by simulating the fault conditions.
3 Follow manufacturer instruction and start-up the solar panel system.
4 If the battery is fully discharged, charge the same through a
temporary power supply and energize the charge controller.
5 Check the battery status and confirm state of charge is 100%. Perform
battery discharge test. (Refer to battery commissioning check-sheet).
6 After completing the discharge test, perform the charging of battery through the solar panel
and record the charging current and duration. (Refer to battery commissioning check-sheet).
Allow the battery to be charged by the solar panel for 3 days with the load still connected.
Record the parameters. Start the test on a morning in order to allow the solar panel deliver
the load current.
Output Load Battery Battery
Time Voltage(A) current(A) Voltage(V) current(A)
Remarks
0
15 m.
30 m.
1 Hr.
2 Hr.
4 Hr.
8 Hr.
12 Hr.
24 Hr.
36 Hr.
48 Hr.
60 Hr.
72 Hr.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

SOLAR PANEL E07-C
7 Verify and confirm the correct operation of timers (if applicable) during
discharge test and record the operation in remarks column.
8 Verify and confirm correct operation of the battery MCCB at reaching
the voltage threshold for low battery voltage.
10
are clean.
11
externally clean.
This check-sheet shall always be used together with the battery commissioning check-sheet.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

TRANSFORMER (DRY TYPE) E09-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Location
Ref. Drawing nos Type
Voltage Percentage Impedance
Secondary
f) Precom check-sheet and punch list status
g) Precom check-sheet for the outgoing transformer feeder
h) Precom check-sheet for incoming feeder from transformer
i) Key single line diagram
j) FAT report
2 Perform insulation resistance test. Take insulation resistance
measurements from high voltage side to low voltage side, from low
voltage side to ground and from high voltage side to ground. Test
voltage shall be 500V DC for LV (up to 1kV) system, 2.5kV DC for HV
up to 4.2kV system voltage and 5kV DC for HV above 4.2kV of system
voltage. Compare the results with the values during pre-
commissioning.
3 With transformer energized at rated voltage record the tap position
and secondary open circuit voltage.
4 Simulate trip test on transformer primary and secondary side circuit
breakers
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

TRANSFORMER (DRY TYPE) E09-C
5 Perform soak test. Keep the transformer energized at no-load for a minimum of 24 hours. At
the end of soak test load the transformer gradually, based on available load.
Voltage Temperature
Time Pri. Cable Sec. Cable Remarks
Pri. Sec. Amb. Winding Tank
box box
0
15mnt
30mnt
45mnt
60mnt
2 Hr.
6 Hr.
12 Hr.
24 Hr.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

TRANSFORMER (OIL TYPE) E10-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Location
Ref. Drawing nos Type
a) Precom check-sheet and punch list status
d) Key single line diagram
e) FAT report
2 Perform insulation resistance test. Take insulation resistance
measurements from high voltage side to low voltage side, from low
voltage side to ground and from high voltage side to ground. Test
voltage shall be 500V DC for LV (up to 1kV) system, 2.5kV DC for HV
up to 4.2kV system voltage and 5kV DC for HV above 4.2kV of system
voltage. Compare the results with the values during pre-
commissioning.
3 With transformer energized at rated voltage record the tap position
and secondary open circuit voltage.
4 Simulate trip test on transformer primary and secondary side circuit
breakers
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

TRANSFORMER (OIL TYPE) E10-C
5 Perform soak test. Keep the transformer energized at no-load for a minimum of 24 hours. At
the end of soak test load the transformer gradually, based on available load.
Voltage Temperature
Time Pri. Cable Sec. Cable Remarks
Pri. Sec. Amb. Winding Tank
box box
0
15mnt
30mnt
45mnt
60mnt
2 Hr.
6 Hr.
12 Hr.
24 Hr.
7
are clean.
8
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARD E11-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Voltage
b) Key single line diagram
c) Switchboard single line diagram
d) FAT report
2 Verify and confirm switchboard earthing is intact
bushing cracks, corrosion, sign of water ingress / moisture
condensation, painting damage etc.
5 Visually verify the torque markings on the bolted connections. Re-
torque, if required. Perform contact resistance test (Ductor test) for
all bolted connections and attach the test record to this check sheet.
measured values shall not differ by more than 20% from each other
for different phases in same circuit. Further, the test results to be
compared against pre-commissioning test values and any variation
more than 20% from pre-commissioning test results shall be
investigated.
shall be 2.5kV DC for HV up to 4.2kV system voltage and 5kV DC for HV
above 4.2kV of system voltage.

R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

7 Perform Hi-Pot test on the bus-bar with all the circuit breakers (except
bus-tie) OPEN and record the leakage current. Test Duration 1 minute
Test Voltage (select from table below)
Max.
Syste 3.6 7.2 12 17.5 24 36
Voltage
Test
0 20 8 38 50 70
Voltage
Leakage current
compared against pre-commissioning test values and any variation of
more than 20% from the pre-commissioning test results shall be
investigated.
8 Repeat the IR test after hi-pot test and record values.

R-YBE
Y-RBE
B-RYE

9 Reconnect all electronic equipment after insulation resistance and hi-
pot testing. Re-install PT drawers, fuses and all relays.
11 Energize the switchgear as per energisation procedure and record the
required values. Attach report to this check-sheet.
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III


Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARD / MCC E14-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Voltage
b) Key single line diagram
c) Switchboard single line diagram
d) FAT report
2 Verify and confirm switchboard earthing is intact.
bushing cracks, corrosion, sign of water ingress / moisture
condensation, painting damage etc.
5 Visually verify the torque markings on the bolted connections. Re-
torque, if required. Perform contact resistance test (Ductor test) for
all bolted connections and attach the test record to this check sheet.

measured values shall not differ by more than 20% from each other
for different phases in same circuit. Further, the test results to be
compared against pre-commissioning test values and any variation
more than 20% from pre-commissioning test results shall be
investigated.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARD / MCC E14-C
6 Perform IR test on the switchboard incomer and bus-bar. Test
voltage shall be 500 V DC
R-YBNE
Y-RBNE
B-RYNE
N-RYB
test values against those of pre-commissioning. Any deviation of more
than 20% from pre-commissioning report needs to be investigated.
7 Reconnect all electronic equipment after insulation resistance and.
Re-install fuses and all relays.
8 Reconnect all cables, remove any temporary test links installed and
put back all the shorting links to design condition at the completion of
the pre-commissioning tests.
9 Energize the switchgear as per energisation procedure and record the
required values. Attach report to this check-sheet.
11
surfaces are clean.
12
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

CAPACITOR BANK AND SERIES REACTOR E26-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
a) Capacitor Bank and reactor datasheet and GA drawing
b) Single line diagram of associated switchgear
c) Completed and signed-off pre-commissioning check-sheet for
the capacitor bank with punch list status and pre-
commissioning check-sheet of the associated switchgear.
d) FAT report
2 Verify the cleanliness of panel internals and confirm the panel is free
from dust, dirt, all loose wires, packing material etc.
3 Confirm earthing of the panel is intact.
4 Energize the control circuit and apply load on the switchgear.
5 Verify the operation of APFC relay and step control contactors either
by varying the load power factor (if load bank is available) or by
adjusting the target power factor (if actual plant load is used).
During the test, temperature of the capacitor banks and series
reactors to be checked using a thermal scanner or temperature gun.
At the end of the test, confirm that the settings are put back to the
correct values.
7
surfaces are clean.
8
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

AC UPS E28-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Amperes Frequency
Type Voltage
d. UPS Datasheet and manufacturers operating manual
e. Completed and signed-off pre-com check-sheet for the subject
UPS & battery and punch list status
f. FAT report / Routine test report
2 Energize the UPS incoming power feed and verify correct AC input
voltage. Input voltage ______ Volts
3 Follow manufacturer instruction and start-up the UPS system
4 Perform functional test of the UPS system by simulating loss of
incoming supply, static by-pass operation and manual bypass
operation.
5 Conduct performance test on UPS for 72 hours at full load and record the parameters.
Load Battery Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz)

Time current current Input Output Input Output Remarks
(A) (A)
0
15 m.
30 m.
1 Hr.
2 Hr.
4 Hr.
8 Hr.
12 Hr.
24 Hr.
36 Hr.
48 Hr.
60 Hr.
72 Hr.
During load test check for any abnormal conditions like high noise or high temperature.
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

AC UPS E28-C
6 Check the UPS battery status and confirm state of charge is 100%.
Perform battery discharge test. (Refer to battery commissioning check-
sheet)
the voltage thresh hold for low battery voltage.
9 After completing the discharge test, perform the charging of battery
and record the charging time and current. (Refer to battery
commissioning check-sheet)
11
are clean.
12
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

DC CHARGER E29-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Amperes Frequency
Type Voltage
a. Charger Datasheet and manufacturers operating manual
b. Completed and signed-off pre-com check-sheet for the subject
Charger, battery and punch list status
2 Energize the Charger incoming power feed and verify correct AC input
3 Follow manufacturer instruction and start-up the Charger.
4 Perform functional test of the Charger by simulating loss of incoming
supply.
5 Conduct performance test on the charger for 72 hours at full load and record the
parameters.
Load Battery Voltage (V)

Time current current Input Output Remarks
(A) (A)
0
15 m.
30 m.
1 Hr.
2 Hr.
4 Hr.
8 Hr.
12 Hr.
24 Hr.
36 Hr.
48 Hr.
60 Hr.
72 Hr.
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

DC CHARGER E29-C
battery discharge test. (Refer to battery commissioning check-sheet)
11
are clean.
12
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

ELECTRICAL POWER UNIT (EPU) E30-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Amperes Frequency
Type Voltage
a. Charger Datasheet and manufacturers operating manual
Charger and battery and punch list status
2 Energize the Charger incoming power feed and verify correct AC input
3 Follow manufacturer instruction and start-up the Charger.
4 Perform functional test of the Charger by simulating loss of incoming
supply.
5 Conduct performance test on the charger for 72 hours at full load and record the
parameters.
Load Battery Voltage (V)

Time current current Input Output Remarks
(A) (A)
0
15 mnt.
30 Mnt.
1 Hr.
2 Hr.
4 Hr.
8 Hr.
12 Hr.
24 Hr.
36 Hr.
48 Hr.
60 Hr.
72 Hr.
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

ELECTRICAL POWER UNIT (EPU) E30-C
battery discharge test. (Refer to battery commissioning check-sheet)
11
are clean.
12
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

BATTERY E31-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Ampere Hour Location
System Voltage No. of cells
Type of Battery Electrolyte
Float Voltage Boost Voltage
b. UPS/Charger drawings showing battery connection
subject battery and punch list status
d. FAT report of battery (if applicable) or charge / discharge test
report of prototype.
2 Inspect batteries for physical and mechanical condition.
3 Verify and confirm battery room / enclosure ventilation is working
correctly.
cabinets.
5 Verify correct electrolyte levels of each cell (not applicable for sealed
battery).
6 Energize the UPS/charger and allow the battery to be charged to full
capacity.
7 Conduct discharge test of the battery and measure the discharge
current and battery voltage.
Time Discharge Battery Remarks

current voltage
Battery voltage at end of discharge ____________ Volt

Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

BATTERY E31-C
Actual End cell voltage ____________ Volt
Remaining capacity at end of discharge _____________%
8 After completing the discharge test, perform the charging (both boost
charge-if applicable, and float charge) of battery and record the
charging time and current.
Time Charging Charging Capacity

Remarks
(Min) current (I) voltage (V) (%)
Time to recharge up to 80% capacity ______________ Hours

Time to recharge up to 100% capacity ______________ Hours
10
surfaces are clean.
11
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM E35-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Amperes Frequency
Manufacturer Overload setting
Voltage
a. VSD Datasheet and manufacturers operating manual
VSD and punch list status
c. Pre-commissioning check sheet for associated motor and
switchgear feeder
d. Pre-commissioning check sheet for associated power and
control cables
e. FAT report / Routine test report
2 Perform IR test on the power circuits. Test voltage shall be 500V DC
for LV (up to 1kV) system, 2.5kV DC for HV up to 4.2kV system voltage
and 5kV DC for HV above 4.2kV of system voltage. Minimum
resistance shall be 10(kV+1) M-kV is the system voltage.

R-YBNE
Y-RBNE
B-RYNE
Any deviation of more than 20% from pre-commissioning results to

be investigated prior to energisation.
3 Energize the VSD incoming power feed and verify correct AC input
4 Follow manufacturer instruction and start-up the VSD.
5 Perform functional test of the VSD by simulating the control and
protection functions.
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

6 Carry out load test for a minimum period of 4 hours or until temperature readings stabilizes,
subject to process conditions.
Motor starting current

Starting Time
Maximum speed
Minimum speed
Time Motor Load Temperature (o C) Remarks

(Min) speed Current Ambient VSD Motor
(rpm) (A) power Frame Bearing
cards
0
5
10
20
30
40
50
60
75
90
120
150
180
210
240
Speed shall be set at normal running speed for the first two hours, maximum speed for the
next one hour and minimum speed for the last one hour. Some motors may not be able to be
run for long duration due to process limitations. In such cases, the available test duration
shall be divided into the three speed ranges.
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

7 Record final VSD parameter settings.
9
are clean.
10
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

HIGH VOLTAGE MOTOR E37-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Location
RPM Serial no.
a. Motor Datasheet
b. Driven equipment data sheet
c. Completed and signed-off pre-com check-sheet for the subject
motor and punch list status
d. FAT report / Routine test report
2
Perform insulation resistance test of windings including the cables
from MCC side. Test voltage shall be 2.5kV DC for voltages up to 4.2kV
R-Y R-B Y-B R-G Y-G B-G


4 Carry out load test for a minimum period of 4 hours or until
temperature readings stabilizes, subject to process conditions.
Starting current
Starting Tie
Note:-
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

HIGH VOLTAGE MOTOR E37-C
The load test duration shall be agreed based on process conditions.
Some motors may not be able to be run for long due to process
limitations (eg. Sump pump motor due to low level) and the tests
shall be limited to available process load.
Time Load Temperature (o C) Remarks

(Min) Current Ambient Frame/ Bearing
(A) winding DE NDE
0
5
10
20
30
40
50
60
75
90
120
150
180
210
240
Record the final setting of thermal overload relay -

6
surfaces are clean.
7
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR E38-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Frequency Location
RPM Serial no.
a. Motor Datasheet
b. Driven equipment data sheet
c. Completed and signed-off pre-com check-sheet for the subject
motor and punch list status
d. FAT report / Routine test report
2
Perform insulation resistance test of windings including the cables
from MCC side. Test voltage shall be 2.5kV DC for voltages up to 4.2kV
R-Y R-B Y-B R-G Y-G B-G


4 Carry out load test for a minimum period of 4 hours or until
temperature readings stabilizes, subject to process conditions.
Starting current
Stating Time
Normal runnng speed
oasting/Stopping time
Note:-
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR E38-C
The load test duration shall be agreed based on process conditions.
Some motors may not be able to be run for long due to process
limitations (eg. Sump pump motor due to low level) and the tests
shall be limited to available process load.
Time Load Temperature (o C) Remarks

(Min) Current Ambient Frame Bearing
(A) DE NDE
0
5
10
20
30
40
50
60
75
90
120
150
180
210
240
Record the final setting of thermal overload relay -

6
surfaces are clean.
7
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

ELECTRICAL HEATER E39-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System / Sub System
no.
Amperes Frequency
Location Serial no.
a. Heater Datasheet
heater and punch list status
2 Perform insulation resistance test at 500 V and record the IR values.
Minimum resistance shall be 10M
Bundle R-YBE Y-RBE B-RYE Remarks

1
2
3
4
Compare the values against the results of pre-commissioning and any

variation more than 20% shall be investigated prior to energisation.
3
Energize the heater according to manufacturer instructions and
energisation procedure and attach the report to this check sheet.
Record the load current from the MCC at various loads as dictated by
process / mechanical requirements.
Flow rate Temperature Load Remarks

setting current
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

ELECTRICAL HEATER E39-C

5
surfaces are clean.
6
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACING E40-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Voltage Frequency
Oper. Temperature Location
Type of Tracer Overload setting
Ref. Drawing nos. Distr. Board No.
Manufacturer Area Classification
a. Isometric drawing of heat traced lines
b. Datasheet and distribution drawing
subject tracing system and punch list status
d. FAT report (if applicable) or routine test reports from
manufacturer
3 Confirm continuity of trace heating tape is satisfactory.
4 Carry out IR test on heat tracing circuit including the tracing tape.
5 Confirm rating of each MCB / RCCD against design drawings.
6 Disconnect circuit, close MCB and confirm RCD test button trips MCB.
7 Confirm MCB / ECLB has been tested.
8 Energize the circuit and record the following:
Cold tape:
Current : ____________ Amp
Ambient air temp : ____________ Amp
Tape surface temp : ____________ Amp
After 24 hours:
Current : ____________ Amp
Ambient air temp : ____________ Amp
Tape surface temp : ____________ Amp
Confirm that the individual circuit current and total DB current are
within the MCB/MCCB ratings when the cold tapes are switched ON
(Inrush current).
9 Confirm surface temperature of heating tape is within design
temperature specification.
10 Check all cover and guards are present and no bolts missing.
11 Make safe tape and isolate as appropriate.
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

ELECTRICAL HEAT TRACING E40-C
13
are clean.
14
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

IMPRESSED CURRENT CATHODIC PROTECTION E41-C
SYSTEM
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Serial no. Model No.
a) Completed and signed-off pre-commissioning checksheet for
the ICCP system and punch list status
b) Vendor datasheet and wiring diagram for the ICCP system
c) List of protected equipment / structures
2 Commissioning tests of the ICCP system shall be performed by a
qualified CP specialist as per the manufacturer recommendation. The
test report shall be attached to this check sheet.
3 As a minimum, the instant OFF potential, pipe to soil potential and the rectifier current to
achieve the required pipe-soil potential to be measured and recorded.
Structure/pipe Instant-Off Structure-Soil Rectifier current Remarks

potential Potential

5
are clean.
6
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

MOTOR OPERATED VALVE E42-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System / Sub System
no.
Voltage Frequency
Ref. Drawing nos.
a. MOV Datasheet
MOV and punch list status
2 Verify the operation of limit switch.
3 Verify the operation of torque switch.
4 Start Current:
______ Amps
5 Running Current:
______ Amps
6 Total stroke time:
______ Seconds
8
surfaces are clean.
9
externally clean.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

NORMAL LIGHTING (CIRCUIT / FIXTURES) E43-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area / Location System no.
Ref. Drawing nos. Sub System no.

a. Pre-commissioning check sheets for all associated circuits
b. Lighting layout drawing
c. Lighting calculation / Illumination requirements
2 Using a suitable calibrated lux meter, confirm lighting levels are within requirements
stipulated in design documents. Record lighting levels at five points for every location and
arrive at the mean illumination. The selected point shall include the location of expected
maximum and minimum illumination values.
Location 1 2 3 4 5 Mean Mean Remarks

(Ma (Mi (Measur (Requir
x) n) ed) ed)
Compressor Area
(Drawing No XXXXXX)
Locations to be marked in the latest available drawing and attached to this check sheet.
3
Using a clamp-on ammeter record the full load current, of circuit from
the distribution board.
Circuit No. Load Current Remarks

5
are clean.
6
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

NORMAL LIGHTING (CIRCUIT / FIXTURES) E43-C

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

EMERGENCY LIGHTING (CIRCUIT / FIXTURES) E44-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Area / Location System no.
Ref. Drawing nos. Sub System no.
a. Pre-commissioning check sheets for all associated circuits
b. Lighting layout drawing
c. Lighting calculation / Illumination requirements
2 When luminaries emergency batteries are fully charged (see manufacturer's instructions),
isolate the main power source. Using a suitable calibrated lux meter, confirm lighting levels
are within requirements stipulated in design documents. Record lighting levels at five points
for every location and arrive at the mean illumination. The selected point shall include the
location of expected maximum and minimum illumination values.
Location 1 2 3 4 5 Mean Mean Remarks

(Ma (Mi (Measur (Requir
x) n) ed) ed)
Compressor Area
(Drawing No XXXXXX)
Locations to be marked in the latest available drawing and attached to this check sheet.
3
Using a clamp-on ammeter record the full load current, of circuit from
the distribution board.
Circuit No. Load Current Remarks
4 Note the battery back-up time of individual fixtures and confirm the
same is as per design requirements.
6
are clean.
7
externally clean.
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-III

EMERGENCY LIGHTING (CIRCUIT / FIXTURES) E44-C

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-IV

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING H21-C
(HVAC)
Contract No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Tag no. System/Sub-system no.
Location
RELIABILITY TEST OK N/A P/L No
Verify that ITR-B is complete and signed off by relevant parties prior to
1 starting any work; ensure that all ancillary equipment are tested and
pre-commissioned
2 Ensure that sufficient commissioning spares are available on site
Confirm that all functional checks are done and satisfactorily
3
completed
4 Start up first pressurization fan and verify fan rotation is correct
Check for any excessive vibration or noise; check motor ampere
5
running amp
Check control panel indication, allow the fan to run for at least 30
6
minutes and check fan capacity
Start-up second pressurization fan and carry out similar check and test
7
as the first fan
Start-up air cooled condensing unit and air handling system and verify
8
that motor rotation is correct
9 Check for any excessive vibration or noise
10 Check refrigeration tubing for any leakage
11 Check and verify air handling fan capacity
12 Check running ampere of all electric motor
13 Start electric duct heater
14 Verify control panel indicating lights
15 Adjust volume damper to achieve air balancing
16 Adjust thermostat to verify temperature control functioning
17 Carry out the 72-hour continuous test run and document all test results
18 Attach the 72- hour vendors log and test parameters
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix III-IV

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING H21-C
(HVAC)

Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
PNEUMATIC INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL I08-C

Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL
Platform/
Plant name
Sys Description
Sys Number
INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL (ICP) DATA
Service Range
IP rating EX rating
Pneumatic Supply: Instr. Air Instr. Gas Panel Type: P PE
P: Pneumatic, E: Electronic
PRE-COMMISSIONING CHECK OK N/A P/L
NO
1 Verify I08-B: Pneumatic Instrument Control Panel (ICP)/ESD Station Test
2 Checksheet.
Verify the availability of ICP Vendor Commissioning / SAT Procedure
3 Verify the panel pneumatic supply is connected and leak soap tested
4 Verify the panel electric power supply is connected
5 Verify the panel input and output signals are connected
6 Verify the panel and WHCP are ready for commissioning
7 Verify all affected outputs on every individual input signal actuation as per Cause
8 & Effect
Verify noMatrix
dust inside Enclosure /Cabinet / Panel and insulation surfaces are clean.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
PNEUMATIC INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL I08-C


Name
Signature
Date
Instrument Loop Check I11-C

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL
Platform/
Plant name
INSTRUMENT DATA
Controller Tag Signal
Manufacturer
Number Range
Initiator Tag Dial/Chart
Model Number
Number Range
Service Data Sheet Serial Number
Loop Number Line of Loop Diag No
Controller Equip
Valve No Final Element
Action Action Tag number
OK N/A P/L No
COMMISSIONING CHECK
Verify to ensure that all the pre commissioning activities have been completed and
1
all punch list closed as per I11-B
Verify each Instrument Equipment is calibrated and confirm the duration of the
2
calibration certificate from vendor are still valid
Test and ensure that loop is configured and functioning as per Control Narrative
3
(Controller Action Auto Manual changeover, split range etc.)
Note: If functional test of the full loop has been successfully completed during onshore pre-commissioning,
loop verification with current injection can be done to complete the loop check for offshore commissioning
TEST EQUIPMENT

LOOP TEST
INSTRUMENTS INCLUDED IN THIS LOOP CHECK
(Note2)
ANALOG TRANSMITTER
TRANSMITTER TAG NO: LOCAL INSTR.TAG NO PANEL DCS Tag No:
(RANGE: ) : INSTR.TAG
Input Input(HART) Output Reading NO:Reading Reading
0%
Reading
50%
100%
DIGITAL SWITCH(Note2)
PANEL
LOCAL SWITCH/TRIP ALARM TAG VALVE ACTION TAG DCS Tag No: LEVEL OF SHUTDOWN
AMPLIFIER TAG NO: NO : NO:
SET POINT READING ACTION ALARM

HH
H
L
LL
ANALOG CONTROLLER
Controller Tag No: I/P Valve Valve
LIMIT SWITCH DCS
Transducer Positioner Position
Output
0%
50% N SE
100% N SE
N SE

FIELDBUS CHECKLIST(Note 1)
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus shall be tested using a proven Fieldbus Wiring Monitor that can test the
voltage, signal levels and wiring noise. The test shall comply with FOUNDATION Fieldbus System
Engineering Guidelines (AG-181)
SEGMENT MEASUREMENT DATA ACCEPTANCE
Voltage VALUES
9.0V Minimum
Lowest Device Signal 150-1200mV
Lowest Device Signal Address N/A
Lowest Device Signal Date/Time N/A
Avg Fieldbus Frequency Noise (9- 75mV Maximum
40kHz)
Peak Fieldbus Frequency Noise (9- 75mV Maximum
40kHz)
Peak Fieldbus Frequency Noise N/A
Date/Time
Avg Low Frequency Noise (50Hz- 150mV Maximum
4kHz)Low Frequency Noise (50Hz-
Peak 150mV Maximum
4kHz)Low Frequency Noise
Peak N/A
Date/Time
Avg High Frequency Noise (50Hz- 150mV Maximum
4kHz)High Frequency Noise (50Hz-
Peak 150mV Maximum
4kHz)High Frequency Noise
Peak N/A
Date/Time
Shield Short No Shorts
LAS Address N/A
Most Recent Add/Drop Address N/A
Device Add or Drop None
Date/Time of Device Add/Drop Added/Dropped
N/A
Number of Active Devices N/A
N/A
DEVICE MEASUREMENTS N/A
Device Address N/A
Signal Level 150-1200mV
Added/Dropped Not Added/Dropped
Retransmits 0

REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Control Narrative (if applicable)
2 Shutdown Narrative (if applicable)
3 Hook Up Drawings
4 Logic Diagram
5 Cause & Effect Matrix Diagram
6 Alarm List
7 Panel Drawings
8 Loop Diagram
9 Test Equipment Certificate
10 Calibration Certificate

Name
Signature
Date
MISCELLANEOUS PROCESS ANALYZER TEST I13-C

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL
Platform/
Plant name
ANALYZER DATA
Service Range
Area
Classification
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Check the performance requirement from the datasheet of respective analyzers.
OK N/A P/L
COMMISSIONING CHECK
No
1 Verify the analyzer has been installed as per check sheet I13-A and completed
Functional check of the instrument, flow computer, HMI and interface of the host
2
system
TEST EQUIPMENT/CALIBRATION GAS DATA
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Analyzer Datasheet
2 Vendor SAT procedure
3 Manufacturer Calibration Cert (including Calibration gas)
4 Vendor Drawings
MISCELLANEOUS PROCESS ANALYZER TEST I13-C


Name
Signature
Date
FIRE & GAS DEVICE LOOP TEST I16-C

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL
Platform/
Plant name
System Number System
FIRE & GASDescription
DEVICE DATA
Type of Detector Heat Smoke Flam Gas Breakglass Other (To specify):______________
Tag Number Signal Range e Manufacturer
Method of
Classifying Authority Model Number
detection
Area Protected EX Protection Serial Number
IP rating Data Sheet Loop Drawing
P/L
COMMISSIONING CHECK OK N/A
No
1 Verify completeness of pre-commissioning checksheet I16-B
2 Verify no damage to the Fire & Gas device during transportation (offshore)
3 Verify all cables are secured and no damage
4 Verify the Junction Boxes are secured and no damage
5 Verify the correct electric power supply is connected to the Fire and Gas panel
7 Verify local indication/display (if applicable), are correctly activated upon testing
of the loop
Verify all theindication/display in FGS Panel are correctly activated upon testing of
8
the loop
9
testing of the loop
10
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Loop Drawings
3 Vendor Drawings

Name
Signature
Date
CAUSE AND EFFECT MATRIX (CEM) TESTING AND I18-C

VERIFICATION
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL
Platform/
Plant name
System System Description
Number
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Functionality as per approved CEM
P/L
No
1 Verify completion of I18-B
2 Verify CEM is the final approved revision
3 Perform CEM testing and verification as per final approved revision of CEM
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
3 Hook Up Drawings
4 Panel Drawings
5 CEM - Process & FGS

Name
Signature
Date
Well Head Control Panel (WHCP) Test I20-C

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL
Platform/
Plant name
Well Head Control Panel (WHCP) DATA
Service Range
IP rating EX rating
Pneumatic Supply: Instr. Air Instr. Panel Type: P-H EH PEH
Gas
P: Pneumatic, E: Electronic, H:Hydraulic
P/L
No
1 Verify I20-B: Well Head Control Panel (WHCP) Test Check sheet
2 Verify the availability of WHCP Vendor Commissioning /SAT Procedure
3 Verify the panel pneumatic supply is connected and leak soap tested
4 Verify the panel electric power supply is connected
5 Verify the panel hydraulic reservoir is ready for operation
6 Verify the panel hydraulic accumulator is pre-charged and ready for operation
7 Verify the ICP, control system and shutdown system are ready for WHCP
commissioning
Run hydraulic pump and adjust the regulator to the required operating pressure
8
and check for leakage
Verify individual opening and closing of WV, SSV and SCSSV, time delay and status
9
in the control system
Verify individual closing of WV and SSV and the status in the control system due to
10
actuation of flow line Hi-Lo pilot
Verify the closing all of WV and SSV due to actuation of push button from control
11
system
Verify the closing all of WV and SSV due to actuation of local push button from
12
WHCP
Well Head Control Panel (WHCP) Test I20-C

Verify the closing all of WV, SSV and SCSSV due to actuation of ESD push button
13
from WHCP and control room
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
2 WHCP Schematic Drawings

Name
Signature
Date

METERING SKID TEST I23 - C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Type Model Number
Area Serial Number
Protected OK N/A P/L
COMMISSIONING CHECK No
1 Verify the skid has been installed as per ITR I23-A and completed.
2 Verify completeness of Pre-commissioning as per ITR I23-B.
3 Verify the availability of Approved Vendor Commissioning / SAT Procedure.
Verify that the SAT is carried out as per the approved SAT procedure and check
4
sheets are filled in and signed off.
Confirm that validation ITR (by vendor) are duly filled in and signed
5
Off.
6 Verify and confirm that previous punchlist are cleared.
1 Location Layout
2 Isometric Drawing
5 Pre-commissioning and commissioning procedure
6 Validation ITR

Company PETRONAS Carigali PETRONAS
Name Carigali
Signature
Date

TANK GAUGING SYSTEMS I26 - C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Type of Sensor Radar Servo Float Displacer Other (To specify):_________________
No. of Tank
No of JB Manufacturer
Gauges
Type of Level
IP rating Ex protection
Sensor
Area Type of Type of
Classification Signal Temperature
Tank Local Interconnect Sensor
Indication ion (Field to
TGS) OK N/A P/L
COMMISSIONING CHECK
No
1 Verify the skid has been installed as per ITR I26-A and completed.
3 Verify the availability of Approved Vendor Commissioning / SAT Procedure.
4
5 Confirm that validation ITR (by vendor) are duly filled in and signed .off
6 Verify and confirm that previous punchlist are cleared.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Loop Drawings
3 Tank Strapping Table
4 P&ID
5 Vendor Drawings

TANK GAUGING SYSTEMS I26 - C

Name
Signature
Date
MULTIPHASE FLOW METER (MPFM) TEST I27 - C

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Type Model Number

Area
Serial Number
Protected
OK N/A P/L
COMMISSIONING CHECK
No
2 Verify the availability of Vendor Commissioning / SAT Procedure.
3
Confirm that validation ITR (by vendor) are duly filled in and signed
4
Off.
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1 Location Layout
2 Isometric Drawing

Name
Signature
Date
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

PRESSURE VESSEL M01-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL INFORMATION
Tag no. System no./Sub-system No.
Make & Model Reference drawing
Serial No Location
1 Verify M01-B is complete and signed off by relevant parties
Check/ inspect installation and hook-up of all associated instruments in
2
the system and ensure all shutdown valves are locked closed
Ensure that all tie-ins or open flanges are blinded. line up the whole
3
system
Open the isolation valve and introduce medium onto the vessel;
4 pressurize up the vessel according to operating condition on AUTO
mode
Attach the logging parameters such as gauges & analyzers reading. On-
5 site readings shall be cross-referenced to PNID & DCS for analysis and
performance assessment
6 Print copy or snapshots from DCS as proof for acceptance
Compile Handover Certificates. As-built drawings (P & ID) and
7 outstanding work list for the system (if any) and issue to Operations for
acceptance

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

PEDESTAL CRANE M08-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
Tag no. System no. /Sub-
system No.
1 CRANE Location
Make & Model
Serial No.
Boom Length
Extension Jib Length
Maximum Main Block Radius (meter)
Minimum Main Block Radius (meter)
Main Block Rope Size (millimeter)
Main Block Capacity (metric ton)
Maximum Auxiliary Block Radius (meter)
Minimum Auxiliary Block Radius (meter)
Auxiliary Block Rope Size (millimeter)
Auxiliary Block Capacity (metric ton)
Boom Hoist Rope Size
Crane Test Ref/Date
2 POWER PACK ENGINE/MOTOR
Make & Model
Serial No.
Horsepower (KW)
Rated Speed, RPM
Documents required:
a. Signed off Pre-com check-sheet and accepted punchlist
b. Reference Drawing
1
c. Commissioning procedure (No.)
d. No load, Static test report and other Test Certificate
e. Equipment manual
Verify hydraulic hose interconnection between power pack, control
2
station winch, hydraulic actuator and drive gear
Pedestal crane function test and load test shall be witnessed by PCSB
3
approved 3rd party Surveyor
4 Perform running test of the combustion engine for minimum of 4 hours
5 Perform no-load test of the motor driven hydraulic pump
Perform no-load function test of the crane which include ONLY slewing
6
and luffing
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

PEDESTAL CRANE M08-C
Project No.
Project Title
7 Carry out other commissioning activities according to vendors manual

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

MONORAIL /TROLLEY HOIST M09-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
Model
Serial No
Type: Electric/ Air/ Manual
Rated Capacity
Test Reference / Date
Documents required:
1
d. Static test report and other test certificate
e. Equipment manual
2
operations which will impede Monorail/Trolley hoist test operations
Demonstrate lifting and travelling of the hoist & trolley per
3
requirement; test overhead cut off
4 Test limit switches functioning at least 3 times
5 Carry out test at 125% rate load and issue certificate of fitness
6 With the proof load, travel the trolley across the entire monorail
7 For electric motor driven, bump test to confirm rotation

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

GANTRY/BRIDGE CRANE M10-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
Model
Serial No.
Type: Electric/ Air/ Manual
Gantry Span
Lifting Capacity
Test reference/ Date
Trolley details
Documents required:
1 b. Reference Drawing
d. Static test report and other test certificate
2
operations which will impede Gantry/Bridge Crane test operations.
Lower block and lift block without load and test at least three times the
3
overhoist cut off switch function
Move trolley to and fro the entire gantry and test at least three times
4
the limit switches at hook end
5 Lift rated load and test break capacity, check lifting speed
6 Move the load around and ensure operation is smooth
7 THIRD PARTY WITNESSED LOAD TEST
7.1 Perform test at 125 % rated load (load at mid-span of gantry) and
issue certificate of fitness

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

FLARES/FLARE TIPS M11-C
Project No.:
Project Description:
GENERAL INFORMATION
P&ID No.
Tag no. System no./Subsystem
no.
Make & Model
Serial No
Capacity
Unit Test Ref/Date
2 DRIVER
Make & Model
Serial No.
Capacity
HP (KW)
Rated Speed
Voltage/Current
3 DRIVEN
Make & Model
Serial No
Capacity
HP (KW)
Documents required:
a. Signed off Pre-commissioning Check-sheet
b. Accepted Punch list
1 c. Ignition System FAT reports
d. Relevant test report
e. Commissioning and Start-up procedure (No. XXXX)
f. Operation & Maintenance Procedures (No. XXXX)
PRE-INITIAL START-UP CHECKS
Confirm that all Commissioning spares and operating spares are
2
available.
Check that the preservation records have been maintained and
3
preservation removed wherever required.
Carry out final inspection, verify / check that the pre-
commissioning checks are complete as per pre-commissioning
4
check sheet and ensure no critical punch list items.
Check flare tip has been installed to manufacturer's instructions.

5
Check flare tip is installed to relevant PIDs/vendor specification.
6
7 Check flare tip to flare pipe valve bolted up to spec. w/correct size
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

FLARES/FLARE TIPS M11-C
Project No.:
of bolt & torque value)
Check wind shield is correctly oriented to drawings and spec.

8
Check flare pilot assembly is complete supply system.
9
Check pilot gas and ignition pipework flushed and dried.
10
Check access for flare tip removal is adequate.
11
Check flare tip for damage.
12
Check provision has been made for fitting flare tip removal
13 equipment.
Check painting and corrosion protection.

14
Check welding & post weld heat treating.
15
Check flame front generation system ignition is provided.
16
Check air seal assemblies, as per designed.
17
Check piping, valve, instrument gauges as per specification
18
TESTING
19 Test igniter as per vendor data & specification.
Carry out commissioning as per vendors commissioning and start-

20
up procedure

Company
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
LIFEBOAT AND DAVIT M12-C

Project No.
Project Title
INFORMATION
1 WINCH MOTOR
Make & Model
Serial No.
HP (KW)
Rated Speed (RPM)
Voltage /Amp
2 WINCH GEARBOX
Make & Model
Type/Gear ratio
3 LIFE BOAT
Make & Model
Capacity
SOLAS Standard
Unit Test Ref/Date
4 DIESEL ENGINE
Make & Model
Serial No
HP (KW)
Rated Speed (RPM)

Documents required:
a. Signed off Pre-commissioning check-sheet
1 b. Accepted punch-list
c. Relevant Certificate, i.e., load test & other test certificate
d. Critical Procedure
2 Launch life boat offshore and test run the boat for one (1) hour
3 Check function of spraying system and other features
4 Recover boat after testing; check boat engine and refuel
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
LIFEBOAT AND DAVIT M12-C

Project No.
Project Title

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
MIXERS AND AGITATORS M14-C

Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
Tag no. System no./ Sub-system No.
1 MIXER/AGITATOR
Make & Model
Serial No.
Body Material
Propeller Diameter
2 ELECTRIC MOTOR
Make & Model
Serial No.
HP (KW)
Rated Speed, RPM
Voltage/Ampere
3 GEARBOX
Make & Model
Serial No
Type/ Gear Ratio
Type of Lube Oil/Qty
Documents required:
a. Signed off Pre-com check-sheets and punchlist status
1 b. Reference drawings
c. Commissioning and Start-up procedure (No.)
d. FAT report
2 Ensure Start-up spares are available
3 Start-up the unit as per vendor recommended procedure
4 Check motor running ampere
5 Check for any excessive vibration & noise
6 Observe liquid mixing action and see if it is satisfactory
7 Perform the required run if designed for continuous operation
8 Record or log operating parameters
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
MIXERS AND AGITATORS M14-C

Project No.
Project Title

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
ELECTRO-CHLORINATION UNIT M15-C

Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
Make & Model 4 ELECTROLYSER/
RECTIFIER
Serial No Make & Model
Capacity Serial No.
Unit Test Ref/Date Output Capacity, cm/h
2 AIR BLOWER Flowrate, liters/hr
Make & Model Instrument Air Press
Serial No. Instrument Air Temp
Motor Make & 5 TRANSFORMER/
Model RECTIFIER
Motor HP (KW) Load
Motor Speed, RPM DC Output
Voltage Voltage/Current
V-belt Spec
3 CHLORINE DOSING
PUMP
Make & Model
Serial No.
Capacity, CFM
Motor Make &
Model
Motor HP (KW)
Motor Speed, RPM
Voltage/Current
Documents required:
a. Signed off Pre-com check-sheets and punchlist status
d. FAT report
2 Ensure availability of critical commissioning and start-up spares
3 Verify that Initial Start-up is carried out as follows:
2.1 Bump fan motor to verify correct rotation
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
ELECTRO-CHLORINATION UNIT M15-C

Project No.
Project Title
2.2 Bump chlorine pump to ensure correct rotation
2.3 Prepare valve positions as per vendor instructions
2.4 Introduce seawater and allow it to flush through the systems for at
least ten minutes
2.5 Normalize power supply and check panel indicating lights
2.6 Start the package following vendors instruction
2.7 Monitor for excessive noise and or vibration
2.8 Test manual shutdown features by ramping down the current
slowly to zero
2.9 Allow five minutes delay for the duty fan to stop and remove
hydrogen collected in the tank
4 Perform the required test run duration, say 24 hour
Record operating data every 2 hour intervals; record:
a. Current
b. Load
5
c. Temperature
d. Dosing rate
e. Voltage

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

SANITARY TREATMENT UNIT M16-C
Project No.:
GENERAL INFORMATION
P&ID No.
Make & Model
Serial No
Capacity
Unit Test Ref/Date
2 DRIVER
Make & Model
Serial No.
Capacity
HP (KW)
Rated Speed
Voltage/Current
3 DRIVEN
Make & Model
Serial No
Capacity
HP (KW)
4 INTERMEDIATE
Make & Model
Serial No
Gear Ratio
HP (KW)
Documents required:
1
c. FAT reports
d. Commissioning and Start-up procedure (No. XXXX)
e. Operation & Maintenance Procedures (No. XXXX)
Verify equipment release note signed and all vendor and
2
equipment receipt punch-list items are cleared.
3
available.
4 Ensure all preservation has been removed wherever applicable
5 Ensure that Electrical system Energized and tested
Ensure all vendor data books, installation, operating, and
6
maintenance manual are available.
Confirm all operating and / or safety instruction tags / labels are
7
attached.
8 Commissioning the system as per Vendor Instruction
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

SANITARY TREATMENT UNIT M16-C
Project No.:

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
GAS DEHYDRATION UNIT M17-C

Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
Tag no. System no. /Sub-system No.
1 MOTOR Location
Make & Model
Serial No.
HP (KW)
Rated Speed
Voltage/Current
Factory Test Ref/ Date
2 GEARBOX OR DRIVE BELT
Make & Model
Serial No
Type/ Gear Ratio
Lubricant type/ Quantity
Belt Size/ Length
3 PUMP
Make & Model
Serial No
Lubricant type/ Quantity
Documents required:
b. Accepted Punchlist
1
c. FAT report
e. Commissioning and Start-up procedure (No.)
Ensure the following:-
i. Gassing of the Glycol Dehydration system up to Inlet MOVs on the
Gas Metering Skid is done together with the gassing up of the Gas
3 compression system.
ii. Glycol Regeneration System has been started and is operating
independently (isolated from the Glycol Contactor) and ready to
feed lean TEG to the Glycol Contactor
Page 1 of 4
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
Ensure that all the instruments have been taken on line prior to or
4 during gassing up.
Ensure Moisture Analyser has been calibrated and is ready to be taken

5
on line
6 Ensure valve positions are as per the Valve Status Checklist
Ensure that pressurization of the Gas Dehydration system has been
7 achieved. TEG to the Glycol Contactor will be introduced after
Compressor Train has been started.
Ensure that Gas compressor Train has been started and has reached its
minimum governable speed (Verify with Vendor Data) and the pressure
8 at Glycol Contactor is stabilized at the discharge pressure of the
Compressor Train (as per design operating conditions).
9 Where possible, set LIC at the Glycol Contactor glycol section to AUTO
Confirm that TDIC is set at 5.5C and that TIA (outlet line of Glycol
10 Cooler) is indicating approximately 5C higher than TI (gas outlet from
Glycol Contactor).
Open Shutdown Valve (SDV) on glycol inlet to the Glycol Contactor
11 Flow of TEG now starts to the Glycol Contactor.
Ensure TEG levels are made-up and balanced accordingly in Glycol
regeneration system.
12 Keep an inventory of glycol make up in the Glycol Surge Vessel V from
the time SDV is opened
13 Ensure TEG flow at FIA is stabilized as per OPM.
14 Ensure that indication light for FIAL as OFF at the PMCS.

Ensure that LZALL indication light has OFF at PMCS when TEG level is
15 higher than normal.
As soon as TEG reaches normal level visible, line-up rich TEG outlet
16 from Glycol Contactor to the Glycol Regeneration System.
When level of TEG crosses 50%, ensures that LIC/LCV functions
properly and controls the level at this value. Refer to Glycol
17 Regeneration System Section to complete glycol regeneration start-up.
TEG, which has now picked up moisture from the gas (known as rich
Page 2 of 4
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
TEG), will start flowing to the Glycol Regeneration system.
Ensure the temperature of TEG supply to Glycol Contactor is 5.5C
18 above the gas inlet temperature to the Glycol contactor.
Notes:
a. Flow of Glycol to Glycol Contactor remains the same from Turn
down to design flow of the gas through the Glycol Contactor.
19 b. During startup, forward flow to Gas Metering and Export is
established after stabilizing the conditions at Glycol Contactor and
after gas has been dried to its dry gas.
c. Gas flow to Fuel gas system from the Glycol Contactor gas outlet is,
however, lined up after gassing up.
Take Moisture Analyzer) on line (refer to vendors operating manual for
the Moisture Analyzer).
20 Confirm that moisture in the gas is as per specifications.

This can be cross-checked by separately analyzing a sample in the
laboratory and comparing it with the local indicator.
21 Further pressurization of Gas metering Skid can now be started.

Gas, after start up of the Metering system, shall be transported to the
22 export pipeline via the combined Condensate and Gas Export Header.
23 The system is ready to send dry gas for the Fuel Gas system
The system is ready to export dry gas after the gas Metering system
24 has been started up
Carry out the 72 hour test run and measure critical parameters
25 including motor amps, bearing temperature and vibration readings for
glycol pumps
Attach vendors commissioning log and test parameters to this check-
26 sheet
Page 3 of 4
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 4 of 4
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP M18-C

Project No.
Project Title
INFORMATION
Tag no. System No./Sub-system No.
1 PUMP Location
Make & Model
Serial No
Rated Discharge Head
Design Flow Rate
Design Pump Elevation
Liquid Specific Gravity
2 MOTOR
Make & Model
Serial No
Horsepower (KW)
Rated Speed, RPM
Voltage /Rated Amp

Documents required:
a) Signed off Pre-com check-sheet and punch list status for motor,
pump and all related auxiliary system
1 b) Reference drawings
c) Commissioning & Start-up procedure (No.)
d) FAT report
e) No load test report
Verify that initial Start-up & Test run has been carried out according to
2
Operation Procedure and Manual (OPM) and vendors instruction
3 Carry out the 72 hours continuous endurance test run
4 Observe for any abnormalities (high noise, high ampere, etc.)
Measure and record operating data in Commissioning Log Sheet every

2 hours interval:
a. Pump flow rate
5 b. Discharge pressure
c. Motor starting and running ampere
d. Motor supply voltage, frequency, ampere, speed
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP M18-C

Project No.
Project Title

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVEN PUMP (PISTON DISPLACEMENT) M19-C

Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
Tag no. System no./Sub- system No.
1 PUMP Location
Serial No.
Type 4 FLEXIBLE DRIVE COUPLING/ BELT
Max Operating Press Make & Model
Capacity Serial No.
Lubricant Type/Qty Belt Size
Factory Test Ref/Date
2 PRIME MOVER
Make & Model
Serial No.
Horsepower (KW)
Rated Speed RPM
Power / Air Supply Press
3 GEARBOX
Make & Model
Serial No.
Type/Gear Ratio
Lubricant Type/Qty
Documents required:
a) Signed off Pre-com check-sheet and punch list status
1 b) Commissioning & Start-up procedure (No.)
c) FAT report
d) No load test report
3 Start-up of pump train in accordance with OEMs instruction
Check for any abnormal noise, high motor temperature, low pump
4
discharge pressure, high vibration: stop the unit as necessary
5 Carry out the 72-hr test run
During the Endurance test (72-hr), measure and record operating data
in Commissioning Log Sheet every 2 hours interval:
6 a. Pump flow rate
b. Suction and discharge pressure
c. Motor and pump vibration
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVEN PUMP (PISTON DISPLACEMENT) M19-C

Project No.
Project Title
d. Motor starting and running ampere
e. Motor supply voltage, frequency, speed
f. Temperature at pump and motor bearings
7 Check for any leaks in pump bearing lubrication; rectified if required
8 Bleed off air pocket trapped in suction or discharge line (if necessary)
9 Record lube oil differential pressure (if available)
10 Record suction and discharge dampener pressure
11 Observe suction and discharge piping vibration
12 Record pump speed
13 Confirm results are in accordance with manufacturer's specifications.

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVEN AIR COMPRESSOR M20-C

Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
TAG NO SYSTEM NO/ Sub-system No
1 COMPRESSOR Reference drawing
Make & Model Location
Serial No
Max Operating Press
Capacity
2 MOTOR
Make and Model
Horsepower (KW)
Voltage/Current
3 FLEXIBLE COUPLING
Make & Model
Serial No
Documents required:
a. Signed off Pre-com check-sheet and punch list status for motor,
1 compressor and all related auxiliary system
b. Commissioning & Start-up procedure (No.)
c. FAT report
2 Ensure critical commissioning/start-up spares are available
Provide assistance to the start-up of instrument air compressor train in
3
accordance with vendor instruction
Check for any abnormal noise, excessive lube oil leak and high
4
vibration; stop the unit if required
5 Check and record air filter differential pressure
6 Record motor ampere
Carry out the 72-hr continuous endurance test run and record the
following at 2 hour interval:
a. Motor DE & NDE bearing casing vibration level
b. Compressor DE & NDE bearing casing vibration level
c. Motor DE & NDE bearing casing temperature reading
7
d. Compressor DE & NDE bearing casing temperature reading
e. Lube oil inlet and outlet pressure plus differential pressure
f. Discharge Pressure (loading)
g. Ambient temperature (deg C)
h. Discharge flow
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVEN AIR COMPRESSOR M20-C

Project No.
Project Title
8 Confirm results if in accordance with manufacturer recommendation

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
DIESEL/GAS ENGINE GENERATOR M21-C

Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
1 DIESEL/GAS ENGINE Location
Make & Model
Serial No
HP (KW)
Rated Speed
Factory test ref/Date
2 GENERATOR
Make & Model
Serial No
Rating
Voltage/ Amp
3 GOVERNOR
Make & Model
Serial No
Supply Voltage
Overspeed Setting
Documents required:
a) Signed Pre-com check-sheet and punchlist for the engine,
alternator/Generator and all related auxiliary systems
1 b) Reference drawing
c) Commissioning and Start-up procedure (No.)
d) FAT report
e) No load test report
Ensure critical Commissioning & Start-up spares are available prior to
2
DEG Start-up
Start-up the DEG as per Start-up procedure and manufacturers
3
instruction
Check for any abnormal noise, lube oil /water leakage and high
4
vibration; stop the unit when required
Carry out the 72-hr endurance run at maximum platform load and
record the following parameters on regular interval. i.e., every 2 hours
5 for diesel and one and half hour for gas engine
a. Engine Lube oil pressure
b. Engine Lube oil differential pressure
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
DIESEL/GAS ENGINE GENERATOR M21-C

Project No.
Project Title
c. Engine and Alternator/Generator Casing vibration
d. Engine Fuel pressure
e. Engine Exhaust temperatures
f. Engine Right and Left bank Cylinders temperatures
g. Generator/ Alternator load
h. Alternator/Generator Voltage, Frequency & Ampere
i. Alternator/Generator bearing temperatures
6 Record other critical parameters listed in OEM procedure
7 Confirm results if in accordance with manufacturers specification

Designation Contractor Representative Commissioning Engineer Operations
Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
Gas Turbine Generator M22-C

Project No.
Project Title
INFORMATION
1 GAS GENERATOR Location
Make & Model 5 GENERATOR
Serial No. Make & Model
HP (KW) Serial No
Operating Speed Rating Volt
Type of Lube Oil/ Qty Rating Amp
Factory test ref/Date Factory test ref /Date
2 TURBINE 6 TURBINE CONTROL
Make & Model Make & Model
Serial No Serial No
HP (KW) Supply Voltage
Operating Speed Overspeed Setting
Type of Lube Oil/ Qty
3 GEARBOX
Make & Model
Serial No
Type /Gear Ratio
4 DRIVE COUPLING
Make & Model
Serial No
Documents required:
a. Signed off Pre-com check-sheet and accepted punchlist for gas
turbine generator train and all ancillary system
1
c. Start-up and Commissioning procedure (No.)
d. FAT report / String test report
e. No load test report
f. Lube oil test report
2 Ensure availability of Start-up & Commissioning spares
Perform final line walk to ensure system is safe and ready to run with
3
manual valves lined-up per P&ID
4 GAS TURBINE:
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
a. Perform Lube Oil system check
b. Check Quality of fuel, i.e. dryness & cleanliness
c. Verify if pressurized air supply is able to provide sufficient
pressure for gas turbine operation
d. Alignment of driver to driven equipment is acceptable
e. Verify that Fire & Gas system is healthy
f. Check that all unit permissive indicates readiness for start-up
Push the Start button to begin the automated start-up
Ensure the following sequence is followed:
a. The lube oil pump starts and run for a period of time
according to OEM specification
b. The enclosure vent system starts
c. The enclosure vent system will purge the enclosure for
period of time
d. The seal gas system starts
e. Starter system starts and warms up based on ambient
temperature
f. Rotation of starter commences
g. Engine driven lube oil pump starts
h. Starter system reaches a certain NGP, GG is purged for a
period of time
i. At the end of GG purge, GG igniters are energized and fuel
valves open
j. Starter system stops
k. Power turbine starts rotating at breakaway speed and
increases in speed
Check that GG and Generator oil temperatures and pressure during
5
warm up and start-up period falls within normal starting limits
Check that GG temperatures and vibrations are within normal starting
6
limits
When PT speed reaches 100%, driven equipment is made ready for
7
endurance test
Record the following Gas Turbine parameters during endurance test:
a. GP/GG speed
b. PT speed
8
c. Fuel pressure
d. Pcd/Cdp
e. T5 temperature
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
f. Lube oil temperature
g. Bearings temperature
h. Bearing Vibration level
9 Conduct manual shutdown; ensure that post lube oil cycle commences
Once post lube oil cycle is complete, check commissioning strainers for
10
the presence of any sediments/ particles
GENERATOR:
Test the following function:-
a. Manual shutdown
b. Manual synchronization
11 c. Parallel operation
d. Auto start-up and synchronization
11.1 Check and confirm status of indication lights
11.2 Test load sharing of generators
11.3 Check and confirm Distributed Control System signals are correct
On 72 hours continuous test run; record the following at generator
maximum platform operating load:
a. Generator bearings temperature
12 b. Generator bearings vibration level
c. Generator load
d. Generator bearing lube oil temperature
e. Other critical operating data
13 Confirm results if acceptable and within Vendors specification

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

TURBINE DRIVEN CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR M23-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
TAG NO. SYSTEM NO. /Sub-system No.
1 GAS GENERATOR Reference Drawing
Make & Model Location
Serial No 7 TURBINE LUBE OIL
SYSTEM
HP (KW) Pump Make & Model
Operating Speed Serial No.
Type of lube oil/Qty Capacity (Liters/min)
Factory test ref/Date Motor Make & Model
2 POWER TURBINE Serial No.
Make & Model Motor HP
Serial No Speed (RPM)
HP (KW) 8 COMPRESSOR &
GEARBOX LO SYSTEM
Operating RPM Pump Make & Model
Type of lube oil/Qty Serial No
Factory test ref/Date Capacity
3 GEARBOX Motor Make & Model
Make & Model Serial No
Serial No Motor HP (KW) & RPM
Operating RPM
4 COMPRESSOR Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Make & Model
Capacity
Serial No
No of Impellers
Suction Press
Discharge Press
HP (KW)
5 COUPLING Turbine- Gearbox Compressor-Compressor
Gearbox -Comp
Make & Model
Serial No
Page 1 of 5
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
6 TURBINE/
CONTROL MODULE
Make & Model
Serial No
Supply Volt
Overspeed Setting
Documents required:
a. Signed off Pre-com check-sheet and accepted punchlist for
turbine compressor train and all ancillary system
1 b. Start-up and Commissioning procedure (No.)
c. FAT report/String test
d. No load test report
e. Lube oil test report
3
GAS TURBINE:
a. Perform Lube Oil system check
b. Check Quality of fuel, i.e. dryness & cleanliness
c. Verify if pressurized air supply is able to provide sufficient
pressure for gas turbine operation
d. Alignment of driver to driven equipment is acceptable
e. Verify that Fire & Gas system is healthy
f. Check that all unit permissive indicates readiness for start-up
4 a. The lube oil pump starts and run for a period of time according
to OEM specification
c. The enclosure vent system will purge the enclosure for period
of time
d. The seal gas system starts
e. Starter system starts and warms up based on ambient
temperature
f. Rotation of starter commences
g. Engine driven lube oil pump starts
h. Starter system reaches a certain NGP, GG is purged for a period
of time
Page 2 of 5
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
i. At the end of GG purge, GG igniters are energized and fuel
valves open
j. Starter system stops
k. Power turbine starts rotating at breakaway speed and increases
in speed
Check that GG and Compressor oil temperatures and pressure during
5
warm up and start-up period falls within normal starting limits
Check that GG temperatures and vibrations are within normal starting
6
limits
When PT speed reaches 100%, driven equipment is made ready for
7
endurance test
Record the following Gas Turbine parameters during endurance test:
a. GP/GG speed
b. PT speed
c. Fuel pressure
8 d. Pcd/Cdp
e. T5 temperature
f. Lube oil temperature
g. Bearings temperature
h. Bearing Vibration level
COMPRESSOR:
During compressor is on operation, observe and record the following:
a. Compressor lube oil temperature and pressure
b. Gearbox lube oil temperature and pressure
c. Compressor bearing temperature and pressure
d. Gearbox bearing temperature and pressure
e. Compressor inlet & outlet pressure and temperature
9 f. Vibration level at
Compressor DE & NDE plus gap voltage
Gearbox DE & NDE plus gap voltage
Process piping
g. Seal gas pressure & flow
Compare recorded data with normal or design values; determine cause

and rectify if values deviates
10 Check for any leakage and abnormal noise
Perform emergency shutdown test as follows:
11 a. Confirm that ESD button is functional
b. All BDV and SDV in compression system reacts as per design
Page 3 of 5
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
c. Confirm that lube oil supply for post lube is available during
shutdown
d. Confirm anti-surge valve functions as per design
Confirm anti-surge test is conducted by OEM representative. This is to
12
verify surge limit line and map surge points
On surge test, ensure the following requirement are available:
13 a. Gas is sufficient and that actual gas properties is given
b. Stroke test for anti-surge valve is carried out
During surge test:
a. Ensure that surge control valve is in fully open position whilst
compressor is running
b. Close the discharge manual valve fully and the valve shall be
kept closed during surge test
c. Set compressor speed to minimum operating speed
d. Gradually close the anti-surge valve by manual operation to
bring the operating point as close as possible to surge
e. Record flow rate, suction pressure & temperature, discharge
14
pressure and temperature at this condition
f. Open the surge control valve
g. Increase the speed and verify next surge point according to the
compressor map provided. As a minimum, 3 points shall be
verified. Recommend to test at 90%,95%, and 100% speed
h. Adjust surge control line per findings from surge test
i. Perform surge test again to verify new control line
j. Confirm on the surge control valve respond time. Surge control
shall be put on AUTO mode during this test
Carry out 72 hour endurance test at the following conditions:
a. Minimum load
b. Partial load
15 c. Full load
Verify the operating points are as per tested compressor performance
map
Log operating data at 2 hours interval
During endurance test, confirm the following are within designed
values and does not trigger any alarm:
a. Compressor suction and discharge pressure & temperature
16
b. Vibration level
c. Noise level (1 meter away from compressor)
d. Bearing temperature
Page 4 of 5
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
e. Lube oil temperature
f. Seal supply & seal vent pressure and flow
Check lube oil commissioning strainers for presence of any sediments/
17 particles and remove commissioning strainer on compressor suction as
required

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 5 of 5
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

GAS ENGINE DRIVEN RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR M24-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
1 GAS ENGINE Location
Make and Model
Serial No 5 GEARBOX (IF FITTED)
Horsepower (KW) Make & Model
Rated RPM Serial No
Lube Oil type/Qty Type and Gear Ratio
Factory Test Ref/Date Type of Lube Oil/Qty
2 ENGINE CONTROL Factory Test Ref/Date
Governor Make and Model
Overspeed trip setting
3 COUPLING
Make and Model
Serial No
4 COMPRESSOR
Make & Model
Serial No.
No. of Stages /No of throw
Bore & stroke for
Throw 1
Throw 2
Throw 3
Throw 4
Rated Suction/Discharge P
Rated Capacity, MMSCFD
Rated RPM
Compressor Frame LO type
Cylinder and Rod lubricant
type
Test Certificate Ref/ Date
Documents required:
a. Signed off pre-com check-sheets and accepted punchlist
for engine & compressor train and all related ancillary
1
system
b. Reference drawings
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
d. FAT report
3 Start-Up and No Load Test Run
Crank the engine with all engine spark plugs and fifty (50) percent of
f.
compressor suction valves removed
Perform intermittent no-load run of five (5), ten (10) and twenty (20)
minutes using bottled gas and observe the following:
a. Abnormal noise or vibration
b. Leakage of lube oil or water
c. Engine, gearbox and compressor lube oil immediate pressure build
up
d. Force feed lubrication function
e. Feedg. rate shall be adjusted as per requirement
f. Check control panel for any alarm/trips and correct status
indication
g. Check all cylinder head temperature
h. Check auxiliary/jacket water temperature
i. Check engine air inlet for any pressure drop
j. Check engine fuel filter for any pressure drop
k. Check engine lube oil filter differential pressure
4 Check that Distributed Control System signals are correct
Carry out four (4) hour continuous no-load run and log operating data
5
at every thirty (30) minutes interval
6 Test and record engine overspeed shutdown
7 Document all tests and checks performed
Commissioning (Continuous Running Test)
1 Line-up and check all valves ready for start-up
2 Purge piping and scrubbers with nitrogen
3 Start-up compressor at minimum speed at no load conditions
4 Check for any vibration / abnormal noise
5 Check control panel and record any alarm / trips
Load compressor and log operating data at regular intervals and
proceed to carry out the 72 hours continuous running test with critical
6
parameters being recorded, i.e., vibration, temperature, suction and
discharge pressure,
7 Observe that liquid dumping of all scrubbers are functioning properly
8 Check and confirm all Distributed Control System signals are correct
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
9 Observe gas cooler condition for any abnormalities
10 Compare log result if within acceptable limit or vendor specification
Vendor checklist with 72 hour run data has to be collated and
11
consolidated to the overall report
COMPLETED VERIFIED BY ACCEPTED BY

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVEN RECIPROCATING COMPRESSOR M25-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
1 ELECTRIC MOTOR Location
Make and Model
Serial No 4 GEARBOX (IF FITTED)
Horsepower (KW) Make & Model
Rated RPM Serial No
Lube Oil type/Qty Type and Gear Ratio
Rated Voltage/Ampere Type of Lube Oil/Qty
Factory Test Ref/Date Factory Test Ref/Date
2 COUPLING
Make and Model
Serial No
3 COMPRESSOR
Make & Model
Serial No.
No. of Stages /No of throw
Bore & stroke for
Throw 1
Throw 2
Throw 3
Throw 4
Rated Suction/Discharge P
Rated Capacity, MMSCFD
Rated RPM
Compressor Frame LO type
Cylinder and Rod lubricant
type
Test Certificate Ref/ Date
Documents required:
a. Signed off pre-com check-sheets and accepted
punchlist for motor & compressor train and all
related ancillary system
1
d. FAT report
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
Start-Up and No Load Test Run
3.1 Functional test of pre/post lube pump
3.2 Functional test cooling water pump
3.3 Bump test motor to ensure correct motor rotation
3.4 Perform intermittent no-load run of five (5), ten (10) and twenty
(20) minutes using bottled gas and observe the following:
a. Abnormal noise or vibration
3 b. Leakage of lube oil or water
c. Did Gearbox and Compressor lube oil pressure build up
immediately?
d. Is Force feed lubrication function properly?
e. Feed rate shall be adjusted as per requirement
f. Check control panel for any alarm/trips and correct status
indication
g. Compressor lube oil filter differential pressure
3.5 Check that Distributed Control System signals are correct
3.6 Carry out four (4) hour continuous no-load run and log operating
data at every thirty (30) minutes interval
3.7 Test and record engine overspeed shutdown
3.8 Document all tests and checks performed
Commissioning (Continuous Running Test)
4.1 Line-up and check all valves ready for start-up
4.2 Purge piping and scrubbers with nitrogen
4.3 Start-up compressor at minimum speed at no load condition
4.4 Check for any vibration/ abnormal noise
4
4.5 Check control panel and record any alarm / trips
4.6 Load compressor and log operating data at regular intervals and
proceed to carry out the 72 hours continuous running test with
critical parameters being recorded, i.e., vibration, temperature,
suction and discharge pressure
5 Observe that liquid dumping of all scrubbers are functioning properly
6 Check and confirm all Distributed Control System signals are correct
7 Observe gas cooler condition for any abnormalities
8 Compare log result if within acceptable limit or vendor specification
Vendor checklist with 72 hour run data has to be collated and
9
consolidated to the overall report
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
COMPLETED VERIFIED BY ACCEPTED BY

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVEN CENTRIFUGAL PUMP M26-C

Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
1 PUMP Location
Make & Model
Serial No.
No of Stages
Head/Capacity
Rated RPM
Mech Seal Make & Model
2 ELECTRIC MOTOR
Make & Model
Serial No
HP (KW)
Rated RPM
Voltage/Rated Amp
3 GEARBOX
Make & Model
Serial No.
Type/Gear ratio
Lube oil type/Qty
4 FLEXIBLE DRIVE Motor -Gearbox Gearbox- Pump
COUPLING
Make & Model
Serial No.
Documents required:
a. Signed off pre-com check-sheets and accepted punchlist for
motor & pump train and all related ancillary system
1
d. FAT report
f. Lube oil test report
Page 4 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
Check level of buffer / burrier fluid tank for mechanical seal system (if
4
any)
Check motor and pump bearings are lubricated in accordance with
5
6
of liquid by priming the pumping system
7 Check suction strainer or temporary strainer has been installed
8 with appropriate gaskets, and adequately supported. Ensure all valves
are operational. Any temporary blanks are removed
9 Ensure instrumentation and control systems are fully functional
Check that suction system is filled to working level and all suction
10
system valves are open
11 Ensure that pump drain valves are closed
Run the motor through local stop-start button to check correct shaft
12
rotation
13 Start-up and test manual and remote shutdown function
Continue to slowly open the discharge valve until the system pressure
14
stabilizes and the pump discharge valve is fully open
Check the gearbox lube oil pressure build up immediately and that the
15
operating pressure is as per stated in OEM manual
16 Check control panel indication lights and motor running
17 Check and confirm correct Distributed Control System signal
18 Fill-up surge tank / vessel with water and test for automatic start-up
Simulate tank / vessel and function test level and recirculation control
19
valve
20 Test lead and lag operation of pump if equipped
Conduct performance test for pump to ensure that pump performs as
design.
a. Run pump at these conditions:
21 1) shutoff (no vibration data required),
2) minimum continuous stable flow,
3) midway between minimum and rated flow,
4) rated flow,
Page 5 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
5) maximum allowable flow (as a minimum, 120 % of
BEP)
b. Test result should be within acceptable region as per PTS
and API 610
Record discharge pressure, motor running ampere and vibration level
22
at the tested points
23 Run the pump for seventy-two (72) hours continuous endurance test
2 hours interval:
d. Pump flow rate
e. Suction and discharge pressure
24
f. Motor and pump vibration
g. Motor starting and running ampere
h. Motor supply voltage, frequency, speed
i. Temperature at pump and motor bearings
25 Check for any leakage, either in skid or piping connections
26 Recheck the integrity of all holding down bolts

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 6 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
ENGINE DRIVEN CENTRIFUGAL PUMP M27-C

Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
1 PUMP Location
Make & Model
Serial No.
No of Stages
Head/Capacity
Rated RPM
Mech Seal Make & Model
2 GAS/DIESEL ENGINE 5 GOVERNOR
Serial No Serial No.
HP (KW) Overspeed setting
Rated RPM
Lube Oil Type/Qty
3 GEARBOX (IF FITTED)
Make & Model
Serial No.
Type/Gear ratio
Lube oil type/Qty
4 FLEXIBLE DRIVE Motor -Gearbox Gearbox- Pump
COUPLING
Make & Model
Serial No.
Documents required:
a. Signed off pre-com check-sheets and accepted punchlist for
engine & pump train and all related ancillary system
d. FAT report
Page 7 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
Check level of buffer / burrier fluid tank for mechanical seal system (if
4
any)
Check engine and pump bearings are lubricated in accordance with
5
6
of liquid by priming the pumping system
7 Check suction strainer or temporary strainer has been installed
8 with appropriate gaskets, and adequately supported. Ensure all valves
are operational. Any temporary blanks are removed
9 Ensure instrumentation and control systems are fully functional
Check that suction system is filled to working level and all suction
10
system valves are open
11 Ensure that pump drain valves are closed
Run the engine through local stop-start button to check correct shaft
12
rotation
13 Start-up and test manual and remote shutdown function
Continue to slowly open the discharge valve until the system pressure
14
stabilizes and the pump discharge valve is fully open
Check the gearbox lube oil pressure build up immediately and that the
15
operating pressure is as per stated in OEM manual
16 Check control panel indication lights and engine running
17 Check and confirm correct Distributed Control System signal
Simulate tank / vessel and function test level and recirculation control
18
valve
19 Test lead and lag operation of pump if equipped
Conduct performance test for pump to ensure that pump performs as
design.
a. Run pump at these conditions:
20 1) shutoff (no vibration data required),
2) minimum continuous stable flow,
3) midway between minimum and rated flow,
4) rated flow,
Page 8 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
5) maximum allowable flow (as a minimum, 120 % of
BEP)
b. Test result should be within acceptable region as per PTS
and API 610
Record discharge pressure, motor running ampere and vibration level
21
at the tested points
22 Run the pump for seventy-two (72) hours continuous endurance test
2 hours interval:
j. Pump flow rate
k. Suction and discharge pressure
23
l. Engine and pump vibration at running speed
m. Lube oil pressure and temperature
n. Pump bearings temperature
o. Gearbox vibration and temperature (if fitted)
24 Check for any leakage, either in skid or piping connections
25 Recheck the integrity of all holding down bolts

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 9 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

DIESEL ENGINE DRIVEN FIRE PUMP M28-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
Tag No. System no./Sub-system No.
1 ENGINE Location
Make & Model 4 PUMP
Serial No. Make & Model
Horsepower (KW) Serial No.
Rated Speed, RPM No of Stages
Lube Oil Type/ Qty Rated Flow Rate
2 DRIVE COUPLING Rated Discharge Press
Make & Model Design Submergence
Serial No. Rated Speed, RPM
3 GEARBOX Seal Type/Make /Model
Make & Model Factory Test Ref/Date
Serial No 5 ENGINE CONTROLLER
Type/Gear Ratio Make & Model
Lube Oil Type/Qty Serial No.
Supply Voltage
Documents required:
a. Signed off Pre-com check-sheet and punchlist status
1 b. Reference drawing
d. FAT report
2 Ensure availability of critical commissioning & start-up spares
Initial Start-up and No-load Run
2.1 Uncouple engine from gearbox and start-up engine manually
2.2 Test manual shutdown of engine
3 2.3 Check and confirm light indication status
2.4 Carry out 4 hours continuous no load run of engine and log
operating data at 1 hour interval
Test engine overspeed shutdown
Continuous Running Test
3.1 Test manual and automatic start-up of fire pump
3.2 Carry out 3 hours continuous running of the pump and record
4 operating data
3.3 Take pressure and flow rate to confirm pump operates within
specification
3.4 Check for any sign of lube oil leak, pressure drop, abnormal sound
Page 10 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
at gearbox, etc.
3.5 Check and verify DCS signal and signal to fire control panel
Document test results and make comparison with manufacturers
5
recommended value

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 11 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
CHEMICAL METERING PUMP M29-C

Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
1 PUMP Location
Make & Model
Serial No
Type
Max Disch Press
Capacity Range
2 PRIME MOVER
Type
Make & Model
Serial No
HP (KW)
Rated Speed
Power Supply
Air Supply Pressure

Documents required:
a) Signed Pre-com check-sheet and punch list status for Chemical
metering pump skid and all related auxiliary system
1
b) Reference drawing
c) Commissioning & Start-up procedure (No.)
d) FAT report
2 Ensure availability of Start-up & Commissioning spares
3 Ensure that pump is primed
4 Start-up pump per vendors instruction
5 Test manual and remote shutdown
6 Check discharge pressure is sufficient for injection
7 Check, vary and set dosing rate
8 Check that motor running amps is within specification
9 Perform the 72 hour continuous test run
10 Observe for any abnormalities
11 Log operating data at regular interval
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
CHEMICAL METERING PUMP M29-C

Project No.
Project Title

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
CHEMICAL INJECTION PACKAGE M30-C

Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
Make and Model Location
Serial No
Test Ref/ Date
Documents required:
a. Signed off Pre-com check-sheet and punchlist status for
Chemical Injection and all related ancillary system
1
b. Commissioning and Start-up procedure (No.)
c. Reference drawing
d. FAT report
2 Start-up chemical injection skid per manufacturers instruction
3 Check for any leakage in discharge tubing
4 Perform the required test run duration
5 Check discharge pressure is sufficient for injection
6 Check, vary and set dosing rate
7 Log operating data at regular interval
8 Check and record for any abnormalities

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

NITROGEN GAS GENERATOR M31-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
Manufacturer/Date Tank No
Serial No Location
Capacity/Dimension
Design Code
Max Allow Working Press
Documents required:
a. Signed off Pre-com check-sheet and punchlist status for
Nitrogen Gas Generator and all related ancillary system
1
b. Commissioning and Start-up procedure (No.)
c. Reference drawing
a. FAT report
2 Ensure availability of start up & commissioning spares
3 Start-up in accordance with manufacturers instruction
4 Check for any leakage and any abnormalities on initial start-up
5 Ensure sufficient volume and pressure of instrument air supply
Ensure timely sequence for opening of PSA valves is according to the
6
enclosed time sequence
7 Open air inlet valve and close the nitrogen product valve
8 Check the pressure and temperature of air for the desired value
Switch on the breaker to energize PLC and all PSA valves start
9
operating
Continue operation until nitrogen receiver pressure and oxygen
10
percentage reach the required value
Verify nitrogen purity and pressure are achieved and then open the
11
product line valve to the end-users
Carry out 72 hours continuous test run and record operating data at 2
hours interval. Record the following:
12 a. Nitrogen flow rate
b. Nitrogen Discharge Pressure
c. O2 Content
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

NITROGEN GAS GENERATOR M31-C
Project No.
Project Title

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

SEWAGE TREATMENT UNIT M32-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
1 PACKAGE Location
Make & Model
Serial No.
Capacity
2 COMINUTOR
Make & Model
Serial No.
Motor Make/Model
Motor KW/RPM
Motor Rated Voltage/ Amp
3 AERATOR
Make & Model
Serial No.
Motor Make/Model
Serial No
Motor KW/RPM
Rated Voltage/Ampere
4 CHLORINATION UNIT
Pump Make & Model
Documents required:
b. Signed off Pre-com check-sheet and punchlist status
1 c. Commissioning and Start-up procedure (No.)
d. Reference drawing
e. FAT report
2 Ensure availability of critical commissioning & start up spares
3 Initial start-up in accordance with manufacturers instruction
4 Check for any leak on initial filling of sewage tank
5 Bump test cominutor motor to ensure correct rotation
Start-up cominutor, observe for any excessive noise or vibration and
6
test shutdown function
7 Bump test mechanical aerator to ensure correct rotation
Start-up mechanical aerator; observe for any excessive noise or
8
vibration; check aeration
9 Check aeration of air diffuser
10 Perform 24 hour continuous test run of complete package
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

SEWAGE TREATMENT UNIT M32-C
Project No.
Project Title
11 Record operating parameters

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

WATERMAKER UNIT (VAPOR COMPRESSOR TYPE) M33-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
TAG NO. SYSTEM NO./Sub-system No.
1 PACKAGE
Serial No Location
Capacity (GPM)
Unit test ref/Date
2 COMPRESSOR 4 DISTILLATE PUMP
Serial No Serial No
2.1 MOTOR Motor Make & Model
Make & Model Motor HP (KW)
Serial No Motor Rated Speed
HP (KW) Voltage/Ampere
Rated Speed V-belt spec
Voltage/Amp 5 CHEMICAL FEED
V-belt spec Pump Make & Model
2.2 Lube Oil Pump Pump Serial No
Make & Model Pump Motor HP
Serial No Pump Motor Voltage
Motor M & Model
Motor HP
Motor Speed
Voltage
Current
3 RECIRCULATION PUMP
Make & Model
Serial No
3.1 MOTOR
Make & Model
Serial No.
HP (KW)
Rated Speed
V-belt spec
Documents required:
1
a) Signed off Pre-com check-sheet and punch list status for vapour
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
compression water maker skid and all related auxiliary system
b) Commissioning & Start-up procedure (No.)
c) FAT report
d) Lube oil test report
Verify that initial start-up & test run has been carried out according to
Operation Procedure and Maintenance (OPM) and vendors instruction
Following vendors procedure on start-up; observe for excessive noise
or vibration & test manual shut down of:-
3
a. Compressor lube oil pump and compressor (if applicable)
b. Distillate pump
c. Circulation pump
d. Chemical feed pump
3.1 Check for any sign of lube oil or water leakage
3.2 Check that distillate, blowdown & boiler temperatures are as per
vendors specification
3.3 Check that desalination meter is set correctly & test diverter valve
3.4 Check panel indication lights are as per specifications
3.5 Check cold flushing function
3.6 Test unit shutdown on:
Low compressor lube oil pressure
Low shell pressure
High shell pressure
High compressor lube oil temp
Carry out 72 hours continuous test and record operating data at 2
4
hours interval
Compare results are in accordance with manufacturers
5
recommendation
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

SUBSEA EQUIPMENT PACKAGE M34-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
CHEMICAL INJECTION UNIT Location
1 MOTOR
Make & Model
Serial No.
Horsepower (KW)
Rated Speed, RPM
Rated Voltage/Ampere
2 GEARBOX
Make & Model
Serial No.
Gear Ratio
3 PUMP
Make & Model
Serial No.
Capacity
Rated RPM
Documents required:
a. Signed Pre-com ITR and punchlist status
b. Manufacturers Operating & Maintenance Manual (OMM)
1 c. Reference drawings
d. Start-up and Commissioning procedure (No.)
e. FAT report
f. SIT report
2 Confirm that all functional check is satisfactorily completed
Ensure that all system/sub-system related to Hydrocarbon introduction
3 are complete and signed off and that the accepted punchlist will not
impede commissioning work
Ensure availability of Start-up spares & first fill for Chemical Injection
4
Unit (CIU)
Provide assistance to the start-up of Subsea Equipment package per
5
vendor instruction
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

SUBSEA EQUIPMENT PACKAGE M34-C
Project No.
Project Title
Check for any abnormalities such as leakage, high vibration and noise
6
of Chemical Injection pump during the introduction of Hydrocarbon
7 Carry out the 72-hour continuous test run
Monitor and log critical parameters on Chemical Injection Skid on
8
regular interval and print screen DCS & manifold control module data
9 Attach vendor check-sheets used during the entire test, if any

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT M35-C
Project No.
Project Title
INFORMATION

1 Verify that ITR M 35-B is complete and signed off
Verify that the no-load test is carried out with satisfactory result (if
2
applicable)
3 Carry out manufacturers recommended pre-initial Start-up inspection
4 Start-up equipment skid following manufacturers instruction
5 Carry out the 72-hour continuous test run
Check for any abnormalities (abnormal noise, leakage and high
6
vibration
7 Record critical operating parameters on regular interval
8 Confirm result if within manufacturers recommendation

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

VENDORS PACKAGE EQUIPMENT (SKID) M36-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
Make & Model
Serial No
Capacity
Unit Test Ref/Date
2 DRIVER
Make & Model
Serial No.
Capacity
HP (KW)
Rated Speed
Voltage/Current
3 DRIVEN
Make & Model
Serial No
Capacity
HP (KW)
4 INTERMEDIATE
Make & Model
Serial No
Gear Ratio
HP (KW)
Documents required:
f. Signed off Pre-commissioning Check-sheet
g. Accepted Punchlist
1
h. FAT report
i. Relevant test report
j. Commissioning and Start-up procedure (No.)
3
Check the entire equipment skid and ensure all connections are
4
secured and intact
5 Start-up equipment skid per manufacturers instruction or in
Page 1 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

VENDORS PACKAGE EQUIPMENT (SKID) M36-C
Project No.
Project Title
accordance with operating manual
Observe and record any abnormalities such as high pitch/roaring noise
6
and excessive vibration; stop the unit when necessary
7 Carry out 72-hour continuous test run
Record all operating parameters at regular interval during the entire
8
endurance test
9 Confirm results are in accordance with vendors specification
10 Attach vendors check-sheets used during the 72-hr test run, if any

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 2 of 2
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

ACID GAS REMOVAL UNIT M37-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
Serial No
Capacity
Unit Test Ref/Date
2 DRIVER
Make & Model
Serial No.
Capacity
HP (KW)
Rated Speed
Voltage/Current
3 DRIVEN
Make & Model
Serial No
Capacity
HP (KW)
4 INTERMEDIATE
Make & Model
Serial No
Gear Ratio
HP (KW)
Documents required:
b. Accepted Punchlist
c. FAT/SAT reports
1
e. Lube Oil flushing and lab test report is available
f. Commissioning and Start-up procedure (No. XXXX)
g. Operation & Maintenance Procedures (No. XXXX)
2
available.
3
removed wherever required.
Page 1 of 4
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
4
6 Export/Downstream Plant is ready to receive hydrocarbons/Product
Leak-tested with N2/He to maximum operating pressure and under N2
7
blanket with O2 level below 4 %
Ensure field operating tools are available for Operation personnel
8 during start-up e.g., Manual Valves Operating Key, SDV Junction box
Keys, Instruments Manifold Venting Keys
9 confirm status of all manual isolation valves, Padlock keys to be
10
PSVs upstream).
size.
12
13 Catalysts are loaded in respective catalyst bed
14 All Membrane units filled with respective Membranes
15
e.g. Demister Pads, Vein Packs, etc.
Ensure strainers on suction of all rotating equipment are installed
16
correctly.
Ensure start-up mesh is installed upstream of all strainers on suction of
17
Pumps and Compressors.
Correct grade of lube Oil is filled up to operating levels for pumping
18
equipment & Instrument Air compressor.
Lube oil and Seal Oil lines are flushed and cleaned properly and the
19
lines are ensured to be free from debris
20
Power Supply Voltage to each Panels, Cabinets, Consoles etc correct as
21
per Project Specifications
22
manifolds
23 All relief valves and pressure regulating valves are calibrated
Page 2 of 4
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
24 Ensure all package SAT successfully carried out (where applicable)
26
maintenance case)
Final ESD test to be carried out and valve positions to be checked and
27
signed off
Ensure that all DCS, ESD and F&G systems are commissioned and
28
functional.
29
31
Specifications
33
All Motors have undergone pre-commissioning tests Solo Dynamic Run
34
and relevant test sheets are completed
37
supply.
39
endurance test ; Confirm if result is within manufacturers specification
Attach test and log parameters taken by the vendor including snap
40
shots of DCS screen with this check-sheets
Page 3 of 4
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 4 of 4
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

MERCURY REMOVAL UNIT M38-C
Project No.
Project Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
P&ID No.
Make & Model
Serial No
Capacity
Unit Test Ref/Date
2 DRIVER
Make & Model
Serial No.
Capacity
HP (KW)
Rated Speed
Voltage/Current
3 DRIVEN
Make & Model
Serial No
Capacity
HP (KW)
4 INTERMEDIATE
Make & Model
Serial No
Gear Ratio
HP (KW)
Documents required:
1 c. FAT/SAT reports
e. Commissioning and Start-up procedure (No. XXXX)
f. Operation & Maintenance Procedures (No. XXXX)
2
available.
3
removed wherever required.
Page 1 of 4
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
4 Ensure all preservation has been removed wherever applicable
5
7 Export/Downstream Plant is ready to receive hydrocarbons/Product
Leak-tested with N2/He to maximum operating pressure and under N2
8
blanket with O2 level below 4 %
Ensure field operating tools are available for Operation personnel
9 during the start-up, e.g., Manual Valves Operating Key, SDV Junction
box Keys, Instruments Manifold Venting Keys.
10 confirm status of all manual isolation valves, Padlock keys to be
11
PSVs upstream).
size.
13
14 Catalysts are loaded in respective Mercury Removal bed.
15
e.g. Demister Pads, Vein Packs, etc.
16
Acceptance check sheets completed, certified and signed off.
Power Supply Voltage to each Panels, Cabinets, Consoles etc correct as
17
per Project Specifications.
18
manifolds.
19 All relief valves and pressure regulating valves are calibrated.
20 Ensure all package SAT successfully carried out (where applicable).
22
maintenance case)
Final ESD test to be carried out and valve positions to be checked and
23
signed off
Page 2 of 4
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title
Ensure that all DCS, ESD and F&G systems are commissioned and
24
functional.
25
27
Specifications
29
32
supply.
34
endurance test ; Confirm if result is within manufacturers specification
Attach test and log parameters taken by the vendor including snap
35
shots of DCS screen with this check-sheets
Page 3 of 4
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Project No.
Project Title

Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 4 of 4
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

ELEVATORS M42-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL INFORMATION
Serial No Location
1 Verify ITR-B is complete and signed off by relevant parties
2
the system.
Carry out Commissioning activities as per vendors Commissioning
3
procedure with vendors assistance
Refer to the Operation Procedure & Manual (OPM) for detailed
4
Operation and Maintenance
Attach the logging parameters, it shall be cross-referenced to
5
manufacturers specification
Compile Handover Certificates, as-built drawings (P & ID) and
acceptance.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

Pig Trap M46-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL INFORMATION
Serial No Location
2
the system and ensure all shutdown valves are locked closed.
3 Ensure that all tie-ins or open flanges are blinded.
if spectacle blind are required for isolation of the pig trap from the
pipeline, the spectacle blinds shall be located on the pig trap side of the
4 pig trap valve, kicker valve, isolation valve on the pressurising line (if
fitted) and on any vent and drain lines which are connected to other
facilities.
Open the isolation valve and introduce medium into the pig trap;
5
pressurize up the vessel according to operating condition.
Refer to the Operation Procedure & Manual (OPM) for detailed
6
Endurance and Performance Test run.
Attach the logging parameters such as gauges and analyzers reading.
7 On-site readings shall be cross-referenced to P&ID and DCS for analysis
and performance assessment.
8 Print copy or snapshots from DCS as proof for acceptance.
acceptance.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

STORAGE TANK M47-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL INFORMATION
Serial No Location
2
the system and ensure all shutdown valves are locked closed.
For hydrocarbon system ensure nitrogen blanketing have been
3 performed to reduce oxygen content from the hydrocarbon systems
prior to introduction of the hydrocarbon.
4 Ensure that all tie-ins or open flanges are blinded.
Ensure all utilities including instrument air supply and power supply are
5
in service.
Open the isolation valve and introduce medium onto the tank; fill up
6
the tank according to commissioning and start up manual.
Attach the logging parameters such as gauges and analyzers reading.
7 On-site readings shall be cross-referenced to P&ID and DCS for analysis
and performance assessment.
8 Print copy or snapshots from DCS as proof for acceptance.
acceptance.

Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI
Turbo Expander/Booster Compressor M50-C

Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
GENERAL INFORMATION
TAG NO. SYSTEM NO. /Sub-system
No.
1 Turbo Expander
Make & Model
Serial No
HP (KW)
Operating Speed
2 Magnetic Bearing
Make & Model
Serial No
HP (KW)
Operating Speed
Make & Model
3 GEARBOX
Make & Model
Serial No
Operating RPM
4 COMPRESSOR
Make & Model
Capacity
Serial No
No of Impellers
Suction Press
Discharge Press
HP (KW)
Documents required:
and all ancillary system
1
b. Start-up and Commissioning procedure (No. xxxx)
c. FAT report/String test
d. No load test report
Perform final line walk to ensure system is safe and ready to run
3
with manual valves lined-up per P&ID
Page 1 of 3
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

4 Turbo Expander/Booster Compressor suction and discharge piping
pressurized with fuel gas up to recommended pressure.
Turbo Expander:
a. Check dryness & cleanliness
b. Verify that Fire & Gas system is healthy
a. Required Minimum fuel gas flow is available for
commissioning.
4 c. The enclosure vent system will purge the enclosure for
period of time and ensure oxygen concentration <6.0 %
d. Pressurize the casing and Active Bearing casing more than
2.5 barg.
e. The seal gas system starts
f. Levitate Active Magnetic Bearing(AMB)
g. Suction and Discharge SDVs are open except Quick Shut
Down valve at Turbo Expander suction.
h. Ensure Anti surge Valve is full open
i. Starter system stops
7 Follow the Vendor recommended start up sequence
8 Ramp the speed as per vendor recommendation
10 Check for any leakage and abnormal noise
Perform emergency shutdown test as follows:
a. Confirm that ESD button is functional
b. All BDV and SDV in compression system reacts as per
11 design
c. Confirm that lube oil supply for post lube is available
during shutdown
d. Confirm anti-surge valve functions as per design
Confirm anti-surge test is conducted by Vendor representative.
12
This is to verify surge limit line and map surge points
On surge test, ensure the following requirement are available:
13 a. Gas is sufficient and that actual gas properties is given
b. Stroke test for anti-surge valve is carried out
During surge test:
a. Ensure that surge control valve is in fully open position
whilst compressor is running
b. Close the discharge manual valve fully and the valve shall
be kept closed during surge test
c. Set compressor speed to minimum operating speed
14 d. Gradually close the anti-surge valve by manual operation
to bring the operating point as close as possible to surge
e. Record flow rate, suction pressure & temperature,
discharge pressure and temperature at this condition
f. Open the surge control valve
g. Increase the speed and verify next surge point according
to the compressor map provided. As a minimum, 3 points
Page 2 of 3
CSP-20 rev 01
Appendix III-VI

shall be verified. Recommend to test at 90%,95%, and
100% speed
h. Adjust surge control line per findings from surge test
i. Perform surge test again to verify new control line
j. Confirm on the surge control valve respond time. Surge
control shall be put on AUTO mode during this test
Carry out 72 hour endurance test at the following conditions:
a. Minimum load
b. Partial load
15 c. Full load
Verify the operating points are as per tested compressor
performance map
Log operating data at 2 hours interval
During endurance test, confirm the following are within designed
values and does not trigger any alarm:
a. Compressor suction and discharge pressure & temperature
b. Cold Recovery vessel out temperature
16
c. Vibration level
d. Noise level (1 meter away from compressor)
e. Bearing temperature
f. Seal supply & seal vent pressure and flow

Designation Contractor Commissioning Operation
Representative Engineer
Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
CSP-20 rev. 01
Appendix II-VII

NITROGEN PURGING P16-C
Project No.
Project Title
Facilities
INFORMATION
Test Packages No Purging Medium
System Purging Duration
Sub System
Location
Verify the Reinstatement Leak Test for the system/sub system /test
1
package above have been completed and accepted
THE SYSTEM SHOWN ON THE ATTACHED P&ID (TEST PACKAGE) HAS
BEEN PURGED ANCHIVED 7% O2 CONTENT.
Signature:
Name:
2
Title:- Site Representative
Company:
Date:

Designation Contractor Representative PCSB Inspector Operation
Name
Signature
Date
Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION TEST REPORT ITR-C

FIREWATER/FOAM SYSTEM S10-C
Project No.
Project Title
INFORMATION
Tag no. System no.
Area Location
Ref. Drawing nos
1 Ensure ITR B check list completed & no subsequent damage occurred.
Check firewater/ foam system equipment is located as indicated by the
2 Escape Route, Fire Fighting, Safety and Life Saving Equipment layout
drawing.
FIREWATER PUMP
3 Ensure Mechanical ITR-C for Firewater Pump is completed.

4 Check vibration of the Firewater pump.
5 Check starting logic sequence and operation.
Ensure pump curve performance record is available. Discharge
6 pressure of each pump speed at 0%, 50%, 100%, 125%, and 150% flow.
FIRE WATER/ FOAM MONITORS AND HYDRANTS

7 Check flow capability at each monitor and hydrant.
Check straight stream/ spray and throw range on all monitor and hand-
8
held equipment nozzles.
FOAM TANK
9 Check proportioning accuracy at operating flow rates.

Check foam expansion and drainage time in accordance with
10
specifications.
11 Ensure foam concentrate tank is full after system testing.
Foam Systems
- Instrument air supply commissioned.
- Firewater supply commissioned.
12
- Fire & Gas interface commissioned.
- Foam system commissioned.
DELUGE SYSTEM
13 Ensure that all deluge nozzles are clear from blockage during flow test.
Page 1 of 3

(Note: Please ensure that spray deluge spray heads are available prior
to any tests being performed on the system).
Check that pressures at most remote deluge nozzles conform to
14
hydraulic calculations.
Check that no dry areas occur on protected equipment during
15
discharge.
Check the minimum pneumatic pressure required to open the deluge
16
valves.
Deluge & Sprinkle Systems
17
- Firewater supply commissioned.
WATERMIST SYSTEM
18 Check quality of water in system.

19 Check location and flow rate of all water mist nozzles.
20 Check time and sequence of discharge.
21 Check that all nozzles flow freely.
22 Check that discharge patterns of nozzles overlap.
Fire Watermist Systems
- Firewater reservoirs filled.
- Air / N2 cylinders charged.
23
FIRE PANEL
24 Ensure Fire Panel is connected to BOMBA (for onshore).

25 Ensure the fire panel connection and status lights are functioning.
FIRE AND GAS SYSTEM
Ensure the firefighting system is connected to the fire and gas system.
26
Carry out other commissioning activities according to vendors manual

(List the approved specification and datasheet reference number)
Page 2 of 3


Designation Contractor Representative PMT Inspector Operations
Company PCSB PCSB
Name
Signature
Date
Page 3 of 3
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
11.0 APPENDIX IV: ITR OVERVIEW

TESTING, PRE-COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING GUIDELINE PROCEDURE NO: CSP-20
CARIGALI STANDARD PROCEDURE REVISION : 01
ARCHITECTURE ITR OVERVIEW FOR CONSTRUCTION
SYSTEM SUB SYSTEM SUB-SUB SYSTEM DESCRIPTION CONSTRUCTION CHECK SHEET ( A)
A01-A A02-A A03-A A04-A A05-A A06-A A07-A

800-MISCELLANEOUS 820-ARCHITECTURAL 821 GENERAL ACCOMODATION SPACES X X X X X
822 GALLEY / MESS HALL X X X X X X
823 OFFICES X X X X X
824 COLD ROOM X X X X X
825 SICK BAY X X X X X X
CIVIL ITR OVERVIEW FOR CONSTRUCTION

C01-A C02-A C03-A C04-A C05-A
800-MISCELLANEOUS 860-CIVIL 861 Process Area ( Inside Battery Limit ) X X X X X
862 Non Process Area ( Outside Battery Limit) X X X X X
863 Receiving Area X X X X
864 Launching/Export Area X X X X
TESTING, PRECOMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING GUIDELINE PROCEDURE NO: CSP-20
REVISION : 01
CARIGALI STANDARD PROCEDURE
ELECTRICAL ITR OVERVIEW FOR CONSTRUCTION
Sub-Sub System
E-01 E-02 E-03 E-04 E-05 E-06 E-07 E-08 E-09 E-10 E-11 E-12 E-13 E-14 E-15 E-16 E-17 E-18 E-19 E-20 E-21 E-22 E-23 E-24 E-25 E-26 E-27 E-28 E-29 E-30 E-31 E-32 E-33 E-34 E-35 E-36 E-39 E-40 E-41 E-43 E-44 E-45 E-46 E-47 E-48 E-49 E-50
Number Description
511 Main Power

Generation X X X X X X X X X
512 Emergency Power

Generation X X X X X X
513 ENMC/PMS
X X X X
521 Transformers
X X X X X X X X X
522 HV switchgear and

MCC X X X X X X X
523 LV switchgear and

MCC X X X X X X
524 Integrated Motor

Control System X X X X
(IMCS)
525 Overhead Line / High
Voltage Cable X X X X
526 Capacitor/Reactor
X X X X X
531 AC UPS
X X X X X
532 DC UPS
X X X X X
533 EPU
X X X X X
541 Emergency
Distribution Board X X X X
542 Normal Distribution

Board X X X X
543 Navigation Aid

X
551 Earthing
X
552 Lightning Protection

X
561 Variable Speed Drive

(VSD) X X X X X X
562 Heater Control

System X X X X
571 Electric Heaters

X X X X X
572 Heat Tracing System

X X X X X
573 Aux Distribution

X X X X
574 ICCP System

X X X X X
575 Lighting
X X X X X X X
576 Sockets
X X X X X X X X
CHECKED / WITNESSED BY NAME / SIGNATURE / DATE

CONSTRUCTION PRECOMMISSIONING
CONTRACTOR Representative NA
CARIGALI Inspector NA
CARIGALI Representative NA
ELECTRICAL ITR OVERVIEW FOR PRECOMMISSIONING
Sub-Sub System
E-01 E-02 E-03 E-04 E-05 E-06 E-07 E-08 E-09 E-10 E-11 E-12 E-13 E-14 E-15 E-16 E-17 E-18 E-19 E-20 E-21 E-22 E-23 E-24 E-25 E-26 E-27 E-28 E-29 E-30 E-31 E-32 E-33 E-34 E-35 E-36 E-37 E-38 E-39 E-40 E-41 E-42 E-43 E-44 E-45 E-46 E-47 E-48 E-49 E-50
Number Description
511 Main Power

Generation X X X X X X X X
512 Emergency Power

Generation X X X X X
513 ENMC/PMS
X X X
521 Transformers
X X X X X X X X
522 HV Switchgear and

MCC X X X X X X X X
523 LV Switchgear and

MCC X X X X X X X X X X

Control System X X X
(IMCS)
Voltage Cable
X X X
X X X X
531 AC UPS
X X X X
532 DC UPS
X X X X
533 EPU
X X X X
541 Emergency
Distribution Board X X X

Board X X X
551 Earthing
X

X

(VSD) X X X X X
562 Heater Control

System X X X

X X X X

X X X

X X X
574 ICCP System

X X X
575 Lighting
X X X X X
576 Sockets
X X X X X X

CONSTRUCTION PRECOMMISSIONING COMMISSIONING
CONTRACTOR Representative NA NA
CARIGALI Inspector NA NA
CARIGALI Representative NA NA
ELECTRICAL ITR OVERVIEW FOR COMMISSIONING
Sub-Sub System
E-01 E-02 E-03 E-04 E-05 E-06 E-07 E-08 E-09 E-10 E-11 E-12 E-13 E-14 E-15 E-16 E-17 E-18 E-19 E-20 E-21 E-22 E-23 E-24 E-25 E-26 E-27 E-28 E-29 E-30 E-31 E-32 E-33 E-34 E-35 E-36 E-37 E-38 E-39 E-40 E-41 E-42 E-43 E-44 E-45 E-46 E-47 E-48 E-49 E-50
Number Description
511 Main Power

Generation X X X X X
512 Emergency Power

Generation X X
513 ENMC/PMS
521 Transformers
X X
522 HV Switchgear and

MCC X
523 LV Switchgear and

MCC X

Control System
(IMCS)
Voltage Cable
X
531 AC UPS
X X
532 DC UPS
X X
533 EPU
X X
541 Emergency
Distribution Board

Board
551 Earthing

(VSD) X
562 Heater Control

System X

X X

X
574 ICCP System

X
575 Lighting
X X
576 Sockets
X X

CONTRACTOR Representative NA NA
CARIGALI Inspector NA NA
CARIGALI Representative NA NA
OPR/Maint Representative NA NA
HVAC ITR OVERVIEW
SUB-SUB
SYSTEM SUB SYSTEM DESCRIPTION HVAC CHECK SHEET
SYSTEM
H01
H02
H03
H04
H05
H06
H07
H08
H09
H10
H11
H12
H13
H14
H15
H16
H17
H18
H19
H20
H21
500-POWER 510- POWER GENERATION 512 MAIN POWER GENERATION X
513 EMERGENCY POWER GENERATION X
514 PMS X
520- DISTRIBUTION X
530 - UPS X
600-CONTROL AND 610- PROCESS CONTROL X

SAFEGUARDING
620- SAFEGUARDING SYSTEM X
700- TELECOMMUNICATION
710- MAIN BACKBONE LINK X
720- RADIO
X
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
730- VOICE AND DATA

COMMUNICATION X
740 COMMUNICATION
X
EQUIPMENT
INSTRUMENTATION ITR OVERVIEW FOR CONSTRUCTION, PRE-COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING
Pneumatic Instr. Control Panel (ICP)/ESD Station

Instr. Tubing Installation & Pressure Testing
Fire & Gas Device Calibration & Installation

Instr. Fiber Optic Installation & Testing
CV/SDV/BDV Installation & Calibration
Fusible Plug Loop & Panel Installation

Miscellaneous Process Analyzers Test
Cable Tray Installation Check (Note 11)

Instr. Panel (Electronic) Installation
Cause & Effect Matrix Verification
Conduit Installation Check (Note 11)

Instr. Cable Installation & Testing
Vendor Specification Checksheet

Instr. Junction Box Installation
Fire and Gas Device Loop Test

(Reserved for Future Use)
(Reserved for Future Use)

HSSD(VESDA) Installation
Instr. Closed Loop Check
PSV Inspection & Test
Tank Gauging System

Instr. Installation
Instr. Calibration
Metering Skid
O N
MPFM
WHCP
TI
N/A
N/A
N/A
P
RI
SC
DE
Instrument I-01 I-02 I-03 I-04 I-05 I-06 I-07 I-08 I-09 I-10 I-11 I-12 I-13 I-14 I-15 I-16 I-17 I-18 I-19 I-20 I-21 I-22 I-23 I-24 I-25 I-26 I-27 I-28
Description
Tag No
Blowdown Valve/Shutdown
BDV/SDV/XV X X X X X X X
Valve/Actuated Ball Valve
SY Solenoid Valve X X X X X
PI/PG Pressure Indicator/Gauge X X X
PSV Pressure Safety Valve X X X
PSL Pressure Switch Low
X (Note 3) X X X X (Note 3) X X
PSH Pressure Switch High X (Note 3) X X X X (Note 3) X X
PSLL Pressure Switch Low Low
PSHH Pressure Switch High High
PT Pressure Transmitter
X (Note 3) X X X X (Note 3) X
PR Pressure Recorder X X X
Pressure Indication Controller
PIC X X X X
Pressure Relay (I/P) or I/P
PY X X X X X X
Converter
Pressure Differential
PDI/PDG X X X
Indicator/Gauge
Pressure Differential Indicator
PDIS X X X X X X
Switch
Pressure Differential Switch
PDSL X X X X X X X
Low
Pressure Differential Switch
PDSH X X X X X X X
High
Pressure Differential
PDT X X X X X X
Transmitter
XGSO Limit Switch X X X X X
TI/TG Temperature Indicator/Gauge
X X
TSL Temperature Switch Low X X X X X X
TSH Temperature Switch High X X X X X X
TSLL Temperature Switch Low Low
X X X X X X
TSHH Temperature Switch High High
X X X X X X
TE/TT Temperature
X X X X X
Element/Transmitter
TR Temperature Recorder X X
Temperature Indication
TIC X X X
Controller
Temperature Relay (I/P) or I/P
TY X X X X X
Converter
Temperature Differential Switch
TDSL X X X X X X
Low
Temperature Differential Switch
TDSH X X X X X X
High
Temperature Differential
TDT X X X X X
Transmitter
LI Level Indicator X X
LG Level Gauge X X
LSL Level Switch Low X (Note 3) X X X X (Note 3) X X
LSH Level Switch High X (Note 3) X X X X (Note 3) X X
LSLL Level Switch Low Low X (Note 3) X X X X (Note 3) X X
LSHH Level Switch High High X (Note 3) X X X X (Note 3) X X
LT Level Transmitter X (Note 3) X X X X (Note 3) X
Level Indication Controller
LIC X X X X
Level Relay (I/P) or I/P
LY X X X X X
Converter
FI/FG Flow Indicator X X
FSL Flow Switch Low X X X X X X
FSH Flow Switch High X X X X X X
FSLL Flow Switch Low Low X X X X X X
FSHH Flow Switch High High X X X X X X
FE Flow Element X
FT Flow Transmitter X (Note 3) X X X X (Note 3) X
FIC Flow Indication Controller X X X
Flow Relay (I/P) or I/P
FY X X X X X
Converter
Pig Signaller X (Note 3) X X X (Note 3) X (Note 3)
Sand Detector X (Note 3) X X X (Note 3) X (Note 3)
Analyzer X X X X X X X
Oil Mist Detector X X X X X X
Auto Sampler X X X X X X
CV Control Valve + Positioner X X X X X
Position Transmitter X X X X X
Actuated Valve X X X X X X X X
SDY Shutdown Relay X X X
ZS Position Switch X X X X X
ZL Position Indicator X X
Valve Leak Monitoring System
X X X X X X
PST Partial Stroke Testing X X X X X
MOV Motor Operated Valve X X X X X X X
Regulator X X X
ESD End Station X X X X X
BDY Blowdown Relay X X X X
Key Phasor X X X X X X
Velocity Probes X X X X X X X
Proximity Probes X X X X X X X
Acceleration Probes X X X X X X X
Proximeter X X X X X X
Typical System -113 Well

Testing
MPFM X X X X X X X
Wet Gas Meter X X X X X X
Test Separator X X X X X X
Typical System -124 Process

Liquid Metering and
Export/Offloading
Metering Package X X X X X X X
Meter Prover X X X X X X X
Auto Sampler X X X X
Typical System -133 Process

Gas Metering and
Export/Offloading
Metering Package X X X X X X X
Gas Chromatography X X X X X X X
Densitometer X X X X X X X
Typical System -412 Fire

Suppression and Extinguishers
(applicable to all suppresion
agent)
Storage Bank Selector

CSW X X X X
Main/Reserve
CO2 System Auto Inhibited At
CSP X X X X
MCR
CDS CO2 Discharge Station X X X X
CO2 Manual Release At Fire and
SW X X
Gas Panel
Inhibit Key-Switch CO2 System
SW X X
Solenoid AT MCR
CO2 Released Pressure Switch
PSH X X X X
CO2 Release Solenoid Valve
XY X X X X
CO2 Predischarge Horn At MCR
CAA X X X X
CO2 Predischarge Beacon At
CVL X X X X
MCR
Typical System -413 Deluge

Sprinkler
DVS Deluge Valve Panel X (Note 3) X X X X (Note 3) X X (Note 3) X (Note 3) X
Deluge Valve Pressure Switch
PSH X (Note 3) X X X (Note 3) X X (Note 3) X (Note 3) X X
SY Deluge Solenoid X (Note 3) X X X (Note 3) X X (Note 3) X (Note 3) X X
Flow Switch High - Sprinkler
FSH X (Note 3) X X X (Note 3) X X (Note 3) X (Note 3) X X
System
Deluge Manual Release
SW X (Note 3) X X X (Note 3) X X (Note 3) X (Note 3) X X
Pushbutton
Inhibit Key-Switch Deluge
SW X (Note 3) X X (Note 3) X X (Note 3) X (Note 3) X X
System Solenoid
Typical System -611 Distributed

Control System (DCS)
System Architecture/Block
Diagram X
Power Distribution/Grounding
X
Network Architecture X
Subsystem Interfaces X
Typical System -612

Supervisory Control And Data
Acquisition (SCADA)
Diagram X
X
Typical System -613

Information Management
System (IMS)
System Architecture X
PC/Server X
Interfacing X
Typical System -621 Safety

Instrumented System (SIS)
Diagram X
X
Typical System -622 Fire and

Gas System
HD Heat Detector (NOTE 8) X X X X X X X (Note 4)

SD Smoke Detector (NOTE 8) X X X X X X X (Note 4)
FD Flame Detector (NOTE 8) X X X X X X X (Note 4)
GD Gas Detector (NOTE 8) X X X X X X X (Note 4)
Manual Callpoint/Breakglass
(NOTE 8) X X X (Note 4)
Beacon (NOTE 8) X X X X X X (Note 4)

HSSD High sensitive smoke detection X (Note
apparatus X X X
(VESDA) 4)
Typical System -623 Fusible

Plug Loops
FP Fusible Plugs X X X X
HA Kill Knobs X X X X X
PSL Pressure Switch Low X X X X X X X X
Typical System -624 High

Integrity Pressure Protection
System (HIPPS)
Safety Controller X
Typical System -625 Wellhead

Control Panel (WHCP)
PSH/PSL High-Low Pilot X X X X X X X

PSD Process S/D Signal X X X X X
ESD Emergency S/D Signal X X X X X
Subsurface Safety Valve (Hyd.
SCSSV X X X X
Tubing Lines)
Surface Safety Lines (Hyd.
SSV X X X X
Tubing Lines)
HS Open/Close Hand Switch X X
Typical System -626 Instrument
Control Panel (ICP)
PSH/PSL High-Low Pilot X X X X X X X

PSD Process S/D Signal X X X X
ESD Emergency S/D Signal X X X X
HS Open/Close Hand Switch X X
CONTRACTOR Representative
CARIGALI Inspector
CARIGALI Representative
OPR/Maint Representative
Notes:-
1. The above checksheet overview identifies only typical instruments and typical loops. CONTRATOR shall be responsible to identify the applicable instrument loops and compiled them in the blank Instrument Checksheet Overview in system basis
2. System number and its description including instrument tagging shall be indicated as applicable for the specific projects or works.
3. Applicable for electric-type instruments only.
4. For Fire and Gas devices, Fire and Gas Cause and Effect Matrix shall be used.
5. I01, I02, I03, I04, I05, I06, I07, I09, I10, I14 ,I15, I17 ,I22 and I24 shall be completed during Construction phase.
6. I11, I16, I18 and I22 shall be completed during Pre-commissioning and Commissioning phase.
7. I8, I13, I20, I23, I26 and I27 shall be completed during Pre-commissioning and Commissioning phase.
8. Inclusive addressable.
9. Ensure completed and approved checksheet of proceeding stage is available attached before proceeding with the next stage.
Eg: For Pre-commissioning stage, ensure construction checksheet is attached.
10. Checksheet overview shall be used as a reference to monitor the check sheet status.
11. ITR will only be utilized when applicable.
MECHANICAL ITR OVERVIEW
SUB-SUB
SYSTEM SUB SYSTEM DESCRIPTION MECHANICAL CHECK SHEET
SYSTEM
M01
M02
M03
M04
M05
M06
M07
M08
M09
M10
M11
M12
M13
M14
M15
M16
M17
M18
M19
M20
M21
M22
M23
M24
M25
M26
M27
M28
M29
M30
M31
M32
M33
M34
M35
M36
M37
M38
M39
M40
M41
M42
M43
M44
M45
M46
M47
M48
M49
100-PROCESS 110 -FULL WELL STREAM 111 WELLHEADS (DRY TREES)
112 WELLHEADS (WET TREES) X
113 WELL TESTING
120 - PROCESS LIQUID 121 PL COLLECTION AND RECEIVING X X

122 PL SEPARATION (OIL FACILITIES) X X
123 PL TRANSFER / STORAGE SYSTEM X X X
124 PL METERING AND EXPORT / X
X
OFFLOADING
130-PROCESS GAS 131 PG COLLECTION AND RECEIVING X X

132 PG SEPARATION (GAS FACILITIES) X X
133 PG METERING
140-GAS COMPRESSION 141 SUCTION MANIFOLD X

142 EXPORT COMPRESSION TRAIN X X X X X X X X X X X X X
143 DISCHARGE MANIFOLD X
144 EXPORT / DOWNHOLE INJECTION X
145 TURBO EXPANDER X X X X X X X X X X X X X
150-GAS DEHYDRATION 151 ABSORPTION (GLYCOL

X X X X X X X X X X X
DEHYDRATION TRAIN-1 X)
152 ADSORPTION X X X
153 DIRECT COOLING (HYDROCARBON
X X
DEW POINT)
160-WATER INJECTION 161 SEAWATER INTAKE X X X

162 FILTRATION X X
163 DEAERATION X X X X
164 TREATED WATER PUMPING X X
165 TREATED WATER EXPORT /
X
DOWNHOLE INJECTION
170-ACID GAS REMOVAL 171 ACID GAS REMOVAL UNIT X X X X
180-CONTAMINATE REMOVAL 181 MERCURY REMOVAL UNIT X X X X
200-PROCESS UTILITIES 210-UTILITY GAS 211 FUEL GAS SYSTEM X X X X

212 INSTRUMENT GAS X X X X X
220-INERT GAS 221 NITROGEN (Nitrogen Generation &

X X X
Nitrogen Bottles)
222 SPENT GAS X X
230-VENTING 231 ATMOSPHERIC VENT

232 FLARE X
240-PRODUCED WATER 241 PRODUCED WATER SYSTEM X X X

242 DISCHARGED WATER TREATMENT X
250-DRAIN 251 OPEN DRAIN (NON-HAZARDOUS)

252 HAZARDOUS DRAIN
253 CLOSED DRAIN
254 SEWAGE
260-PROCESS HEATING 261 Waste heat Recovery /Hot Oil

/Warm Oil Sub-subsystem
270-CHEMICAL DOSING 271 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE X X X

272 POLYELECTROLYTE X X X
273 COROSSION INHIBITOR X X X
274 DIESEL X X X
275 GLYCOL X X X
276 ANTIFOAM X X X
277 SCALE INHIBITOR X X X
278 DEMULSIFIER X X X
279-1 REVERSE DEMULSIFIER X X X
279-2 PH MODIFIER X X X
279-3 BIOCIDE X X X
279-4 METHANOL X X X
MECHANICAL ITR OVERVIEW
279-5 PPD X X X
300-GENERAL UTILITIES 310-FUEL AND LUBRICATION 311 DIESEL FUEL X X

X
312 JET FUEL X X X X
313 LUBRICATION OIL X X X
320-COMPRESSED AIR 321 INSTRUMENT AIR X

322 UTILITY AIR X X
323 BLACK START/STARTING AIR X X X
330-WATER 331 SERVICE WATER X

332 FRESH AND DISTILLED WATER X X
333 FEED WATER X X
334 POTABLE WATER X X
335 HOT WATER X X
336 COOLING WATER X X
340-STEAM 341 STEAM GENERATION

342 STEAM DISTRIBUTION
343 STEAM CONDENSATE
410- FIREFIGHTING 411 FIREWATER X

400-SAFETY 412 DELUGE AND SPRINKLER
413 TOTAL FLOODING FIRE SUPRESSION
500-POWER 510- POWER GENERATION 512 MAIN POWER GENERATION X X X

513 EMERGENCY POWER GENERATION X X X
514 PMS
800-MISCELLEANOUS 810- MATERIAL HANDLING 811 PEDESTAL CRANE X

812 OVERHEAD/GANTRY CRANE X
813 MONORAIL/TROLLEY HOIST X
814 ELEVATORS X
830-AVIATION 832 AVIATION REFUELLING X

PIPING ITR OVERVIEW
SUB-SUB
SYSTEM SUB SYSTEM DESCRIPTION CONSTRUCTION ITR ( A) PRECOMM ITR ( B )
SYSTEM
P06-A Flanges Alignment
P08-AChemical Cleaning
P11-A Painting /Coating
P04-B2 Re-instatement
P16-C Nitrogen Purging

P15-B Lube Oil Flushing
P05-A Blowing/Draying
P04-B1 Reinstatement
P12-A Pipe Insulation
P09-A Re-installation
P13-A Cretical Valve

P04-A Pressure Test
P14-B Witness Joint

Tensioning/Torqing
P10-B Service Test

P10-A Service Test
P01-A Pipe Work
P02-A Pre-Test
P03-A Flushing
P06-B Flanges
Management
Completion
P07-A Bolt
Leak Test
Leak Test
/Marking
Work
Work
100-PROCESS 110 -FULL WELL STREAM 111 WELLHEADS (DRY X-MAS TREES) X X X X X X X X X X X X X
112 WELLHEADS (WET TREES) X X X X X X X X X X X X X
113 WELL TESTING X X X X X X X X X X X X X
120 - PROCESS LIQUID 121 PL COLLECTION AND RECEIVING X X X X X X X X X X X X X

122 PL SEPARATION (OIL FACILITIES) X X X X X X X X X X X X X
123 CRUDE OIL STABILISATION X X X X X X X X X X X X X
124 CONDENSATE STABILISATION X X X X X X X X X X X X X
125 PL TRANSFER / STORAGE SYSTEM X X X X X X X X X X X X X
126 PL METERING AND EXPORT / OFFLOADING X X X X X X X X X X X X X
130-PROCESS GAS 131 PG COLLECTION AND RECEIVING X X X X X X X X X X X X X

132 PG SEPARATION (GAS FACILITIES) X X X X X X X X X X X X X
133 PG METERING X X X X X X X X X X X X X
140-GAS COMPRESSION 141 SUCTION MANIFOLD X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

142 OFF GAS COMPRESSOR X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
143 COMPRESSOR TRAIN (BOOSTER/ EXPORT/GAS LIFT/GAS INJECTION)
144 DISCHARGE MANIFOLD X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
145 EXPORT / DOWNHOLE INJECTION X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
150-GAS DEW POINTING 151 GAS DEHYDRATION TRAIN (WATER DEW POINT)ADSORPTION X X X X X X X X X X X X X
152 TURBO EXPANDER(WATER DEW POINT) X X X X X X X X X X X X X

153 DIRECT COOLING (HYDROCARBON DEW POINT) X X X X X X X X X X X X X
154 (HYDROCARBON DEW POINT) X X X X X X X X X X X X X
160-WATER INJECTION 161 SEAWATER INTAKE X X X X X X X X X X X X

162 FILTRATION X X X X X X X X X X X X
163 DEAERATION X X X X X X X X X X X X
164 TREATED WATER PUMPING X X X X X X X X X X X X
165 TREATED WATER EXPORT / DOWNHOLE INJECTION X X X X X X X X X X X X
170-ACID GAS REMOVAL 171 ACID GAS REMOVAL UNIT X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
180-CONTAMINATE REMOVAL 181 MERCURY REMOVAL UNIT(ADSORPTION) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
210-UTILITY GAS 211 FUEL GAS SYSTEM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

200-PROCESS UTILITIES 212 INSTRUMENT GAS X X X X X X X X X X X X X
220-INERT GAS 221 NITROGEN (Nitrogen Generation & Nitrogen Bottles) X X X X X X X X X X X X
222 SPENT GAS X X X X X X X X X X X X X
230-VENTING 231 ATMOSPHERIC VENT X X X X X X X X X X

232 HP FLARE X X X X X X X X X X X X X
LP FLARE X X X X X X X X X X X X X
240-PRODUCED WATER 241 PRODUCED WATER SYSTEM X X X X X X X X X X X X

242 DISCHARGED WATER TREATMENT X X X X X X X X X X X X
250-DRAIN 251 OPEN DRAIN (NON-HAZARDOUS) X X X X X X X X X X

252 HAZARDOUS DRAIN X X X X X X X X X X
253 CLOSED DRAIN X X X X X X X X X X X X
254 SEWAGE X X X X X X X X X X
260-PROCESS HEATING 261 HOT OIL X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

262 WARM OIL X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
270-CHEMICAL DOSING 271 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE X X X X X X X X X X X X

272 POLYELECTROLYTE X X X X X X X X X X X X
273 COROSSION INHIBITOR X X X X X X X X X X X X
274 DIESEL X X X X X X X X X X X X
275 GLYCOL X X X X X X X X X X X X
276 ANTIFOAM X X X X X X X X X X X X
277 SCALE INHIBITOR X X X X X X X X X X X X
278 DEMULSIFIER X X X X X X X X X X X X
279-1 REVERSE DEMULSIFIER X X X X X X X X X X X X
279-2 PH MODIFIER X X X X X X X X X X X X
279-3 BIOCIDE X X X X X X X X X X X X
279-4 METHANOL X X X X X X X X X X X X
279-5 POUR POINT DEPRESSANT (PPD) X X X X X X X X X X X X
300-GENERAL UTILITIES 310-FUEL AND LUBRICATION 311 DIESEL FUEL X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

312 JET FUEL X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
313 LUBRICATION OIL X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
320-COMPRESSED AIR 321 INSTRUMENT AIR X X X X X X X X X X X X

322 UTILITY AIR X X X X X X X X X X X X
323 BLACK START/STARTING AIR X X X X X X X X X X X X
330-WATER 331 SERVICE WATER X X X X X X X X X X X X

332 FRESH AND DISTILLED WATER X X X X X X X X X X X X
333 FEED WATER X X X X X X X X X X X X
334 POTABLE WATER X X X X X X X X X X X X
335 HOT WATER X X X X X X X X X X X X
336 COOLING WATER X X X X X X X X X X X X
340-STEAM 341 STEAM GENERATION X X X X X X X X X X X X

342 STEAM DISTRIBUTION X X X X X X X X X X X X
343 STEAM CONDENSATE X X X X X X X X X X X X
400-SAFETY 410 411 FIREWATER X X X X X X X X X X X X

FIREFIGHTING 412 DELUGE AND SPRINKLER X X X X X X X X X X X X
512 MAIN POWER GENERATION & ENMC X X X X X X X X X X X X X

513 EMERGENCY POWER GENERATION X X X X X X X X X X X X
830- AVIATION 832 AVIATION REFUELING X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

REVISION : 01
SAFETY ITR OVERVIEW FOR CONSTRUCTION
Fire Suppression/Total Flooding System

Portable & Wheeled Fire Extinguisher
Deck Integrated Fire Fighting System

Escape and Evauation Equipment
Miscellaenous Safety Equipment
Escape Routes and Signs
Firewater /Foam system

Safety Shower/Eyewash
Fireman Outfit Cabinet

Fire hose and Monitor
Breathing Apparatus
Survival Equipment
ON
Sickbay
Liferaft
I
PT
LEV
RI
SC
DE
Sub-Sub System
S-01 S-02 S-03 S-04 S-05 S-06 S-07 S-08 S-09 S-10 S-11 S-12 S-13 S-14 S-15
Number Description
411 Firewater/ Foam System

X
412 Total Flooding and Fire Suppression

System X
413 Portable/ Wheeled Fire Extinguisher

X
414 Deck Integrated Fire Fighting System

(DIFFS) X
421 Liferafts
X
422 Lifeboat/ Survival Craft/ TEMPSC

Use M 12- ITR
423 Escape and Evacuation

X X
424 Safety Equipments

X X
CHECKED / WITNESSED BY
NAME / SIGNATURE / DATE
CONSTRUCTION
CARIGALI Inspector
Notes:-
1. This overview is ONLY a generic sample for projects to follow. Every project to produce a detailed check sheet over view for
each project stage (construction/installation-A, precommissioning-B and commissioning-C) based actual equipment installed
and the overview shall include the equipment tagging as well.
2. Checksheet overview shall summarise all the tagged items and shall be used for monitoring of the check sheet status.
Eg: For Pre-commissioning stage, ensure construction checksheet overview is attached.
REVISION : 01
SAFETY ITR OVERVIEW FOR PRE-COMMISSIONING
Deck Integrated Fire Fighting System (DIFFS)
Mechanical ITR - Survival Craft and Davit

Portable/ Wheeled Fire Extinguishers
Escape and Evaucation Equipments
Mechanical ITR - Fire Water Pump

Intrument ITR - Fire and Gas Loop
Lifeboat/ Survival Craft/ TEMPSC
Piping ITR - Firewater Ringmain

Safety Shower/ Eyewash
Firewater/ Foam System
Safety Equipments
Fire Suppression
N
IO
Liferaft
PT
RI
SC
DE
Sub-Sub System
S-01 S-02 S-03 S-04 S-05 S-06 S-07 S-08 S-09 I-16 M-18
Number Description

X X X X

System X X

(DIFFS) X
421 Liferafts

X X
423 Escape ande Evacuation

X

PRE-COMMISSIONING
CARIGALI Inspector
Notes:-
1. This overview is ONLY a generic sample for projects to follow. Every project to produce a detailed check sheet over view for each project stage (construction/installation-A,
precommissioning-B and commissioning-C) based actual equipment installed and the overview shall include the equipment tagging as well.
REVISION : 01
SAFETY ITR OVERVIEW FOR COMMISSIONING
Deck Integrated Fire Fighting System (DIFFS)
Mechanical ITR - Survival Craft and Davit

Portable/ Wheeled Fire Extinguishers
Escape and Evaucation Equipments
Mechanical ITR - Fire Water Pump

Intrument ITR - Fire and Gas Loop
Lifeboat/ Survival Craft/ TEMPSC
Piping ITR - Firewater Ringmain

Safety Shower/ Eyewash
Firewater/ Foam System
Safety Equipments
Fire Suppression
ON
Liferaft
P TI
RI
SC
DE
Sub-Sub System
S-01 S-02 S-03 S-04 S-05 S-06 S-07 S-08 S-09 I-16 M-18
Number Description

X X X X

System

(DIFFS)
421 Liferafts

X
423 Escape ande Evacuation

COMMISSIONING
CARIGALI Inspector
Notes:-
1. This overview is ONLY a generic sample for projects to follow. Every project to produce a detailed check sheet over view for each project stage (construction/installation-A,
precommissioning-B and commissioning-C) based actual equipment installed and the overview shall include the equipment tagging as well.
STRUCTURAL ITR OVERVIEW FOR CONSTRUCTION

S01-A S02-A S03-A S04-A S05-A S06-A S07-A S08-A S09-A
800-MISCELLANEOUS 850-Structure 851 Topside X X X X X
852 Jacket X X X X X X X
853 Living Quarters (LQ) X X X
854 Bridges X X X X
855 Telecom Tower X X X
TELECOM ITR OVERVIEW
SYSTEM SUB SYSTEM SUB-SUB SYSTEM DESCRIPTION CONSTRUCTION CHECK SHEET ( A) PRECOMM CHECK SHEET ( B )
port Verification & Cable

T07-A Telecom Junction
T05-A Indoor/Outdoor
T05-B Telephone /LAN

T06-A Telecom Panel
T13-B Entertainment
T06-B Telecom Panel
Communication Test
T12-B Telecom Fibre
Telecommunication
T02-A Fibre Optic
T10-A LAN/WAN
Optic Cable Test

T09-A VHF AM
T08-A VHF FM
T04-A PAGA
T04-B PAGA
T11-B Radio
T03-A CCTV
T03-B CCTV
Telephone
System
T01-A
Cable
Test
box
SYSTEM 700- 710 - MAIN BACKBONE LINK 711 MAIN MICROWAVE RADIO (DMR)
X X X X X
TELECOMMUNICATION
712 VERY SMALL APERTURE TERMINAL X X X X X
(VSAT) SATELITE SYSTEM
713 FIBRRE OPTIC TRANSMISSION X X X X X
714 UHF RADIO LINK X X X X
715 TROPOSCATTER RADIO SYSTEM X X X X X
720- RADIO 721 VHF/FM (MARINE)

X X X X X
COMMUNICATION
722 VHF/AM (AVIONICS) X X X X X
723 HF/SSB RADIO SYSTEM X X X X X
724 NON-DIRECTIONAL BEACON (NDB) X X
725 DIGITAL TRUNK RADIO X X X X X
726 WIRELESS SYSTEM X X X X X
730- VOICE AND DATA 731 PABX & TELEPHONE

X X X X X X
COMMUNICATION (ANALOG/DIGITAL)
732 LAN & WAN X X X X X
733 NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM X X X X
X
(NMS)
734 MOBILE BROADBAND X X X X
740- SURVEILLANCE AND 741 PABX & TELEPHONE

X X X X
SAFETY SYSTEM (ANALOG/DIGITAL)
742 CCTV X X X X X X X
743 METEOROGICAL SYSTEM X X X X
750- COMMUNICATION 751 ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM

X X X
EQUIPMENT
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
12.0 APPENDIX V: OVERALL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

GENERIC SYSTEM OVERVIEW - DESCRIPTOR AND MAJOR EQUIPMENT
SYSTEM SUB SYSTEM SUB SUB SYSTEM BRIEF DESCRIPTOR Major Equipment Typical Schematic
L1 L2 L3 (Boundary & Purpose) (List of Major Equipment in the System)
100 110 111 WELLHEAD (DRY X- A Wellhead is the component at the surface of an oil or gas well that provides The major components covered by Topside Contractor are:
MAS TREES) the structural and pressure-containing interface for the drilling and production Production Choke Valve (PCV)
equipment. Chrismas (X-mas) tree is an assembly of valves, spools, and fittings Position Transducer (ZT)
used for an oil well, gas well, water injection well, water disposal well, gas Downstream Pressure/ Temperature (DPT)
injection well, condensate well and other types of wells. Dry X-mas trees are
installed on the surface. Offshore, where a wellhead is located on the The major components covered by Drilling Contractor
production platform it is called a surface wellhead Annulus Master Valve (AMV)
Annulus Access Valve (AAV)
Chemical Injection Valve (CIV)
PROCESS FULL WELL 112 WELLHEADS (WET The subsea X-mas tree sits on top of the subsea wellhead and provides a means The major components are:
STREAM TREES) to monitor and control oil or gas production from well, or injection of water or Tubing Retrievable Surface Controlled Subsurface Safety Valve (TRSCSSV) /
gas into a well. A subsea Xmas tree maybe a vertical type or a horizontal type Surface Controlled Subsurface Safety Valve (SCSSV)
depending on valve configuration Annulus Master Valve (AMV)
Annulus Access Valve (CIV)
Methanol Injection Valve (MIV)
Crossover Valve (XOV)
Subsea Multiphase/Wet Gas Flow Meter (MPFM/WGFM)
Downstream Pressure/Temperature (DPT)
Acoustic Sand Detector (ASD)
Subsea Control Module (SCM).
Other associated equipment for subsea production system (SPS) may include
but not limited to:
Jumper
Manifold
Pipeline End Termination (PLET)/Pipeline End Manifold (PLEM)
Flowline
Umbilical/Hydraulic Flying Leads (HFL)/Electrical Fling Leads (EFL)
Subsea Umbilical Termination Assembly (SUTA)
113 WELL TESTING The Sub Sub-System is generally associated with its boundaries defined from the Test Separator, Multiphase Flow Meter (MPFM) , Wet Gas Meter (WGM)
Test headers to the well testing facilities. It includes equipment such as Test
Separator, Multi phase flow meter (MPFM) Wet Gas Meter (WGM) for well BDS
V-CONE TYPE
H
testing which is located at each individual flowline also included in this sub sub- TEST SEPARATOR
FQI
FM
L
system. SDV FI WCM PT TT

FROM TEST MANIFOLD PC PCV SDV FT
Each of the Well flow lines is provided with a connection to Test header. During
P-12
BDV
S
PDT
testing of a well, the corresponding flow line is opened into the Test separator PT FT
via the test header and its connection to the production header is isolated. Only LC TC
WET GAS METER

TT
one flow line is opened into the Test separator at a time. FI
LCV SDV
COMPUTER (FMC)
The instruments on the Test Separator are level transmitters to control the flow H VENTURI TYPE
FLA
rate of water and oil, pressure transmitter, local temperature gauge, level L FE
gauges and pressure gauges.
120 121 PROCESS LIQUID This sub-sub-system is generally associated with process crude with its Equipment in the sub-sub-system includes production headers, test headers,
(PL) COLLECTION boundaries defined from the wellheads to the respective collection headers flowlines from the production wells, choke valves and production manifold. It
AND RECEIVING and/or from a receiving pipeline riser to the inlet of a separator vessel also includes associated instruments such as pressure and temperature gauges
and transmitters.
PROCESS LIQUID 122 PROCESS LIQUID Separation Vessel are equipped with internal weirs; baffle plate, etc/ to HP/MP/LP Production Separator, Free Water Knockout (FWKO),
(PL) SEPARATION segregate crude, gas and water. Gas being the lightest would be release at the Exchanger/Heater, Crude stabilizing unit (CSU). It also involve associate
(OIL FACILITIES) top of the vessel whereas water and crude outlets are generally located at the instrument such as relief valves, pressure and temperature gauge and
bottom of the vessel. transmitter, level indicators and flow elements.
123 CRUDE OIL Crude oil received from Separator is fed to crude oil stabilization unit for Comprises of Flash Drum, Desalter, Dehydration Vessel, Crude Stabilization
STABILISATION removing the light gas along with hydrogen sulfide before the oil is stored and Column, Kettle Reboiler, Pumps etc. It includes the extensive pipework and
transporting for downstream uses. The crude stabilization process sweetens the instruments like Shutdown valves, Control valves for various application,
Sour crude and reduces the vapor pressure to make safe for shipments. Analyzers, transmitters and indicators.
124 PL TRANSFER / The cargo system associates with FPSO/FSO are PFS/Spar facilities that normally Cargo tank, Cargo pump-steam driven, Stripping pump, Hydraulic Operated
STORAGE SYSTEM consists of Cargo tanks, cargo pumps, cargo eductors. It cover storage for crude valves, Tank Gauging, Heat tracing,/Exchanger/Heater, Crude Oil Washing
oil, crude offloading/export, crude oil washing and crude stripping facilities. The (COW), Eductor
cargo tank is normally equipped with tank gauging using radar sensor / guided
microwave sensor to monitor and analyze level content of cargo oil tank and
slop tank. It also fitted with temperature sensor to monitor the fluid
temperature.
125 PROCESS LIQUID Inclusive of several skid equipment originating from the disharge nozzle of a Crude Oil Transfer Pump (COTP), Metering runs, flow element (e.g turbine,
(PL) METERING separator or surge vessel through a pumping and metering sub-subsystem orifice), Metering Control System, Meter Prover, Auto sampling station, Export
AND EXPORT / before ending at the shutdown valve downstream of scraper launcher. launcher, Heat tracing/Exchanger/Heater
OFFLOADING
130 131 PROCESS GAS (PG) Process gas is collected and received in a manner identical to liquid collection Production Gas Header, Riser shutdown valve, Slug Catcher
HIGH PRESSURE
COLLECTION AND and receiving system. It comprises of Production Gas Header, Riser shutdown FLARE (HPF)
RECEIVING valve, receiver and associated piping and instrumentation

HPF
SCRAPER
LAUN CHER
SCRAP ER
RECEI VER
PROD UCTION HPF
HEAD ER
PROCESS GAS 132 PROCESS GAS (PG) Slugcatcher is used to saperate liquid in the gas. As gas passes through the Slug Catcher, Production Separator, Surge vessel, pressure relief subsystem,
SEPARATION (GAS vessel, an arrangement of baffle plates reduces velocity of the incoming gas associated piping and instrumentation
SLUGCATCHER
FACILITIES) thus providing opportunity for the heavier hydrocarbon component to
precipitate into liquid. This liquid is called condensate. There is also a
possibility of other forms of liquid such as water to be present that requires
removal as well.
GAS
WELL
Figure 2.4
Process Schematics for Gas Receiving and Collection
133 CONDENSATE Condensate received from slug catcher and Knockout drum is fed to stabilization Comprises of Surge Drum, Filter Coalescer, Stabilization column, Pumps,
STABILISATION unit to reach the required specification for transportation of condensate or for Exchangers and Re-boiler etc. It includes the extensive pipework and
the use of the condensate in drown stream process. The stability is specified in instruments like Shutdown valves, Control valves for various application,
True Vapor Pressure or Reid Vapor Pressure (TVP or RVP). Analyzers, transmitters and indicators.
134 PROCESS GAS (PG) On a gas processing facility, gas export sub-sub-system boundary begins from Gas metering runs, flow element (e.g ultrasonic meter, orifice), Metering SSC GAS SAMPLING AND ANALYZER CABINET (OFFSKID)
METERING the discharge of a liquid knockout vessel or a separator to the riser shutdown Control System, Gas Chomatograph, Auto sampling station, Export launcher SSC
MANUAL SPOT
SAMPLING
valve at the export pipeline. However, on a gas compression facility the

GC PRIMARY
GC SECONDARY GAS
SAMPLE
CONDITIONING CHROMATOGAR
CONDITIONING
SYSTEM PH (PAY)
SYSTEM
boundary for gas transfer and metering sub-sub-system is identified from the GC PRIMARY
SAMPLE
CONDITIONING
GC SECONDARY
SAMPLE
CONDITIONING
GAS
CHROMATOGRA
PH (CHECK)
SYSTEM SYSTEM
end of the discharge manifold system (see sub-sub-system 145) to the riser MOISTURE
ANALYZER
shutdown valve of the particular export pipeline.

M M M M
M
M
M M M M
M
M
M M M M
140 141 SUCTION Suction manifold is pipework from gas outlet of Separator or Slug catcher to the Suction manifold, shutdown valves, gauges, transmitters and indicators SUCT ION
SURGE CONT ROL
VALVE
SURGE CONT ROL
VALVE
MANIFOLD inlet of a compressor scrubber or a heat exchanger.

HEADER
INLET 2ND ST AGE

COOLER 1ST ST AGE COOLER
COOLER
SDV
INLET
SCRUBBER INT ERST AGE
SCRUBBER
GAS COMP RESSOR
(FIRST STAGE) COMP RESSOR
SUPPLY (SECOND ST AGE)
T EMP ERAT URE

MIXING VALVE
MODULE
RECYCLE
VALVES
(INT ERST AGE) GLYCOL
CONT ACT OR
LOW P RESSURE
GAS/ GLYCOL
SEP ARAT OR EXCHANGER
HIGH P RESSURE
SEP ARAT OR
DISCHARGE
SCRUBBER
DISCHARGE
COOLER
TO
COMP RESSOR INJECT ION
(T HIRD STAGE) HEADER
MODULE
RECYCLE
VALVES
(DISCHARGE)
DISCHARGE
HEADER
Figure 2.5
Process Schematics for Gas Compression consisting of
Suction Manifold, Compression Train and Discharge Manifold Sub-subsystems
GAS 142 OFF GAS The combined off gas streams from Crude/Condensate stabiliser, Surge Drum Off Gas Compressor train Sub-subsystem is divided into smaller components
COMPRESSION COMPRESSOR and acid gas of GSU are compressed by two stages centrifugal compressors. Off such as:
gas compressor are driven by fixed/variable speed motor. Each stage is i) Prime movers for compressors is electric motor,
equipped with its own Anti-surge/Recylce control valve designed for full flow ii) Speed reducing gearbox,
condition. The main components of the system are shown in the Fig XX below. iii) Centrifugal Compressors
iv) Scrubber vessels,
v) Control panels, and
vi) Ancillary subsystems; for example Dry gas seal, fuel gas, diesel, air inlet
filtration, start system, etc.
It also includes numerous instrumentations. Usually, a gas compression system
is equipped with its own control system and it is linked to other control
systems such as DCS, SIS and FGS.
143 COMPRESSION Inclusive where applicable of prime movers (Turbine or ICE or EM), Gearbox, Prime mover, gearbox, Compressor, Ancilliaries such as fuel gas, lube oil, dry
TRAIN compressor (Centrifugal or Recip), heat exchanger, scrubber/vessels, control gas seal and Anti-surge system Compressor control panel
(EXPORT/GAS panels, and ancilliary equipment. It also includes numerious instrumentations.
LIFT/GAS Usually, a gas compression system is equipped with its own control system and
INJECTION) it is linked to other control systems such as DCS, SIS and FGS.
144 DISCHARGE Sub subsystem starts at the outlet of the discharge scrubber or a heat Discharge manifold, Shutdown valve, gauges transmitters and indicators SUCT ION
SURGE CONT ROL
VALVE
SURGE CONT ROL
VALVE
MANIFOLD exchanger of the compressor train and ends at the inlet nozzle to the lift gas
HEADER
INLET 2ND ST AGE

COOLER 1ST ST AGE COOLER
COOLER
distribution network SDV

INLET
SCRUBBER INT ERST AGE
SCRUBBER
GAS COMP RESSOR
(FIRST STAGE) COMP RESSOR
SUPPLY (SECOND ST AGE)
T EMP ERAT URE

MIXING VALVE
MODULE
RECYCLE
VALVES
(INT ERST AGE) GLYCOL
CONT ACT OR
LOW P RESSURE
GAS/ GLYCOL
SEP ARAT OR EXCHANGER
HIGH P RESSURE
SEP ARAT OR
DISCHARGE
SCRUBBER
DISCHARGE
COOLER
TO
COMP RESSOR INJECT ION
(T HIRD STAGE) HEADER
MODULE
RECYCLE
VALVES
(DISCHARGE)
DISCHARGE
HEADER
Figure 2.5
Process Schematics for Gas Compression consisting of
Suction Manifold, Compression Train and Discharge Manifold Sub-subsystems
145 EXPORT / Every installation after processing of oil or gas is required to be exported to next Export Launcher, Injection Well, FPSO offloading facilities, pipelines
DOWNHOLE user. Oil and/ or gas is exported through long pipelines from offshore
INJECTION installation to onshore plant. Pipelines are normally provided with pig launcher
in this case called Export Launcher.
Note: To modify description (suggest to separate into 2 subsystem)

1. Export
2. Downhole Injection
For the reservoir maintenance and ultimate more oil recovery, reservoir is
flooded with gas or water. Thus water or gas is injected in the reservoir. The
injection is done through X-mas trees. Normally X-mas tree is on the surface but
water or gas through X-mas tree is injected in the reservoir and sometimes
called downhole injection.
150 151 GAS Removing water vapor from the gas is important because it prevents hydrates Glycol contactor, glycol/gas heat exchanger, glycol storage vessel, The major
DEHYDRATION from forming when the gas is cooled in the transmission and distribution equipment are Glycol contactor, glycol/gas heat exchanger, glycol storage
TRAIN(WATER systems and prevents water vapor from condensing that create corrosion vessel, glycol transfer pumps, complete glycol regeneration package (re-boiler,
DEW POINT) problem. Glycol contactor is a pressure vessel used in gas dehydration process. skimmer vessel, charcoal/glycol filters, heat exchangers, glycol trim cooler/fan
It is a vertical vessel equipped with several trays of small outlets that are and electrical motor drivers etc.), anti-foam chemical injection system, local
methodically situated. Instead of trays Glycol Contactor can have structured control panel, thyristor control panel, dew point analyzer and all associated
packing also. As wet gas or gas laden with water vapor travels from bottom of piping, valves, instrumentation, moisture analyzer, tubing,
the vessel upwards, it meets with the glycol that is sprayed from the top. As instrument/electrical cabling and junction boxes.
glycol has a very high affinity for water, water vapor is extracted from the gas
thus making the gas dry. The Sub-Subsystem comprises of a contactor vessel and regeneration skid and
its associated piping and instrumentation.
GAS DEW 152 ADSORPTION Adsorption is the adhesion of water molecules from a gas, liquid, or dissolved Adsorption bed, Regereation unit, heat exchanger, cooler, LCP, Dew point
POINTING (WATER DEW solid to a surface. This process creates a film of the adsorbate on the surface of analyser and all associated piping, valves, instruments, moisture analyser,
POINT) the adsorbent . Note that adsorption is a surface-based process while tubing, electrical cabling and JB.
absorption involves the whole volume of the material. Solid desiccants,
Molecular sieves used as adsorbents.
153 TURBO The turbo expander / Booster Compressor unit is used to provide refrigeration Turbo expander/Booster Compressor is equipped with following:
EXPANDER/BOOST for the sales gas purification/treatment process in a hydrocarbon processing
ER COMPRESSOR plant. It is representative of a natural gas dew point control process where the i) Quick Shut off Valve
(HYDROCARBON low pressure ratio expander cools the gas only enough to lower the ii) Joule-Thompson Control Valve
DEW POINT) hydrocarbon dew point to be appropriate for pipeline transmission of the gas. iii) Anti-Surge Controller
Expander outlet liquid fractions are usually in the range of 2 to 8% by weight. iv) Variable guide Vane
v) Dry Gas Seal
The expansion turbine is of the radial inflow type with advanced aerodynamic vi) Active Magnetic Bearing(AMB)
design maximizing the isentropic efficiency. The machine is of a proven cartridge vii) Automatic Thrust Balancing Unit
concept which allows a quick replacement of the machinery capsule including viii) Cold Vessel Recovery Unit
rotating parts without interference with expander process pipes. ix) Suction and Discharge Knockout Drums
x) Magnetic Bearing Control System
A high efficiency compressor wheel is utilized as a loading device, recovering the
mechanical energy from the expander. A vane diffuser ensures optimum
efficiency and head flow characteristic.
154 DIRECT COOLING Hydrocarbon Dew Point system is designed to inhibit the formation of solid The major equipment are Refrigeration Compression package, Dew point
(HYDROCARBON hydrates in the gas stream i.e. to perform a level of dehydration. control package. The system includes the refrigeration system. This is achieved
DEW POINT) through the injection of a liquid agent directly into the gas stream. The liquid
agent is selected based on low viscosity and low freezing temperature rather
than dehydration ability.
160 161 SEAWATER INTAKE Normally found only on water injection facilities, seawater intake sub-sub- The Sub-Subsystem includes one or more electric-motor-driven submerged
system starts from the submersible "lift" pump to the inlet of a coarse filtration centrifugal pumps, vacuum relief valves, discharge pipings, Sea Water Lift
unit. Installation of the pumps are frequently performed offshore as it requires Pump (SWLP), Electro- chlorination package and associated instrumentations.
pre-installation of its "caissons"; tubular structures where the pumps are
protected from the surrounding oceanic environment. However, the respective
discharge pipings and control instrumentation are preinstalled in the fabrication
yard.
WATER 162 FILTRATION There are two types of filtration equipment provided for in this sub-subsystem. The Sub-Subsystem starts at the inlets of the coarse filters and ends at the
INJECTION One is called "coarse" filtration and the other "fine" filtration. Coarse filters are outlet of the fine filters. It comprises of pressure vessels, motor-driven mixers
essentially vessels equipped with internal elements that provide filtration of and blowers, butterfly valves, control valves and other associated piping and
particles of 100 microns or more. The filter elements are rotated with the instrumentations.
assistance of an electric motor to shake the trapped particles out of the
elements whereby the particles are then released into the drain. This sequence Injection pumps and all associated drive equipment and accessories and local
is called a "backwash". control panels. All conditioning equipment, including suction filters and
dedicated chemical injection systems, all suction and discharge piping and
In the fine filtration equipment, filter vessels are filled with different layers of headers, valves, instrumentation, tubing and any electrical/instrument cabling
filter media. The media are normally made of garnet and anthracite. As dirty and junction boxes.
water flows through the media from the top, particles bigger than 2 microns are
trapped thus provided very clean water. Unlike coarse filters, trapped particles
are removed on a fixed period by reversing the flow. This process is also helpful
in restoring the media fluffiness for another cycle of filtration.
163 DEAERATION Deaeration is a process of oxygen removal from the water. It is mostly Deaeration package (vessel/ tower, electric motor driven pump, vacuum
achieveable through two processes; gas stripping and vacuum. Under gas ejector set)
stripping, process gas passes through water droplets and "strips" the oxygen
from the water molecules. Under vacuum, a separate equipment is required to
create the necessary vacuum thus allowing the oxygen molecules to separate
from the water molecules.
The whole process occurs in a tower vessel called a "deaerator tower". Inside a
deaerator tower, packings are randomly arranged with the sole purpose of
increasing the contact between two phases i.e. water and gas, thus removing
oxygen under vacuum condition.
164 TREATED WATER Treated water pressure is increased prior to injection into the wells by Low pressure booster pump, high pressure multi-stage pump (turbine or diesel
PUMPING employing different sets of pumps. For low pressure requirements, a 'booster" /gas engine drive) ancilliary equipment. Shutdown valves control valves,
pump is sufficient to meet the needs. It also could be used to maintain inlet blowdown valves, gauges and transmitters
suction pressure for the high pressure pump. It is normally a single-stage
centrifugal pump driven by an electric motor
165 TREATED WATER It starts from the discharge of the injection pump and ends at the gate valves to Discharge manifold, riser shutdown valves, mobile scraper launcher and
EXPORT / the water injection wells. receiver (if applicable), injection water header, flowlines to water injection
DOWNHOLE wells, associated piping and instrumentations
INJECTION
170 171 ACID GAS In case of high H2S, where it may not be suitable to re-inject or flare the acid Main equipment involved are Absorber, tanks and vessels, reboiler, pumps,
REMOVAL UNIT gas, further treatment would be required by introducing acid gas to Acid Gas reflux drum, associated piping and instruments.
Enrichment Unit (AGEU) to selectively remove H2S over CO2 in order to produce
an acid gas composition which enables acceptable operating conditions for
ACID GAS Sulphur Recovery Unit (SRU). The Sulphur Recovery Unit consists of modified
REMOVAL Claus Units with catalytic stages with common degasser and incinerator where
acid gas is pre-heated to around 195 C. Elemental sulphur is produced which is
routed to sulphur blocking area and the tail gas routed to incinerator to convert
remaining sulphur species to SO2.
This is also known as gas sweetening and acid gas removal in downstream plants
referring to processes that use aqueous solutions of various amines to remove
H2S and CO2 from gases.
180 181 MERCURY Also known as demercurization in downstream plants found after the Major equipment involved is Packed Bed columns, Tanks, vessels and
REMOVAL UNIT dehydration process where mercury is removed from gas by absorption using associated piping & instrumentation.
activated carbon beds or other technology such as silver-doped molecular sieve,
sulfur impregnated carbon, copper sulfide and the like.
CONTAMINATE 182 MERCAPTAN Natural gas having contaminants Mercaptans which is a sulphur-containing The Mecaptans Removal Unit consists of:
REMOVAL REMOVAL UNIT compound defined as RSH where R represents radical, and having an extremely i) Mercaptan Unit Gas/Gas Exchanger
(ADSORPTION) offensive, garlicky odor. ii) Molesieve Chiller Package,
iii) Three (3) Molecular Sieve Vessels
Dew point Gas is feed to the unit from the Mercury Removal Bed. The incoming iv) Molecular Sieve After Filter
gas is first cooled in the Mecaptan Unit Gas/Gas Exchanger and then by the v) Regeneration Gas Heater
Chiller Package. It is then feed into the Molecular Sieve Vessels. Two (2) out of vi) Regeneration Gas Cooler
the three (3) Molecular Sieve Vessels will be online at any one time. The vessels vii) Regeneration Gas Filter
have a duty time of 16 hours before entering an eight (8) hour regeneration
cycle. The regeneration cycles are staggered to ensure two (2) vessels are
always online. The conditioned gas exits the Molecular Sieve Vessels with a total
sulphur content of <5mgS/Nm. The stream passes through the Molecular Sieve
after Filter and onto the Mercaptan Unit Gas/Gas Exchanger to cool incoming
gas from the Mercury Removal Bed. The gas stream then flows to the pipeline
for export.
After 16 hours of online duty time, the Molecular Sieve Vessel enters a
regeneration cycle. In this cycle, the bed is heated to 300C to regenerate the
desiccant.
200 210 211 FUEL GAS SYSTEM Fuel gas system will provide for gas driven prime movers such as Gas Turbine Inclusive where applicable of Fuel gas scrubbers, filters/scrubbers, preheaters,
Generator to drive Gas Compressor and other miscellaneous load such as superheaters and all associated level control systems and pressure control
compressor seal gas requirement and vessel blanketing. valves, control panels, thyristor panels and all line piping, headers, valves and
instrumentation, tubing and any electrical /instrument cabling and junction
boxes
PROCESS UTILITY GAS 212 INSTRUMENT GAS The gas extracted from the wells for use as instrument supply medium is Inclusive where applicable of gas scrubbers, filters and associated level control
UTILITIES inherently wet and waxy such that this has to go through a system to slightly systems, pressure monitoring loop, control valves, all line piping, tubing,
enhance the gas to be used for instrumentation. headers, valves and other associated instrumentation.
220 221 NITROGEN Inert gas such as nitrogen which contain low oxygen is blown distributed into Generator, absorption vessels, receivers, distribution header & control panels
(NITROGEN process system to make the inert atmosphere in the tanks so that explosion
GENERATION & may not occur even if any ignition source is generated.
NITROGEN
BOTTLES) As alternate, nitrogen bottle is normally provided as back-up for purging and
blanketing where it distributed to the FG system, HP/LP flare, produce water
degasser, stripping and blanket gas to glycol generator.
INERT GAS 222 SPENT GAS One method to get the spent gas source is from flue gas taken from the boiler Fan
uptake after it is washed, cleaned and cooled. The boiler provides a plentiful Scrubber
supply of flue gas and the only additional equipment required is that associated Instrument control
with processing of the gas before it is delivered to the cargo tanks.
230 231 ATMOSPHERIC Atmospheric vent system or low pressure vent generally implies venting of gas Discharge outlet of equipment, knockout drum, flame arrestors and rupture
VENT or pneumatic air to the atmosphere. The system starts at the discharge of disks
particular equipment like a compressor or a vessel such as a knockout drum. It
comprises of pipeworks and minimal equipment like flame arrestors and
rupture disks.
VENTING 232 FLARE The purpose of the Flare and Vent Systems is to provide safe discharge and The major equipment are liquid knock-out drums, flame arrestors, molecular
disposal of gases and liquids resulting from different systems handling oil and seals, flare tips and any associated piping valves, instrumentation and flare gas
gas. The systems are typically divided into a High Pressure (HP) Flare and a Low meter.
Pressure (LP) flare system. The LP system is operated marginally above
atmospheric pressure to prevent atmospheric gases such as Oxygen to flow
back into the vent and flare system and generate a combustible mixture. With
low gas flow, inert gas is injected at the flare nozzle to prevent air ingress. The
flare system consists of flare header and sub headers, flare KO drums and
pumps, smokeless flare stack with ignition panel, velocity seal and air blowers.
240 241 PRODUCED Produced Water from the separators / dehydrators/ cyclones is routed to a Hydro cyclones, pumps and associated drive equipment and accessories. All
WATER SYSTEM common header. This common header routes produced water from the trains conditioning equipment, exchangers, vessels including pre-filters, filtration, oil
to the Produced Water Skimming vessel. Skimmed oil Flow through the system analyzer and dedicated discharge system, all suction and discharge piping and
is by gravity to avoid the formation of an emulsion. headers, valves, instrumentation and associated tubing and any
Oil recovered from the Produced Water Skimming vessel is routed to a common electrical/instrument cabling and junction boxes
Oil Recovery Sump. The skimmed oil is returned to each of the production trains
upstream of the Crude Heater via the Oil Recovery Pumps.
PRODUCED 242 DISCHARGED It treats the process effluent water to acceptable specification of the end user. Various methods deployed in treating the water such as hydrocyclones, gas
WATER WATER floatation, corrugated plate interceptors, Reverse osmosis, Submerged Ultra
TREATMENT Filtration, Bio-treating, etc.
250 251 OPEN DRAIN (NON- Open drain system, sometimes called "non-hazardous drain", involves drainage Drain sump/caisson, drain pump, Open drain line & headers
HAZARDOUS) of wastes overboard of the facility. A good example of an open drain is the
"downcomer" line for disposal of drilling mud. Sometimes, it is synanymous
with atmospheric or non-pressurised drain lines. This sub-sub-system is
generally associated with pipeworks only.
DRAIN 252 OPEN DRAIN The function of Hazardous Drain System is to collect hazardous liquid or waste Hazardous drain system and headers
(HAZARDOUS) media which could contaminate the environment. The system will collect from
various area drain lines and headers from topside to hull/marine.
253 CLOSED DRAIN Closed drain, sometimes called pressurised drain or hazardous drain, is meant Closed drain system may contain equipment such as closed drain drum,
to handle waste media which could contaminate the environment. A distinctive caison, relief valves, a pump, a prime mover in the form of an electric or
feature of the system is that it involves a waste collector called a "sump pneumatic motor. It also involves associated piping and instrumentation
caisson". Pumping equipment called "sump pump" is provided to recycle including indicators
hydrocarbon waste material back into the process system for further extraction
254 SEWAGE The sewage system is designed to treat the grey and black water. Black water All toilets and other foul water drains, sewerage and sewage treatment
from toilets, urinals and all discharged from living quarters, workshop, systems including all pumps, drives, control panelsand associated
administration building will be treated in the biological type sewage treatment instrumentation and cabling. Also including compactor machines and all
unit before disposal overboard. associated hydraulic systems and controls NOTE: LAST
LINE STRIKED IN RED TO BE CONFIRMED
260 261 WASTE HEAT This is an energy recovery heat exchanger that recovers heat from hot streams Heating coils, exhaust unit system of boiler, steam generator or hot oil.
RECOVERY with potential high energy content, such as hot flue gases from a diesel/ gas Associated piping and instrumentation
turbine generator or other heat sources or exhaust units. NOTE: Circulation pump to be considered under major equipment
PROCESS 262 HOT OIL Hot oil is used on facilities where continuous heating of the process crude to
HEATING prevent it from hardening is necessary. Hot oil is circulated with the assistance
of a pumping facility and distributed around pressure vessels and other users
263 WARM OIL Warm oil subsystem is tapped from the hot oil facilities and it is used for similar The system consists of equipment such as electric-motor-driven centrifugal
purposes in hot oil. Warm oil is circulated with the assistance of a pumping pumps for circulation, strainers, associated piping and instrumentations.
subsystem.
270 271 SODIUM Hypochlorite is essentially pure chlorine. Hypochlorite (NaOCl) is obtained hydrogen disengagement tank, motor-driven air blowers, motor-driven
HYPOCHLORITE from the electrolysis of seawater (NaCl) into hypochlorite and hydrogen gas. It pumps, rectifiers, control panel and associated piping and instrumentations
is colorless and corrosive in nature. The concentration of hypochlorite is
proportional to the amount of electric current passing through the electrolysers
or rectifiers. Hypochlorite is used in water treatment plant at lift pumps suction
area to prevent ingress of sea growth, bacteria and unwanted water life which if
not applied could cause clogging at the pump suction
CHEMICAL 272 POLYELECTROLYTE Polyelectrolyte is injected upstream of filters to assist removal of very small Chemical storage tank, a water tank, a mixing tank, dosing pumps, mixers,
(DOSING) particles in water treatment plant. It is colorless, very viscous and corrosive in strainers, power cables, Hand-Off-Auto (HOA) switches and associated piping.
INJECTION/TREAT nature. When mixed with water, polyelectrolyte tends to settle at the bottom It also includes instrumentations such as indicators, shutdown valves, control
MENT thus it appears to have higher density or "heavier" than water. It is normally valves and transmitters.
diluted with water in a mixing tank to achieve the required concentration before
it is injected into the process
273 COROSSION Scale and corrosion inhibitors are injected to prevent formation of scales and to Storage Tank, transfer pumps, calibration gauge, injection pumps and
INHIBITOR lessen the corrosion inside the piping. It commonly applied when carbon steel associated instruments.
piping is specified for water treatment plant as carbon steel tends to corrode in
seawater
274 DIESEL Diesel injection sub-sub-system contains of equipments such as injection pumps, Storage Tank, transfer pumps, calibration gauge, injection pumps and
electric motors, power cable and relief valves. associated instruments.
275 GLYCOL Glycol is injected at the compression recycle lines and upstream of pressure Storage Tank, transfer pumps, calibration gauge, injection pumps and
control valves to prevent hydrate formation when gas is recycled. This sub- associated instruments.
subsystem contains equipments such as motor-driven injection pumps,
calibration gauges, power cable, injection fittings and relief valves.
276 ANTIFOAM Antifoam is used to prevent the formation of foam during the preparation of a Storage Tank, transfer pumps, calibration gauge, injection pumps and
treatment fluid or slurries at surface. Excess foam created during the mixing associated instruments.
process may cause handling and pumping difficulties and may interfere with the
performance or quality control of the mixed fluid. Antifoam agents may also be
used to break foams returned from the wellbore, following a treatment, in
preparation for disposal of the fluids.
277 SCALE INHIBITOR Scale Inhibitor is used to control or prevent scale deposition in the production Storage Tank, transfer pumps, calibration gauge, injection pumps and
conduit or completion system. The chemicals may be continuously injected associated instruments.
through a down hole injection point in the completion, or periodic squeeze
treatments may be undertaken to place the inhibitor in the reservoir matrix for
subsequent commingling with produced fluids
278 DEMULSIFIER Demulsifier is used to enhance the separation of water from oil in the FWKO Storage Tank, transfer pumps, calibration gauge, injection pumps and
drums and heater treaters. it act to neutralize the effect of emulsifying agent. It associated instruments.
is injected to the crude upstream of the heat exchangers
279 REVERSE Reverse Demulsifier is designed to separate oil emulsions into three phases:- Storage Tank, transfer pumps, calibration gauge, injection pumps and
DEMULSIFIER Oil Phase associated instruments.
Biological
Solid
Without the use of Reverse Demulsifier, disposal of waste oil-in water emulsion
would be environmentally unfriendly. Oil-in-water emulsion are treated at
ambient temperature. Treatment should be added at a point of high turbulence
for complete dispersion within the treatment tank. After dosing, all dosing and
pumping equipment should be switched off to allow phase separation to take
place in a turbulence free environment.
300 310 311 DIESEL FUEL Diesel is used as backup fuel for equipment such as generators, compressor Diesel storage vessels, day tank, transfer pumps, filters, valves,associated
drivers, engine-driven pumps, etc. should fuel gas system malfunction or piping, electrical and instrumentation
shutdown.
GENERAL FUEL AND 312 JET FUEL Facilities that are frequently visited by helicopter may be equipped with Portable storage tank, fuel pumps, filter separators, monitors, dispensers,
UTILITIES LUBRICATION refueling equipment. A jet fuel sub-sub-system consist of equipment such as a associated flexible hoses and valves
fuel storage tank, motor-driven pumps, fuel filters, pipeworks and gauges
313 LUBRICATION OIL Some facilities, several major equipment may share the same lubrication oil Oil storage tank, fill pumps and drivers, filters & valves, associated piping and
supply thus it requires a big volume of lubrication oil to be stored. Under such instrumentation
circumstances, a separate equipment skid facility may be provided to cater for
the needs.
320 321 INSTRUMENT AIR Compressed air for instrument and utility applications is provided by two (2) Air compressors and all associated drive equipment and accessories (including
compressors. The compressors are set up to operate one as a lead and the all on skid scrubbers, coolers and air intake equipment, etc) and local control
other as a standby unit. A dedicated controller is provided at each compressor panel. Instrument air dryer and control panel, valves, moisture analyzer, and
for automatic loading and unloading junction boxes
COMPRESSED AIR 322 UTILITY AIR Utility air is tapped from the Utility Air Receiver discharge without going This includes air compressors and all associated drive equipment and
DISTRIBUTION through any filtration and drying. Utility air serves various users such as sump accessories (including all on skid scrubbers, coolers and air intake equipment,
HEADER pump, maintenance tools and it also pressurises starting air sub-subsystem. Self etc.) and local control panel. Instrument air dryer and control panel, valves,
actuated control valve ensures the air supply pressure is maintained i.e. the moisture analyzer, and junction boxes.
control valve would completely shut when upstream pressure is lower than the
pressure setting.
323 BLACK Starting air is used for equipment that is started up using pneumatic starters; for Starting air compressor (diesel engine driven), Air intake filter
START/STARTING example starters on internal combustion engines. Starting air compressor is
AIR driven by a diesel engine which could be started manually or using hydraulic
starter. During "black start", there is no compressed air from the utility header
until power supply is available. Thus, start air provides for the required facility
to start up the power generator. Start air could also be used as instrument air
as the discharge piping is connected to the inlet of the air driers.
330 331 SERVICE WATER Service water application is for cleaning,hypochlorination generation, potable The major equipment are water cooler and water treatment skid consisting of
water maker and fire water system of deck areas thus, seawater is normally filtration and chlorination units i.e. RO/Water Maker.
used. Seawater is pumped up from the ocean by the service water pump, routed
into the service for hypochlorination generation, potable water maker and fire
water system. The rest of the system is only pipeworks.
WATER 332 FRESH AND Fresh water is generated by having fresh water generator where sea water is Fresh Water Generator
DISTILL WATER desalinated seawater (vapor compression) and distill water is formed. Fresh Fresh/Distill Water Tank
water is then generated from the distill water after gone thru clorine dozing unit Pump
and re-hardening filter. Fresh water system will supply water to accommodation
and input to feed water and potable water system. Fresh water to
accommodation will further treated with hydrophore system.
333 FEED WATER The function of feed water system is to supply feed water to boilers. This feed Cascade tank with inspection/observation tank, transfer pumps and boiler
water is used by the boilers to generate steam. Condensate and distill water is chemical dosing unit
the main source for feed water system.
334 POTABLE WATER Potable water is obtained from watermakers where seawater is desalinated into Water maker skid ( pumps, filters, tanks & instrumentation)
fresh water for use in living quarters and any other application that requires use
of fresh water. Watermakers normally comes on a skid in the form of a vapor-
compression type or a reverse osmosis. Both types require use of chemicals
and the skid would include smaller items such as filters, pumps, some tanks and
instrumentations
335 HOT WATER Hot water is required at accommodation for sinks, showers, washer, ice maker Chalorifier/Heater
and etc. It is generated from fresh water via electric chalorifier system. Input Hot Water Tank
water comes from fresh water system and after being treated by fresh water Pump
hydrophore and decholirinator filter.
336 COOLING WATER Cooling water systems absorb heat from the processes they are designed to Heat exchanger(PCHE,PHE, S&T HE),Chalorifier/cool Water Tank,Pump.
cool (Printed Circuit Heat Exchanger-PCHE). In HVAC systems, the condenser
cooling water absorbs heat from the refrigerant through a heat exchanger. In
process cooling water systems the cooling water absorbs heat from the process
stream that needs cooling. The re-circulating water in cooling water systems is
usually cooled by the evaporation of a small amount of the re-circulating flow
(typically 1-2%). This evaporation takes place as water flows over and through
cooling towers, fluid coolers or evaporative condensers.
340 341 STEAM The steam generation can generally be classified into two principal type fired Boiler or heat source, steam drum heating coils, piping and associated
GENERATION boiler system and waste heat system. The primarily purpose of steam instrumentation.
generation is to generated steam under the conditions (Flow rate and
pressures) required for systems and end-used requirement.
STEAM 342 STEAM The steam distribution system contributes the produced steam from steam Piping,Steam Traps and associated instruments,
DISTRIBUTION generation system i.e. boiler and been distributed to each station including
power generation and processing plant facilities.
343 STEAM The steam condensate system is the final stage of steam cycle. The condensate Steam condesate system
CONDENSATE discharged from equipment will then be recycling to cascade tank. It is normally
comes from all condensers and steam traps. This includes a steam condensate
system (condensate receiving tank & condensate pumps).
350 351 DIRECT Direct expansion type air handling units with air cooled condensing unit Air handling unit, compressor/condenser unit,HVAC Control panel & duct
EXPANSION UNIT maintain appropriate quality of air, room temperature and relative humidity to
provide human comfort as well as to protect electronic and electrical
equipment from excessive operating temperature and prevent corrosion and
deterioration due to air contamination. It maintains positive pressure within the
room to prevent ingress of flamable/toxic gasses and achieve non-hazardous
area classification
HEATING, 352 CHILLED WATER The condenser water absorbs heat from the refrigerant in the condenser barrel Inclusive of chillers, cooling towers, pumps, electrical control equipment,
VENTILATION UNIT of the water chiller, and is then sent via return lines to a cooling tower, which is instrumentation, associated piping and valves.
AND a heat exchange device used to transfer waste heat to the atmosphere. The
AIRCONDITIONIN extent to which the cooling tower decreases the temperature depends upon the
G outside temperature, the relative humidity and the atmospheric pressure. The
water in the chilled water circuit will be lowered to the Wet-bulb temperature
or dry-bulb temperature before proceeding to the water chiller, where it is
cooled to between 4 and 7C and pumped to the air handler, where the cycle is
repeated.
353 FORCED AIR The purpose of the system is to rovide sufficient air ventilation to required room Supply Fan
VENTILATION UNIT such as engine room, emergency generator room, fire pump room, steering Exhaust Fan
gear engine room, purifier space and auxiliary mechinery room. Type of
ventilation are mushroom, gooseneck, storm hood and cowl head type. The
equipment involved are supply fan and exhaust fan
360 361 HYDRAULICS The purpose of Hydraulics Power Unit (HPU) is to provide hydraulic power HPU supply tank, return tank, pumps, valves and bulkhead connection to TUTU
POWER UNIT needed i.e. for subsea control system and subsea valve. The system operates
HYDRAULICS (HPU) using a liquid base biodegradable control fluid such as McDermid Ocenic HW443
or Castrol Transaqua HT, at fluid cleanliness SAE AS4059 Class 6B-F or better
370 371 BALLAST The Ballast and Bilge systems are critical to safety and life and must function
reliably over a broad range of environmental, global response and damage
conditions. The Ballast System is design to ballast, de-ballast and trim the vessel
semoultanuesly over a wide range of vessel stability and trim conditions, and
accommodate emergency bilge suctions
MARINE SYSTEM 372 BILGE AND The purpose of the bilge system is to pump out bilge (water pounding or The Bilge and Sludge System
SLUDGE collected water) on all decks board, hull access, pump room or void
compartment in the event of flooding. According to ABS Steel Vessel 2004 Part 4
mention that the bilge system is intended to dispose of water which may
accumulate in space within the vessel due to condensation, leakage, washing,
fire fighting etc. it is to be capable of controlling flooding in the propulsion
machinery space as a result of limited damage to piping system
373 WATERTIGHT Hull of a floating structure consists of various watertight doors or hatches that Watertight door types are hydraulic operated sliding doors, manual hinged
DOOR provide access into and out of various rooms and compartment while watertight doors, hydraulic assisted watertight hatches and manual watertight
maintaining watertight integrity between them. The basic intent of the doors is hatch
to provide the means of access for personnel, but to prevent progressive
flooding between rooms and compartments when they are not in use.
374 TURRET & A turret mooring system is composed of a fixed turret column supported by an A turret mooring system consists of 5 main components:
MOORING internal or external vessel structure via a bearing arrangement. The vessel-
bound components can therefore freely weather vane around the turret, which 1. A number of anchor lines, to keep the vessel on station
is fixed via a number or anchor lines to the seabed. This turret arrangement 2. A turret column, to connect the anchor lines to the vessel
allows the FPSO to adopt the direction of the least resistance against waves, 3. A bearing arrangement, to allow the vessel to weather vane
wind and currents. Toroidal swivels allows for the transfer of fluids across the 4. A vessel structure to support the bearing arrangement
rotary interface while the FPSO is weathervaning. Above deck level, located 5. The fluid transfer system consisting of an underwater fluid transfer system,
between the fixed turret column and the swivel stack, is a structure that a manifold, a toroidal swivel stack, and vessel piping arrangement.
supports the piping manifolds. These manifolds comingle the fluids (oil, gas,
water, etc.) and thus reduce the number of fluid paths in the swivel stack
400 410 411 FIREWATER Inclusive where applicable of all fire water and all associated drive equipment This sub-sub-system includes a diesel engine, a gearbox, ancillary equipment,
and accessories including jockey pumps. All local control panels and copper nickel piping and associated instrumentations. It also includes fire
instrumentation, electrical instrumentation cabling and all associated caissons, monitors, fire hose reels and foam hose reel.
suction piping, discharge piping and fire mains, deluge system, valves, monitors,
hoses and nozzles. All foam generation equipment.
SAFETY FIREFIGHTING 412 DELUGE AND For fighting fire outdoors around equipment areas such as compressor station, All deluge and sprinkler system and all associated drive equipment and
SPRINKLER wellheads, launcher and receiver areas, pressure vessels etc., deluge or accessories
sprinkler is installed.
413 TOTAL FLOODING CO2 is now use in areas where fire suppression using water or Halon gas as Fire fighting in the form of CO2 and associated equipments such as gas
FIRE SUPRESSION medium is not permissible, CO2 discharge is triggered by fire and Gas Detection cylinders,storage cabinet,discharge manifold, release valve solenoid and
& FIRE and also by manual operation.When fire is detected in a certain area, the sensor discharge nozzles.
EXTINGUISHER will send signal to the fire alarm panel which in turn would open the release
valve. A timer delay is installed to allow for personnel inside the control room to
leave the premises before the CO2 is release.
420 421 LIFERAFTS Liferafts normally come in an enclosed and pressurised container whereby to Liferaft in an enclosed container
release the liferaft a tug line is pulled and the container would burst.
LIFESAVING 422 SURVIVAL CRAFTS The most essential lifesaving equipment on any platform, survival crafts and the Survival craft engine driven and support frame
EQUIPMENT support frame are normally installed offshore. Survival crafts are driven by a
diesel engine and the engine is usually air-started. A craft is equipped with
survival kits, an air cylinder, a hand pump, safety belts and pneumatic or
hydraulic controls, to mention a few.
423 ESCAPE AND Other lifesaving equipment includes lifebuoys, Jacobs ladder, safety netting, Lifebuoys, Jacobs ladder, safety netting, lifejackets, fire blankets and portable
RESCUE lifejackets, fire blankets and portable fire extinguishers, to mention a few fire extinguishers
EQUIPMENT
500 510 511 MAIN POWER Sub-Subsystem 511 consists of single/dual-fuel-fired turbine-driven generators It also includes a control console consisting of a programmable-logic
GENERATION and the turbine ancillaries such as electro-hydraulic starter motor, pre/post lube microprocessor-based control system, controls and indicators for turbine
oil pump, backup direct current (DC) lube oil pump, diesel fuel pump motor, enclosure Fire and Gas detection and suppression system, a turbine local
lube oil cooler fans and turbine enclosure fans. control panel, a voltage regulator panel, a vibration monitoring system and a
circuit breaker panel. It also involves electrical power supply cables and main
For smaller systems, Micro Turbine Generators (MTG), Gas Engine Generators junction box, on-skid and off-skid instruments, turbine engine gage panel,
(GEG) or Diesel Engine Generators (DEG) may be used. In case of GEG and DEG, turbine exhaust, turbine air intake, exhaust system, fuel system, valves and
the pre-commissioning and commissioning requirements shall follow Sub- associated piping.
Subsystem 512 Emergency Power Generator Unit. As for the MTG, reference
shall be made to specific vendor recommendations and the check sheets.
POWER POWER 512 EMERGENCY Sub-Subsystem 512 consists of gas or diesel fired engine driven generators and It also includes a control console consisting of a programmable-logic
GENERATION/SU POWER auxiliaries such as electric /hydraulic starters, enclosure fans, fuel system etc. microprocessor-based control system, controls and indicators for enclosure
PPLY GENERATION Fire and Gas detection and suppression system, an engine control panel,
generator control panel and a voltage regulator. It also involves electrical
power supply cables and main junction box, on-skid and off-skid instruments,
engine gage panel, air intake and exhaust system, fuel system, valves and
associated piping.
513 ENMC/PMS This covers the Electrical Network Monitoring and Control system covering load ENMC / PMS panels and associated interface cabling to
sharing/load shedding controls/Power management System etc. This usually is Generators/GCP/switchgears. It includes a control console consisting of
packaged together with the main generation package programmable-logic microprocessor-based control systems, PC based network
control systems, data acquisition systems, interface cabling and human
machine interfaces.
520 521 TRANSFORMERS This system covers all the power/distribution transformers (Except the main It consists of power/distribution transformers, Neutral Earthing Resistors
power transformer for grid intake/export), associated equipments and incoming (NERs), On Load Tap Changers (OLTC), Remote Tap changing Cubicles (RTCC),
cables/busducts to the transformers local isolators and incoming cables/busducts.
DISTRIBUTION 522 HIGH VOLTAGE This covers the high voltage switchgear and high voltage motor control centre Sub-Subsystem 522 includes High Voltage Switchboard and a Motor Control
SWITCHGEAR AND up to the outgoing feeders. All incoming cables/busduct to the respective Center which consist mainly of the main bus-bar, vacuum circuit breakers
MOTOR CONTROL switchgear shall be part of this system (VCB) or Gas insulated switchgear - GIS (e.g. SF6 circuit breakers) , distribution
CENTER feeder, high voltage motor starter feeders, high voltage supply cables, control
cables, protection relays, metering, potential and current transformers. A
typical single line diagram is shown under Sub-Subsystem 522.
523 LOW VOLTAGE This covers the low voltage switchgear and low voltage motor control centre up Sub-Subsystem 523 includes 415 volts Switchboard / Motor Control Center
SWITCHGEAR AND to the outgoing feeders. All incoming cables/busduct to the respective which consist mainly of a main bus-bar system, 415 volts utilization feeders,
MOTOR CONTROL switchgear shall be part of this system. 415 volts motor starter feeders, supply cables, control cables, protection
CENTER relays, metering, potential and current transformerss
524 INTEGRATED This system covers the IMCS panels, workstations, Human Machine Interfaces Sub-Subsystem 524 includes the intelligent electronic devices (IED) on all the
MOTOR CONTROL (HMIs) all intefaces between switchgear/DCS/PMCS/other package eqipments switchgears, interface with third party systems including DCS/PMCS, all
SYSTEM (IMCS) and the IMCS including any fibre optic links. communication cabling and interfaces, Human Machine Interfaces (HMI),
control/monitoring consoles, sequence of event recorders etc. as shown in the
project functional schematic diagram.
525 OVERHEAD LINE / This system covers the Overhead line / cable for power intake from grid / export Sub-Subsystem 525 consists of all power transmission systems including
CABLE to grid transmission lines, transmission towers, lightning arrestors, power
transmission cables (both land based and submarine) and associated
termination arrangements.
526 CAPACITOR / This System covers the capacitor banks / Reactors for power quality Sub-Subsystem 526 consists of all power capacitors and reactors including the
REACTOR improvement power factor correction relays, cabling and interconnecting cabling.
530 531 AC UPS SYSTEM The AC UPS System provides a continuous, uninterruptible and clean alternating Rectifier/Inverter system, battery, battery isolators, distribution boards,
current (VAC) power supply to the AC UPS distribution board from the battery Cabling
charger and also when charger is not in use, the distribution board is supplied
through the isolation transformer.
that the system can operate to the desired design specification which involve
electrical cable/control check and function/run test if required to demonstrate
the system operation.
UNINTERRUPTIBL 532 DC UPS SYSTEM The DC UPS System provides a continuous, uninterruptible and clean direct Chargers, battery, battery isolators, distribution boards, Cabling
E POWER SUPPLY current (VDC) power supply to the DC UPS Distribution Board. The DC UPS
System consists of two (2) charges which are independent of each other that
supply to a common distribution board. Since the two (2) charges/batteries are
independent of each other, they are linked via the distribution board to the
other. When normal mode, both charges will maintain the battery charge at
float mode and will supply the distribution board. When at AC supply fail mode,
if only one (1) charger fails, the other charger will continue to feed the load, but
if both charger supplies fail, both chargers are stopped and the batteries will
take over and feed the load.
533 ELECTRICAL The Electrical Power Unit provides a continuous, uninterruptible and clean EPU and associated cabling
POWER UNIT power supply to the various instrument loads for subsea control system. The
(EPU) EPU is a fully self-contained unit complete with the UPS, Battery, chargers,
interconnecting cables etc.
540 541 EMERGENCY The emergency small power and lighting distribution system consists of the Distribution boards, Cables
DISTRIBUTION emergency distribution boards for both small power and lighting, cabling from
BOARD emergency MCC to emergency distribution boards and the outgoing circuits of
the distribution boards.
SMALL POWER 542 NORMAL The normal small power and lighting distribution system consists of the normal Distribution boards, Cables
AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION distribution boards for both small power and lighting, cabling from normal MCC
BOARD to the normal distribution boards and the outgoing circuits of the distribution
SYSTEM SMALL POWER

SUB SYSTEM SUB SUB SYSTEM BRIEF DESCRIPTOR Major Equipment Typical Schematic
L1 AND LIGHTING
L2 L3 (Boundary & Purpose) (List of Major Equipment in the System)
543 NAVIGATIONAL Sub-sub-system 533 provides 24 volts of direct current (DC) power supply to Navigational aids, batteries, solar panels and juction boxes
AIDS navigational aids lanterns. The major components of the system are battery
charger, battery bank, DC distribution board and power distribution cables. The
battery charger derives its alternating current (AC) power from Low Voltage
Motor Control Center and Switchgear.
550 551 EARTHING This system covers the overall earthing of the plant/platform. However, Sub-Subsystem 551 consists of Earth Electrodes, earthing ring and branch
individual equipment earthing shall be part of the respectieve equipment. Only conductors, earthing bar, earthing resistors, earthing boss, cable wire armour
the main earth grid and connections to the platform are considered as part of bonding and junction boxes. Steelworks of the structural legs which are buried
this system. Alternating current (AC) system neutrals for power generation and into the seabed are considered to be the Earth Electrode for offshore
distribution systems (namely High Voltage and Low Voltage generators, platforms.
transformers, reactors, switchboards, motors and Uninterruptible Power Supply
unit) are connected to one common earth grid up to the jacket leg or as per
design requirements.
Equipments are bonded to the platform structure. Screens of signal cables
which are connected to instrument earth and intrinsically safe earth maybe
looped together to a common or separate earth grid and connected to the
jacket leg or as per design requirements. Lightning conductor system complete
with air termination are interconnected together to have a separate grid
extending up to the jacket leg.
EARTHING & 552 LIGHTNING Lightning protection system and Bonding. Steelworks of the structural legs Sub-Subsystem 552 consists of Earth Electrodes and earthing ring. Lightning
LIGHTNING PROTECTION which are buried into the seabed are considered to be the Earth Electrode for conductor system complete with air termination (where applicable) are
PROTECTION offshore platforms. interconnected together to have a separate grid.
560 561 VARIABLE SPEED Covers the electrical system from incoming cable to the VSD upto the outgoing Sub-Subsystem 561 includes the variable speed drive system for motor control
DRIVE (VSD) cable to the respective motor. consisting input/output transformers, variable speed drives, harmonic filters,
Human Machine Interfaces (HMI) and all interconnecting power and
control/communication cables.
DRIVES AND 562 HEATER CONTROL Covers the electrical system from incoming cable to the heater control panel Sub-Subsystem 562 includes the thyristor based control system for heater
CONTROLLERS SYSTEM upto the outgoing cable to the electric heater. control consisting input/output transformers, thyristor controllers, contactor
controllers, harmonic filters, Human Machine Interfaces (HMI) and all
interconnecting power and control/communication cables.
570 571 ELECTRIC HEATERS This covers the electric heater, RCU/Safety switch and the cables from MCC to Electric heater, RCU, Safety switch, Power and control cables from heater
Heater Panel/respective equipment/component of this system. panel upto the heater/RCU/Safety switch/Thermister etc.
CONSUMERS 572 HEAT TRACING This covers the heat tracing system from the incoming cabling to heat tracing Heat tracing panels, distribution boards, JBs, Heating tapes and all associated
SYSTEM panel upto the tracing tapes. cabling.
573 AUX This covers the cables from the Auxiliary distribution board to the individual Power and control cables from the aux distribution board upto the respective
DISTRIBUTION load (MOV/Level Gauge lighting/Auxiliary panels etc). auxiliary equipment (MOV/Level Gauge lighting/Auxiliary panels etc).
574 IMPRESSED This covers the Impressed Current Cathodic Protection (ICCP) system from the Cathodic protection distribution panel, Transformer rectifier unit, anode and
CURRENT incoming cabling to the cathodic protection distribution panel / transformer cathode junction boxes and all associated cabling.
CATHODIC rectifier unit until the anodes.
PROTECTION
(ICCP) SYSTEM
575 LIGHTING This covers the lighting circuits and fixtures (normal and emergency) from Cabling, Junction boxes, lighting fixtures
cabling from the DB up to individual lighting fixture
576 SOCKETS This covers the small power/welding socket circuits and sockets (welding Cabling, Junction boxes, socket outlets/plugs
/convinient/handlamp socket) from cabling from the DB up to individual socket
600 610 611 DISTRIBUTED Consists of a microprocessor-based Distributed Control System (DCS) which System Cabinets (includes Power supply units, controller, I/O cards, serial
CONTROL SYSTEM utilizes distributed processors to perform loop and sequence controls, cards, communication card etc), Marshalling Cabinets (includes field
interfacing to input and output (I/O) points from field devices on local and termination, barriers, etc ), RIOS (Remote Input / output) panels, HMI,
remote location (platforms, sub-station). Also interface with third party systems Printers, Networking devices. etc.
(Safety Instrumented System, Telecommunication System, Fire and Gas System,
etc) and Human Machine Interface.
612 SUPERVISORY SCADA system consists of Main Terminal Units (MTU) comprises of servers/HMI Master Terminal Unit (MTU), Remote Terminal Unit (RTU).
PSTN
CONTROL AND and one or more field data interface devices, usually RTUs or PLCs, which Communication/networking equipment ISDN
SCADA Master
Station
WAN
DATA interface to field sensing devices and valves actuators/final control devices. Field I/O
ACQUISITION ModBus
RTU20
(SCADA) Remote Data
Concentrator PLC PLC Network
RTU20
DNP 3.0
ModBus ModBus
RTU20 RTU20 MTU/SCD
RTU20 FoxScada P6008

DNP 3.0
PLC
RTU20 ModBus
RTU20
ModBus Field I/O
ModBus
Flow Computer IED
Intelligent
Instrumentation
CONTROL PROCESS 613 INFORMATION IMS covers all the systems that acquire data from all facets of a business and Communication server, networking equipment, IMS software package (PMS- ASSET World Wide Web
MANAGEMENT
AND CONTROLS MANAGEMENT subsequent transformation of that data into easily usable, high value and widely Plant Management System, Historian Data server, CBMS-Condition Base CLIENT
SAFEGUARD SYSTEM (IMS) distributed information for the management. Monitoring System software, Object Linking & Embedding (OLE) Process Business
ING Control (OPC) server, Sequence of Events Recorder-SER) etc. ALARM

VALVE LEAK
MONITOR / PST PST DIAGNOSTICS
MANAGEMENT WEB SERVER
DIAGNOSTICS
Services
AMS DEVICE OPC SERVER /

PMCS
MANAGER HISTORIAN
Control Network
Sub-system PMCS CONTROLLER SIS FGS
HART
FF
614 SUBSEA CONTROL The topside part of the subsea production control system provides the following Master Control Station (MCS)
SYSTEMS functions - Electrical Power Unit (EPU)
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)
1. Providing electrical power and communications to the control modules Topside Umbilical Termination Assembly (TUTA)
subsea Chemical Injection Unit (CIU) *CIU may be supplied by others
2. Supply hydraulic power (pressure) to subsea for actuating valves. Interconnecting cables and tubing
3. Monitoring and controlling of the above topside SPCS equipment Interface to PMCS (PMCS supplied by others)
4. In some cases control of chemical injection skid. Interface to SIS (SIS supplied by others)
Interface to UPS (UPS supplied by others)
The topside equipment includes electrical power and communications Interface to MCC (MCC supplied by others)
equipment, hydraulic power equipment and, in some cases, chemical injection
equipment. (Chemical injection facilities normally come under topside supplied
process equipment, but in some projects the CIU may come under subsea scope
of supply).
In addition to the equipment items, there are also some critical interfaces to the
host facility and also suport systems that need to be provided by the host
facility (e.g. MCC, UPS etc.)
620 621 SAFETY Safety Instrumented System (SIS) provides the emergency shutdown function Logic solver (CPU), I/Os card, initiating elements and final control elements, Logic Solver
INSTRUMENTED for the entire facility. It continuously monitors the process variables and System Cabinets (includes Power supply units, serial cards, communication
SYSTEM (SIS) automatically initiates shutdown and blowdown if any of the variables is outside card etc), Marshalling Cabinets (includes field termination, barriers, etc ), DO AI
the predetermined safe limit. However, it is not intended for process control Printers, SER, pushbutton, MOS (Maintenance Override Switch), IRP
purposes. (Interposing Relay Panel), Networking devices. etc.
24 VDC
4- 20 mA
Solenoid Valve
Pressure Transmitter
Process Line
SDV
622 FIRE AND GAS The system consist of Fire and Gas panel monitoring all fire detection devices Gas/smoke/thermal/flame/heat detectors, fusible plug, fire & gas panel, purge Serial Link to Other System
SYSTEM (FGS) and controls the automatic release of fixed fire extinguishing mediums (CO2, panel for CO2 discharge system, deluge, firewater monitor, associated control Hardwired to Other System
FM200, chemical powder, firewater, foams, etc.) on the facilities and interface panels, warning lights, junction boxes, break glass stations, manual stations,
with other sub-systems for shutdown and alarms. This sub-sub-system is also fire dampers, instrumentation, audible/visible alarms GD FD
interfaced to third party systems such as PMCS and SIS. The Fire and Gas System
(FGS) may be conventional or addressable system. FGS
CP SD
Tx Rx
100% LFL Cloud
Process line
Control Valve
SAFEGUARDING 623 FUSIBLE PLUG Fusible plug loops is used for monitoring fire in strategic locations throughout Initiating elements(Fusible plugs) and final control elements, complete with
SYSTEM LOOPS the facility by means of pressurised system in a closed loop and the fusible plug associated cabling, tubing and junction boxes, Fusible loop charge panel , kill
melts when the temperature exceeds the melting point. Fusible plug loops are knobs and other pneumatic sensors, interface with the Shutdown System / FPL PANEL
normally hook-up to the FGS or deluge valve panel (pneumatic system) which as Safety Instrumented System.
an input for fire detection.
Deluge valve panel senses the release of fusible plug loop pressure by means of REGULATOR PNEUMATIC RELAY
change pressure switch low and send it as an input signal to Fire and Gas Panel RESTRICTION ORIFICE
S-1
which sends output to de-energize deluge valve solenoid to open the deluge I.A.S Fusible Plug
valve and discharge water to the sprinkler system. Deluge valve panel in turn Loop (FPL)
will send feedback signal to Fire and Gas Panel when deluge is activated.
Electronic transmitter also may be provided in some installations to monitor
charge pressure and connected to FGS for operation of fire water pump and
CHARGE VALVE
deluge system.
624 HIGH INTEGRITY HIPPS systems are applied to prevent over-pressurisation of a plant / Pipe line Logic solver, initiating elements and final control elements, complete with
PRESSURE system by shutting-off the source of the high pressure and isolation /protection associated cabling, tubing and junction boxes.
PROTECTION of other parts. It has a complete functional loop consisting of the sensors, logic
SYSTEM (HIPPS) solver and final elements
625 WELLHEAD Consists of a Wellhead Control Panel to provide controls and status indication of Logic devices, initiating elements and final control elements, complete with
CONTROL PANEL individual wellhead Surface controlled Sub-Surface Safety Valve (SCSSV), Wing associated instrumentation, cable, tubing, junction boxes, pumps, hydraulic WHCP
(WHCP) Valve (WV) and Surface Safety Valve (SSV). reservoir and etc. ICP
PSLL HS
PALL PAHH LALL LAHH

PSHH
ESD PSD USD

SDV
LSLL
LSHH
BDV
ESD
FUSIBLE PLUGS
FPP
626 INSTRUMENT Provide pneumatic or Electronic for control and safeguarding system to control Pneumatic or Electronic panel containing functional logics connected to
HS HS WHCP
CONTROL PANEL and protect the production facilities from process abnormalities and provide initiators and final control elements, complete with necessary CLOSE OPEN
shutdown functions and status indication, including the interface with Fire & instrumentation, cable, tubing, junction boxes, and etc. FUNCTION LOGIC IN SIS
Gas and Emergency Shutdown System. HS
SCSSV SSV WV
OPEN
HS
WV SSV SCSSV
CLOSE
WV
USD
SSV
PSD
SCSSV
ESD
700 710 711 DIGITAL Provides point-to-point or point-to-multipoint telecommunication network for This system consists of (and not limited to) antenna, feeder, radio unit,
MICROWAVE data and voice comm between platforms and shores. DMR link requires line-of- cabling, junction box, telecom tower (if necessary, based on patloss analysis,
RADIO (DMR) sight (LOS) clearance, and pathloss analysis needs to be carried out prior to with availability of 99.995%). Interface with other systems such as LAN, PABX,
SYSTEM designing a DMR link CCTV, DCS, etc is possible
700 710
712 VERY SMALL VSAT uses microwave frequencies and free space propagation to link ground This system consists of (and not limited to) antenna (gyro-stabilised antenna
APERTURE terminals to the satellite, and it requires LOS. We prefer to operate VSAT in C- for moving FPSO or FSO), RF unit, satellite modem, indoor unit (IDU), outdoor
TERMINAL (VSAT) band, since rain attenuation is significant. VSAT has a limited bandwidth of unit (ODU) cabling and junction box. Interface with other systems such as LAN,
SATELITE SYSTEM 2Mbps, and usually being used at a very remote location PABX, CCTV, DCS, etc is possible
TELECOMM MAIN BACKBONE 713 FIBER OPTIC Submarine fiber optic cable (SFOC) is selected to be the main backbone link if a This system consists of submarine fiber optic cable, patch panel, optical
UNICATION LINK TRANSMISSION new pipeline or a submarine power cable will be laid. SFOC provides very high amplifier and repeater (if needed, for long distance link). Interface with other
SYSTEM bandwidth, and doesn't depend on LOS. Installation and repair cost might be systems such as LAN, PABX, CCTV, DCS, etc is possible
high
714 UHF RADIO LINK UHF radio link provides telecommunication network between platforms and This system consists of antenna, radio unit, cabling and junction box. Interface
shore base (for relatively short distance). Usually being used for low capacity with other systems such as PABX, LAN, DCS, etc is possible
data transmission
715 TROPOSCATTER Troposcatter can bridge up to 400km without a repeater by illuminating a This system consists of (and not limited to) antenna, RF unit, modem,
RADIO SYSTEM volume of the troposphere, using high-power transmitters and large antennas. amplifier, IDU, ODU, cabling and junction box.Interface with other systems
Troposcatter is economic for systems up to 8Mbps and bridging up to 250km, such as LAN, PABX, CCTV, DCS, etc is possible
where it is impossible or expensive to provide repeaters and there is no
requirement for communication at intermediate points
720 721 VHF/FM (MARINE A multi-channel VHF marine band radiotelephone shall be provided for routine This system consists of antenna, base station, handheld unit, cabling and
COMMUNICATION communications with nearby shipping and other installations, and for junction box. Digital selective calling (DSC) is required to comply with SOLAS
) emergency voice comm on the marine dustress frequency of 156.8 MHz requirement
(channel 16). The control unit should be located in the radio room and/or
control room so that it's always monitored, and handheld units are dedicated
for key personnel
722 VHF/AM VHF-AM is used to assist chopper operation, and shall be provided for routine This system consists of antenna, base station, handheld unit, cabling and
(AVIONICS and emergency communications. VHF AM base station should be located in the junction box
COMMUNICATION radio room and/or control room, and handheld unit is dedicated for helicopter
) chopper landing (HLO)
RADIO 723 HF/SSB RADIO HF/SSB provides long range communication between the platform and nearby This system consists of antenna, antenna tuning unit (ATU), base station,
COMMUNICATIO SYSTEM ship/vessels or onshore base. It also serves as emergency cabling and junction box
NS SYSTEM
724 NON-DIRECTIONAL NDB should be provided on one or more platforms in a field, where scheduled This system consists of antenna (for offshore platforms, preferably to use long
BEACON (NDB) helicopter operation is present. NDB is used to assist chopper landing by wire antenna), antenna tuning unit (ATU), base station and cabling.
SYSTEM sending Morse code signal to chopper
725 DIGITAL TRUNK Digital trunk radio system (DTRS) is normally used for onshore terminal. It This system consists of antenna, BTS, handheld units, radio operator console
RADIO provides the necessary flexibility and a framework for growth. It shall have a and cabling. Interface with PABX and PAGA is possible
minimum of one base station transceivers (BTS) to cover a single site.
726 WIRELESS SYSTEM Inlusive where applicable of RFID, Wi Max, GSM/UTMS & CDMA RFID, WiMax, GSM/UTMS & CDMA
730 731 PABX AND PABX system is the primary voice communication network on the platform or at This system consists of indoor and/or outdoor telephone sets, distribution
TELEPHONE onshore terminal/office. It supports indoor (IP & digital) and outdoor telephone frame and boards, hotline, private access branch exchange. Integration with
SYSTEM (ANALOG sets . PABX features are voice paging, telephone service, data and fax other systems such as LAN and PAGA is possible
& DIGITAL) communication
732 LOCAL AREA LAN/WAN system provides data communication for connection between This system requires integrated service router (ISR), switch, servers, UPS, PCs,
NETWORK platforms to onshore gas terminal/office and also to outside network. WAN has CPUs and cabling. Interface with other systems for monitoring purpose is
(LAN)/WIDE AREA similar fucntions as LAN except WAN covers broad area (normally connects 2 or possible
NETWORK (WAN) more LAN by means of router
VOICE AND DATA 733 NETWORK NMS and engineering service features shall be provided for local monitoring This system requires server, PCs, CPUs, and cabling. Interface with other
COMMUNICATIO MANAGEMENT functionalities on the central site. NMS shall incorporate at a minimum systems such as LAN, PABX and main backbone link is possible
N SYSTEM (NMS) capability to perform system configuration, maintenance and administration,
and performance monitoring. The features shall not be limited to the following:
- system link monitoring
- alarm monitoring
- configuration
troubleshooting and fault finding
VOICE AND DATA
COMMUNICATIO
N
734 MOBILE Mobile broadband is wireless internet access through a portable modem, This system requires PCs or laptops, USB stick (dongles) and USB modems
BROADBAND mobile phone, USB wireless modem, or other mobile devices. Bit rates of
(New Technology) broadband support voice and video as well as other data access
740 741 PUBLIC ADDRESS Offshore platforms which have LQ shall be provided with PAGA system. It is This system consists of PA console, distribution panels and boards,
GENERAL ALARM used for paging and general announcements (including azan). It should be loudspeakers, beacons (if necessary based on noise mapping), access panel,
(PAGA) SYSTEM entirely solid state and have facilities to centrally monitor the operational status amplifiers, cabling and junction box. Interface with other systems such as
of the component parts and to generate an alarm on detection of any failure. PABX, CCTV, DCS, etc is possible via it's master control unit
For noisy area, beacons shall be installed to assist on any alarm announcement
742 CCTV AND The CCTV system operates as surveillance system at platforms and onshore This system comprises of CCTV camera, IR detector (if necessary), monitoring
INTRUSION terminal, and shall be designed for continuous duty. A pan, tilt, zoom (PTZ) station, transmission cable (FO), cabinet, video amplifier, control panel and
SYSTEM camera is preferred to cover almost 360 coverage. The monitoring station CPU
should be located at the control room
SURVEILLANCE 743 METEOROGICAL Also know as weather monitoring system (WMS), it provides local weather and This system consists of meteorological system (wind speed, wind direction,
AND SAFETY SYSTEM sea condition for navigational aid. The monitoring station should be located at rainfall, air pressur, temperature, relative humidity sensors) and hydrological
SYSTEM the control room system (tidal wave monitoring, where it measures current conditions at a
medium range)
750 751 ENTERTAINMENT Entertainment systems on manned platforms should consist of an This system consists of televison, decoder, central equipment rack, DVD
SYSTEMS entertainment package feeding a distribution network. The possible player, satellite TV receiver, projector and bedhead entertainment units
entertainment sources are satellite television receiver, broadcast radio receiver
and DVD players
COMMUNICATIO
NS EQUIPMENT
800 810 811 PEDESTAL CRANE Pedestal crane is available on most manned facilities as it provides the main Pedestal cranes and all associated engine/motor driven hydraulic system,
capability for lifting and transfer of personnel. Supported on a vertical column, accessories and safety systems. All associated controls, cabling and junction
the crane comes in a variety of capacities and sizes depending upon the lifting boxes
requirements on the facility. The main structures are the boom, the A-frame
and prime mover console. The crane rotates on the vertical column with the
assistance of a slew bearing which also bear most of the load during lifting
812 OVERHEAD / Overhead gantry crane, at times also called "jib" crane, is operated manually or Overhead gantry crane, chain blocks and all associated controls, cablings and
GANTRY CRANE with the assistance of an air-operated or a gas-operated winch. Air or gas to junction boxes
power the winch is tapped from utility air or utility gas system using flexible
hose or tubings. Its system consists of equipment like the supporting structure,
pneumatic motor and wire rope.
MISCELLAN MATERIAL 813 MONORAIL / Monorail hoist sub-sub-system comes in two forms: manual and automated. In Monorail/trolley hoist, chain blocks and all associated controls. Pendants,
EOUS HANDLING TROLLEY HOIST manual mode of operation, monorail hoist includes use of trolleys whereby its cabling and junction boxes
travel and lifting capabilties are dependent upon operators skill and power. In
automated form, hoist travel and lifting capabilities are derived from an
electrical motor that powers a winch and the operator could control movement
from a remote location
814 ELEVATORS Elevators (lift) is use to move personnel between floors. Some major Car module, mast, base frame, drive unit, cable guiding system, landing
component of an elevators will equipped with car module, mast, base frame, assemblies with call boxes, mast attachment hardware and some applicable
drive unit, cable guiding system, landing assemblies with call boxes, mast controls.
attachment hardware and some applicable controls
820 821 GENERAL This sub-sub system relates to the various equipment found in living quarters Kitchen & Laundry appliances
ACCOMODATION such as kitchen and laundry appliances.
SPACES
822 GALLEY / MESS It relates to various equipments in living quarters kitchen, laundry appliances Cooking equipment, Cold room/Chiller, Laundry equipment and Mesh hall
HALL and mess hall facilities.
FURNITURE / 823 OFFICES This sub-sub-system relates to the various office equipment; namely personal Personal computer, Photocopy machine, Fax machine
APPLIANCES computers, walkie-talkies, photocopy machine, fax machine, etc.
824 COLD ROOM The system generally covers areas such as lobby room, vegetable room, meat Air condenser and coolers. refrigerant, switches valves and power supply
room and fish room at the living quarters
830 831 HELIDECK The helideck is a landing area or platform for helicopters. The helideck surface is Perimeter lighting, safety net, fire protection, refueling package, rescue
non-slip, painted and clean. It has perimeter lighting, safety net and fire equipment
protection system. Safety notices are visibly in place with refueling system
available
AVIATION 832 AVIATION Inclusive where applicable of portable storage tanks, fuel pumps, filter Portable storage tanks, fuel pumps, filter separators, monitors, dispensers and
REFUELING separators, monitors, dispensers and all associated flexible hoses, piping, valves, all associated flexible hoses, piping, valves, instrumentation, tubing and
instrumentation, tubing and cabling cabling
840 841 SACRIFICIAL Sacrificial Anodes are highly active metals that are used to prevent a less active
ANODE CATHODIC material surface from corroding. Sacrificial Anodes are created from a metal
PROTECTION alloy with a more negative electrochemical potential than the other metal it will
be used to protect. The sacrificial anode will be consumed in place of the metal
it is protecting, which is why it is referred to as a "sacrificial" anode. When
metal surfaces come into contact with electrolytes, they undergo an
electrochemical reaction known as corrosion. Corrosion is the process of
returning a metal to its natural state as an ore and in this process, causing the
metal to disintegrate and its structure to grow weak. These metal surfaces are
used all around us -- from pipelines to buildings to ships. It is important to
ensure that these metals last as long as they can and thus necessitates what is
known as cathode protection. Sacrificial anodes are among several forms of
cathode protection. Other forms of cathode protection are plating,
galvanization, and the formation of alloys. Metal in seawater is one such
example with the iron metal coming into contact with electrolytes. Under
normal circumstances, the iron metal would react with the electrolytes and
begin to corrode, growing weaker in structure and disintegrating. The addition
of zinc, a sacrificial anode, would prevent the iron metal from "corroding".
According to the table of Standard Reduction Potentials, the standard reduction
potential of zinc is about -0.76 volts. The standard reduction potential of iron is
about -0.44 volts. This difference in reduction potential means that Zinc would
oxidize much faster than iron would. In fact, zinc would oxidize completely
before iron would begin to react.
Note: Ensure there are no construction punchlist prior to load out.
842 MARINE GROWTH The Marine Growth Prevention System will be used to protect the sea water Hydropac-M units, Transformer rectifier, Tank, Blower and hypo dosing pump
PREVENTION systems against biological fouling. The system comprises of Hypopac-M units
which include a transformer rectifier, an electrolyser, a hypo tank, a dilution air
blower and hypo dosing pump. The system is designed to create sodium
hypochlorite directly from seawater once it has been distributed to the sea
chests and into the seawater system it reverts to salt and water
MARINE AND 843 DE-HUMIDIFIER Ballast dehumudifier system is designed to reduce moisture inside the ballast Dehumidifier unit
CORROSSION SYSTEM tank. It normally consist of dehumidfying and regeneration zone. High moisture
PROTECTION process air is drawn into humidyfing zone of the wheel which absorbes the
moisture from the process air. The moisture laden -section of the wheel rotor
then rotate as dessicant wheel is roughes through the regeneration zone where
the hot spurts of regeneration air is passed through the rotor and expelled-
removing moisture from the rotor
850 851 Topside The topeside structure is designed to carry out the weigth of the dead and The topside consist of Cellar Deck, Sub Cellar Deck Mezzanine Deck, Main
variable equipment loads. Live loads,eviroment loads,briges raction ,earthquake Deck , Venting /Flaring boom
loads,accidental loads fromdropped object and future facilities.
852 Jacket The jaket structure is designed to support the topside structure ,a rescue boat The Jacket consist of Spider Deck, Boat fenders, Risser guards, Bollards, Caged
landing ,risser,J-tube and other appurtennance accordance with API RP 2A-WSD ladder from apider deck to cellar deck or level 1, Sea escape ladders and
. The jacket to be assumed with 4,6 of 8 legged pile supported structure alowing Caissons.
a float over installation or modular of topside .
STRUCTURAL 853 Living Quarters Living quarter is an essential requirement for the safe operational and life Mess hall (kitchen & galley), entertainment room, office/meeting room,
(LQ) support requirements for personnel in the offshore. document filing room, bathroom & shower facilities.
It consists of recreation room, offices/meeting room, kitchen room, bathroom
and shower facilities.
854 Bridges Th bredges is structure to connect the patform to platform with using triangular
structure or rectanular strucure.The bridges shall be equipet by bearing support
as part of instaallation part, bridges access stairway and handrails.
855 Telecom Tower Telecom tower is the structure that used for diffrent applications such as The telocom tower consist of Batteries for telecommunication , Transmitter
internal communication, telemetry systems, telecommunication networks and room , Helitower , Reception ,Central control room (CCR) and Antenna tower
external communication to the operational centre onshore.
860 861 Process Area ( An area designed for processing unit , including control room, electrical sub
Inside Battery station ,analyzer house , pipe rack etc
Limit )
CIVIL 862 Non Process Area ( An area designed for all non process civil facilities which may include
Outside Battery administration building, workshop, laundries, warehouse ,material yard, storage
Limit) tank compunds, cooling tower, utility pump station,flare , fire-fighting
station,training grounds,cooling water intake, pipe rack etc
863 Receiving Area An area designed for hydrocarbon receiving weather from offshore or onshore.
The receiving facilities consist of civil facilities for Receiver, Control building,
Fancing etc
864 Launching/ Export An area designed for hydrocarbon export weather from offshore or onshore.
Area The export facilities consist of civil facilities for Launcher, Control building,
Fancing etc
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
13.0 APPENDIX VI: ENDURANCE & PERFORMANCE TESTING CRITICAL PARAMETERS
9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011

RR TAGS DESCRIPTION
0:00:00 1:00:00 2:00:00 3:00:00 4:00:00 5:00:00
A26AMA Ambient Air Temp -62 -62 -62 -62 -62 -62
A26CPDE Compr DE Bearing Temp 62.7 62.9 62.8 62.9 62.7 62.7
A26CPIB Compr Inboard Thrust Bearing Temp 54.6 54.7 54.8 54.8 54.7 54.6
A26CPNE Compr NDE Bearing Temp 63.2 63.3 63.3 63.3 63.2 63.2
A26CPOB Compr Outboard Thrust Bearing Temp 57.4 57.6 57.6 57.7 57.6 57.4
A26EVGTA GT Encl Temp 30.4 30.4 30.4 30.3 30.2 30.2
A26GBHDE1 Gear HS DE Bearing Temp 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.2 60.1 60
A26GBHNE1 Gear HS NDE Bearing Temp 61.8 61.8 61.9 61.8 61.8 61.8
A26GBLDE1 Gear LS DE Bearing Temp 60 60.1 60.2 60.1 60.1 60.1
A26GBLIB1 Gear LS Inboard Thrust Bearing Temp 60.5 60.6 60.7 60.7 60.5 60.4
A26GBLNE1 Gear LS NDE Bearing Temp 60.6 60.6 60.7 60.7 60.6 60.5
A26GBLOB1 Gear LS Outboard Thrust Bearing Temp 53.6 53.7 53.8 53.8 53.8 53.7
A26GG05A GG 05 Module Temp A 155.6 155.7 155.6 155.5 155.3 155.3
A26GG05B GG 05 Module Temp B 155.7 155.7 155.8 155.6 155.4 155.4
A26GG05C GG 05 Module Temp C 155.5 155.6 155.5 155.4 155.3 155.2
A26PG1D1 LP Discharge Temp 41.975 41.975 42.225 42.175 41.775 42.15
A26PG1S1 LP Suction Temp 36.325 36.3 36.638 36.525 36.1 36.525
A26PG2D1 HP Discharge Temp 34.406 34.375 34.781 34.469 34.188 34.719
A26PG2S1 HP Suction Temp 29.7 29.7 30.1 29.738 29.475 30.025
A26PTDE1 PT DE Bearing Temp 1 68.4 68.6 68.6 68.6 68.7 68.5
A26PTDE2 PT DE Bearing Temp 2 64.9 65.1 65.1 65.1 65 65
A26PTNE1 PT NDE Bearing Temp 1 68.9 68.9 69 68.9 68.9 68.8
A26PTNE2 PT NDE Bearing Temp 2 68.3 68.6 68.5 68.6 68.3 68.3
A26PTRC1A PT Stage 1 Rim Cooling Temp A 309.3 309.6 309.4 309.2 309 308.9
A26PTRC1B PT Stage 1 Rim Cooling Temp B 297.6 297.7 297.6 297.4 297.4 297.4
A26PTRC2A PT Stage 2 Rim Cooling Temp A 244.7 244.8 244.8 244.6 244.5 244.3
A26PTRC2B PT Stage 2 Rim Cooling Temp B 244 243.8 244.1 244.2 243.9 243.8
A26PTTB1 PT Thrust Bearing Temp 1 55.3 55.3 55.5 55.5 55.3 55.3
A26PTTB2 PT Thrust Bearing Temp 2 54.9 55 54.9 55.1 54.9 54.8
A26QGBCSA GG L.O. Center Bearing Scavenge Temp A (UHM) 74.1 74.2 74.3 74.3 73.9 74.1
A26QGBFSA GG L.O. Front Bearing Scavenge Temp A (UHM) 58.2 58.3 58.4 58.3 58.2 58
A26QGBRSA GG L.O. Rear Bearing Scavenge Temp A (UHM) 81.6 81.8 81.8 81.8 81.5 81.4
A26QGTA GG L.O. Tank Temp A 55.8 56.2 56.4 56.4 55.8 55.7
A26QGTB GG L.O. Tank Temp B 55.6 55.9 56.1 56.3 55.6 55.6
A26QMA Mineral L.O. Supply Temp A 52 52 52.2 52.2 52 51.9
A26QMTA Mineral L.O. Reservoir Temp 1 53.7 53.7 53.9 53.9 53.7 53.7
A26SRCA Hyd Starter Coolant Return Temp 32.5 32.6 32.7 32.6 32.5 32.5
A26UCP UCP Internal Temp 26.3 26.4 26.5 26.6 26.6 26.7
A39CPDEX Compr DE X Vibration 7.073 7.024 7.073 7.024 7.024 7.121
A39CPDEY Compr DE Y Vibration 6.734 6.734 6.783 6.734 6.734 6.734
A39CPNEX Compr NDE X Vibration 4.07 4.215 4.117 4.166 4.215 4.07
A39CPNEY Compr NDE Y Vibration 3.584 3.633 3.633 3.633 3.633 3.633
A39CPTA Compr Axial Displacement 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025
A39GBC1 Gear Casing Vibration HS 0.126 0.133 0.141 0.133 0.13 0.133
A39GBC2 Gear Casing Vibration LS 0.099 0.103 0.103 0.103 0.099 0.103
A39GBHDEX Gear HS DE X Vibration 15.889 15.841 15.841 15.889 15.889 15.889
A39GBHDEY Gear HS DE Y Vibration 12.209 12.161 12.062 12.209 12.161 12.161
A39GBHNEX Gear HS NDE X Vibration 9.398 9.398 9.446 9.35 9.398 9.302
A39GBHNEY Gear HS NDE Y Vibration 9.494 9.494 9.446 9.446 9.398 9.545
A39GBLA1 Gear LS Axial 1 Displacement -0.08 -0.081 -0.081 -0.08 -0.079 -0.079
A39GBLA2 Gear LS Axial 2 Displacement -0.077 -0.077 -0.077 -0.076 -0.075 -0.076
A39GBLDEX Gear LS DE X Vibration 8.43 8.43 8.235 8.235 8.332 8.526
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011

RR TAGS DESCRIPTION
0:00:00 1:00:00 2:00:00 3:00:00 4:00:00 5:00:00
A39GBLDEY Gear LS DE Y Vibration 7.75 7.654 7.75 7.798 7.849 7.75
A39GBLNEX Gear LS NDE X Vibration 17.199 17.004 16.908 17.004 17.004 17.199
A39GBLNEY Gear LS NDE Y Vibration 16.423 16.375 16.423 16.375 16.327 16.375
A39GGC GG Center Vibration 1.163 1.163 1.163 1.163 1.143 1.163
A39GGI GG Inlet Vibration 2.519 2.519 2.48 2.499 2.519 2.499
A39GGT GG Turbine Vibration 1.473 1.492 1.492 1.492 1.473 1.511
A39PTA1 PT Axial Displacement 1 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.006 0.004 0.005
A39PTA2 PT Axial Displacement 2 -0.013 -0.013 -0.013 -0.012 -0.013 -0.013
A39PTDEX PT DE X Vibration 6.539 6.539 6.491 6.539 6.587 6.491
A39PTDEY PT DE Y Vibration 6.539 6.395 6.443 6.539 6.443 6.443
A39PTNEX PT NDE X Vibration 5.715 5.619 5.763 5.667 5.667 5.715
A39PTNEY PT NDE Y Vibration 5.667 5.667 5.814 5.619 5.715 5.715
A63AM Ambient Air Press 0 0 0 0 0 0
A63EVJAM GT Encl/Atmosphere dP 0.388 0.386 0.383 0.402 0.399 0.392
A63EVJF Vent Filter House dP 124.063 121.938 120.813 125.125 126.813 125.063
A63FGS Fuel Gas Supply Press 3874.781 3875.212 3875.212 3877.8 3876.938 3873.056
A63GG20 GG IP Compr Inlet Press 99.637 99.613 99.55 99.487 99.5 99.55
A63GG20J0 GG Inlet Flare Atmospheric dP 0.126 0.128 0.128 0.128 0.128 0.129
A63GG25 GG IP Compr Discharge Press 33.337 33.3 33.225 33.3 33.3 33.3
A63GG455 GG Exhaust Press 14.738 14.7 14.738 14.738 14.738 14.7
A63GGBA GG Bearing Cooling Air Press 0 0 0 0 0 0
A63GTAA Aux Air Supply Press 761.25 763.25 761.125 761.375 762.687 762.75
A63IFJ Combustion Air Filter dP 105.938 106.25 104.688 106.25 107.812 106.875
A63PG1D1 LP Discharge Press 3519.375 3521.25 3521.25 3521.25 3517.5 3523.125
A63PG1JSF LP Suction Filter Strainer dP 13.287 12.994 12.956 13.012 13.031 13.131
A63PG1S1 LP Suction Press 3373.125 3373.125 3372.5 3371.25 3370 3376.25
A63PG2D1 HP Discharge Press 3746.875 3746.875 3746.875 3750 3743.75 3750
A63PG2JSF HP Suction Filter Strainer dP 7.388 7.169 7.3 7.313 7.225 7.212
A63PG2S1 HP Suction Press 3523.125 3523.125 3523.125 3523.125 3521.25 3523.125
A63PGJD Discharge Valve dP 4625 4635.938 4659.375 4665.625 4671.875 4679.688
A63PGJS Suction Valve dP -3.75 -3.75 -3.75 -3.75 -3.75 -3.125
A63QG GG L.O. Supply Press 151.688 151 151.25 151.063 151.875 151.438
A63QGHJF GG Hydraulic Oil Filter dP 6.487 6.338 6.3 6.3 6.487 6.45
A63QGHP GG L.O. Hydraulic Pump Press 4861.25 4861.25 4860 4858.125 4863.125 4862.5
A63QGJF GG L.O. Filter dP 42.787 42.375 42.225 42.15 42.825 42.825
A63QM Mineral L.O. Supply Press 138.6 138.313 138.425 138.425 138.4 138.387
A63QMJBA PT Seal Air dP 0.113 0.112 0.115 0.111 0.112 0.112
A63QMJF Mineral L.O. Filter dP 36.438 36.338 36.438 36.35 36.375 36.625
A63QMP1 Mineral L.O. Pump 1 Discharge Press 1.969 2.156 2.344 2.625 2.719 3
A63QMP2 Mineral L.O. Pump 2 Discharge Press 371.156 371.438 371.25 371.813 371.156 371.438
A63SGBA Dry Gas Seal Buffer Air Supply Press 104.85 105.175 105.163 105.012 104.9 105.337
A63SGJBD Dry Gas Seal Buffer Air dP DE 64.688 65.05 65.281 65.113 64.737 64.975
A63SGJBF Dry Gas Seal Buffer Air Filter dP 0 0 0 0 0 0
A63SGJBN Dry Gas Seal Buffer Air dP NDE 66.069 66.425 66.481 66.344 66.263 66.431
A63SGJDE Seal Gas dP DE 31.344 31.344 30.328 31.25 31.578 30.656
A63SGJF Seal Gas Filter dP 6.781 6.891 6.672 6.859 6.844 7.047
A63SGJNE Seal Gas dP NDE 34.297 34.578 34.406 34.484 34.594 33.891
A63SGJS Seal Gas Supply To Ref Signal dP 208.406 209.156 208.5 209.438 210.375 207.844
A63SGJVDE Dry Gas Seal Primary Vent dP DE 2.766 2.531 2.375 2.609 2.844 2.734
A63SGJVNE Dry Gas Seal Primary Vent dP NDE 1.016 0.828 0.828 0.922 1.062 1.078
A71QMRDT Mineral L.O. Rundown Tank Level 1490.672 1490.672 1489.95 1488.3 1488.609 1487.887
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011

RR TAGS DESCRIPTION
0:00:00 1:00:00 2:00:00 3:00:00 4:00:00 5:00:00
A71QMT Mineral L.O. Reservoir Level 450.246 450.246 451.211 450.246 451.184 450.246
A80PG1A LP Stage Suction Flow High Span 134.25 133.875 132 135 131.25 135.75
A80PG2A HP Stage Suction Flow High Span 91.875 91.25 91.25 81.875 92.5 89.375
A97AMHUM_1A Ambient Air Humidity 1A 0 0 0 0 0 0
A99GGNH1 GG NH Speed 1 (ECS) 6680 6680 6680 6680 6680 6676.667
A99GGNH2 GG NH Speed 2 (ECS) 6680 6676.667 6676.667 6680 6680 6676.667
A99GGNL1 GG NL Speed 1 (ECS) 3251.111 3248.889 3248.889 3251.111 3251.111 3248.889
A99GGNL2 GG NL Speed 2 (ECS) 3251.111 3248.889 3248.889 3251.111 3251.111 3248.889
A99GGNS GG Starter Speed (ECS) 0 0 0 0 0 0
A99PT1 PT N3 Speed 1 (ECS) 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1368.571 1367.619 1367.619
A99PT2 PT N3 Speed 2 (ECS) 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1368.571 1367.619
A99PTRSP PT Remote Speed Setpt 0 0 0 0 0 0
C99N3 PT N3 Speed Output To Anti-Surge Control 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1368.571 1368.571 1367.619
KFGPT_HMI Ext. Fuel Gas Piping Purge Timer Preset from HMI 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
V26GG05 GG 05 Module Temp (Median Voted) 155.6 155.7 155.6 155.5 155.3 155.3
V26PTRC1 PT Stage 1 Rim Cooling Temperature (LSS) 297.6 297.7 297.6 297.4 297.4 297.4
V26PTRC2 PT Stage 2 Rim Cooling Temperature (LSS) 244 243.8 244.1 244.2 243.9 243.8
V26QGT GG L.O. Tank Temp (LSS) 55.6 55.9 56.1 56.3 55.6 55.6
V99COMPR Calculated Compressor Speed RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM
A26FGRA Fuel Gas Regulated Temp A 67.7 68.5 68.6 68.3 67.6 67.4
A26GG10_1A GG Inlet Air Temperature A 28.3 28.3 28.3 28.2 28.1 28.1
A26GG25A GG IP Compressor Discharge Temp 1 - UHM ONLY 66.7 66.7 66.7 66.5 66.4 66.6
A26GG25B GG IP Compressor Discharge Temp 2 - UHM ONLY 66.8 66.8 66.8 66.7 66.6 66.7
A26GG25C GG IP Compressor Discharge Temp 3 - UHM ONLY 66.7 66.7 66.8 66.7 66.5 66.6
A26GG31_2C GG HP (T31) Compr Disch Temp #6 45 45 45 45 45 45
A26GG31A GG Combustion Inlet Temp 1 - UHM ONLY 197.9 197.7 197.8 197.7 197.6 197.6
A26GG31B GG Combustion Inlet Temp 2 - UHM ONLY 199.4 199.4 199.6 199.3 199.3 199.3
A26GG455_01A T455 Exhaust Temperature Input 1 375.3 375.5 375.6 375.4 375.1 374.8
A26GG455_03A T455 Exhaust Temperature Input 3 363.9 364 363.7 364 363.5 363.5
A26GG455_03B GG Exhaust Temp 3B 1093 1093 1093 1093 1093 1093
A26GG455_05A T455 Exhaust Temperature Input 5 363.7 363.2 363.2 362.2 363 362.4
A26GG455_05B GG Exhaust Temp 5B 278.457 277.821 277.276 278.184 278.093 277.276
A26GG455_10A T455 Exhaust Temperature Input 10 351.9 352 352.2 352.3 352.1 351.8
A26GG455_13A T455 Exhaust Temperature Input 13 360.3 359.4 360.2 360 360.4 359.2
A26GG455_14A T455 Exhaust Temperature Input 14 373.2 373.2 372 372.3 372.3 372.3
A26GG455_17A T455 Exhaust Temperature Input 17 378.6 377.9 378.2 378.8 379.4 379
A26GG455B GG Exhaust Temperature Average B 375.6 376.1 376.1 375.9 375.7 375.1
A26GG455C GG Exhaust Temperature Average 1-17C 364.7 364.4 364.3 364.5 364.2 363.9
A26QGA GG Lube Oil Temperature A 55.2 55.6 55.7 55.8 55.3 55.3
A26QGB GG LO Supply Temp B 56.2 56.4 56.6 56.7 56.2 56.2
A63FGM Fuel Gas Manifold Pressure 305.325 304.031 304.462 305.325 304.894 304.462
A63FGR Fuel Gas Regulated Pressure 3883.837 3884.269 3883.837 3883.837 3884.7 3882.112
A63GG30 GG H.P. Compressor Discharge Pressure 278.457 277.821 277.276 278.184 278.093 277.276
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011

RR TAGS DESCRIPTION
0:00:00 1:00:00 2:00:00 3:00:00 4:00:00 5:00:00
A63QGCS GG Lube Oil Center Scavenge Pressure -7.95 -7.644 -7.162 -10.356 -5.763 -7.731
A63QGHS GG Lube Oil Hydraulic Supply Pressure 4845 4850 4843.125 4843.125 4843.75 4847.5
A63QGJCV GG Lube Oil Control Valve DP 274.875 275.375 274.625 274.5 274.5 275.5
A63QGJGG GG Lube Oil Center Bearing DP 74.738 74.4 74.55 74.175 74.925 74.587
A63SRM Hydraulic Starter Motor Supply Pressure 0 0 0 0 0 0
A65FCRSP Remote PT Speed Setpoint To Fuel Control (Comp Onl 0 0 0 0 0 0
A65FCUCP UCP Software Hand Shake Time 13.3 57.399 50.4 37.1 22.45 7.45
A71QGT GG Lube Oil Tank Level 301.683 302.674 302.636 302.674 301.492 301.416
A75GGIGVF1 GG IGV Position Feedback 1 20.389 20.389 20.386 20.389 20.386 20.379
A75GGIGVF2 GG IGV Position Feedback 2 20.431 20.431 20.431 20.431 20.431 20.431
A75QGCVF GG Lube Oil Control Valve Feedback 12.145 12.142 12.137 12.143 12.147 12.14
A99GGNH1 GG NH Speed 1 6683.333 6680 6676.667 6680 6676.667 6676.667
A99GGNH2 GG NH Speed 2 6683.333 6680 6676.667 6680 6676.667 6676.667
A99GGNL1 GG NL Speed 1 3251.111 3248.889 3248.889 3251.111 3251.111 3248.889
A99GGNL2 GG NL Speed 2 3251.111 3248.889 3248.889 3251.111 3251.111 3248.889
A99GGNS GG Starter Speed 0 0 0 0 0 0
A99PT1 PT Speed 1 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619
A99PT2 PT Speed 2 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619
ACT01 GG NL Act Speed 3251.111 3248.889 3248.889 3251.111 3251.111 3248.889
ACT02 AV #002 - NL Setpoint 3250 3250 3250 3250 3250 3250
ACT03 GG NH Act Speed 6683.333 6680 6676.667 6680 6676.667 6676.667
ACT04 AV #004 - NH Setpoint 9514.64 9514.64 9514.64 9514.64 9514.64 9514.64
ACT05 PT Act Speed 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619
ACT06 AV #006 - PT Setpoint 3346 3346 3346 3346 3346 3346
ACT07 AV #007 - Nu Setpoint 3200 3200 3200 3200 3200 3200
ACT08 T455 Act Temp 375.686 376.144 376.023 375.786 375.657 375.031
ACT09 AV #009 - T455 Setpoint 761 761 761 761 761 761
ACT10 AV #010 - P30 Actual 278.457 277.73 277.276 278.184 278.093 277.276
ACT100 AV #100 - High dP SD Datum 184.019 183.807 183.807 184.019 184.019 183.807
ACT101 AV #101 - Temp. Compensated GG Bearing dP 77.357 77.493 77.285 77.312 77.544 77.253
ACT102 AV #102 - GG L.O. Scheduled Flow 11.383 11.369 11.369 11.383 11.383 11.369
ACT103 AV #103 - LOC Cntrl Valve dP High Alm Setpt 70 70 70 70 70 70
ACT104 AV #104 - LOC Cntrl Valve dP High SD Setpt 100 100 100 100 100 100
ACT105 AV #105 - LOC Cntrl Valve dP 21.003 20.717 20.592 20.503 20.503 20.842
ACT106 AV #106 - GG L.O. Reservoir Level High Alm Setpt 325.882 325.882 325.882 325.882 325.882 325.882
ACT107 AV #107 - GG L.O. Reservoir Level Low Alm Setpt 250.952 250.952 250.952 250.952 250.952 250.952
ACT108 AV #108 - GG L.O. Reservoir Level Low SD Setpt 225.806 225.806 225.806 225.806 225.806 225.806
ACT209 AV #209 - SIS Shutdown Reset Lockout Preset Timer 120 120 120 120 120 120
ACT11 AV #011 - P30 Setpoint 2309 2309 2309 2309 2309 2309
ACT110 AV #110 - H1 High Alm Datum 6895 6895 6895 6895 6895 6895
ACT111 AV #111 - H1 Press Low Alm Datum 3792 3792 3792 3792 3792 3792
ACT112 AV #112 - H1 Press Low Trip Datum 3450 3450 3450 3450 3450 3450
ACT113 AV #113 - Scavenge Blockage Alm Set 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT114 AV #114 - Scavenge Blck SD Setpt -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20
ACT115 AV #115 - L1 Temp. LSS 55.2 55.6 55.7 55.8 55.2 55.3
ACT116 AV #116 - L1 Temp. High Alm Datum 70 70 70 70 70 70
ACT117 AV #117 - L1 Temp. High SD Datum 80 80 80 80 80 80
ACT118 AV #118 - T455 T/C 1 Spread 10.135 10.818 10.724 10.529 10.394 10.447
ACT119 AV #119 - T455 T/C 2 Spread 19.935 19.518 19.724 20.329 19.394 19.747
ACT12 AV #012 - Gas Start Fuel Setpoint 99000 99000 99000 99000 99000 99000
ACT120 AV #120 - T455 T/C 3 Spread -1.265 -0.882 -1.276 -0.771 -1.206 -0.853
ACT121 AV #121 - T455 T/C 4 Spread -0.265 -0.482 -0.077 -0.471 -0.506 -0.453
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011

RR TAGS DESCRIPTION
0:00:00 1:00:00 2:00:00 3:00:00 4:00:00 5:00:00
ACT122 AV #122 - T455 T/C 5 Spread -1.565 -1.682 -1.676 -2.671 -1.706 -1.853
ACT123 AV #123 - T455 T/C 6 Spread -10.365 -9.082 -9.577 -8.671 -9.406 -9.253
ACT124 AV #124 - T455 T/C 7 Spread 4.535 6.218 4.824 6.029 5.094 5.447
ACT125 AV #125 - T455 T/C 8 Spread -12.665 -14.082 -13.477 -14.471 -13.006 -13.253
ACT126 AV #126 - T455 T/C 9 Spread 17.335 16.818 16.724 16.029 16.994 17.347
ACT127 AV #127 - T455 T/C 10 Spread -13.253 -12.824 -12.577 -12.471 -12.606 -12.553
ACT128 AV #128 - T455 T/C 11 Spread 24.447 25.376 24.423 24.529 24.694 23.947
ACT129 AV #129 - T455 T/C 12 Spread -37.053 -37.924 -37.577 -37.971 -37.406 -37.753
ACT13 AV #013 - Total Fuel Demand 8781.433 8834.432 8819.429 8757.428 8754.052 8824.68
ACT130 AV #130 - T455 T/C 13 Spread -4.853 -5.424 -4.577 -4.771 -4.306 -5.153
ACT131 AV #131 - T455 T/C 14 Spread 8.047 8.376 7.124 7.529 7.594 7.947
ACT132 AV #132 - T455 T/C 15 Spread 1.547 1.076 2.724 1.829 0.094 0.547
ACT133 AV #133 - T455 T/C 16 Spread -18.253 -18.724 -18.776 -18.471 -18.806 -18.953
ACT134 AV #134 - T455 T/C 17 Spread 13.447 13.076 13.324 13.929 14.694 14.647
ACT135 AV #135 - T455 Min Spread 13.447 13.076 13.324 13.929 14.694 14.647
ACT136 AV #136 - T455 Max Spread 24.447 25.376 24.423 24.529 24.694 23.947
ACT137 AV #137 - T455 Spread Alm Limit 110 110 110 110 110 110
ACT138 AV #138 - T455 Over Temp. Alm Setpt 771 771 771 771 771 771
ACT139 AV #139 - T455 Over Temp. Coolstop Setpt 781 781 781 781 781 781
ACT14 AV #014 - Accel Fuel Setpoint 13500 13500 13500 13500 13500 13500
ACT140 AV #140 - TC455 Average Input SD Setpt 800 800 800 800 800 800
ACT141 AV #141 - VIGV A RVDT Input Corrected 1.637 1.642 1.631 1.631 1.631 1.637
ACT142 AV #142 - VIGV B RVDT Input Corrected 1.634 1.634 1.64 1.64 1.64 1.634
ACT143 AV #143 - VIGV A RVDT Position 37.501 37.499 37.504 37.504 37.504 37.501
ACT144 AV #144 - VIGV B RVDT Position 37.502 37.502 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.502
ACT145 AV #145 - VIGV A RVDT Gain 1.606 1.606 1.606 1.606 1.606 1.606
ACT146 AV #146 - VIGV A RVDT Input 20.386 20.392 20.383 20.386 20.386 20.389
ACT147 AV #147 - VIGV A RVDT Zero 19.37 19.37 19.37 19.37 19.37 19.37
ACT148 AV #148 - VIGV B RVDT Gain 1.605 1.605 1.605 1.605 1.605 1.605
ACT149 AV #149 - VIGV B RVDT Input 20.434 20.428 20.428 20.431 20.431 20.428
ACT15 AV #015 - Decel Fuel Setpoint 4754.074 4750 4750 4754.074 4754.074 4750
ACT150 AV #150 - VIGV B RVDT Zero 19.41 19.41 19.41 19.41 19.41 19.41
ACT151 AV #151 - VIGV Maximum Indicator Position -7.5 -7.5 -7.5 -7.5 -7.5 -7.5
ACT152 AV #152 - VIGV Minimum Indicator Position 38.25 38.25 38.25 38.25 38.25 38.25
ACT153 AV #153 - GG Rolldown Timer Preset 480 480 480 480 480 480
ACT154 AV #154 - GG Rolldown Timer 480 480 480 480 480 480
ACT155 AV #155 - Starter Overspeed S/D Setpt 4970 4970 4970 4970 4970 4970
ACT156 AV #156 - NL Overspeed S/D Setpt 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000
ACT157 AV #157 - NL Underspeed S/D Setpt 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800
ACT158 AV #158 - N3 Overspeed S/D Setpt 5292 5292 5292 5292 5292 5292
ACT159 AV #159 - N3 Underspeed S/D Setpt 3178.7 3178.7 3178.7 3178.7 3178.7 3178.7
ACT16 AV #016 - Liq 1 Start Fuel Setpoint 99000 99000 99000 99000 99000 99000
ACT160 AV #160 - BOV's Close NLQRT20 Setpt 345 345 345 345 345 345
ACT161 AV #161 - BOV's Open NLQRT20 Setpt 337 337 337 337 337 337
ACT162 AV #162 - LOC Flow Control Valve Drive Output 12.216 12.209 12.209 12.216 12.216 12.209
ACT163 AV #163 -LOC Flow Control Valve Position Feedback 12.142 12.138 12.14 12.145 12.148 12.14
ACT164 AV #164 - Gas - Methane 88.69 88.69 88.69 88.69 88.69 88.69
ACT165 AV #165 - Gas - Ethane 4.06 4.06 4.06 4.06 4.06 4.06
ACT166 AV #166 - Gas - Propane 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28
ACT167 AV #167 - Gas - Butane 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
ACT168 AV #168 - Gas - Pentane 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12
ACT169 AV #169 - Gas - Hexane 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011

RR TAGS DESCRIPTION
0:00:00 1:00:00 2:00:00 3:00:00 4:00:00 5:00:00
ACT17 T1 Act Temp 28.3 28.3 28.3 28.2 28.141 28.153
ACT170 AV #170 - Gas - Heptane 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT171 AV #171 - Gas - Octane 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT172 AV #172 - Gas - Nonane 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT173 AV #173 - Gas - Carbon Dioxide 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84
ACT174 AV #174 - Gas - Carbon Monoxide 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT175 AV #175 - Gas - Ethene 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT176 AV #176 - Gas - Propene 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT177 AV #177 - Gas - Butene 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT178 AV #178 - Gas - Pentene 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT179 AV #179 - Gas - Water Vapor 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT18 AV #018 - N1 SQRT T20 187.248 187.12 187.12 187.279 187.297 187.166
ACT180 AV #180 - Gas - Hydrogen Sulfide 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT181 AV #181 - Gas - Hydrogen 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT182 AV #182 - Gas - Iso Butane 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.35 1.35
ACT183 AV #183 - Gas - Iso Pentane 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
ACT184 AV #184 - Gas - Nitrogen 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
ACT185 AV #185 - Gas - Oxygen 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT186 AV #186 - Gas - Sulfur Dioxide 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT187 AV #187 - Gas - Low Heat Value 46701.367 46701.367 46701.367 46701.37 46701.367 46701.367
ACT188 AV #188 - Gas Molecular Weight 19.039 19.039 19.039 19.039 19.039 19.039
ACT189 AV #189 - Gas Metric Constant 436.711 436.711 436.711 436.711 436.711 436.711
ACT190 AV #190 - GGNL=1;GGNH2;PT=3;T4=4;P3=5;St=6;Ac=7;D 1 1 1 1 1 1
ACT191 AV #191 - Fuel Gas Temperature Alarm Setpoint 69 69 69 69 69 69
ACT192 AV #192 - Fuel Gas Temperature Coolstop Setpoint 64 64 64 64 64 64
ACT193 AV #193 - Fuel Gas Temperature Shutdown Setpoint 59 59 59 59 59 59
ACT194 AV #194 - IP Compr. Operating Life Cycles 86.545 86.545 86.545 86.545 86.545 86.545
ACT195 AV #195 - IP Turbine Operating Life Cycles 78.204 78.204 78.204 78.204 78.204 78.204
ACT196 AV #196 - HP Compr. Operating Life Cycles 113.308 113.308 113.308 113.308 113.308 113.308
ACT197 AV #197 - HP Turbine Operating Life Cycles 76.6 76.6 76.6 76.6 76.6 76.6
ACT198 AV #198 - IP Turbine SHAFT Operating Life Cycles 1679.601 1679.601 1679.601 1679.601 1679.601 1679.601
ACT199 AV #199 - HP Compressor 4-5 Assmbly Operating Lif 68.89 68.89 68.89 68.89 68.89 68.89
ACT20 P1 Act Press 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT21 AV #021 - Gas Valve Actual Position 10.775 10.815 10.785 10.763 10.758 10.777
ACT22 AV #022 - Gas Valve Setpoint 10.769 10.811 10.804 10.761 10.75 10.797
ACT23 AV #023 - Gas Fuel Flow Setpoint 8781.433 8834.432 8819.429 8757.428 8754.052 8824.68
ACT24 AV #024 - Liq 1 Fuel Flow Setpoint 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT25 AV #025 - Gas/Liq 1 Fuel Blend Setpoint 100 100 100 100 100 100
ACT26 AV #026 - Fuel Gas Temperature 67.626 68.5 68.6 68.348 67.581 67.448
ACT28 AV #028 - Gas Valve Upstream Pressure 3883.837 3884.7 3883.837 3883.837 3886.856 3882.112
ACT29 AV #029 - Gas Valve Downstream Pressure 306.188 304.462 304.462 305.325 304.894 304.462
ACT32 AV #032 - Ignition Time 1.475 1.475 1.475 1.475 1.475 1.475
ACT34 AV #034 - VIGV Actual Position 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5
ACT35 AV #035 - VIGV Setpoint Position 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5
ACT36 AV #036 - VIGV Servo Drive 12.092 11.886 12.116 12.198 12.25 11.952
ACT37 AV #037 - VIGV A Actual Position 37.501 37.501 37.504 37.501 37.504 37.508
ACT38 AV #038 - VIGV B Actual Position 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5
ACT39 AV #039 - VIGV C Actual Position 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT46 AV #046 - Ns Actual 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT48 AV #048 - Liq 2 Valve Setpoint 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT49 AV #049 - Liq 2 Fuel Flow Setpoint 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT50 AV #050 - Gas/Liq 2 Fuel Blend Setpoint 100 100 100 100 100 100
ACT51 AV #51 - Spare 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT65 AV #65 - High dP SD Curve X1 0 0 0 0 0 0
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011 9/14/2011

RR TAGS DESCRIPTION
0:00:00 1:00:00 2:00:00 3:00:00 4:00:00 5:00:00
ACT70 AV #70 - High dP SD Curve Y1 35 35 35 35 35 35
ACT75 AV #75 - High dP Alm Curve X1 0 0 0 0 0 0
ACT80 AV #80 - High dP Alm Curve Y1 30 30 30 30 30 30
ACT85 AV #85 - Low dP SD Curve X1 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
ACT88 AV #88 - Low dP SD Curve Y1 10 10 10 10 10 10
ACT91 AV #91 - Low dP Alm Curve X1 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
ACT94 AV #94 - Low dP Alm Curve Y1 20 20 20 20 20 20
ACT97 AV #97 - Low dP Alm Datum 36.377 36.232 36.232 36.377 36.377 36.232
ACT98 AV #98 - Low dP SD Datum 25.285 25.15 25.15 25.285 25.285 25.15
ACT99 AV #99 - High dP Alm Datum 144.565 144.348 144.348 144.565 144.565 144.348
BOV1MANUALSTROKE_HMI HP3 BOV1 Tune from HMI to ECS 0 0 0 0 0 0
BOV2MANUALSTROKE_HMI HP3 BOV2 Tune from HMI to ECS 0 0 0 0 0 0
BOVMANUALSTROKE_HMI BOV Tune from HMI to ECS 0 0 0 0 0 0
C75FGMC Fuel Gas Metering Valve Position Control 10.769 10.811 10.804 10.761 10.75 10.797
C75GGIGVC GG Inlet Guide Vane Position Control 12.092 11.886 12.114 12.198 12.25 11.957
C75QGCVC GG Lube Oil Control Valve Position Control 12.216 12.209 12.209 12.216 12.216 12.209
C75SRPC Hydraulic Starter Pressure Control 0 0 0 0 0 0
C99FCGGNH GG NH Speed from Fuel Controller 6683.333 6680 6676.667 6680 6676.667 6676.667
C99FCGGNL GG NL Speed from Fuel Controller 3251.111 3248.889 3248.889 3251.111 3251.111 3248.889
C99FCPT PT Speed From Fuel Controller 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1367.619 1368.571 1366.667
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
14.0 APPENDIX VII: SAMPLE TABLE OF CONTENT (TOC) FOR OVERALL DETAILED TESTING, PRE-
COMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE.
GUIDELINE
REVISION : 01
End of Document

CSP20 Testing Precommissioning and Commissioning Guideline - Full Compilation

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CSP20 Testing Precommissioning and Commissioning Guideline - Full Compilation

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TESTING, PRE-COMMISSIONING AND PROCEDURE NO:

Document Title Testing, Pre-Commissioning & Commissioning Guideline

Document Revision History

Rev Date: Version: Summary of Changes: Revised by:

INTERNAL USE or UNTUK DALAMAN

1.0 PURPOSE .................................................................................................................................................... 8

2.0 ABBREVIATION &DEFINITION ..................................................................................................................... 9

2.1 ABBREVIATIONS ................................................................................................................................................ 9

3.0 SCOPE ...................................................................................................................................................... 11

3.1 SYSTEM DEFINITION......................................................................................................................................... 11

3.6.5 500 POWER ....................................................................................................................................... 188

4.0 REFERENCES ........................................................................................................................................... 304

4.1 CODES AND STANDARDS ................................................................................................................................. 304

5.0 PROCEDURES ......................................................................................................................................... 307

5.1 MECHANICAL AND PIPING PRE-COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE ................................................................................ 308

5.1.17 Electro-Chlorinators ......................................................................................................................... 339

6.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................................... 442

6.1 ORGANIZATION ............................................................................................................................................. 442

6.3 SAFETY ........................................................................................................................................................ 471

7.0 RECORDS ................................................................................................................................................ 495

7.1 ITR LISTING ................................................................................................................................................. 496

8.0 APPENDIX I: ITR A (CONSTRUCTION) ................................................................................................... 509

8.1 APPENDIX I-I: ARCHITECTURE (A) .................................................................................................................. 509

9.0 APPENDIX II: ITR B (PRE-COMMISSIONING) ......................................................................................... 510

9.1 APPENDIX II-I: ARCHITECTURE (A)- NA .......................................................................................................... 510

10.0 APPENDIX III: ITR- C (COMMISSIONING) ................................................................................................. 511

10.1 APPENDIX III-I: ARCHITECTURE (A)- NA ......................................................................................................... 511

11.0 APPENDIX IV: ITR OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................. 512

12.0 APPENDIX V: OVERALL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................ 513

END OF DOCUMENT ........................................................................................................................................... 522

The Testing, Pre-commissioning and Commissioning Guideline is prepared for use as a

The intent of onshore/offshore testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning are to:

iii) minimize problems during Start-up

vi) pre-determine outstanding activities (punchlist)

2.0 ABBREVIATION &DEFINITION

design and specifications. It includes dynamic functional testing and

2.2.7 Performance Test-Run (PTR)

2.2.8 No-Load Test

2.2.9 Load Test

2.2.10 Endurance Test

2.2.11 Mechanical Completion

3.1 System Definition

3.1.7 Sub-Subsystem limitation Rules:

i) Boundary limits of process / utility pipework should be an

Figure 3.1-1: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem for Process/Utilities

B) Flare/Vent Sub-subsystems limit will be Downstream of:

Figure 3.1-2: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem for Flare/Vent

Closed Drain Sub-subsystem

Figure 3.1-3: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem for Closed Drain

D) Fuel gas Sub-subsystemslimit will be Up stream of the last manual supply

E) Nitrogen Sub-subsystem Limit will be Up stream of the last double manual

Figure 3.1-4: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem for Nitrogen/Fuel

F) Chemical injection Sub-subsystems Limit will be Upstream of the supply

G) Fuel and Lubricant Sub-subsystemsLimit will be Upstream of the first supply

H) ExchangersBoundaryLimit will be down stream of the Utility supply isolation

To and From Utility

Steam, Hot Oil,

Figure 3.1-5: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem

HVAC FIRE DAMPER

Figure 3.1-6: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem for Instrument Air

B) DCS is a standalone Sub-subsystem from the input/output racks (Cabling, JB,

SIS/FGS EFFECT FEEDBACK TO DCS

Figure 3.1-7: Example System Boundaries of a Sub-subsystem

DCS SUB-SUBSYSTEM PROCESS/UTILITY SUB-SUBSYSTEM